Pt. 173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

where the material is relinquished to an- 24. Past incidents; other entity. Railroad facilities are railroad 25. Overall times in transit; property including, but not limited to, clas- 26. Training and skill level of crews; and sification and switching yards, storage fa- 27. Impact on rail network traffic and con- cilities, and non-private sidings; however, gestion. they do not include an offeror’s facility, pri- [73 FR 20772, April 16, 2008] vate track, private siding, or consignee’s fa- cility. Each rail carrier must use best efforts to communicate with its shippers, con- PART 173—SHIPPERS—GENERAL RE- signees, and interlining partners to ensure QUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS the safety and security of shipments during all stages of transportation. AND PACKAGINGS C. Because of the varying operating envi- ronments and interconnected nature of the Subpart A—General rail system, each carrier must select and Sec. document the analysis method/model used 173.1 Purpose and scope. and identify the routes to be analyzed. 173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index D. The safety and security risk analysis to hazard class definitions. must consider current data and information 173.2a Classification of a material having as well as changes that may reasonably be more than one hazard. anticipated to occur during the analysis 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. year. Factors to be considered in the per- 173.4 Small quantity exceptions. formance of this safety and security risk 173.4a Excepted quantities. analysis include: 1. Volume of hazardous material trans- 173.5 Agricultural operations. ported; 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles and mechan- 2. Rail traffic density; ical displacement meter provers. 3. Trip length for route; 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigeration 4. Presence and characteristics of railroad systems. facilities; 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. 5. Track type, class, and maintenance 173.7 Government operations and materials. schedule; 173.8 Exceptions for non-specification pack- 6. Track grade and curvature; agings used in intrastate transportation. 7. Presence or absence of signals and train 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight con- control systems along the route (‘‘dark’’ tainers containing lading which has been versus signaled territory); fumigated. 8. Presence or absence of wayside hazard 173.10 Tank car shipments. detectors; 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of waste ma- 9. Number and types of grade crossings; terials. 10. Single versus double track territory; 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 11. Frequency and location of track turn- 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 mate- outs; rials. 12. Proximity to iconic targets; 13. Environmentally sensitive or signifi- Subpart B—Preparation of Hazardous cant areas; Materials for Transportation 14. Population density along the route; 15. Venues along the route (stations, 173.21 Forbidden materials and packages. events, places of congregation); 173.22 Shipper’s responsibility. 16. Emergency response capability along 173.22a Use of packagings authorized under the route; special permits. 17. Areas of high consequence along the 173.23 Previously authorized packaging. route, including high consequence targets as 173.24 General requirements for packagings defined in § 172.820(c); and packages. 18. Presence of passenger traffic along 173.24a Additional general requirements for route (shared track); non-bulk packagings and packages. 19. Speed of train operations; 173.24b Additional general requirements for 20. Proximity to en-route storage or repair bulk packagings. facilities; 173.25 Authorized packagings and over- 21. Known threats, including any non-pub- packs. lic threat scenarios provided by the Depart- 173.26 Quantity limitations. ment of Homeland Security or the Depart- 173.27 General requirements for transpor- ment of Transportation for carrier use in the tation by aircraft. development of the route assessment; 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufac- 22. Measures in place to address apparent ture of packagings. safety and security risks; 173.29 Empty packagings. 23. Availability of practicable alternative 173.30 Loading and unloading of transport routes; vehicles.

406

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00416 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.31 Use of tank cars. 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of packing 173.32 Requirements for the use of portable group. tanks. 173.140 Class 9—Definitions. 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo tank 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of packing motor vehicles. group. 173.34 [Reserved] 173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)— 173.35 Hazardous materials in intermediate Definitions. bulk (IBCs). 173.145 Other Regulated Materials—Assign- 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large Pack- ment of packing group. agings. 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable 173.40 General packaging requirements for and combustible liquids). toxic materials packaged in cylinders. 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 Subpart C—Definitions, Classification and (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic per- Packaging for Class 1 oxides). 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poi- 173.50 Class 1—Definitions. sonous materials). 173.51 Authorization to offer and transport 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive ma- explosives. terials). 173.52 Classification codes and compat- 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscella- ibility groups of explosives. neous hazardous materials). 173.53 Provisions for using old classifica- 173.156 Exceptions for ORM materials. tions of explosives. 173.54 Forbidden explosives. 173.55 [Reserved] Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging for Haz- 173.56 New explosives—Definition and proce- ardous Materials Other Than Class 1 dures for classification and approval. and Class 7 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new explo- sives. 173.158 Nitric acid. 173.58 Assignment of class and division for 173.159 Batteries, wet. new explosives. 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable bat- 173.59 Description of terms for explosives. teries. 173.60 General packaging requirements for 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corro- explosives. sive). 173.61 Mixed packaging requirements. 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid kits. 173.62 Specific packaging requirements for 173.162 Gallium. explosives. 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. 173.63 Packaging exceptions. 173.164 Mercury (metallic and articles con- taining mercury). Subpart D—Definitions, Classification, 173.166 Air inflators, air bag modules Packing Group Assignments and Ex- and seat-belt pretensioners. ceptions for Hazardous Material Other 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators. 173.170 Black powder for small arms. Than Class 1 and Class 7 173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms. 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3— 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel Definitions. tank. 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of hazard zone. 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, adhe- 173.117–173.119 [Reserved] sives and ink and resins. 173.120 Class 3—Definitions. 173.174 Refrigerating machines. 173.121 Class 3—Assignment of packing 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liquids). group. 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or more 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3— water wet. Definitions. 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of packing 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. group. 173.185 Lithium batteries and cells. 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Definition and 173.186 Matches. assignment of packing groups. 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Definitions and n.o.s. types. 173.188 White or yellow phosphorous. 173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2—Assignment of 173.189 Batteries containing sodium or cells packing group. containing sodium. 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Definitions. 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic gases in 173.133 Assignment of packing group and Hazard Zone A. hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials. 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Definitions and chloropicrin and methyl bromide or exceptions. methyl chloride mixtures, etc. 173.136 Class 8—Definitions. 173.194 Gas identification sets.

407

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00417 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, sta- 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain medium bilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solu- hazard liquids and solids, including solids tion). with dual hazards. 173.196 Category A infectious substances. 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain high haz- 173.197 Regulated medical waste. ard liquids and dual hazard materials 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. which pose a moderate hazard. 173.199 Category B infectious substances. 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), dan- ardous materials in Packing Group I. gerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- and poisonous liquids with inhalation ardous materials in Packing Group II. hazards (Division 6.1). 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely haz- ardous materials in Packing Group III. ardous materials such as poisonous gases 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification pack- (Division 2.3). agings for certain hazardous materials. 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain elevated 173.205 Specification cylinders for liquid temperature materials. hazardous materials. 173.249 Bromine. 173.206 Packaging requirements for chlorosilanes. Subpart G—Gases; Preparation and 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- Packaging ardous materials in Packing Group I. 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- 173.300 [Reserved] ardous materials in Packing Group II. 173.301 General requirements for shipment 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- of compressed gases and other hazardous ardous materials in Packing Group III. materials in cylinders, UN pressure re- 173.214 Packagings which require approval ceptacles and spherical pressure vessels. by the Associate Administrator. 173.301a Additional general requirements 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown, or white. for shipment of specification cylinders. 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice). 173.301b Additional general requirements 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. for shipment of UN pressure receptacles. 173.219 Life-saving appliances. 173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonlique- 173.220 Internal combustion engines, self- fied (permanent) compressed gases. propelled vehicles, mechanical equip- 173.302a Additional requirements for ship- ment containing internal combustion en- ment nonliquefied (permanent) com- gines, and battery powered vehicles or pressed gases in specification cylinders. equipment. 173.302b Additional requirements for ship- 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable and ment of non-liquefied (permanent) com- Plastic compound. pressed gases in UN pressure receptacles. 173.222 Dangerous good in machinery or ap- 173.303 Charging of cylinders with com- paratus. pressed gas in solution (acetylene). 173.223 Packagings for certain flammable 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liquefied solids. compressed gases. 173.224 Packaging and control and emer- 173.304a Additional requirements for ship- gency temperatures for self-reactive ma- ment of liquefied compressed gases in terials. specification cylinders. 173.225 Packaging requirements and other 173.304b Additional requirements for ship- provisions for organic peroxides. ment of liquefied compressed gases in UN 173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation, pressure receptacles. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a mixture Zone A. of compressed gas and other material. 173.227 Materials poisonous by inhalation, 173.306 Limited quantities of compressed Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard gases. Zone B. 173.307 Exceptions for compressed gases. 173.228 Bromine pentaflouride or bromine 173.308 Cigarette lighter or other similar de- trifluoride. vice charged with fuel. 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlorine di- 173.309 Fire extinguishers. oxide hydrate, frozen. 173.310 Exceptions for radiation detectors. 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges containing haz- 173.312 Requirements for shipment of ardous material. MEGCs. 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for Lique- Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for Hazardous fied Compressed Gases. Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 173.314 Compressed gases in tank cars and multi-unit tank cars. 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain low haz- 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and ard solid materials. portable tanks. 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain low haz- 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders. ard liquid and solid materials. 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks.

408

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00418 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars. 173.436 Exempt material activity concentra- 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions. tions and exempt consignment activity 173.321 Ethylamine. limits for radionuclides. 173.322 Ethyl chloride. 173.441 Radiation level limitations and ex- 173.323 Ethylene oxide. clusive use provisions. 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with com- 173.442 Thermal limitations. pressed gas. 173.443 Contamination control. 173.335 [Reserved] 173.447 Storage incident to transportation— 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or general requirements. dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. 173.448 General transportation require- 173.337 Nitric oxide. ments. 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions. 173.340 Tear gas devices. 173.457 Transportation of fissile material packages—specific requirements. Subpart H [Reserved] 173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile-excepted mate- Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials rial packages. 173.461 Demonstration of compliance with 173.401 Scope. tests. 173.403 Definitions. 173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing. 173.410 General design requirements. 173.465 Type A packaging tests. 173.411 Industrial packagings. 173.466 Additional tests for Type A pack- 173.412 Additional design requirements for agings designed for liquids and gases. Type A packages. 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the ability 173.413 Requirements for Type B packages. of Type B and fissile materials pack- 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. agings to withstand accident conditions 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. in transportation. 173.417 Authorized fissile materials pack- 173.468 Test for LSA-III material. ages. 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (radio- 173.418 Authorized packages—pyrophoric active) materials. Class 7 (radioactive) materials. 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regu- 173.419 Authorized packages—oxidizing latory Commission approved packages. Class 7 (radioactive) materials. 173.472 Requirements for exporting DOT 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile Specification Type B and fissile pack- excepted and non-fissile). ages. 173.421 Excepted packages for limited quan- 173.473 Requirements for foreign-made tities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials. packages. 173.422 Additional requirements for ex- 173.474 Quality control for construction of cepted packages containing Class 7 (ra- packaging. dioactive) materials. 173.475 Quality control requirements prior 173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials. materials. 173.476 Approval of special form Class 7 (ra- 173.424 Excepted packages for radioactive dioactive) materials. instruments and articles. 173.477 Approval of packagings containing 173.425 Table of activity limits—excepted greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or quantities and articles. fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride. 173.426 Excepted packages for articles con- taining natural uranium or thorium. Subparts J–O [Reserved] 173.427 Transport requirements for low spe- APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] cific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) APPENDIX B TO PART 173—PROCEDURE FOR materials and surface contaminated ob- TESTING CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY AND jects (SCO). RATE OF PERMEATION IN PLASTIC PACK- 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) mate- AGING AND RECEPTACLES rials packaging. APPENDIX C TO PART 173—PROCEDURE FOR 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and Type BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING B packages. APPENDIX D TO PART 173—TEST METHODS FOR 173.433 Requirements for determining basic DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, BLASTING, TYPE radionuclide values, and for the listing of A) radionuclides on shipping and la- APPENDIXES E–G TO PART 173 [RESERVED] bels. APPENDIX H TO PART 173—METHOD OF TEST- 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for ura- ING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUSTIBILITY nium and natural thorium. 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radio- AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49 nuclides. CFR 1.45, 1.53.

409

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00419 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.1 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to (c) In general, the Hazardous Mate- part 173 appear at 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005. rials Regulations (HMR) contained in this subchapter are based on the UN Subpart A—General Recommendations and are consistent with international regulations issued § 173.1 Purpose and scope. by the International Civil Aviation Or- (a) This part includes: ganization (ICAO Technical Instruc- (1) Definitions of hazardous materials tions) and the International Maritime for transportation purposes; Organization (IMDG Code). However, the HMR are not consistent in all re- (2) Requirements to be observed in spects with the UN Recommendations, preparing hazardous materials for ship- the ICAO Technical Instructions or the ment by air, highway, rail, or water, or IMDG Code, and compliance with the any combination thereof; and HMR will not guarantee acceptance by (3) Inspection, testing, and retesting regulatory bodies outside of the United responsibilities for persons who retest, States. recondition, maintain, repair and re- build containers used or intended for [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as use in the transportation of hazardous amended by Amdt. 173–100, 41 FR 40476, Sept. materials. 20, 1976; Amdt. 173–161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20, 1983; Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990; (b) A shipment of hazardous mate- Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 20953, May 15, 1992; 64 rials that is not prepared in accordance FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, with this subchapter may not be of- 2003] fered for transportation by air, high- way, rail, or water. It is the responsi- § 173.2 Hazardous materials classes bility of each hazmat employer subject and index to hazard class defini- to the requirements of this subchapter tions. to ensure that each hazmat employee The hazard class of a hazardous ma- is trained in accordance with the re- terial is indicated either by its class quirements prescribed in this sub- (or division) number, its class name, or chapter. It is the duty of each person by the letters ‘‘ORM-D’’. The following who offers hazardous materials for table lists class numbers, division num- transportation to instruct each of his bers, class or division names and those officers, agents, and employees having sections of this subchapter which con- any responsibility for preparing haz- tain definitions for classifying haz- ardous materials for shipment as to ap- ardous materials, including forbidden plicable regulations in this subchapter. materials.

49 CFR ref- Class Division No. Name of class or division erence for No. (if any) definitions

None ...... Forbidden materials...... 173.21 None ...... Forbidden explosives...... 173.54 1 1.1 Explosives (with a mass explosion hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.2 Explosives (with a projection hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.3 Explosives (with predominately a fire hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.4 Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.5 Very insensitive explosives; blasting agents ...... 173.50 1 1.6 Extremely insensitive detonating substances ...... 173.50 2 2.1 Flammable gas...... 173.115 2 2.2 Non-flammable compressed gas ...... 173.115 2 2.3 Poisonous gas...... 173.115 3 ...... Flammable and combustible liquid ...... 173.120 4 4.1 Flammable solid...... 173.124 4 4.2 Spontaneously combustible material ...... 173.124 4 4.3 Dangerous when wet material ...... 173.124 5 5.1 Oxidizer...... 173.127 5 5.2 Organic peroxide...... 173.128 6 6.1 Poisonous materials...... 173.132 6 6.2 Infectious substance (Etiologic agent) ...... 173.134 7 ...... Radioactive material...... 173.403 8 ...... Corrosive material...... 173.136 9 ...... Miscellaneous hazardous material ...... 173.140 None ...... Other regulated material: ORM-D ...... 173.144

410

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00420 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.2a

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173– 234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]

§ 173.2a Classification of a material (7) A material that meets the defini- having more than one hazard. tion of a self-reactive material in (a) Classification of a material having § 173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Divi- sion 4.1). more than one hazard. Except as pro- (8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class vided in paragraph (c) of this section, a 8 (corrosive materials), Division 4.1 material not specifically listed in the (flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spon- § 172.101 table that meets the definition taneously combustible materials), Di- of more than one hazard class or divi- vision 4.3 (dangerous when wet mate- sion as defined in this part, shall be rials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Divi- classed according to the highest appli- sion 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids cable hazard class of the following haz- other than Packing Group I, poisonous- ard classes, which are listed in descend- by-inhalation). The hazard class and ing order of hazard: packing group for a material meeting (1) Class 7 (radioactive materials, more than one of these hazards shall be other than limited quantities). determined using the precedence table (2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases). in paragraph (b) of this section. (3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases). (9) Combustible liquids. (4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases). (10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous (5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids), materials). Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhala- (b) Precedence of hazard table for tion only. Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, (6) A material that meets the defini- 5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks tion of a pyrophoric material in those materials that meet the defini- § 173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Divi- tion of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions sion 4.2). 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1:

PRECEDENCE OF HAZARD TABLE [ Hazard class or division and packing group ]

4.2 4.3 5.1 5.1 5.1 6.1, I 6.1, I 6.1 6.1 8, I 8, I 8, II 8, II 8, III 8, III I 1 II 1 III 1 dermal oral II III liquid solid liquid solid liquid solid

3 I2 ...... 4 .3 ...... 3 3 3 3 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 II2 ...... 4 .3 ...... 3 3 3 3 8 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 III2 ...... 4.3 ...... 6.1 6.1 6.1 34 8 (3) 8 (3) 3 (3) 4.1 II 2 ...... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 4 .1 (3) 8 (3) 4 .1 (3) 4 .1 4.1 III 2 ...... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 (3) 8 (3) 8 (3) 4.1 4.2 II ...... 4 .3 5 .1 4 .2 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 4 .2 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4.2 III ...... 4 .3 5 .1 5 .1 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 8 8 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4.3 I ...... 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4.3 II ...... 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 8 8 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 4.3 III ...... 5 .1 5 .1 4 .3 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .3 8 8 8 8 4 .3 4 .3 5.1 I 1 ...... 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5.1 II 1 ...... 6 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5.1 III 1 ...... 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 5 .1 8 8 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 6.1 I, Dermal ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 I, Oral ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Inhalation ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Dermal ...... 8 6.1 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Oral ...... 8 8 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 III ...... 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 See § 173.127. 2 Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other than liquid desensitized explosives. 3 Denotes an impossible combination. 4 For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group III, the primary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III.

NOTE 1: The most stringent packing group precedence over other packing groups; for assigned to a hazard of the material takes example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II

411

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00421 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.3 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classi- tation, must be open to inspection by a fied as Class 3 PG I. duly authorized representative of the NOTE 2: A material which meets the defini- initial carrier or of the Department. tion of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists which meets criteria for Methods of manufacture and related Packing Group I specified in § 173.133(a)(1) functions necessary for completion of a must be classed as Division 6.1 if the oral or DOT specification or U.N. standard dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing packaging must be open to inspection Group I or II. If the oral or dermal toxicity by a representative of the Department. meets criteria for Packing Group III or less, (b) The regulations setting forth the material must be classed as Class 8. packaging requirements for a specific (c) The following materials are not material apply to all modes of trans- subject to the provisions of paragraph portation unless otherwise stated, or (a) of this section because of their unless exceptions from packaging re- unique properties: quirements are authorized. (1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that (c) Salvage drums. Packages of haz- meets any other hazard class or divi- ardous materials that are damaged, de- sion as defined in this part shall be as- fective, or leaking; packages found to signed a division in Class 1. Class 1 ma- be not conforming to the requirements terials shall be classed and approved in of this subchapter after having been accordance with § 173.56 of this part; placed in transportation; and, haz- (2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) ardous materials that have spilled or material that meets the definition of leaked may be placed in a metal or any other hazard class or division as plastic removable head salvage defined in this part, shall be classed as that is compatible with the lading and Division 5.2; shipped for repackaging or disposal (3) A Division 6.2 (infectious sub- under the following conditions: stance) material that also meets the (1) Except as provided in paragraph definition of another hazard class or di- (c)(7) of this section, the drum must be vision, other than Class 7, or that also a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and is a limited quantity Class 7 material, marked for Packing Group III or higher shall be classed as Division 6.2; performance standards for liquids or (4) A material that meets the defini- solids and a leakproofness test of 20 tion of a wetted explosive in kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum § 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Divi- manufactured and marked prior to Oc- sion 4.1). Wetted explosives are either tober 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in ac- specifically listed in the § 172.101 table cordance with the provisions of this or are approved by the Associate Ad- section in effect on September 30, 1991, ministrator (see § 173.124(a)(1) of this is authorized. Capacity of the drum subchapter); and may not exceed 450 L (119 gallons). (5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material that meets the (2) Each drum shall be provided when definition for more than one hazard necessary with sufficient cushioning class or division shall be classed in ac- and absorption material to prevent ex- cordance with § 173.423. cessive shifting of the damaged pack- age and to eliminate the presence of [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as any free liquid at the time the salvage amended at 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. drum is closed. All cushioning and ab- 173–241, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– sorbent material used in the drum 247, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, Mar. must be compatible with the hazardous 5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182, material. 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003] (3) Each salvage packaging must be marked with the proper shipping name § 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. of the hazardous material inside the (a) The packaging of hazardous mate- packaging and the name and address of rials for transportation by air, high- the consignee. In addition, the pack- way, rail, or water must be as specified aging must be marked ‘‘SALVAGE’’ or in this part. Methods of manufacture, ‘‘SALVAGE DRUM’’. packing, and storage of hazardous ma- (4) Each drum shall be labeled as pre- terials, that affect safety in transpor- scribed for the respective material.

412

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00422 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.3

(5) The shipper shall prepare shipping (iii) The name and address or reg- papers in accordance with subpart C of istered symbol of the manufacturer; part 172 of this subchapter. and (6) Transportation is authorized by (iv) The words ‘‘SALVAGE CYL- motor vehicle and cargo vessel only. INDER’’ in letters at least 50 mm (2.0 (7) A salvage packaging marked ‘‘T’’ inches) high on opposite sides near the in accordance with applicable provi- middle of the cylinder; stamping on the sions in the UN Recommendations may sidewall is not authorized. be used. (4) Each salvage cylinder must be la- (d) Salvage cylinders. Cylinders of haz- beled for the hazardous material con- ardous materials that are damaged or tained inside the packaging. leaking may be overpacked in a non- (5) The shipper must prepare shipping DOT specification full opening hinged papers in accordance with subpart C of head or fully removable head steel sal- part 172 of this subchapter. vage cylinder under the following con- (6) Transportation is authorized by ditions: motor vehicle only. (1) Only a cylinder containing a Divi- (7) Each salvage cylinder must be sion 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3, 6.1, or a Class 8 ma- cleaned and purged after each use. terial may be overpacked in a salvage (8) In addition to the training re- cylinder. A cylinder containing acety- quirements of §§ 172.700 through 172.704 lene may not be overpacked in a sal- of this subchapter, a person who loads, vage cylinder. unloads or transports a salvage cyl- (2) Each salvage cylinder— inder must be trained in handling, (i) Must be designed, constructed and loading and unloading the salvage cyl- marked in accordance with Section inder. VIII, Division I of the ASME Code (9) Cylinder Requalification: At least (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) with once every five years, each cylinder a minimum design margin of 4 to 1. must be visually inspected (internally Salvage cylinders may not be equipped and externally) in accordance with with a pressure relief device. Damaged CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of cylinders must be securely positioned this subchapter) and pressure tested. A in the salvage cylinder to prevent ex- minimum test pressure of at least 11⁄2 cessive movement. The overpack re- times MAWP must be maintained for quirements of § 173.25 of this part do at least 30 seconds. The cylinder must not apply to salvage cylinders used in be examined under test pressure and accordance with this section. removed from service if a leak or a de- (ii) Must have a maximum water ca- fect is found. pacity of 450 L (119 gallons). (i) The retest and inspection must be (iii) Except for liquefied nitrous performed by a person familiar with oxide and carbon dioxide, contents of salvage cylinders and trained and expe- the damaged or leaking cylinder must rienced in the use of the inspection and be limited in pressure and volume so testing equipment. that if totally discharged into the sal- (ii) Each salvage cylinder that is suc- vage cylinder, the pressure in the sal- cessfully requalified must be durably vage cylinder will not exceed 5⁄4 of the and legibly marked with the word MAWP at 55 °C (131 °F). ‘‘Tested’’ followed by the requalifica- (iv) Must have gaskets, valves and tion date (month/year), e.g., ‘‘Tested 9/ fittings that are compatible with the 04.’’ The marking must be in letters hazardous materials contained within. and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) (3) Each salvage cylinder must be high. The requalification marking may plainly and durably marked. Unless be placed on any portion of the upper otherwise specified, the markings end of the cylinder near the marking below must be in the same area on any required in (d)(3) of this section or on a portion of the upper end: metal plate permanently secured to the (i) The proper shipping name of the cylinder. Stamping on the cylinder hazardous material contained inside sidewall is not authorized. the packaging; (10) Record retention: The owner of (ii) The name and address of the con- each salvage cylinder or his authorized signee or consignor; agent shall retain a record of the most

413

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00423 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.4 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

recent visual inspection and pressure 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2 (PG II and test until the salvage cylinder is re- III), Division 4.3 (PG II and III), Divi- qualified. The records must be made sion 5.1, Division 5.2, Division 6.1, Class available to a DOT representative upon 7, Class 8, and Class 9 materials that request. also meet the definition of one or more (e) Emergency transportation of DOT of these hazard classes, are not subject 3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and DOT to any other requirements of this sub- 106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks. (1) A chapter when— DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 cylinder con- (1) The maximum quantity of mate- taining chlorine or sulphur dioxide rial per inner receptacle or article is that has developed a leak in a valve or limited to— fusible plug may be repaired tempo- (i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for au- rarily by trained personnel using a thorized liquids, other than Division Chlorine Institute Kit ‘‘A’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or cylinder is authorized to be trans- B materials; ported by private or contract carrier (ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for author- one time, one way, from the point of ized solid materials; discovery to a proper facility for dis- (iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author- charge and examination. ized materials meeting the definition (2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Haz- car tank containing chlorine or sul- ard Zone A or B material; and phur dioxide that has developed a leak (iv) An activity level not exceeding in the valve or fusible plug may be that specified in §§ 173.421, 173.424, temporarily repaired by trained per- 173.425 or 173.426, as appropriate, for a sonnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit package containing a Class 7 (radio- ‘‘B’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). active) material. The repaired tank is authorized to be (2) With the exception of temperature transported by private or contract car- sensing devices, each inner receptacle: rier one time, one way, from the point (i) Is not liquid-full at 55 °C (131 °F), of discovery to a proper facility for dis- and charge and examination. (3) Training for personnel making the (ii) Is constructed of plastic having a repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of minimum thickness of no less than 0.2 this section must include: mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, , (i) Proper use of the devices and tools or metal; in the applicable kits; (3) Each inner receptacle with a re- (ii) Use of respiratory equipment and movable has its closure held se- all other safety equipment; and curely in place with wire, tape, or (iii) Knowledge of the properties of other positive means; chlorine and sulphur dioxide. (4) Unless equivalent cushioning and (4) Packagings repaired with ‘‘A’’ or absorbent material surrounds the in- ‘‘B’’ kits must be properly blocked and side packaging, each inner receptacle braced to ensure the packagings are se- is securely packed in an inside pack- cured in the transport vehicle. aging with cushioning and absorbent material that: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (i) Will not react chemically with the 173–234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– material, and 261, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 FR 76154, contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3307, Jan. 24, 2005; 68 FR (5) The inside packaging is securely 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 75 FR 27213, May packed in a strong outer packaging; 14, 2010] (6) The completed package, as dem- onstrated by prototype testing, is capa- § 173.4 Small quantities for highway ble of sustaining— and rail. (i) Each of the following free drops (a) When transported domestically by made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) highway or rail in conformance with directly onto a solid unyielding surface this section, small quantities of Class without breakage or leakage from any

414

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00424 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4a

inner receptacle and without a sub- (1) The shipper’s responsibilities to stantial reduction in the effectiveness properly class their material in accord- of the package: ance with § 173.22 of this subchapter; (A) One drop flat on bottom; (2) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this (B) One drop flat on top; subchapter pertaining to the reporting (C) One drop flat on the long side; of incidents; and (D) One drop flat on the short side; (3) For a Class 7 (Radioactive) mate- and rial the requirements for an excepted (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- package. tion of three intersecting edges; and (b) Authorized materials. Only mate- (ii) A compressive load as specified in rials authorized for transport aboard § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. passenger aircraft and appropriately classed within one of the following haz- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(6): Each of the ard classes or divisions may be trans- tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may ported in accordance with this section: be performed on a different but identical (1) Division 2.2 materials with no sub- package; i.e., all tests need not be performed sidiary hazard; on the same package. (2) Class 3 materials; (7) Placement of the material in the (3) Class 4 (PG II and III) materials package or packing different materials except for self-reactive materials; in the package does not result in a vio- (4) Division 5.1 (PG II and III); lation of § 173.21; (5) Division 5.2 materials only when (8) The gross mass of the completed contained in a chemical kit or a first package does not exceed 29 kg (64 aid kit; pounds); (6) Division 6.1, other than PG I, Haz- (9) The package is not opened or oth- ard Zone A or B material; erwise altered until it is no longer in (7) Class 7, Radioactive material in commerce; and excepted packages (10) The shipper certifies conform- (8) Class 8 (PG II and III), except for ance with this section by marking the UN2803 (Gallium) and UN2809 (Mer- outside of the package with the state- cury); and ment ‘‘This package conforms to 49 (9) Class 9, except for UN1845 (Carbon CFR 173.4 for domestic highway or rail dioxide, solid or Dry ice), and lithium transport only.’’ batteries and cells. (b) A package containing a Class 7 (c) Inner packaging limits. The max- (radioactive) material also must con- imum quantity of hazardous materials form to the requirements of in each inner packaging is limited to: § 173.421(a)(1) through (a)(5) or (1) For toxic material with a Division § 173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate. 6.1 primary or subsidiary hazard, PG I (c) Packages which contain a Class 2, or II— Division 4.2 (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG (i) 1 g (0.04 ounce) for solids; or I) material conforming to paragraphs (ii) 1 mL (0.03 ounce) for liquids; (a)(1) through (a)(10) of this section (2) 30 g (1 ounce) or 30 mL (1 ounce) may be offered for transportation or for solids or liquids other than those transported if specifically approved by covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- the Associate Administrator. tion; and (d) Lithium batteries and cells are (3) For gases a water capacity of 30 not eligible for the exceptions provided mL (1.8 cubic inches) or less. in this section. (d) Outer packaging aggregate quantity limits. The maximum aggregate quan- 74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR tity of hazardous material contained in 5393, Feb. 2, 2010] each outer packaging must not exceed the limits provided in the following § 173.4a Excepted quantities. paragraphs. For outer packagings con- (a) Excepted quantities of materials taining more than one hazardous mate- other than articles transported in ac- rial, the aggregate quantity of haz- cordance with this section are not sub- ardous material must not exceed the ject to any additional requirements of lowest permitted maximum aggregate this subchapter except for: quantity. The limits are as follows:

415

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00425 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.4a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1) For other than a Division 2.2 or (5) Placement of the material in the Division 5.2 material: package or packing different materials (i) Packing Group I—300 g (0.66 in the package must not result in a pounds) for solids or 300 mL (0.08 gal- violation of § 173.21. lons) for liquids; (6) Each package must be of such a (ii) Packing Group II—500 g (1.1 size that there is adequate space to pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 gal- apply all necessary markings. lons) for liquids; (7) The package is not opened or oth- (iii) Packing Group III—1 kg (2.2 erwise altered until it is no longer in pounds) for solids or 1 L (0.2 gallons) commerce. for liquids; (8) Overpacks may be used and may (2) For Division 2.2 material, 1 L (61 also contain packages of hazardous ma- cubic inches); or terial or other materials not subject to (3) For Division 5.2 material, 500 g the HMR subject to the requirements (1.1 pounds) for solids or 250 mL (0.05 of § 173.25. gallons) for liquids. (f) Package tests. The completed pack- age as prepared for transport, with (e) Packaging materials. Packagings inner packagings filled to not less than used for the transport of excepted 95% of their capacity for solids or 98% quantities must meet the following: for liquids, must be capable of with- (1) Each inner receptacle must be standing, as demonstrated by testing constructed of plastic, or of glass, por- which is appropriately documented, celain, stoneware, earthenware or without breakage or leakage of any metal. When used for liquid hazardous inner packaging and without signifi- materials, plastic inner packagings cant reduction in effectiveness: must have a thickness of not less than (1) Drops onto a solid unyielding sur- 0.2 mm (0.008 inch). face from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet): (2) Each inner packaging with a re- (i) Where the sample is in the shape movable closure must have its closure of a , it must be dropped in each of held securely in place with wire, tape the following orientations: or other positive means. Each inner re- (A) One drop flat on the bottom; ceptacle having a neck with molded (B) One drop flat on the top; screw threads must have a leak proof, (C) One drop flat on the longest side; threaded type cap. The closure must (D) One drop flat on the shortest side; not react chemically with the mate- and rial. (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- (3) Each inner packaging must be se- tion of three intersecting edges. curely packed in an intermediate pack- (ii) Where the sample is in the shape aging with cushioning material in such of a drum, it must be dropped in each a way that, under normal conditions of of the following orientations: transport, it cannot break, be punc- (A) One drop diagonally on the top tured or leak its contents. The inter- chime, with the center of gravity di- mediate packaging must completely rectly above the point of impact; contain the contents in of break- (B) One drop diagonally on the base age or leakage, regardless of package chime; and orientation. For liquid hazardous ma- (C) One drop flat on the side. terials, the intermediate packaging (2) A compressive load as specified in must contain sufficient absorbent ma- § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of terial that: the tests in this paragraph (f) of this (i) Will absorb the entire contents of section may be performed on a dif- the inner packaging. ferent but identical package; that is, (ii) Will not react dangerously with all tests need not be performed on the the material or reduce the integrity or same package. function of the packaging materials. (g) Marking. Excepted quantities of (iii) The absorbent material may be hazardous materials packaged, the cushioning material. marked, and otherwise offered and (4) The intermediate packaging must transported in accordance with this be securely packed in a strong, rigid section must be durably and legibly outer packaging. marked with the following marking:

416

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00426 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4b

§ 173.4b De minimis exceptions. (a) Packing Group II and III mate- rials in Class 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2, Division 4.3, Division 5.1, Division 6.1, Class 8, and Class 9 do not meet the definition of a hazardous material in § 171.8 of this subchapter when pack- aged in accordance with this section and, therefore, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (1) The maximum quantity of mate- rial per inner receptacle or article is limited to— (i) One (1) mL (0.03 ounce) for author- ized liquids; and (ii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author- ized solid materials; (2) Each inner receptacle with a re- movable closure has its closure held se- (1) The ‘‘*’’ must be replaced by the curely in place with wire, tape, or primary hazard class, or when as- other positive means; signed, the division of each of the haz- (3) Unless equivalent cushioning and ardous materials contained in the absorbent material surrounds the in- package. The ‘‘**’’ must be replaced by side packaging, each inner receptacle the name of the shipper or consignee if is securely packed in an inside pack- not shown elsewhere on the package. aging with cushioning and absorbent (2) The marking must not be less material that: (i) Will not react chemically with the than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 material, and inches), and must be durable and clear- (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire ly visible. contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; (h) Documentation. (1) For transpor- (4) The inside packaging is securely tation by highway or rail, no shipping packed in a strong outer packaging; is required. (5) The completed package is capable (2) For transport by air, a shipping of sustaining— paper is not required, except that, if a (i) Each of the following free drops document such as an air waybill ac- made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) companies a shipment, the document directly onto a solid unyielding surface must include the statement ‘‘Dan- without breakage or leakage from any gerous Goods in Excepted Quantities’’ inner receptacle and without a sub- and indicate the number of packages. stantial reduction in the effectiveness (3) For transport by vessel, a ship- of the package: ping paper is required and must include (A) One drop flat on bottom; the statement ‘‘ in (B) One drop flat on top; (C) One drop flat on the long side; Excepted Quantities’’ and indicate the (D) One drop flat on the short side; number of packages. and (i) Training. Each person who offers (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- or transports excepted quantities of tion of three intersecting edges; and hazardous materials must know about (ii) A compressive load as specified in the requirements of this section. § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of (j) Restrictions. Hazardous material the tests in this paragraph (a)(5) may packaged in accordance with this sec- be performed on a different but iden- tion may not be carried in checked or tical package; that is, all tests need carry-on baggage. not be performed on the same package. (6) Placement of the material in the [74 FR 2254, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 package or packing different materials FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] in the package does not result in a vio- lation of § 173.21;

417

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00427 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER14JA09.002 § 173.5 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(7) The aggregate quantity of haz- Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk pack- ardous material per package does not aging, or exceed 100 g (0.22 pounds) for solids or (ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids; gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids, (8) The gross mass of the completed of any other agricultural product; package does not exceed 29 kg (64 (3) The movement and packaging of pounds); the agricultural product conform to (9) The package is not opened or oth- the requirements of the State in which erwise altered until it is no longer in it is transported and are specifically commerce; and authorized by a State statute or regu- (10) For transportation by aircraft: (i) The hazardous material is author- lation in effect before October 1, 1998; ized to be carried aboard passenger-car- and rying aircraft in Column 9A of the (4) Each person having any responsi- § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table; bility for transporting the agricultural and product or preparing the agricultural (ii) Material packed in accordance product for shipment has been in- with this section may not be carried in structed in the applicable requirements checked or carry-on baggage. of this subchapter. (b) [Reserved] (c) Formulated liquid agricultural [74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 products in specification packagings of FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010] 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with closures manifolded to a closed mixing § 173.5 Agricultural operations. system and equipped with positive dry (a) For other than a Class 2 material, disconnect devices may be transported the transportation of an agricultural by a private motor carrier between a product over local roads between fields final distribution point and an ulti- of the same farm is excepted from the mate point of application or for load- requirements of this subchapter. A ing aboard an airplane for aerial appli- Class 2 material transported over local cation. roads between fields of the same farm (d) See § 173.315(m) pertaining to is excepted from subparts G and H of nurse tanks of anhydrous ammonia. part 172 of this subchapter. In either (e) See § 173.6 pertaining to materials instance, transportation of the haz- of trade. ardous material is subject to the fol- (f) See § 172.800(b) pertaining to secu- lowing conditions: rity plans. (1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor carrier; [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1215, Jan. 8, 1997, as and amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. (2) The movement of the agricultural 22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165, product conforms to requirements of Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008] the State in which it is transported and is specifically authorized by a § 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles and State statute or regulation in effect be- mechanical displacement meter fore October 1, 1998. provers. (b) The transportation of an agricul- (a) Oilfield service vehicles. Notwith- tural product to or from a farm, within standing § 173.29 of this subchapter, a 150 miles of the farm, is excepted from the requirements in subparts G and H cargo tank motor vehicle used in oil- of part 172 of this subchapter and from field servicing operations is not subject the specific packaging requirements of to the specification requirements of this subchapter when: this subchapter provided— (1) It is transported by a farmer who (1) The cargo tank and equipment is an intrastate private motor carrier; contains only residual amounts (i.e., it (2) The total amount of agricultural is emptied so far as practicable) of a product being transported on a single flammable liquid alone or in combina- motor vehicle does not exceed: tion with water, (i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium (2) No flame producing device is oper- nitrate fertilizer properly classed as ated during transportation, and

418

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00428 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5a

(3) The proper shipping name is pre- time sufficiently long to assure detec- ceded by ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST CON- tion of leaks, but in no case less than TAINED * * * ’’ on the shipping paper 5 minutes. for each movement on a public high- (4) In addition to the training re- way. quirements in subpart H, the person (b) Mechanical displacement meter who performs the visual inspection or provers. (1) A mechanical displacement pressure test and/or signs the inspec- meter prover, as defined in § 171.8 of tion report must have the knowledge this subchapter, permanently mounted and ability to perform them as re- on a truck chassis or trailer and trans- quired by this section. ported by motor vehicle is excepted (5) A meter prover that fails the peri- from the specification packaging re- odic test and inspection must be re- quirements in part 178 of this sub- jected and removed from hazardous chapter provided it— materials service unless the meter (i) Contains only the residue of a Di- prover is adequately repaired, and vision 2.1 (flammable gas) or Class 3 thereafter, a successful test is con- (flammable liquid) material. For liq- ducted in accordance with the require- uids, the meter prover must be drained ments of this section. to not exceed 10% of its capacity or, to (6) Prior to any repair work, the the extent that draining of the meter meter prover must be emptied of any prover is impracticable, to the max- hazardous material. A meter prover imum extent practicable. For gases, containing flammable lading must be the meter prover must not exceed 25% purged. of the marked pressure rating; (ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L (7) Each meter prover successfully (1,000 gallons) or less; completing the external visual inspec- (iii) Is designed and constructed in tion and the pressure test must be accordance with chapters II, III, IV, V marked with the test date (month/ and VI of ASME Standard B31.4 (IBR, year), and the type of test or inspec- see § 171.7 of this subchapter); tion as follows: (iv) Is marked with the MAWP deter- (i) V for external visual inspection; mined from the pipe component with and the lowest pressure rating; and (ii) P for pressure test. (v) Is equipped with rear-end protec- The marking must be on the side of a tion as prescribed in § 178.337–10(c) of tank or the largest piping component this subchapter and 49 CFR 393.86 of the in letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regula- contrasting background. tions. (8) The owner must retain a record of (2) The description on the shipping the most recent external visual inspec- paper for a meter prover containing the tion and pressure test until the next residue of a hazardous material must test or inspection of the same type is include the phrase ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST successfully completed. The test or in- CONTAINED * * * ’’ before the basic spection report must include the fol- description. lowing: (3) Periodic test and inspection. (i) (i) Serial number or other meter Each meter prover must be externally prover identifier; visually inspected once a year. The ex- (ii) Type of test or inspection per- ternal visual inspection must include formed; at a minimum: checking for leakage, (iii) Test date (month/year); defective fittings and welds, defective (iv) Location of defects found, if any, closures, significant dents and other and method used to repair each defect; defects or abnormalities which indicate (v) Name and address of person per- a potential or actual weakness that forming the test or inspection; could render the meter prover unsafe for transportation; and (vi) Disposition statement, such as (ii) Each meter prover must be pres- ‘‘Meter Prover returned to service’’ or sure tested once every 5 years at not ‘‘Meter Prover removed from service’’. less than 75% of design pressure. The [70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005, as amended at 75 pressure must be held for a period of FR 27213, May 14, 2010]

419

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00429 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.5b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigera- Schedule 40 or ASTM A106 Schedule 40 tion systems. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). This section authorizes the highway (ii) Piping with a diameter of less transportation of residual amounts of than 2 inches must conform to ASTM A Division 2.2 refrigerant gases or anhy- 53 Schedule 80 or ASTM A 106 Schedule drous ammonia contained in non-speci- 80 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). fication pressure vessels that are com- (iii) The words ‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’ ponents of refrigeration systems, which must be marked as required in special may or may not be permanently provision 13 in § 172.102 of this sub- mounted to a transport vehicle, used chapter and, when practicable, within for agricultural operations. These re- 24 inches of the placard. frigeration systems are used at field (b) Refrigeration systems placed into sites to cool (pre-cool) produce before service prior to June 1, 1991. (1) For re- the produce is loaded into trucks or frigeration systems placed into service railcars for market or used to supple- prior to June 1, 1991, each pressure ves- ment stationary refrigeration systems sel and associated piping for the con- during peak harvest times. The compo- densing line (‘‘high side’’) must be nents of these refrigeration systems rated at an MAWP of not less than 250 are commonly known as vacuum tubes, psig. Each pressure vessel and associ- accumulators, refrigeration units, ice ated piping for the evaporating line makers, pressure coolers, or evapo- (‘‘low side’’) must be rated at an rators. MAWP of not less than 150 psig, except (a) General packaging requirements. that each pressure vessel or associated Each non-specification pressure vessel piping that will contain refrigerant gas must conform to the following: during transportation must be rated at (1) Each pressure vessel must be de- an MAWP of not less than 250 psig. signed, manufactured, and maintained During transportation, pressure in the in accordance with applicable require- components that are part of the ments of the ASME Code (IBR, see evaporating line may not exceed 150 § 171.7 of this subchapter). psig. (2) Except as authorized in this sec- (2) Each pressure vessel and associ- tion, each pressure vessel and associ- ated piping must be rated at a max- ated piping that is part of the imum allowable work pressure (MAWP) evaporating line must be marked of 250 psig. The pressure in these com- ‘‘LOW SIDE’’ in a permanent and clear- ponents may not exceed MAWP. ly visible manner. The evaporating line (3) Any part of the piping or pressure must have a pressure gauge with cor- vessel separated from another compo- responding temperature markings nent of the refrigeration system by mounted so as to be easily readable means of a valve, blank flange, or other when standing on the ground. The device must be equipped with a pres- gauge must be permanently marked or sure relief valve set at MAWP. All lines tagged ‘‘SATURATION GAUGE’’. that must be disconnected for trans- (3) Each pressure vessel and associ- portation purposes must be closed by ated piping with an MAWP of 250 psig means of a cap, plug or blank flange, or greater containing liquid anhydrous and valves at the end of disconnected ammonia must be isolated using appro- lines must be tightly closed. priate means from piping and compo- (4) The aggregate total volumetric nents marked ‘‘LOW SIDE’’. capacity of components within the re- (4) Liquid lading is only authorized in frigeration system authorized for high- system components with a rated way transportation in accordance with MAWP of not less than 250 psig. this section may not exceed 2,500 gal- (5) Prior to transportation, each pres- lons per vehicle. sure vessel and associated piping with (5) Each pressure vessel and associ- a rated MAWP of less than 250 psig ated piping containing anhydrous am- must be relieved of enough gaseous lad- monia must conform to the following: ing to ensure that the MAWP is not ex- (i) Piping with a diameter of 2 inches ceeded at transport temperatures up to or more must conform to ASTM A 53 54 °C (130 °F).

420

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00430 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.6

(6) Refrigeration systems placed into quirements for records of inspections service prior to June 1, 1991, may con- including markings must be completed tinue in service until October 1, 2017. as specified in part 180. (c) Prior to transportation over pub- (2) Pressure relief valves must be du- lic highways, each pressure vessel and rably marked with either the date of associated piping must be drained of last test, set-pressure and testing com- refrigerant gas or liquid anhydrous am- pany or the date of last replacement, monia to the extent practicable. set-pressure, and certifying company, Drained contents must be recovered in as applicable. conformance with all applicable envi- [74 FR 16142, Apr. 9, 2009] ronmental regulations. Residual liquid anhydrous ammonia in each compo- § 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. nent may not exceed one percent of the When transported by motor vehicle component’s total volumetric capacity in conformance with this section, a or 10 gallons, whichever is less. material of trade (see § 171.8 of this sub- (d) System inspection and testing. (1) chapter) is not subject to any other re- Each refrigeration system authorized quirements of this subchapter besides under this section must be visually in- those set forth or referenced in this spected every year. The visual inspec- section. tion must include items listed in (a) Materials and amounts. A material § 180.407(d)(2) of this subchapter appli- of trade is limited to the following: cable to refrigeration systems. A cer- (1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, tificate of the annual visual inspection 6.1, or ORM-D material contained in a must be dated and signed by the person packaging having a gross mass or ca- performing the inspection and must pacity not over— contain that person’s company affili- (i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for ation. The certificate must remain at a Packing Group I material; the equipment owner’s office. (ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gal- (2) Each refrigeration system author- lons) for a Packing Group II, Packing ized under this section must be proof Group III, or ORM-D material; pressure tested every two years begin- (iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted ning with the initial pressure test per- mixture, not to exceed 2 percent con- formed after manufacture. Additional centration, of a Class 9 material. pressure tests must be performed after (2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a any modification, repair or damage to cylinder with a gross weight not over a part of the system pressurized with 100 kg (220 pounds), or a permanently refrigerant gas. System test pressures mounted tank manufactured to the may not be less than one-and-one-half ASME Code of not more than 70 gallon (1.50) times the rated MAWP of the sys- water capacity for a non-liquefied Divi- tem component or piping. sion 2.2 material with no subsidiary (3) Pressure relief valves must be suc- hazard. cessfully tested every two years at the (3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing MAWP for the components or piping to Group II or III contained in a pack- which they are attached. Pressure re- aging having a gross capacity not ex- lief valves may be replaced and marked ceeding 30 mL (1 ounce). every 5 years with valves certified at (4) A Division 6.2 material, other the appropriate MAWP, in which case than a Category A infectious sub- the valves need not be tested every two stance, contained in human or animal years. Valves that do not pass the test samples (including, but not limited to, must be repaired or replaced. secreta, excreta, blood and its compo- (e) Test markings and reports. (1) Evi- nents, tissue and tissue fluids, and dence of testing specified in paragraph body parts) being transported for re- (d) of this section must be marked on search, diagnosis, investigational ac- the right forward side of the refrigera- tivities, or disease treatment or pre- tion system with 2 inch high letters in- vention, or is a biological product or dicating type of last test (V = visual; P regulated medical waste. The material = pressure: hydrostatic or pneumatic) must be contained in a combination and the month/year in which it was packaging. For liquids, the inner pack- performed. Reports and all of the re- aging must be leakproof, and the outer

421

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00431 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.6 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

packaging must contain sufficient ab- or to the requirements of the Occupa- sorbent material to absorb the entire tional Safety and Health Administra- contents of the inner packaging. For tion of the Department of Labor con- sharps, the inner packaging (sharps tained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or container) must be constructed of a 1926.152(a)(1). rigid material resistant to punctures (5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel and securely closed to prevent leaks or containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 mate- punctures, and the outer packaging rial must conform to packaging, quali- must be securely closed to prevent fication, maintenance, and use require- leaks or punctures. For solids, liquids, ments of this subchapter, except that and sharps, the outer packaging must outer packagings are not required. be a strong, tight packaging securely Manifolding of cylinders is authorized closed and secured against shifting, in- provided all valves are tightly closed. cluding relative motion between pack- (c) Hazard communication. (1) A non- ages, within the vehicle on which it is being transported. bulk packaging other than a cylinder (i) For other than a regulated med- (including a receptacle transported ical waste, the amount of Division 6.2 without an outer packaging) must be material in a combination packaging marked with a common name or proper must conform to the following limita- shipping name to identify the material tions: it contains, including the letters ‘‘RQ’’ (A) One or more inner packagings, if it contains a reportable quantity of a each of which may not contain more hazardous substance. than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces), (2) A bulk packaging containing a di- and an outer packaging containing not luted mixture of a Class 9 material more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gal- must be marked on two opposing sides lon); or with the four-digit identification num- (B) A single inner packaging con- ber of the material. The identification taining not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or number must be displayed on placards, 16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer pack- orange panels or, alternatively, a white aging. square-on-point configuration having (ii) For a regulated medical waste, a the same outside dimensions as a combination packaging must consist of placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) one or more inner packagings, each of on a side), in the manner specified in which may not contain more than 4 kg § 172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter. (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon), and an outer (3) A DOT specification cylinder (ex- packaging containing not more than 16 cept DOT specification 39) must be kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons). marked and labeled as prescribed in (5) This section does not apply to a this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder hazardous material that is self-reactive must display the markings specified in (see § 173.124), poisonous by inhalation 178.65(i). (see § 173.133), or a hazardous waste. (4) The operator of a motor vehicle (b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be that contains a material of trade must leak tight for liquids and gases, sift proof for solids, and be securely closed, be informed of the presence of the haz- secured against shifting, and protected ardous material (including whether the against damage. package contains a reportable quan- (2) Each material must be packaged tity) and must be informed of the re- in the manufacturer’s original pack- quirements of this section. aging, or a packaging of equal or great- (d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for er strength and integrity. a material of trade authorized by para- (3) Outer packagings are not required graph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the ag- for receptacles (e.g., cans and ) gregate gross weight of all materials of that are secured against shifting in trade on a motor vehicle may not ex- , carts, bins, or compart- ceed 200 kg (440 pounds). ments. (e) Other exceptions. A material of (4) For gasoline, a packaging must be trade may be transported on a motor made of metal or plastic and conform vehicle under the provisions of this sec- to the requirements of this subchapter tion with other hazardous materials

422

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00432 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.7

without affecting its eligibility for ex- port vehicle from the transport vehicle ceptions provided by this section. carrying the hazardous materials that are excepted by this paragraph. A docu- [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. ment certifying that the shipment is 22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; Amdt. 173– for the purpose of national security 259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. must be in the possession of the person 1, 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 53137, in charge of providing security during Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR transportation. 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; (c) Shipments of explosive samples, 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007] not exceeding 1 g net weight, offered by § 173.7 Government operations and and consigned to the Bureau of Alco- materials. hol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of the Department of the Treasury are (a) Hazardous materials offered for not otherwise subject to the regula- transportation by, for, or to the De- tions in parts 110–189 of this subchapter partment of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. when placed in a specifically designed Government, including commercial multi-unit assembly packed in a strong shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, outer packaging. The packaging must must be packaged in accordance with the regulations in this subchapter or in be of a type accepted by ATF as capa- packagings of equal or greater strength ble of precluding a propagation of any and efficiency as certified by DOD in explosion outside the packaging. The accordance with the procedures pre- second component from the outside of scribed by ‘‘Packaging of Hazardous the packaging must be marked or Material, DLAD 4145.41/AR 700–143/AFJI tagged to indicate the presence of an 24–210/NAVSUPINST 4030.55B/MCO explosive. 4030.40B (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (d) Notwithstanding the require- chapter).’’ Hazardous materials offered ments of §§ 173.416 and 173.417 of this for transportation by DOD under this subchapter, packagings made by or provision may be reshipped by any under the direction of the U.S. Depart- shipper to any consignee provided the ment of Energy may be used for the original packaging has not been dam- transportation of Class 7 materials aged or altered in any manner. when evaluated, approved, and certified (1) Hazardous materials sold by the by the Department of Energy against DOD in packagings that are not packaging standards equivalent to marked in accordance with the require- those specified in 10 CFR part 71. Pack- ments of this subchapter may be ages shipped in accordance with this shipped from DOD installations if the paragraph shall be marked and other- DOD certifies in writing that the pack- wise prepared for shipment in a manner agings are equal to or greater in equivalent to that required by this sub- strength and efficiency than the pack- chapter for packagings approved by the aging prescribed in this subchapter. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. The shipper shall obtain such a certifi- (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials cation in duplicate for each shipment. owned by the Department of Defense He shall give one copy to the origi- and packaged prior to January 1, 1990, nating carrier and retain the other for in accordance with the requirements of no less than 1 year. this subchapter in effect at that time, (2) [Reserved] are excepted from the marking and la- (b) Shipments of hazardous mate- beling requirements of part 172 of this rials, made by or under the direction or subchapter and the packaging and supervision of the U.S. Department of package marking requirements of part Energy (DOE) or the Department of De- 178 of this subchapter, provided the fense (DOD), for the purpose of na- packagings have maintained their in- tional security, and which are escorted tegrity and the explosive material is by personnel specifically designated by declared as ‘‘government-owned goods or under the authority of those agen- packaged prior to January 1, 1990’’ on cies, are not subject to the require- the shipping papers. In addition, pack- ments of this subchapter. For transpor- ages of these materials owned by the tation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, Department of Defense that are the escorts must be in a separate trans- marked and labeled in conformance

423

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00433 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.8 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

with the requirements of the HMR that leum product in accordance with the were in effect at the time they were provisions of paragraph (d) of this sec- originally marked and labeled are ex- tion. cepted from the current marking and (c) Permanently secured non-bulk tanks labeling requirements. for petroleum products. Notwithstanding (f) The requirements of this sub- requirements for specification pack- chapter do not apply to shipments of agings in subpart F of this part 173 and hazardous materials carried aboard an parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a aircraft that is not owned by a govern- non-specification metal tank perma- ment or engaged in carrying persons or nently secured to a transport vehicle property for commercial purposes, but and protected against leakage or dam- is under the exclusive direction and age in the event of a turnover, having control of the government for a period of not less than 90 days as specified in a capacity of less than 450 L (119 gal- a written contract or lease. An aircraft lons), may be used by an intrastate is under the exclusive direction and motor carrier for transportation of a control of a government when the gov- flammable liquid petroleum product in ernment exercises responsibility for: accordance with the provisions of para- (1) Approving crew members and de- graph (d) of this section. termining they are qualified to operate (d) Additional requirements. A pack- the aircraft; aging used under the provisions of (2) Determining the airworthiness paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section and directing maintenance of the air- must— craft; and (1) Be operated by an intrastate (3) Dispatching the aircraft, includ- motor carrier and in use as a pack- ing the times of departure, airports to aging for hazardous material before Oc- be used, and type and amount of cargo tober 1, 1998; to be carried. (2) Be operated in conformance with [29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 the requirements of the State in which FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] it is authorized; EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (3) Be specifically authorized by a tations affecting § 173.7, see the List of CFR State statute or regulation in effect be- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- fore October 1, 1998, for use as a pack- ing Aids section of the printed volume and aging for the hazardous material being on GPO Access. transported; § 173.8 Exceptions for non-specifica- (4) Be offered for transportation and tion packagings used in intrastate transported in conformance with all transportation. other applicable requirements of this (a) Non-specification bulk packagings. subchapter; Notwithstanding requirements for (5) Not be used to transport a flam- specification packagings in subpart F mable cryogenic liquid, hazardous sub- of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this stance, hazardous waste, or a marine subchapter, a non-specification bulk pollutant (except for gasoline); and packaging may be used for transpor- (6) On and after July 1, 2000, for a tation of a hazardous material by an tank authorized under paragraph (b) or intrastate motor carrier until July 1, (c) of this section, conform to all re- 2000, in accordance with the provisions quirements in part 180 (except for of paragraph (d) of this section. § 180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the (b) Non-specification cargo tanks for pe- same manner as required for a DOT troleum products. Notwithstanding re- specification MC 306 cargo tank motor quirements for specification pack- vehicle. agings in subpart F of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as non-specification cargo tank motor ve- amended by Amdt. 172–262, 62 FR 49567, Sept. hicle having a capacity of less than 22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] an intrastate motor carrier for trans- portation of a flammable liquid petro-

424

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00434 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9

§ 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight (c) No person may affix or display on containers containing lading which a rail car, freight container, truck has been fumigated. body, or trailer the FUMIGANT mark- (a) For the purpose of this section, ing specified in paragraph (e) of this not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail section, unless the lading has been fu- car, freight container, truck body, or migated or is undergoing fumigation. trailer in which the lading has been fu- (d) The FUMIGANT marking re- migated with any material, or is under- quired by paragraph (b) of this section going fumigation, is a package con- must remain on the rail car, freight taining a hazardous material. container, truck body, or trailer until (b) No person may offer for transpor- the rail car, freight container, truck tation or transport a rail car, freight body, or trailer has been completely container, truck body, or trailer in ventilated either by opening the doors which the lading has been fumigated or treated with any material, or is under- of the unit or by mechanical ventila- going fumigation, unless the FUMI- tion to ensure no harmful concentra- GANT marking specified in paragraph tion of gas remains after fumigation (e) of this section is prominently dis- has been completed. played so that it can be seen by any (e) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FU- person attempting to enter the interior MIGANT marking must consist of red of the transport vehicle or freight con- or black letters on a white background tainer. For domestic transportation, a that is at least 30 cm (11.8 inches) wide hazard warning authorized by and at least 25 cm (9.8 inches) high. Ex- EPA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used cept for size and color, the FUMIGANT as an alternative to the FUMIGANT marking must be as follows: marking.

425

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00435 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.9 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(2) The ‘‘*’’ shall be replaced with the (1) Has been completely ventilated ei- technical name of the fumigant. ther by opening the doors of the unit or (f) A closed cargo transport unit that by mechanical ventilation after fumi- has been fumigated is not subject to gation, and any other provisions of this subchapter (2) Displays the FUMIGANT mark- if it— ing, including the date of ventilation.

426

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00436 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER29DE06.002 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.10

(g) For international shipments, tion) for such removal. The consignee transport documents should indicate must furnish adequately safe mechan- the date of fumigation, type and ical hoist, obtained from the carrier if amount of fumigant used, and instruc- desirable, by which the tanks shall be tions for disposal of any residual fumi- lifted from the car and deposited di- gant, including fumigation devices. rectly upon vehicles furnished by the (h) Any person subject to the require- consignee for immediate removal from ments of this section, solely due to the carrier property or tanks must be lift- fumigated lading, must be informed of ed by adequately safe mechanical hoist the requirements of this section and from car directly to vessels for further the safety precautions necessary to protect themselves and others in the transportation. event of an incident or accident involv- (c) Any tank car of other than DOT- ing the fumigated lading. 106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and (i) Any person who offers for trans- 179.301 of this subchapter), containing portation or transports a rail car, anhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydro- freight container, truck body or trailer carbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and that is subject to this subchapter sole- having interior pipes of liquid and gas ly because of the hazardous materials discharge valves equipped with check designation specified in paragraph (a) valves, may be consigned for delivery of this section is not subject to any re- and unloading on carrier tracks, if the quirements of this subchapter other lading is piped directly from the car to than those contained in this section. permanent storage tanks of sufficient [71 FR 78629, Dec. 29, 2006] capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Such cars may also be con- § 173.10 Tank car shipments. signed for storage on a private track or (a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 ma- on a carrier track when designated by terial (including a cryogenic liquid) or the carrier for such storage. Class 3 material with a flash point (d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A below 38 °C (100 °F), except liquid road type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this asphalt or tar, may not be offered for subchapter), the tanks must be placed transportation unless originally con- in position and attached to the car signed or subsequently reconsigned to structure by the shipper. parties having private-siding (see Note (e) Class 3 materials with a flash 1 of this section) or to parties using point below 38 °C (100 °F) and Division railroad siding facilities which have 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic been equipped for piping the liquid from tank cars to permanent storage liquid) may not be loaded into tank tanks of sufficient capacity to receive cars on carrier property from tank contents of car. trucks or drums. (b) A tank car containing any Class 2 NOTE 1: For this purpose, a private track is material must not be offered for trans- a track outside of carrier’s right-of-way, portation unless the car is consigned yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier for delivery (see paragraph (c) of this does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed section) and unloading on a private or right-of-way; or a track or portion of a track (see Note 1 of this section) except track which is devoted to the purpose of its that where no private track is avail- user, either by lease or written agreement; able, delivery and unloading on carrier in which case the lease or written agreement tracks is permitted provided the fol- will be considered as equivalent to owner- lowing conditions are complied with: ship. (1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A NOTE 2: Carriers should give permission for type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this the unloading of these containers on carrier subchapter) may be offered for trans- tracks only where no private siding is avail- able within reasonable trucking distance of portation and the loaded unit tanks final destination. The danger involved is the may be removed from car frame on car- release of compressed gases due to accidental rier tracks, provided the shipper has obtained from the delivering carrier and filed with originating carrier, writ- ten permission (see Note 2 of this sec-

427

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00437 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.12 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

damage to container in handling. The expo- Division 4.2 Packing Group I materials sure to this danger decreases directly with must be packaged using UN standard the isolation of the unloading point. steel or plastic drums tested and [29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 marked to the Packing Group I per- FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and by Amdt. 173–162, 48 formance level for liquids or solids; and FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983, and amended by bromine pentafluoride and bromine Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 173–207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; trifluoride may not be packaged using Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 UN 4G fiberboard boxes: FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR (A) A UN 1A2 or UN 1B2 metal drum, 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] a UN 1D plywood drum, a UN 1G fiber drum, or a UN 1H2 plastic drum, tested § 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of and marked to at least the Packing waste materials. Group III performance level for liquids (a) Open head drums. If a hazardous or solids; material that is a hazardous waste is (B) At a minimum, a double-walled required by this subchapter to be UN 4G fiberboard box made out of 500 shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a pound burst-strength fiberboard fitted drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less with a liner at least 3 bung opening) and the hazardous waste mils (0.12 inches) thick and when filled contains solids or semisolids that make during testing to 95 percent capacity its placement in a closed head drum with a solid material, successfully impracticable, an equivalent (except passes the tests prescribed in §§ 178.603 for closure) open head drum may be (drop) and 178.606 (stacking), and is ca- used for the hazardous waste. pable of passing the tests prescribed in (b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials § 178.608 (vibration) to at least the prohibited by paragraph (b)(3) of this Packing Group II performance level for section are not authorized for trans- liquids or solids; or port in packages authorized by this (C) A UN 11G fiberboard intermediate paragraph (b). Waste materials classed bulk container (IBC) or a UN 11HH2 as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, composite IBC, fitted with a poly- 5.2, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the ethylene liner at least 6 mils (0.24 specification packaging requirements inches) thick, that successfully passes of this subchapter for combination the tests prescribed in Subpart O of packagings if packaged in accordance Part 178 and § 178.603 to at least the with this paragraph (b) and transported Packing Group II performance level for for disposal or recovery by highway, rail or cargo vessel. In addition, a ge- liquids or solids; a UN 11HH2 is com- neric description from the § 172.101 Haz- posed of multiple layers of encap- ardous Materials Table may be used in sulated between place of specific chemical names, when inner and outer layers of woven coated two or more chemically compatible . waste materials in the same hazard (iii) The gross weight of each com- class are packaged in the same outside pleted combination package may not packaging. exceed 205 kg (452 lbs). (2) Combination packaging require- (3) Prohibited materials. The following ments: waste materials may not be packaged (i) Inner packagings. The inner pack- or described under the provisions of agings must be either glass, not ex- this paragraph (b): a material poi- ceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or sonous-by-inhalation, a Division 6.1 metal or plastic, not exceeding 20 L (5.3 Packing Group I material, chloric acid, gallons) rated capacity. Inner pack- and oleum (fuming sulfuric acid). agings containing liquid must be sur- (c) Reuse of packagings. A previously rounded by a chemically compatible used packaging may be reused for the absorbent material in sufficient quan- shipment of waste material trans- tity to absorb the total liquid contents. ported for disposal or recovery, not (ii) Outer packaging. Each outer pack- subject to the reconditioning and reuse aging may contain only one class of provisions contained in § 173.28 and part waste material. The following outer 178 of this subchapter, under the fol- packagings are authorized except that lowing conditions:

428

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00438 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.12

(1) Except as authorized by this para- (2) Waste cyanides and waste acids. For graph, the waste must be packaged in waste cyanides stored, loaded, and accordance with this part and offered transported with waste acids: for transportation in accordance with (i) The cyanide or a cyanide mixture the requirements of this subchapter. may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net (2) Transportation is performed by weight per inner packaging and may highway only. not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight (3) A package is not offered for trans- per outer packaging; a cyanide solution portation less than 24 hours after it is may not exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per finally closed for transportation, and inner packaging and may not exceed 10 each package is inspected for leakage L (3.0 gallons) per outer packaging; and and is found to be free from leaks im- (ii) The acids must be packaged in mediately prior to being offered for lab packs in accordance paragraph (b) transportation. of this section or in single packagings (4) Each package is loaded by the authorized for the acid in Column (8B) shipper and unloaded by the consignee, of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials unless the motor carrier is a private or Table of this subchapter not to exceed contract carrier. 208 L (55 gallons) capacity. (5) The packaging may be used only (3) Waste Division 4.2 materials and once under this paragraph and may not waste Class 8 liquids. For waste Division be used again for shipment of haz- 4.2 materials stored, loaded, and trans- ardous materials except in accordance ported with waste Class 8 liquids: with § 173.28. (i) The Division 4.2 material may not (d) Technical names for n.o.s. descrip- tions. The requirements for the inclu- exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per sion of technical names for n.o.s. de- inner packaging and may not exceed 10 scriptions on shipping papers and pack- kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer age markings, §§ 172.203 and 172.301 of packaging; and this subchapter, respectively, do not (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack- apply to packages prepared in accord- aged in lab packs in accordance with ance with paragraph (b) of this section, paragraph (b) of this section or in sin- except that packages containing mate- gle packagings authorized for the ma- rials meeting the definition of a haz- terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 ardous substance must be described as Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- required in § 172.203 of this subchapter chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) and marked as required in § 172.324 of capacity. this subchapter. (4) Waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, (e) Segregation requirements. Waste Hazard Zone A material and waste Class materials packaged according to para- 3, Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, graph (b) of this section and trans- 5.1 and 5.2 materials. For waste Division ported in conformance with this para- 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A graph (e) are not subject to the seg- material stored, loaded, and trans- regation requirements in §§ 174.81(d), ported with waste Class 8 liquids, or 176.83(b), and 177.848(d) if blocked and Division 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials: braced in such a manner that they are (i) The Division 6.1 Packing Group I, separated from incompatible materials Hazard Zone A material must be pack- by a minimum horizontal distance of aged in accordance with § 173.226(c) of 1.2 m (4 feet) and the packages are this subchapter and overpacked in a loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) off UN standard steel or plastic drum the floor of the freight container, unit meeting the Packing Group I perform- load device, transport vehicle, or rail ance level; car. The following conditions specific (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack- to incompatible materials also apply: aged in lab packs in accordance with (1) General restrictions. The freight paragraph (b) of this section or in sin- container, device, transport gle packagings authorized for the ma- vehicle, or rail car may not contain terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 any Class 1 explosives, Class 7 radio- Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- active material, or uncontainerized chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) hazardous materials; capacity.

429

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00439 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.13 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(iii) The Division 4.2 material may accordance with applicable state, local, not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight or tribal requirements. per inner packaging and may not ex- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990, as ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. outer packaging; 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173– (iv) The Division 5.1 materials may 138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 50460, not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR per inner packaging and may not ex- 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per 2009; 75 FR 27214, May 14, 2010] outer packaging. The aggregate net weight per freight container, unit load § 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divi- device, transport vehicle, or rail car sions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Class- may not exceed 100 kg (220 pounds); es 8 and 9 materials. (v) The Division 5.2 material may not (a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net weight per 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted inner packaging and may not exceed 5 from the labeling (except for the kg (11 pounds) net weight per outer CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label), packaging. Organic Peroxide, Type B placarding and segregation require- material may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 ments of this subchapter if prepared for pounds) net weight per inner packaging transportation in accordance with the and may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) requirements of this section. A mate- net weight per outer packaging. The rial that meets the definition of a ma- aggregate net weight per freight con- terial poisonous by inhalation may not tainer, unit load device, transport vehi- be offered for transportation or trans- cle, or rail car may not exceed 50 kg ported under provisions of this section. (110 pounds). (b) A hazardous material conforming to the requirements of this section (f) Additional exceptions. Lab packs may be transported by motor vehicle conforming to the requirements of this and rail car. In addition, packages pre- section are not subject to the fol- pared in accordance with this section lowing: may be transported by aircraft under (1) The overpack marking and label- the following conditions: ing requirements in § 173.25(a)(2) of this (1) Cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous subchapter when secured to a materials permitted to be transported with shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap ex- aboard either a passenger or cargo-only cept that representative of each aircraft by column (9A) or (9B) of the Hazard Class or Division in the over- Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 pack must be visibly displayed on two of this subchapter are authorized opposing sides. aboard cargo-only aircraft. (2) The restrictions for overpacks (2) Passenger carrying aircraft. Only containing Class 8, Packing Group I hazardous materials permitted to be material and Division 5.1, Packing transported aboard a passenger aircraft Group I material in § 173.25(a)(5) of this by column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate- subchapter. These waste materials may rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub- be overpacked with other materials. chapter are authorized aboard pas- (g) Household waste. Household waste, senger aircraft. The completed pack- as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, age, assembled as for transportation, is not subject to the requirements of must be successfully tested in accord- this subchapter when transported in ance with part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level. A hazardous accordance with applicable state, local, material which meets the definition of or tribal requirements. a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the Packing (f) Household waste. Household waste, Group I level in accordance with as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, § 173.127(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter may is not subject to the requirements of not be transported aboard a passenger this subchapter when transported in aircraft. (3) Packages offered for transpor- tation aboard either passenger or

430

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.21

cargo-only aircraft must meet the re- quantity of material in any inner pack- quirements for transportation by air- aging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25 craft specified in § 173.27 of this sub- pounds). For transportation by air- chapter. craft, the net quantity in one package (c) A hazardous material permitted may not exceed the quantity specified by paragraph (a) of this section must in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate. be packaged as follows: (ii) The inner packaging must be (1) For liquids: placed in a hermetically sealed barrier (i) The hazardous material must be bag which is impervious to the lading. placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic (iii) The barrier bag and its contents or metal inner packaging with a max- must be placed in a fiberboard box that imum capacity not exceeding 1.2 L. is placed in a hermetically-sealed bar- Sufficient outage must be provided rier bag which is impervious to the lad- such that the inner packaging will not ing. become liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The (iv) The intermediate packaging net quantity (measured at 20 °C (68 °F)) must be placed inside an outer pack- of liquid in any inner packaging may aging conforming to § 173.211. not exceed 1 L. For transportation by (v) Not more than four intermediate aircraft, the net quantity in one pack- packagings are permitted in an outer age may not exceed the quantity speci- packaging. fied in columns (9A) or (9B), as appro- (d) The outside of the package must priate. be marked, in association with the (ii) The inner packaging must be proper shipping name, with the state- placed in a hermetically sealed barrier ment: ‘‘This package conforms to 49 bag which is impervious to the lading, CFR 173.13.’’ and then wrapped in a non-reactive ab- [Amdt. 173–253, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996, as sorbent material in sufficient quantity amended at 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR to completely absorb the contents of 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; the inner packaging. Alternatively, the 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 27215, May inner packaging may first be wrapped 14, 2010] in a non-reactive absorbent material and then placed in the hermetically Subpart B—Preparation of Haz- sealed barrier bag. The combination of ardous Materials for Transpor- inner packaging, absorbent material, tation and bag must be placed in a snugly fit- ting metal can. § 173.21 Forbidden materials and pack- (iii) The metal can must be securely ages. closed. For liquids that are in Division Unless otherwise provided in this 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be her- subchapter, the offering for transpor- metically sealed. For Division 4.2 ma- tation or transportation of the fol- terials in Packing Group I, the metal lowing is forbidden: can must be tested in accordance with (a) Materials that are designated part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- ‘‘Forbidden’’ in Column 3 of the ing Group I performance level. § 172.101 table. (iv) The metal can must be placed in (b) Forbidden explosives as defined in a fiberboard box that is placed in a her- § 173.54 of this part. metically sealed barrier bag which is (c) Electrical devices, such as bat- impervious to the lading. teries and battery-powered devices, (v) The intermediate packaging must which are likely to create sparks or be placed inside a securely closed, generate a dangerous evolution of heat, outer packaging conforming to unless packaged in a manner which § 173.201. precludes such an occurrence. (vi) Not more than four intermediate (d) For carriage by aircraft, any packagings are permitted in an outer package which has a magnetic field of packaging. more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5 (2) For solids: m (15 feet) from any surface of the (i) The hazardous material must be package. placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic (e) A material in the same pack- or metal inner packaging. The net aging, freight container, or overpack

431

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.21 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

with another material, the mixing of control and emergency temperatures, which is likely to cause a dangerous where required, are shown in Columns evolution of heat, or flammable or poi- 7a and 7b, respectively. sonous gases or vapors, or to produce (3) Refrigeration may be used as a corrosive materials. means of stabilization only when ap- (f) A package containing a material proved by the Associate Administrator. which is likely to decompose with a Approvals issued by the Bureau of Ex- self-accelerated decomposition tem- plosives are no longer valid (see § 171.19 perature (SADT) of 50 °C (122 °F) or of this subchapter). Methods of sta- less, or polymerize at a temperature of bilization approved by the Associate 54 °C (130 °F) or less with an evolution Administrator are as follows: of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas (i) For highway transportation: when decomposing or polymerizing, un- (A) A material meeting the criteria less the material is stabilized or inhib- of this paragraph (f) may be trans- ited in a manner to preclude such evo- ported only in a transport vehicle, lution. The SADT may be determined freight container, or motor vehicle by any of the test methods described in equipped with a mechanical refrigera- Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and tion unit, or loaded with a consumable Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- refrigerant, capable of maintaining the chapter). inside temperature of the hazardous (1) A package meeting the criteria of material at or below the control tem- paragraph (f) of this section may be re- perature required for the material dur- quired to be shipped under controlled ing transportation. temperature conditions. The control (B) Each package containing a mate- temperature and emergency tempera- rial meeting the criteria of this para- ture for a package shall be as specified graph (f) must be loaded and main- in the table in this paragraph based tained at or below the control tempera- upon the SADT of the material. The ture required for the material. The control temperature is the temperature temperature of the material must be above which a package of the material determined by appropriate means and may not be offered for transportation entered on a written record at the time or transported. The emergency tem- the packaging is loaded. perature is the temperature at which, (C) The vehicle operator shall mon- due to imminent danger, emergency itor the inside temperature of the measures must be initiated. transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle and enter that tempera- § 173.21 TABLE: METHOD OF DETERMINING ture on a written record at the time CONTROL AND EMERGENCY TEMPERATURE. the package is loaded and thereafter at intervals not exceeding two hours. Al- 1 Control tempera- Emergency tem- SADT tures perature ternatively, a transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle may be SADT ≤ 20 °C (68 20 °C (36 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) °F). below SADT. below SADT. equipped with a visible or audible warning device that activates when the 20 °C (68 °F) < 15 °C (27 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) inside temperature of the transport ve- SADT ≤ 35 °C below SADT. below SADT. (95 °F). hicle, freight container, or motor vehi- cle exceeds the control temperature re- 35 °C (95 °F) < 10 °C (18 °F) 5 °C (9 °F) below quired for the material. The warning SADT ≤ 50 °C below SADT. SADT. (122 °F). device must be readily visible or audi- ble, as appropriate, from the vehicle 50 °C (122 °F) < (2) (2) operator’s seat in the vehicle. SADT. (D) The carrier shall advise the vehi- 1 Self-accelerating decomposition temperature. cle operator of the emergency tempera- 2 Temperature control not required. ture for the material, and provide the (2) For self-reactive materials listed vehicle operator with written proce- in § 173.224(b) table control and emer- dures that must be followed to assure gency temperatures, where required maintenance of the control tempera- are shown in Columns 5 and 6, respec- ture inside the transport vehicle, tively. For organic peroxides listed in freight container, or motor vehicle. The Organic Peroxides Table in § 173.225 The written procedures must include

432

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.22

instructions for the vehicle operator on (i) Except for a package containing a actions to take if the inside tempera- lighter design sample that meets the ture exceeds the control temperature requirements of § 173.308(b)(2), a pack- and approaches or reaches the emer- age containing a lighter (see § 171.8 of gency temperature for the material. In this subchapter) containing a Division addition, the written temperature-con- 2.1 material, of a design that has not trol procedures must identify enroute been examined and successfully tested points where the consumable refrig- by an authorized person under the cri- erant may be procured, or where re- teria specified in § 173.308(a)(4) or, a pairs to, or replacement of, the me- lighter design containing a Class 3 ma- chanical refrigeration unit may be ac- terial, that has not been approved by complished. the Associate Administrator. (E) The vehicle operator shall main- (j) An organic peroxide of the ‘‘ke- tain the written temperature-control tone peroxide’’ category which con- procedures, and the written record of tains more than 9 percent available ox- temperature measurements specified in ygen as calculated using the equation paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if in § 173.128(a)(4)(ii). The category, ke- applicable, in the same manner as spec- tone peroxide, includes, but is not lim- ified in § 177.817 of this subchapter for ited to: shipping papers. Acetyl acetone peroxide (F) If the control temperature is Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) maintained by use of a consumable re- Diacetone alcohol peroxides frigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitro- Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) gen), the quantity of consumable re- Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) frigerant must be sufficient to main- Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) tain the control temperature for twice (k) Notwithstanding any other provi- the average transit time under normal sion of this subchapter, including sub- conditions of transportation. part C of part 171 and 175.10(a)(2) of this (G) A material that has a control subchapter, an oxygen generator temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) or higher (chemical) as cargo on a passenger-car- may be transported by common car- rying aircraft. This prohibition does rier. A material that has a control not apply to an oxygen generator for temperature below 40 °C (104 °F) must medical or personal use of a passenger be transported by a private or contract that meets the requirements of carrier. § 175.10(a)(7) of this subchapter. (ii) For transportation by vessel, [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990] shipments are authorized in accordance with the control temperature require- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tations affecting § 173.21, see the List of CFR ments in Chapter 7.7 of the IMDG Code Sections Affected which appears in the Find- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). ing Aids section of the printed volume and (g) Packages which give off a flam- on GPO Access. mable gas or vapor, released from a material not otherwise subject to this § 173.22 Shipper’s responsibility. subchapter, likely to create a flam- (a) Except as otherwise provided in mable mixture with air in a transport this part, a person may offer a haz- vehicle. ardous material for transportation in a (h) Packages containing materials packaging or container required by (other than those classed as explosive) this part only in accordance with the which will detonate in a fire. following: (1) For purposes of this paragraph, (1) The person shall class and de- ‘‘detonate’’ means an explosion in scribe the hazardous material in ac- which the shock wave travels through cordance with parts 172 and 173 of this the material at a speed greater than subchapter, and the speed of sound. (2) The person shall determine that (2) When tests are required to evalu- the packaging or container is an au- ate the performance of a package under thorized packaging, including part 173 the provisions of this paragraph, the requirements, and that it has been testing must be done or approved by manufactured, assembled, and marked one of the agencies specified in § 173.56. in accordance with:

433

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.22a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(i) Section 173.7(a) and parts 173, 178, representative of the Department upon or 179 of this subchapter; request for the time period of the pack- (ii) A specification of the Department aging’s periodic retest date, i.e., every in effect at the date of manufacture of 12 months for single or composite pack- the packaging or container; agings and every 24 months for com- (iii) National or international regula- bination packagings. tions based on the UN Recommenda- (b) No person may offer a motor car- tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- rier any hazardous material specified chapter), as authorized in § 173.24(d)(2); in 49 CFR 385.403 unless that motor car- (iv) An approval issued under this rier holds a safety permit issued by the subchapter; or Federal Motor Carrier Safety Adminis- (v) An exemption or special permit tration. issued under subchapter A of this chap- (c) Prior to each shipment of fissile ter. radioactive materials, and Type B or (3) In making the determination highway route controlled quantity under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, packages of radioactive materials (see the person may accept: § 173.403), the shipper shall notify the (i) Except for the marking on the consignee of the dates of shipment and bottom of a metal or plastic drum with expected arrival. The shipper shall also a capacity over 100 L which has been notify each consignee of any special reconditioned, remanufactured or oth- loading/unloading instructions prior to erwise converted, the manufacturer’s his first shipment. For any shipment of certification, specification, approval, irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper or exemption or special permit mark- shall provide physical protection in ing (see §§ 178.2 and 179.1 of this sub- compliance with a plan established chapter); or under: (ii) With respect to cargo tanks pro- (1) Requirements prescribed by the vided by a carrier, the manufacturer’s U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, identification plate or a written cer- or tification of specification or exemption (2) Equivalent requirements approved or special permit provided by the car- by the Associate Administrator. rier. [Amdt. 173–100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977] (4) For a DOT Specification or UN EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- standard packaging subject to the re- tations affecting § 173.22, see the List of CFR quirements of part 178 of this sub- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- chapter, a person must perform all ing Aids section of the printed volume and functions necessary to bring the pack- on GPO Access. age into compliance with parts 173 and 178 of this subchapter, as identified by § 173.22a Use of packagings authorized the packaging manufacturer or subse- under special permits. quent distributor (for example, apply- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ing closures consistent with the manu- (b) of this section, no person may offer facturer’s closure instructions) in ac- a hazardous material for transpor- cordance with § 178.2 of this subchapter. tation in a packaging the use of which A person must maintain a copy of the is dependent upon an exemption or spe- manufacturer’s notification, including cial permit issued under subpart B of closure instructions (see § 178.2(c) of part 107 of this title, unless that person this subchapter) unless permanently is the holder of or a party to the ex- embossed or printed on the packaging. emption or special permit. When applicable, a person must main- (b) If an exemption or special permit tain a copy of any supporting docu- authorizes the use of a packaging for mentation for an equivalent level of the transportation of a hazardous ma- performance under the selective test- terial by any person or class of persons ing variation in § 178.601(g)(1) of this other than or in addition to the holder subchapter. A copy of the notification, of the exemption or special permit, unless permanently embossed or print- that person or a member of that class ed on the packaging, and supporting of persons may use the packaging for documentation, when applicable, must the purposes authorized in the exemp- be made available for inspection by a tion or special permit subject to the

434

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24

terms specified therein. Copies of ex- replaced by the service pressure, YY to emptions and special permits may be be replaced by the letters ‘‘AL’’, if ap- obtained by accessing the Hazardous plicable) in compliance with Specifica- Materials Safety Web site at http:// tion 4L (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) on hazmat.dot.gov/specialpermitslindex.htm or before January 1, 1986. The ‘‘DOT- or by writing to the Associate Admin- 4LXXXYY’’ must appear in proximity istrator for Hazardous Materials Safe- to other required special permit or ex- ty, U.S. Department of Transportation, emption markings. East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, (f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- SE., Washington, DC 20590–0001, Atten- cle must conform to structural integ- tion: Records Center. rity requirements in § 178.337–3 or to (c) When an exemption or special per- corresponding requirements in effect at mit issued to a person who offers a haz- the time of manufacture. ardous material contains requirements (g) A non-bulk packaging manufac- that apply to a carrier of the hazardous tured, tested, marked, and certified on material, the offeror shall furnish a or before September 30, 1996, in accord- copy of the current exemption or spe- ance with the applicable provisions of cial permit to the carrier before or at subparts L and M of part 178 of this the time a shipment is tendered. subchapter in effect on September 30, [70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005, as amended at 72 1995, may be used as authorized by this FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007] subchapter if the packaging conforms to all requirements applicable at the § 173.23 Previously authorized pack- time of manufacture. In addition, such aging. a packaging may be reused as author- (a) When the regulations specify a ized by § 173.28 without a nominal packaging with a specification mark- thickness marking, if it conforms to ing prefix of ‘‘DOT,’’ a packaging the minimum thickness criteria pre- marked prior to January 1, 1970, with scribed in § 173.28(b)(4). the prefix of ‘‘ICC’’ may be used in its (h) An exemption packaging or ship- place if the packaging otherwise con- ping paper that is permanently marked forms to applicable specification re- ‘‘DOT-E’’ prior to October 1, 2007, may quirements. continue in use as long as the exemp- (b) [Reserved] tion or special permit remains valid, (c) After July 2, 1982, a seamless alu- unless otherwise specified in the ex- minum cylinder manufactured in con- emption or special permit. formance with and for use under DOT [Amdt. 173–3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968] special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be con- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tations affecting § 173.23, see the List of CFR tinued in use if marked before or at the Sections Affected which appears in the Find- time of the next retest with either the ing Aids section of the printed volume and specification identification ‘‘3AL’’ im- on GPO Access. mediately above the special permit or exemption number, or the DOT mark § 173.24 General requirements for (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to packagings and packages. the special permit or exemption mark- (a) Applicability. Except as otherwise ing. provided in this subchapter, the provi- (d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured sions of this section apply to— and marked under DOT special permit (1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings; (SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to Jan- (2) New packagings and packagings uary 1, 1983, may be continued in use if which are reused; and marked before or at the time of the (3) Specification and non-specifica- next retest with the specification iden- tion packagings. tification ‘‘4BA’’ near the special per- (b) Each package used for the ship- mit or exemption marking. ment of hazardous materials under this (e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders subchapter shall be designed, con- manufactured for use under special per- structed, maintained, filled, its con- mit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 tents so limited, and closed, so that may be continued in use, and must be under conditions normally incident to marked ‘‘DOT-4LXXXYY’’ (XXX to be transportation—

435

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.24 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1) Except as otherwise provided in tions based on the UN Recommenda- this subchapter, there will be no identi- tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- fiable (without the use of instruments) chapter), may be imported and used release of hazardous materials to the and is considered to be an authorized environment; packaging under the provisions of para- (2) The effectiveness of the package graph (c)(1) of this section, subject to will not be substantially reduced; for the following conditions and limita- example, impact resistance, strength, tions: packaging compatibility, etc. must be (i) The packaging fully conforms to maintained for the minimum and max- applicable provisions in the UN Rec- imum temperatures, changes in humid- ommendations and the requirements of ity and pressure, and shocks, loadings this subpart, including reuse provi- and vibrations, normally encountered sions; during transportation; (ii) The packaging is capable of pass- (3) There will be no mixture of gases ing the prescribed tests in part 178 of or vapors in the package which could, this subchapter applicable to that through any credible spontaneous in- standard; and crease of heat or pressure, significantly (iii) The competent authority of the reduce the effectiveness of the pack- country of manufacture provides recip- aging; rocal treatment for UN standard pack- (4) There will be no hazardous mate- agings manufactured in the U.S. rial residue adhering to the outside of (e) Compatibility. (1) Even though the package during transport. certain packagings are specified in this (c) Authorized packagings. A pack- part, it is, nevertheless, the responsi- aging is authorized for a hazardous ma- bility of the person offering a haz- terial only if— ardous material for transportation to (1) The packaging is prescribed or ensure that such packagings are com- permitted for the hazardous material patible with their lading. This particu- in a packaging section specified for larly applies to corrosivity, perme- that material in Column 8 of the ability, softening, premature aging and § 172.101 table and conforms to applica- embrittlement. ble requirements in the special provi- (2) Packaging materials and contents sions of Column 7 of the § 172.101 table must be such that there will be no sig- and, for specification packagings (but nificant chemical or galvanic reaction not including UN standard packagings between the materials and contents of manufactured outside the United the package. States), the specification requirements (3) Plastic packagings and recep- in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; tacles. (i) Plastic used in packagings or and receptacles must be of a type com- (2) The packaging is permitted under, patible with the lading and may not be and conforms to, provisions contained permeable to an extent that a haz- in subparts B or C of part 171 of this ardous condition is likely to occur dur- subchapter or §§ 173.3, 173.4, 173.4a, ing transportation, handling or refill- 173.4b, 173.5, 173.5a, 173.6, 173.7, 173.8, ing. 173.27, or § 176.11 of this subchapter. (ii) Each plastic packaging or recep- (d) Specification packagings and UN tacle which is used for liquid hazardous standard packagings manufactured out- materials must be capable of with- side the U.S.—(1) Specification pack- standing without failure the procedure agings. A specification packaging, in- specified in appendix B of this part cluding a UN standard packaging man- (‘‘Procedure for Testing Chemical Com- ufactured in the United States, must patibility and Rate of Permeation in conform in all details to the applicable Plastic Packagings and Receptacles’’). specification or standard in part 178 or The procedure specified in appendix B part 179 of this subchapter. of this part must be performed on each (2) UN standard packagings manufac- plastic packaging or receptacle used tured outside the United States. A UN for Packing Group I materials. The standard packaging manufactured out- maximum rate of permeation of haz- side the United States, in accordance ardous lading through or into the plas- with national or international regula- tic packaging or receptacles may not

436

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24

exceed 0.5 percent for materials meet- gaskets or other closure components, if ing the definition of a Division 6.1 ma- any) used on a specification packaging terial according to § 173.132 and 2.0 per- must conform to all applicable require- cent for other hazardous materials, ments of the specification and must be when subjected to a temperature no closed in accordance with information, lower than— as applicable, provided by the manufac- (A) 18 °C (64 °F) for 180 days in ac- turer’s notification required by § 178.2 cordance with Test Method 1 in appen- of this subchapter. dix B of this part; (g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to ° ° (B) 50 C (122 F) for 28 days in accord- reduce internal pressure which may de- ance with Test Method 2 in appendix B velop by the evolution of gas from the of this part; or contents, is permitted only when— (C) 60 °C (140 °F) for 14 days in accord- (1) Except for shipments of cryogenic ance with Test Method 3 in appendix B liquids as specified in § 173.320(c) and of of this part. (iii) Alternative procedures or rates carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), trans- of permeation are permitted if they portation by aircraft is not involved; yield a level of safety equivalent to or (2) Except as otherwise provided in greater than that provided by para- this subchapter, the evolved gases are graph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are not poisonous, likely to create a flam- specifically approved by the Associate mable mixture with air or be an as- Administrator. phyxiant under normal conditions of (4) Mixed contents. Hazardous mate- transportation; rials may not be packed or mixed to- (3) The packaging is designed so as to gether in the same outer packaging preclude an unintentional release of with other hazardous or nonhazardous hazardous materials from the recep- materials if such materials are capable tacle; of reacting dangerously with each (4) For bulk packagings, other than other and causing— IBCs, venting is authorized for the spe- (i) Combustion or dangerous evo- cific hazardous material by a special lution of heat; provision in the § 172.101 table or by the (ii) Evolution of flammable, poi- applicable bulk packaging specification sonous, or asphyxiant gases; or in part 178 of this subchapter; and (iii) Formation of unstable or corro- (5) Intermediate bulk packagings sive materials. (IBCs) may be vented when required to (5) Packagings used for solids, which reduce internal pressure that may de- may become liquid at temperatures velop by the evolution of gas subject to likely to be encountered during trans- the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) portation, must be capable of con- through (g)(3) of this section. The IBC taining the hazardous material in the must be of a type that has successfully liquid state. passed (with the vent in place) the ap- (f) Closures. (1) Closures on pack- plicable design qualification tests with agings shall be so designed and closed no release of hazardous material. that under conditions (including the ef- fects of temperature, pressure and vi- (h) Outage and filling limits—(1) Gen- bration) normally incident to transpor- eral. When filling packagings and re- tation— ceptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage (i) Except as provided in paragraph (outage) must be left to ensure that (g) of this section, there is no identifi- neither leakage nor permanent distor- able release of hazardous materials to tion of the packaging or receptacle will the environment from the opening to occur as a result of an expansion of the which the closure is applied; and liquid caused by temperatures likely to (ii) The closure is leakproof and se- be encountered during transportation. cured against loosening. For air trans- Requirements for outage and filling port, stoppers, corks or other such fric- limits for non-bulk and bulk pack- tion closures must be held in place by agings are specified in §§ 173.24a(d) and positive means. 173.24b(a), respectively. (2) Except as otherwise provided in (2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liq- this subchapter, a closure (including uids. Filling limits for compressed

437

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.24a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

gases and cryogenic liquids are speci- out rupture or leakage, the vibration fied in §§ 173.301 through 173.306 for cyl- test procedure specified in § 178.608 of inders and §§ 173.314 through 173.319 for this subchapter. bulk packagings. (b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1) (i) Air transportation. Except as pro- A single or composite non-bulk pack- vided in subpart C of part 171 of this aging may be filled with a liquid haz- subchapter, packages offered or in- ardous material only when the specific tended for transportation by aircraft gravity of the material does not exceed must conform to the general require- that marked on the packaging, or a ments for transportation by aircraft in specific gravity of 1.2 if not marked, § 173.27. except as follows: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990, as (i) A Packing Group I packaging may amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. be used for a Packing Group II mate- 2, 1991; 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– 238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–241, rial with a specific gravity not exceed- 59 FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–242, 60 ing the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the FR 26805, May 18, 1995; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, specific gravity marked on the pack- 2001; 66 FR 45379, 81, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, aging, provided all the performance July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR criteria can still be met with the high- 76154, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; er specific gravity material; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009] (ii) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group III § 173.24a Additional general require- material with a specific gravity not ex- ments for non-bulk packagings and ceeding the greater of 2.7, or 2.25 times packages. the specific gravity marked on the (a) Packaging design. Except as pro- packaging, provided all the perform- vided in § 172.312 of this subchapter: ance criteria can still be met with the (1) Inner packaging closures. A com- higher specific gravity material; and bination packaging containing liquid (iii) A Packing Group II packaging hazardous materials must be packed so may be used for a Packing Group III that closures on inner packagings are material with a specific gravity not ex- upright. ceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times (2) Friction. The nature and thickness the specific gravity marked on the of the outer packaging must be such packaging, provided all the perform- that friction during transportation is not likely to generate an amount of ance criteria can still be met with the heat sufficient to alter dangerously the higher specific gravity material. chemical stability of the contents. (2) Except as otherwise provided in (3) Securing and cushioning. Inner this section, a non-bulk packaging may packagings of combination packagings not be filled with a hazardous material must be so packed, secured and cush- to a gross mass greater than the max- ioned to prevent their breakage or imum gross mass marked on the pack- leakage and to control their shifting aging. within the outer packaging under con- (3) A single or composite non-bulk ditions normally incident to transpor- packaging which is tested and marked tation. Cushioning material must not for liquid hazardous materials may be be capable of reacting dangerously filled with a solid hazardous material with the contents of the inner pack- to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- agings or having its protective prop- ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- erties significantly weakened in the aging in liters, multiplied by the spe- event of leakage. cific gravity marked on the packaging, (4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and or 1.2 if not marked. In addition: other metallic devices shall not pro- (i) A single or composite non-bulk trude into the interior of the outer packaging which is tested and marked packaging in such a manner as to be likely to damage inner packagings or for Packing Group I liquid hazardous receptacles. materials may be filled with a solid (5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package Packing Group II hazardous material must be capable of withstanding, with-

438

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24a

to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- form to the relevant packaging sec- ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- tions of this part applicable to that aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multi- hazardous material; plied by the specific gravity marked on (ii) The package as prepared for ship- the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. ment meets the performance tests pre- (ii) A single or composite non-bulk scribed in part 178 of this subchapter packaging which is tested and marked for the packing group indicating the for Packing Group I liquid hazardous highest order of hazard for the haz- materials may be filled with a solid ardous materials contained in the Packing Group III hazardous material package; to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- (iii) Corrosive materials (except ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- aging in liters, multiplied by 2.25, mul- ORM-D) in bottles are further packed tiplied by the specific gravity marked in securely closed inner receptacles be- on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. fore packing in outer packagings; and (iii) A single or composite non-bulk (iv) For transportation by aircraft, packaging which is tested and marked the total net quantity does not exceed for Packing Group II liquid hazardous the lowest permitted maximum net materials may be filled with a solid quantity per package as shown in Col- Packing Group III hazardous material umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- § 172.101 table. The permitted maximum ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- net quantity must be calculated in aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multi- kilograms if a package contains both a plied by the specific gravity marked on liquid and a solid. the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (2) A packaging containing inner (4) Packagings tested as prescribed in packagings of Division 6.2 materials § 178.605 of this subchapter and marked may not contain other hazardous mate- with the hydrostatic test pressure as rials except— prescribed in § 178.503(a)(5) of this sub- (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or chapter may be used for liquids only liquid nitrogen, as authorized under when the vapor pressure of the liquid the HMR; conforms to one of the following: (i) The vapor pressure must be such (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize that the total pressure in the pack- blood or plasma; or aging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class liquid plus the partial pressure of air or 8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack- other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) ing Groups II or III used to stabilize or at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the prevent degradation of the sample, pro- basis of a maximum degree of filling in vided the quantity of such materials accordance with paragraph (d) of this does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g section and a filling temperature of 15 (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. The °C (59 °F)), will not exceed two-thirds of maximum quantity in an outer pack- the marked test pressure; age, including a hazardous material (ii) The vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 used to preserve or stabilize a sample, °F) must be less than four-sevenths of may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 4 kg the sum of the marked test pressure (8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not plus 100 kPa (15 psia); or subject to the requirements of this sub- ° (iii) The vapor pressure at 55 C (131 chapter. ° F) must be less than two-thirds of the (d) Liquids must not completely fill a sum of the marked test pressure plus receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C 100 kPa (15 psia). (131 °F) or less. (5) No hazardous material may re- main on the outside of a package after [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as filling. amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR (c) Mixed contents. (1) An outer non- 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; bulk packaging may contain more than Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 one hazardous material only when— FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, (i) The inner and outer packagings 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006] used for each hazardous material con-

439

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.24b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 173.24b Additional general require- e1 = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in ments for bulk packagings. mm or inches respectively; Rm1 = Specified minimum tensile strength of (a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except the steel used in deka-newtons per square as otherwise provided in this sub- millimeter or pounds per square inch re- chapter, liquids and liquefied gases spectively; and must be so loaded that the outage is at A1 = Specified minimum percentage elon- least five percent for materials poi- gation of the steel used multiplied by 100 sonous by inhalation, or at least one (for example, 20 percent times 100 equals 20). Elongation values used must be deter- percent for all other materials, of the mined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test speci- total capacity of a cargo tank, portable men. tank, tank car (including dome capac- ity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any (c) Air pressure in excess of ambient compartment thereof, at the following atmospheric pressure may not be used reference temperatures— to load or unload any lading which (i) 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated may create an air-enriched mixture tank; within the flammability range of the (ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank car hav- lading in the vapor space of the tank. ing a thermal protection system, incor- (d) A bulk packaging may not be porating a metal jacket that provides loaded with a hazardous material that: an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 (1) Is at a temperature outside of the °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 packaging’s design temperature range; kilojoules per hour per square meter or per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per (2) Except as otherwise provided in square foot/ per degree F) temperature this subchapter, exceeds the maximum differential; or weight of lading marked on the speci- (iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated fication plate. tank. (e) Stacking of IBCs and Large Pack- (2) Hazardous materials may not be agings. (1) IBCs and Large Packagings loaded into the dome of a tank car. If not designed and tested to be stacked. the dome of the tank car does not pro- No packages or freight (hazardous or vide sufficient outage, vacant space otherwise) may be stacked upon an IBC must be left in the shell to provide the or a Large Packaging that was not de- required outage. signed and tested to be stacked upon. (2) IBCs and Large Packagings de- (b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes signed and tested to be stacked. The of this section, the reference stainless superimposed weight placed upon an steel is stainless steel with a guaran- IBC or a Large Packaging designed to teed minimum tensile strength of 51.7 be stacked may not exceed the max- deka newtons per square millimeter imum permissible stacking test mass (75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation marked on the packaging. of 40 percent or greater. Where the reg- (f) UN portable tanks. (1) A UN port- ulations permit steel other than stain- able tank manufactured in the United less steel to be used in place of a speci- States must conform in all details to fied stainless steel (for example, as in the applicable requirements in parts § 172.102 of this subchapter, special pro- 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter. vision B30), the minimum thickness for (2) UN portable tanks manufactured the steel must be obtained from one of outside the United States. A UN portable the following formulas, as appropriate: tank manufactured outside the United Formula for metric units States, in accordance with national or international regulations based on the 1 e1 = (12.74e0) / (Rm1 A1) ⁄3 UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), which is an author- Formula for non-metric units ized packaging under § 173.24 of this subchapter, may be filled, offered and 1 e1 = (144.2e0) / (Rm1 A1) ⁄3 transported in the United States, if the where: § 172.101 Table of this subchapter au- thorizes the hazardous material for e0 = Required thickness of the reference stainless steel in mm or inches respec- transportation in the UN portable tank tively; and it conforms to the applicable T

440

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.26

codes, and tank provision codes, or and the overpack is marked with pack- other special provisions assigned to the age orientation marking arrows on two hazardous material in Column (7) of opposite vertical sides of the overpack the Table. In addition, the portable with the arrows pointing in the correct tank must— direction of orientation. (i) Conform to applicable provisions (4) The overpack is marked with the in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see word ‘‘OVERPACK’’ when specification § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the re- packagings are required, unless speci- quirements of this subpart; fication markings on the inside pack- (ii) Be capable of passing the pre- ages are visible. scribed tests and inspections in part 180 (5) Packages containing Class 8 (cor- of this subchapter applicable to the UN rosive) materials in Packing Group I or portable tank specification; Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in (iii) Be designed and manufactured Packing Group I may not be over- according to the ASME Code (IBR, see packed with any other materials. § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure (b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch- vessel design code approved by the As- wrapped trays may be used as outer sociate Administrator; packagings for inner packagings pre- (iv) Be approved by the Associate Ad- pared in accordance with the limited ministrator when the portable tank is quantity provisions or consumer com- designed and constructed under the modity provisions of this subchapter, provisions of an alternative arrange- provided that— ment (see § 178.274(a)(2) of this sub- (1) Inner packagings are not fragile, chapter); and liable to break or be easily punctured, (v) The competent authority of the such as those made of glass, porcelain, country of manufacture must provide stoneware or certain plastics; and reciprocal treatment for UN portable (2) Each complete package does not tanks manufactured in the United exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross weight. States. (c) Hazardous materials which are re- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as quired to be labeled POISON may be amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. transported in the same motor vehicle 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– with material that is marked or known 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible ma- FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; terial intended for consumption by hu- 67 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; mans or animals provided the haz- 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009] ardous material is marked, labeled, and packaged in accordance with this § 173.25 Authorized packagings and subchapter, conforms to the require- overpacks. ments of paragraph (a) of this section (a) Authorized packages containing and is overpacked as specified in hazardous materials may be offered for § 177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an transportation in an overpack as de- overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2 fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, if all drum tested and marked for a Packing of the following conditions are met: Group II or higher performance level. (1) The package meets the require- ments of §§ 173.21 and 173.24 of this sub- [Amdt. 173–165, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612 Dec. chapter. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– (2) The overpack is marked with the 234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–214, 59 proper shipping name and identifica- FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, tion number, when applicable, and is 1999; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, labeled as required by this subchapter Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; 73 FR for each hazardous material contained 57005, Oct. 1, 2008] therein, unless marking and labels rep- resentative of each hazardous material § 173.26 Quantity limitations. in the overpack are visible. When quantity limitations do not ap- (3) Each package subject to the ori- pear in the packaging requirements of entation marking requirements of this subchapter, the permitted gross § 172.312 of this subchapter is packed in weight or capacity authorized for a the overpack with its filling holes up packaging is as shown in the packaging

441

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

specification or standard in part 178 or (i) An internal pressure which pro- 179, as applicable, of this subchapter. duces a gauge pressure of not less than 75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990] Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1; or § 173.27 General requirements for 95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or transportation by aircraft. (ii) A pressure related to the vapor pressure of the liquid to be conveyed, (a) The requirements of this section determined by one of the following: are in addition to the requirements in § 173.24 and apply to packages offered or (A) The total gauge pressure meas- intended for transportation aboard air- ured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor craft. Except for materials not subject pressure of the material and the partial to performance packaging require- pressure of air or other inert gases, less ° ° ments in subpart E of this part, a pack- 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 C (131 F), mul- aging containing a Packing Group III tiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; deter- material with a primary or subsidiary mined on the basis of a filling tempera- ° ° risk of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class ture of 15 C (59 F) and a degree of fill- 8 must meet the Packing Group II per- ing such that the receptacle is not formance level when offered or in- completely liquid full at a temperature tended for transportation by aircraft. of 55 °C (131 °F) or less; (b) Packages authorized onboard air- (B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 craft. (1) When Column 9a of the °C (122 °F) less 100 kPa (15 psia); or § 172.101 table indicates that a material (C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 is ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not °C (131 °) less 100 kPa (15 psia). be offered for transportation or trans- (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of ported aboard passenger-carrying air- paragraph (c)(2) of this section— craft. (i) Hazardous materials may be con- (2) When Column 9b of the § 172.101 tained in an inner packaging which table indicates that a material is does not itself meet the pressure re- ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not be quirement provided that the inner offered for transportation or trans- packaging is packed within a supple- ported aboard aircraft. mentary packaging which does meet (3) The maximum quantity of haz- the pressure requirement and other ap- ardous material in a package that may plicable packaging requirements of be offered for transportation or trans- this subchapter. ported aboard a passenger-carrying air- (ii) Packagings which are subject to craft or cargo aircraft may not exceed the hydrostatic pressure test and that quantity prescribed for the mate- marking requirements of §§ 178.605 and rial in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of 178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this sub- the § 172.101 table. chapter must have a marked test pres- (4) A package containing a hazardous sure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psig) material which is authorized aboard for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger (12 psig) for liquids in Packing Group aircraft must be labeled with the III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label re- kPa (15 psig) for other liquids. quired by § 172.402(c) of this subchapter (d) Closures. Stoppers, corks or other and may not be offered for transpor- such friction-type closures must be tation or transported aboard pas- held securely, tightly and effectively in senger-carrying aircraft. place by positive means. Each screw- (c) Pressure requirements. (1) Pack- type closure on any packaging must be agings must be designed and con- secured to prevent closure from loos- structed to prevent leakage that may ening due to vibration or substantial be caused by changes in altitude and change in temperature. temperature during transportation (e) Absorbent materials. Except as oth- aboard aircraft. erwise provided in this subchapter, liq- (2) Packagings for which retention of uid hazardous materials of Class 3, 4, or liquid is a basic function must be capa- 8, or Division 5.1, 5.2 or 6.1 that are ble of withstanding without leakage packaged and offered for transport in the greater of— glass, earthenware, plastic or metal

442

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

inner packagings must be packaged provided in the form of a leakproof using absorbent material as follows: liner, or other equally effi- (1) Packing Group I liquids on pas- cient means of containment. senger aircraft must be packaged using (4) Absorbent material must not materials capable of absorbing the en- react dangerously with the liquid (see tire contents of the inner packagings. §§ 173.24 and 173.24a.). (2) Packing Group I liquids on cargo (5) Absorbent material is not re- aircraft, and Packing Group II liquids quired if the inner packagings are so including Division 5.2 liquids on pas- protected that they are unlikely to senger and cargo aircraft, must be break and leak their contents from the packaged using a sufficient quantity of absorbent material to absorb the entire outer packaging under normal condi- contents of any one of the inner pack- tions of transportation. agings containing such liquids. When (f) Combination packaging. Unless oth- the inner packagings are of different erwise specified in this part, or in sizes and quantities, sufficient absorb- § 171.22 of this subchapter, when com- ent material must be used to absorb bination packaging are offered for the entire contents of the inner pack- transportation aboard aircraft, inner aging with the greatest volume of liq- packaging must conform to the quan- uid. tity limitations set forth in table 1 of (3) When absorbent materials are re- this paragraph for transport aboard quired and the outer packaging is not passenger-carrying aircraft and table 2 liquid tight, a means of containing the of this paragraph for transport aboard liquid in the event of a leakage must be cargo aircraft only, as follows:

TABLE 1—MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON PASSENGER- CARRYING AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack- Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a of the § 172.101 aging table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings

Liquids: Not greater than 0.5L ...... 0.5L ...... 0.5L. Greater than 0.5L. not greater than lL ...... 0.5L ...... lL. Greater than 1L, not greater than 5L ...... 1L ...... 5L. Greater than 5L, not greater than 60L ...... 2.5L ...... 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ...... 5L ...... 25L. Greater than 220L ...... No limit ...... No limit. Solids: Not greater than 5 kg ...... 0.5 kg ...... 1 kg. Greater than 5 kg, not greater than 25 kg ...... 1 kg ...... 2.5 kg. Greater than 25 kg, not greater than 200 kg ...... 5 kg ...... 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg ...... No limit ...... No limit.

TABLE 2—MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON CARGO AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack- Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the § 172.101 aging table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings

Liquids: Not greater than 2.5L ...... 1L ...... 1L. Greater than 2.5L, not greater than 30L ...... 2.5L ...... 2.5L. Greater than 30L, not greater than 60L ...... 5L ...... 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ...... 5L ...... 25L. Greater than 220L ...... No limit ...... No limit. Solids: Not greater than 15 kg ...... 1 kg ...... 2.5 kg. Greater than 15 kg, not greater than 50 kg ...... 2.5 kg ...... 5 kg. Greater than 50 kg, not greater than 200 kg ...... 5 kg ...... 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg ...... No limit ...... No limit.

443

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.28 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(g) Cylinders. For any cylinder con- (i) Retested without failure in ac- taining hazardous materials and incor- cordance with § 178.604 of this sub- porating valves, sufficient protection chapter using an internal air pressure must be provided to prevent operation (gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psig) for of, and damage to, the valves during Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig) transportation, by one of the following for Packing Group II and Packing methods: Group III; and (1) By equipping each cylinder with (ii) Marked with the letter ‘‘L’’, with securely attached valve caps or protec- the name and address or symbol of the tive headrings; or person conducting the test, and the (2) By boxing or crating the cylinder. last two digits of the year the test was (h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any conducted. Symbols, if used, must be tank car or cargo tank containing a registered with the Associate Adminis- hazardous material may not be trans- trator. ported aboard aircraft. (3) Packagings made of paper (other (i) Effective October 1, 2006, each per- son who offers a hazardous material for than fiberboard), , or tex- transportation by aircraft must in- tile are not authorized for reuse; clude the certification statement speci- (4) Metal and plastic drums and fied in § 172.204(c)(3). jerricans used as single packagings or the outer packagings of composite [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as packagings are authorized for reuse amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. only when they are marked in a perma- 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; nent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, with the nominal (for metal pack- 2004; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 73 FR 57006, agings) or minimum (for plastic pack- Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010] agings) thickness of the packaging ma- terial, as required by § 178.503(a)(9) of § 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and re- this subchapter, and— manufacture of packagings. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a) General. Packagings and recep- (b)(4)(ii) of this section, conform to the tacles used more than once must be in following minimum thickness criteria: such condition, including closure de- vices and cushioning materials, that Maximum ca- Minimum thickness of packaging material they conform in all respects to the pre- pacity not Metal drum or Plastic drum or scribed requirements of this sub- over jerrican jerrican chapter. Before reuse, each packaging must be inspected and may not be re- 20 L ...... 0.63 mm (0.025 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). 30 L ...... 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). used unless free from incompatible res- 40 L ...... 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). idue, rupture, or other damage which 60 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). reduces its structural integrity. Pack- 120 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). agings not meeting the minimum 220 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). thickness requirements prescribed in inch) 1. paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may 450 L ...... 1.77 mm (0.070 inch) 5.0 mm (0.197 inch). not be reused or reconditioned for 1 Metal drums or jerricans with a reuse. minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body (b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging. A non-bulk packaging used more than and 1.09 mm heads which are manufac- once must conform to the following tured and marked prior to January 1, provisions and limitations: 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or (1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon jerricans manufactured and marked on inspection, shows evidence of a reduc- or after January 1, 1997, and intended tion in integrity may not be reused un- for reuse, must be constructed with a less it is reconditioned in accordance minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body with paragraph (c) of this section. and 1.11 mm heads. (2) Before reuse, packagings subject (ii) For stainless steel drums and to the leakproofness test with air pre- jerricans, conform to a minimum wall scribed in § 178.604 of this subchapter thickness as determined by the fol- shall be— lowing equivalence formula:

444

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.28

FORMULA FOR METRIC UNITS cordance with § 178.503(a)(6) of this sub- chapter; or 21. 4 × e (C) Another material or thickness = 0 e1 when approved under the conditions es- 3 × tablished by the Associate Adminis- Rm11 A trator for reuse without retesting. FORMULA FOR U.S. STANDARD (c) Reconditioning of non-bulk pack- UNITS aging. (1) For the purpose of this sub- chapter, reconditioning of metal drums × is: 21. 4 e0 e = (i) Cleaning to base material of con- 1 3 × ()Rm11 A /145 struction, with all former contents, in- ternal and external corrosion, and any where: external and labels removed; e1 = required equivalent wall thickness of the (ii) Restoring to original shape and metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S. Stand- ard units, use inches). contour, with chimes (if any) straight- ened and sealed, and all non-integral e0 = required minimum wall thickness for the reference steel (in mm or, for U.S. gaskets replaced: and Standard units, use inches). (iii) Inspecting after cleaning but be- Rm1 = guaranteed minimum tensile strength fore painting, Packagings that have of the metal to be used (in N/mm2 or for visible pitting, significant reduction in U.S. Standard units, use psi). material thickness, metal fatigue, A1 = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the metal to be used on frac- damaged threads or closures, or other ture under tensile stress (see paragraph significant defects, must be rejected. (c)(1) of this section). (2) For the purpose of this sub- chapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk (5) Plastic inner receptacles of com- packaging other than a metal drum in- posite packagings must have a min- cludes: imum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch). (6) A previously used non-bulk pack- (i) Removal of all former contents, aging may be reused for the shipment external coatings and labels, and clean- of hazardous waste, not subject to the ing to the original materials of con- reconditioning and reuse provisions of struction; this section, in accordance with (ii) Inspection after cleaning with re- § 173.12(c). jection of packagings with visible dam- (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of age such as tears, creases or cracks, or paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a pack- damaged threads or closures, or other aging otherwise authorized for reuse significant defects; may be reused without being (iii) Replacement of all non-integral leakproofness tested with air provided gaskets and closure devices with new the packaging— or refurbished parts, and cushioning (i) Is refilled with a material which is and cushioning materials; and compo- compatible with the previous lading: nents including gaskets, closure de- (ii) Is refilled and offered for trans- vices and cushioning and cushioning portation by the original ; material. (For a UN 1H1 plastic drum, (iii) Is transported in a transport ve- replacing a removable gasket or clo- hicle or freight container under the ex- sure device with another of the same clusive use of the refiller of the pack- design and material that provides aging; and equivalent performance does not con- (iv) Is constructed of— stitute reconditioning); and (A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel (iv) Ensuring that the packagings are with a thickness not less than one and restored to a condition that conforms one-half times the minimum thickness in all respects with the prescribed re- prescribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this quirements of this subchapter. section; (3) A person who reconditions a pack- (B) Plastic, provided the packaging is aging manufactured and marked under not refilled for reuse on a date more the provisions of subpart L of part 178 than five years from the date of manu- of this subchapter, shall mark that facture marked on the packaging in ac- packaging as required by § 178.503(c)

445

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 EP26JN96.000 EP26JN96.001 § 173.29 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

and (d) of this subchapter. The mark- receptacle has occurred. Drums or ing is the certification of the recondi- jerricans not meeting the minimum tioner that the packaging conforms to thickness requirements prescribed in the standard for which it is marked paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may and that all functions performed by the not be reused or reconditioned for reconditioner which are prescribed by reuse. this subchapter have been performed in [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990] compliance with this subchapter. (4) The markings applied by the re- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- conditioner may be different from tations affecting § 173.28, see the List of CFR those applied by the manufacturer at Sections Affected which appears in the Find- the time of original manufacture, but ing Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access. may not identify a greater performance capability than that for which the § 173.29 Empty packagings. original design type had been tested (for example, the reconditioner may (a) General. Except as otherwise pro- mark a drum which was originally vided in this section, an empty pack- marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/ aging containing only the residue of a Z2.0). hazardous material shall be offered for (5) Packagings which have significant transportation and transported in the defects which cannot be repaired may same manner as when it previously not be reused. contained a greater quantity of that (d) Remanufacture of non-bulk pack- hazardous material. agings. For the purpose of this sub- (b) Notwithstanding the require- chapter, remanufacture is the conver- ments of paragraph (a) of this section, sion of a non-specification, non-bulk an empty packaging is not subject to packaging to a DOT specification or any other requirements of this sub- U.N. standard, the conversion of a chapter if it conforms to the following packaging meeting one specification or provisions: standard to another specification or (1) Any hazardous material shipping standard (for example, conversion of name and identification number mark- 1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2 ings, any hazard warning labels or removable head drums) or the replace- placards, and any other markings indi- ment of integral structural packaging cating that the material is hazardous components (such as non-removable (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) are heads on drums). A person who re- removed, obliterated, or securely cov- manufactures a non-bulk packaging to ered in transportation. This provision conform to a specification or standard does not apply to transportation in a in part 178 of this subchapter is subject transport vehicle or a freight container to the requirements of part 178 of this if the packaging is not visible in trans- subchapter as a manufacturer. portation and the packaging is loaded (e) Non-reusable containers. A pack- by the shipper and unloaded by the aging marked as NRC according to the shipper or consignee; DOT specification or UN standard re- (2) The packaging— quirements of part 178 of this sub- (i) Is unused; chapter may be reused for the ship- (ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue ment of any material not required by and purged of vapors to remove any po- this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT tential hazard; specification or UN standard pack- (iii) Is refilled with a material which aging. is not hazardous to such an extent that (f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be re- any residue remaining in the pack- used must be disinfected prior to reuse aging no longer poses a hazard; or by any means effective for neutralizing (iv) Contains only the residue of— the infectious substance the packaging (A) An ORM-D material; or previously contained. A secondary (B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas, packaging or outer packaging con- other than ammonia, anhydrous, and forming to the requirements of § 173.196 with no subsidiary hazard, at a gauge or § 173.199 need not be disinfected prior pressure less than 200 kPa (29.0 psig); at to reuse if no leakage from the primary 20 °C (68 °F); and

446

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

(3) Any material contained in the § 173.30 Loading and unloading of packaging does not meet the defini- transport vehicles. tions in § 171.8 of this subchapter for a A person who is subject to the load- hazardous substance, a hazardous ing and unloading regulations in this waste, or a marine pollutant. subchapter must load or unload haz- (c) A non-bulk packaging containing ardous materials into or from a trans- only the residue of a hazardous mate- rial covered by Table 2 of § 172.504 of port vehicle or vessel in conformance this subchapter that is not a material with the applicable loading and unload- poisonous by inhalation or its residue ing requirements of parts 174, 175, 176, shipped under the subsidiary and 177 of this subchapter. placarding provisions of § 172.505— [68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003] (1) Does not have to be included in determining the applicability of the § 173.31 Use of tank cars. placarding requirements of subpart F (a) General. (1) No person may offer a of part 172 of this subchapter; and (2) Is not subject to the shipping hazardous material for transportation paper requirements of this subchapter in a tank car unless the tank car meets when collected and transported by a the applicable specification and pack- contract or private carrier for recondi- aging requirements of this subchapter tioning, remanufacture or reuse. or, when this subchapter authorizes the (d) Notwithstanding the stowage re- use of a non-DOT specification tank quirements in Column 10a of the car, the applicable specification to § 172.101 table for transportation by ves- which the tank was constructed. sel, an empty drum or cylinder may be (2) Tank cars and appurtenances may stowed on deck or under deck. be used for the transportation of any (e) Specific provisions for describing commodity for which they are author- an empty packaging on a shipping ized in this part and specified on the paper appear in § 172.203(e) of this sub- certificate of construction (AAR Form chapter. 4–2 or by addendum on Form R–1). See (f) [Reserved] § 179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a (g) A package which contains a res- tank car from one specified service on idue of an elevated temperature mate- its certificate of construction to an- rial may remain marked in the same other may be made only by the owner manner as when it contained a greater or with the owner’s authorization. A quantity of the material even though it tank car proposed for a commodity no longer meets the definition in § 171.8 service other than specified on its cer- of this subchapter for an elevated tem- tificate of construction must be ap- perature material. proved for such service by the AAR’s (h) A package that contains a residue Tank Car Committee. of a hazardous substance, Class 9, listed (3) No person may fill a tank car in the § 172.101 Table, Appendix A, overdue for periodic inspection with a Table I, that does not meet the defini- hazardous material and then offer it tion of another hazard class and is not for transportation. Any tank car a hazardous waste or marine pollutant, marked as meeting a DOT specification may remain marked, labeled and, if ap- and any non-specification tank car plicable, placarded in the same manner transporting a hazardous material as when it contained a greater quan- must have a periodic inspection and tity of the material even though it no test conforming to subpart F of part longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of 180 of this subchapter. this subchapter for a hazardous sub- stance. (4) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may be used for [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990, as the transportation in commerce of any amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. hazardous material unless the air 2, 1991; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, brake equipment support attachments 1992; Amdt. 173–251, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR of such tank car conform to the stand- 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; ards for attachments set forth in 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, §§ 179.100–16 and 179.200–19 of this sub- 2010] chapter.

447

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(5) No railroad tank car, regardless of must have a tank-head puncture-resist- its construction date, may be used for ance system that conforms to the re- the transportation in commerce of any quirements in § 179.16 of this sub- hazardous material with a self-ener- chapter, or to the corresponding re- gized manway located below the liquid quirements in effect at the time of in- level of the lading. stallation: (6) Unless otherwise specifically pro- (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 vided in this part: material. (i) When the tank car delimiter is an (ii) Tank cars constructed from alu- ‘‘A,’’ offerors may also use tank cars minum or nickel plate that are used to with a delimiter ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’. transport hazardous material. (ii) When the tank car delimiter is an (iii) Except as provided in paragraph ‘‘S,’’ offerors may also use tank cars (b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank with a delimiter ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’. cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) (iii) When a tank car delimiter is a and (ii) of this section not requiring a ‘‘T’’ offerors may also use tank cars tank-head puncture resistance system with a delimiter of ‘‘J’’. prior to July 1, 1996, must have a tank- (iv) When a tank car delimiter is a head puncture resistance system in- ‘‘J’’, offerors may not use a tank car stalled no later than July 1, 2006. with any other delimiter. (iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built (7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank prior to September 1, 1981, having a car may continue to be used for the tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 transportation of a hazardous material gallons), and used to transport a Divi- if it meets the requirements of this sion 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must subchapter and the design require- have a tank-head puncture-resistant ments in Part 179 of this subchapter in system installed no later than July 1, effect on September 30, 2003; however, 2001. no new construction is authorized. (4) Thermal protection requirements. (8) A tank car authorized by the The following tank cars must have Transport Canada TDG Regulations thermal protection that conforms to (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may the requirements of § 179.18 of this sub- be used provided it conforms to the ap- chapter: plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 subchapter. material, except for a class 106, 107A, (b) Safety systems—(1) Coupler vertical 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car restraint. Each tank car conforming to equipped with a thermal protection a DOT specification and any other tank system conforming to § 179.18 of this car used for transportation of a haz- subchapter, or that has an insulation ardous material must be equipped with system having an overall thermal con- a coupler vertical restraint system ductance of no more than 0.613 that meets the requirements of § 179.14 kilojoules per hour, per square meter, of this subchapter. per degree Celsius temperature dif- (2) Pressure relief devices. (i) Pressure ferential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, relief devices on tank cars must con- per hour, per degree Fahrenheit tem- form to part 179 of this subchapter. perature differential), conforms to this (ii) A single-unit tank car trans- requirement. porting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, or (ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 Class 2, 3, or 4 material must have a re- material that was not required to have closing pressure relief device. However, thermal protection prior to July 1, a single-unit tank car built before Jan- 1996, must be equipped with thermal uary 1, 1991, and equipped with a non- protection no later than July 1, 2006. reclosing pressure relief device may be (5) Bottom-discontinuity protection re- used to transport a Division 6.1 PG I or quirements. No person may offer for II material or a Class 4 liquid provided transportation a hazardous material in such materials do not meet the defini- a tank car with bottom-discontinuity tion of a material poisonous by inhala- protection unless the tank car has bot- tion. tom-discontinuity protection that con- (3) Tank-head puncture-resistance re- forms to the requirements of E9.00 and quirements. The following tank cars E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for

448

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- cars plus static head, plus gas padding chapter). Tank cars not requiring bot- pressure in the vacant space of a tank tom-discontinuity protection under the car; terms of Appendix Y of the AAR Speci- (2) 133 percent of the maximum load- fications for Tank Cars as of July 1, ing or unloading pressure, whichever is 1996, must conform to these require- greater; ments no later than July 1, 2006, except (3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials that tank cars transporting a material that are poisonous by inhalation (see that is hazardous only because it meets § 173.31(e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates); the definition of an elevated tempera- (4) The minimum pressure prescribed ture material or because it is molten by the specification in part 179 of this sulfur do not require bottom disconti- subchapter; or nuity protection. (5) The minimum test pressure pre- (6) Scheduling of modifications and scribed for the specific hazardous ma- progress reporting. The date of conform- terial in the applicable packaging sec- ance for the continued use of tank cars tion in subpart F or G of this part. subject to paragraphs (b)(4), (b)(5), and (d) Examination before shipping. (1) No (f) of this section and § 173.314(j) is sub- person may offer for transportation a ject to the following conditions and tank car containing a hazardous mate- limitations. rial or a residue of a hazardous mate- (i) Each tank car owner shall modify, rial unless that person determines that reassign, retire, or remove at least 50 the tank car is in proper condition and percent of their in-service tank car safe for transportation. As a minimum, fleet within the first half of the com- each person offering a tank car for pliance period and the remainder of transportation must perform an exter- their in-service tank car fleet during nal visual inspection that includes: the second half of the compliance pe- riod. (i) Except where insulation or a ther- (ii) By October 1 of each year, each mal protection system precludes an in- owner of a tank car subject to this spection, the tank shell and heads for paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, dis- Federal Railroad Administration, Haz- tortions, defects in welds, or any other ardous Materials Division, Office of condition that makes the tank car un- Safety Assurance and Compliance, 1120 safe for transportation; Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Wash- (ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and ington, DC 20590, a progress report that gaskets for corrosion, damage, or any shows the total number of in-service other condition that makes the tank tank cars that need head protection, car unsafe for transportation; thermal protection, or bottom-dis- (iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, continuity protection; the number of or elements that make the tank car new or different tank cars acquired to unsafe for transportation; replace those tank cars required to be (iv) All closures on tank cars and de- upgraded to a higher service pressure; termine that the closures and all fas- and the total number of tank cars tenings securing them are properly modified, reassigned, acquired, retired, tightened in place by the use of a bar, or removed from service the previous wrench, or other suitable tool; year. (v) Protective housings for proper se- (c) Tank car test pressure. A tank car curement; used for the transportation of a haz- (vi) The pressure relief device, in- ardous material must have a tank test cluding a careful inspection of the rup- pressure equal to or greater than the ture disc in non-reclosing pressure re- greatest of the following: lief devices, for corrosion or damage (1) Except for shipments of carbon di- that may alter the intended operation oxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride, of the device. The rupture disc is not vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, required to be removed prior to visual 133 percent of the sum of lading vapor inspection if the tank car contains the pressure at the reference temperature residue, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- of 46 °C (115 °F) for non-insulated tank chapter, of a Class 8, PG II or PG III cars or 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tank material with no subsidiary hazard or

449

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the residue of a Class 9 elevated tem- (iii) A tank car meeting the applica- perature material; ble authorized tank car specifications (vii) Each tell-tale indicator after listed in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3), or filling and prior to transportation to § 173.314(c) or (d) is authorized for the ensure the integrity of the rupture transportation of a material poisonous disc; by inhalation for a period of 20 years (viii) The external thermal protec- after the date of original construction. tion system, tank-head puncture re- (iv) A tank car owner retiring or oth- sistance system, coupler vertical re- erwise removing a tank car from serv- straint system, and bottom disconti- ice transporting materials poisonous nuity protection for conditions that by inhalation, other than because of make the tank car unsafe for transpor- damage to the car, must retire or re- tation; move cars constructed of non-normal- (ix) The required markings on the ized steel in the head or shell before re- tank car for legibility; and moving any car in service transporting (x) The periodic inspection date materials poisonous by inhalation con- markings to ensure that the inspection structed of normalized steel meeting and test intervals are within the pre- the applicable DOT specification. scribed intervals. (f) Special requirements for hazardous (2) Closures on tank cars are re- substances. (1) A tank car used for a quired, in accordance with this sub- hazardous substance listed in para- chapter, to be designed and closed so graph (f)(2) of this section must have a that under conditions normally inci- tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar dent to transportation, including the (200 psig), head protection and a metal effects of temperature and vibration, jacket, except that— there will be no identifiable release of (i) No metal jacket is required if— a hazardous material to the environ- (A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar ment. ln any action brought to enforce (340 psig) or higher; or this section, the lack of securement of (B) The tank shell and heads are any closure to a tool-tight condition, manufactured from AAR steel speci- detected at any point, will establish a fication TC–128, normalized; rebuttable presumption that a proper (ii) A higher test pressure is required inspection was not performed by the of- if otherwise specified in this sub- feror of the car. That presumption may chapter; and be rebutted by any evidence indicating (iii) Other than as provided in para- that the lack of securement resulted graph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car from a specific cause not within the which does not conform to the require- control of the offeror. ments of this paragraph (f)(1), and was (e) Special requirements for materials authorized for a hazardous substance poisonous by inhalation—(1) Interior under the regulations in effect on June heater coils. Tank cars used for mate- 30, 1996, may continue in use until July rials poisonous by inhalation may not 1, 2006. have interior heater coils. (2) List of hazardous substances. Haz- (2) Tank car specifications. A tank ardous substances for which the provi- car used for a material poisonous by in- sions of this paragraph (f) apply are as halation must have a tank test pres- follows: sure of 20.7 Bar (300 psig) or greater, Aldrin head protection, and a metal jacket Allyl chloride (e.g., DOT 105S300W), except that— alpha-BHC (i) A higher test pressure is required beta-BHC if otherwise specified in this sub- delta-BHC chapter; and gamma-BHC (ii) Each tank car constructed on or Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether after March 16, 2009, and used for the Bromoform transportation of PIH materials must Carbon tetrachloride Chlordane meet the applicable authorized tank p-Chloroaniline car specifications and standards listed Chlorobenzene in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3) and § 173.314(c) or Chlorobenzilate (d). p-Chloro-m-cresol

450

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether (1) Each hazmat employee who is re- Chloroform sponsible for loading or unloading a 2-Chloronapthalene tank car must secure access to the o-Chlorophenol track to prevent entry by other rail 3-Chloropropionitrile DDE equipment, including motorized service DDT vehicles. Derails, lined and locked 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane switches, portable bumper blocks, or m-Dichlorobenzene other equipment that provides an o-Dichlorobenzene equivalent level of security may be p-Dichlorobenzene used to satisfy this requirement. 3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine (2) Caution signs must be displayed 1,4-Dichloro-2-butene on the track or on the tank cars to 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane warn persons approaching the cars 1,1-Dichloroethylene from the open end of the track and Dichloroisopropyl ether must be left up until after all closures Dichloromethane @ are secured and the cars are in proper 2,4-Dichlorophenol condition for transportation. The cau- 2,6-Dichlorophenol tion signs must be of metal or other 1,2-Dichloropropane durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 1,3-Dichloropropene cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15 Dieldrin alpha-Endosulfan inches) wide, and bear the word beta-Endosulfan ‘‘STOP.’’ The word ‘‘STOP’’ must ap- Endrin pear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 Endrin aldehyde inches) high. The letters must be white Heptachlor on a blue background. Additional Heptachlor epoxide words, such as ‘‘Tank Car Connected’’ Hexachlorobenzene or ‘‘Crew at Work,’’ may also appear in Hexachlorobutadiene white letters under the word ‘‘STOP.’’ Hexachloroethane (3) At least one wheel on the tank car Hexachlorophene Hexachloropropene must be blocked against movement in Isodrin both directions, and the hand brakes Kepone must be set. If multiple tank cars are Methoxychlor coupled together, sufficient hand 4,4′-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) brakes must be set and wheels blocked Methylene bromide to prevent movement in both direc- Pentachlorobenzene tions. Pentachloroethane Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) [Amdt. 173–245, 60 FR 49072, Sept. 21, 1995, as Pentachlorophenol amended by Amdt. 173–245, 61 FR 33254, June Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, Pronamide 1996; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33427, Silvex (2,4,5-TP) June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 2,4,5-T 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, TDE 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34075, 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene June 13, 2005; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 72 FR 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 Tetrachloroethane FR 27215, May 14, 2010] Tetrachloroethylene 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol § 173.32 Requirements for the use of Toxaphene portable tanks. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene (a) General requirements. No person 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane may offer a hazardous material for Trichloroethylene transportation in a portable tank ex- 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol cept as authorized by this subchapter. 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (1) Except as otherwise provided in Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate this subpart, no person may use a port- (g) Tank car loading and unloading. able tank for the transportation of a When placed for loading or unloading hazardous material unless it meets the and before unsecuring any closure, a requirements of this subchapter. tank car must be protected against (2) No person may fill and offer for movement or coupling as follows: transportation a portable tank when

451

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the prescribed periodic test or inspec- stainless steel portable tank internally tion under subpart G of part 180 of this lined with polyethylene that was con- subchapter has become due until the structed on or before October 1, 1996, test or inspection has been successfully and that meets all requirements of completed. This requirement does not DOT Specification 57 except for being apply to any portable tank filled prior equipped with a polypropylene dis- to the test or inspection due date. charge ball valve and polypropylene (3) When a portable tank is used as a secondary discharge opening closure, cargo tank motor vehicle, it must con- may be marked as a Specification 57 form to all the requirements prescribed portable tank and used in accordance for cargo tank motor vehicles. (See with the provisions of this section. § 173.33.) (2) A DOT Specification 51, IM 101, or (b) Substitute packagings. A particular IM 102 portable tank may not be manu- Specification portable tank may be factured after January 1, 2003; however, substituted for another portable tank such tanks may continue to be used for as follows: the transportation of a hazardous ma- (1) An IM or UN portable tank may terial provided they meet the require- be used whenever an IM or UN portable ments of this subchapter, including the tank having less stringent require- specification requirements and the re- ments is authorized provided the port- quirements of this subchapter for the able tank meets or exceeds the require- transportation of the particular haz- ments for pressure-relief devices, bot- ardous material according to the T tom outlets and any other special pro- codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or visions specified in § 172.102(c)(7)(vi) of the new T codes in § 172.102(c)(7)(i) (see this subchapter. § 171.14(d)(4) for transitional provisions (2) Where a Specification IM101 or applicable to T codes), and provided IM102 portable tank is prescribed, a UN the portable tanks conform to the peri- portable tank or Specification 51 port- odic inspection and tests specified for able tank otherwise conforming to the the particular portable tank in subpart special commodity requirements of G of part 180 of this subchapter. After § 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the January 1, 2003, all newly manufac- material to be transported may be tured portable tanks must conform to used. the requirements for the design, con- (3) A DOT Specification 51 portable struction and approval of UN portable tank may be used whenever a DOT tanks as specified in §§ 178.273, 178.274, Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank 178.275, 178.276, 178.277 and part 180, sub- is authorized. A DOT Specification 60 part G, of this subchapter. portable tank may be used whenever a (3) A DOT Specification portable DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable tank manufactured prior to January 1, tank is authorized. A higher integrity 1992 that is equipped with a non-re- tank used instead of a specified port- closing pressure relief device may con- able tank must meet the same design tinue in service for the hazardous ma- profile; for example, a DOT Specifica- terials for which it is authorized. Ex- tion 51 portable tank must be lined if cept for a DOT Specification 56 or 57 used instead of a lined DOT Specifica- portable tank, a DOT Specification tion 60 portable tank. portable tank manufactured after Jan- (4) A portable tank authorized by the uary 1, 1992, used for materials meeting Transport Canada TDG Regulations the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or be used provided it conforms to the ap- Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this with a reclosing pressure relief valve subchapter. having adequately sized venting capac- (c) Grandfather provisions for portable ity unless otherwise specified in this tanks—(1) Continued use of Specification subchapter (see §§ 178.275(f)(1) and 56 and 57 portable tanks. Continued use 178.277 of this subchapter). of an existing portable tank con- (4) Any portable tank container con- structed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 structed prior to May 15, 1950, com- is authorized only for a portable tank plying with the requirements of either constructed before October 1, 1996. A the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure

452

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the API ASME peratures that the hazardous material Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943 will experience during transportation. Edition, may be used for the transpor- (e) External inspection prior to filling. tation of liquefied compressed gas, pro- Each portable tank must be given a vided it fulfills all the requirements of complete external inspection prior to the part and specifications for the par- filling. Any unsafe condition must be ticular gas or gases to be transported. corrected prior to its being filled and Such portable tanks must be marked offered for transportation. The exter- ‘‘ICC Specification 51X’’ on the plate nal inspection shall include a visual in- required by the specification, except as spection of: modified by any or all of the following: (1) The shell, piping, valves and other (i) Portable tanks designed and con- appurtenances for corroded areas, structed in accordance with Pars. U–68, dents, defects in welds and other de- U–69, or U–201 of the ASME Code, 1943 fects such as missing, damaged, or and 1946 editions, may be used. Port- leaking gaskets; able tanks designed and constructed in (2) All flanged connections or blank accordance with Par. U–68 or Par. U–69 flanges for missing or loose nuts and may be re-rated at a working pressure bolts; 25 percent in excess of the design pres- (3) All emergency devices for corro- sure for which the portable tank was sion, distortion, or any damage or de- originally constructed. If the portable fect that could prevent their normal tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure operation; must be marked on the plate as fol- (4) All required markings on the tank lows: ‘‘Re-rated working pressure— for legibility; and psig’’. (5) Any device for tightening man- (ii) Loading and unloading acces- hole covers to ensure such devices are sories, valves, piping, fittings, safety operative and adequate to prevent and gauging devices, do not have to leakage at the manhole cover. comply with the requirements for the (f) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- particular location on the portable ardous material may not be loaded into tank. a portable tank if the hazardous mate- (5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable rial would: tank fulfilling the requirements of that (i) Damage the portable tank; specification may be continued in serv- (ii) React with the portable tank; or ice for transportation of a liquefied pe- (iii) Otherwise compromise its prod- troleum gas if it is retested every five uct retention capability. years in accordance with the require- (2) A hazardous material may not be ments in § 180.605 of this subchapter. loaded in a DOT Specification 51, DOT Use of existing portable tanks is au- Specification 60, an IM or UN portable thorized. New construction is not au- tank unless the portable tank has a thorized. pressure relief device that provides (d) Determination of an authorized total relieving capacity meeting the portable tank. Prior to filling and offer- requirements of this subchapter. ing a portable tank for transportation, (3) Except during a pressure test, a the shipper must ensure that the port- portable tank may not be subjected to able tank conforms to the authorized a pressure greater than its marked specification and meets the applicable maximum allowable working pressure requirements in this subchapter for the or, when appropriate, its marked de- hazardous material. The shipper must sign pressure. ensure that the MAWP, design pressure (4) A portable tank may not be load- or test pressure of the portable tank, ed to a gross mass greater than the as applicable, is appropriate for the maximum allowable gross mass speci- hazardous material being transported. fied on its identification plate. Determination of the applicable pres- (5) Except for a non-flowable solid or sure must take into account the max- a liquid with a viscosity of 2,680 imum pressure used to load or unload centistokes (millimeters squared per the hazardous material, the vapor pres- second) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), an sure, static head and surge pressures of IM or UN portable tank, or compart- the hazardous material and the tem- ment thereof, having a volume greater

453

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be (3) A portable tank or Specification loaded to a filling density of more than 106A or 110A multi-unit tank car con- 20% and less than 80% by volume. This taining a hazardous material may not filling restriction does not apply if a be offered for transportation aboard a portable tank is divided by partitions passenger vessel unless: or surge plates into compartments of (i) The vessel is operating under a not more than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) ca- change to its character of vessel cer- pacity; this portable tank must not be tification as defined in § 171.8 of this offered for transportation in an ullage subchapter; and condition liable to produce an unac- (ii) The material is permitted to be ceptable hydraulic force due to surge. transported aboard a passenger vessel (6) The outage for a portable tank in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. may not be less than 2% at a tempera- (h) Additional general commodity-spe- ture of 50 °C (122 °F) unless otherwise cific requirements. In addition to other specified in this subchapter. For UN applicable requirements, the following portable tanks, the applicable max- requirements apply: imum filling limits apply as specified (1) Each uninsulated portable tank according to the assigned TP codes in used for the transportation of a lique- Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this fied compressed gas must have an exte- subchapter except when transported rior surface finish that is significantly domestically. reflective, such as a light-reflecting (7) Each tell-tale indicator or pres- color if painted, or a bright reflective sure gauge located in the space be- metal or other material if unpainted. tween a frangible disc and a safety re- (2) If a hazardous material is being lief valve mounted in series must be transported in a molten state, the port- checked after the tank is filled and able tank must be thermally insulated prior to transportation to ensure that with suitable insulation material of the frangible disc is leak free. Any sufficient thickness that the overall leakage through the frangible disc thermal conductance is not more than must be corrected prior to offering the 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per tank for transportation. degree Fahrenheit differential. (8) During filling, the temperature of (3) No person may offer a liquid haz- the hazardous materials shall not ex- ardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, ceed the limits of the design tempera- or PG III with a flash point of less than ture range of the portable tank. 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or (9) The maximum mass of liquefied Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN compressed gas per liter (gallon) of portable tank that is equipped with a shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may bottom outlet as authorized in Column not exceed the density of the liquefied (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- compressed gas at 50 °C (122 °F). The chapter by assignment of a T Code in portable tank must not be liquid full at the appropriate proper shipping name 60 °C (140 °F). entry, for unloading to a facility while (g) Additional requirements for specific it remains on a transport vehicle with modal transport. In addition to other ap- the power unit attached unless— plicable requirements, the following (i) The tank outlets conform to apply: § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter; or (1) A portable tank containing a haz- (ii) The facility at which the IM or ardous material may not be loaded UN portable tank is to be unloaded onto a highway or rail transport vehi- conforms to the requirements in cle unless loaded entirely within the § 177.834(o) of this subchapter. horizontal outline of the vehicle, with- (i) Additional requirements for portable out overhang or projection of any part tanks other than IM specification and UN of the tank assembly. portable tanks. (1) The bursting (2) An IM or UN portable tank used strength of any piping and fittings for the transportation of flammable must be at least four times the design liquids by rail may not be fitted with pressure of the tank, and at least four non-reclosing pressure relief devices times the pressure to which, in any in- except in series with reclosing pressure stance, it may be subjected in service relief valves. by the action of a pump or other device

454

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

(not including safety relief valves) that 1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must may subject piping to pressures greater be located inside the portable tank or than the design pressure of the tank. at a point outside the portable tank (2) Pipe joints must be threaded, where the line enters or leaves the welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is portable tank. The valve seat must be used, the pipe and pipe fittings must located inside the portable tank or not be lighter than Schedule 80 weight. may be located within a welded flange Where copper tubing is permitted, or its companion flange, or within a joints must be brazed or be of equally nozzle or within a coupling. The instal- strong metal union type. The melting lation must be made in such a manner point of brazing material may not be as to reasonably assure that any undue lower than 1,000 °F (537.8 °C). The meth- strain which causes failure requiring od of joining tubing must not decrease functioning of the valve shall cause the strength of the tubing such as by failure in such a manner that it will the cutting of threads. not impair the operation of the valve. (3) Non-malleable metals may not be (i) A safety device connection or liq- used in the construction of valves or uid level gauging device that is con- fittings. structed so that the outward flow of (4) Suitable provision must be made the tank contents will not exceed that in every case to allow for expansion, passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm contraction, jarring and vibration of (0.0550 inches) is not required to be all pipe. Slip joints may not be used for equipped with excess-flow valves. this purpose. (ii) An excess-flow valve must close (5) Piping and fittings must be automatically if the flow reaches the grouped in the smallest practicable rated flow of gas or liquid specified by space and must be protected from dam- the original valve manufacturer when age as required by the specification. piping mounted directly on the valve is (6) All piping, valves and fittings on sheared off before the first valve, every portable tank must be leakage pump, or fitting downstream from the tested with gas or air after installation excess flow valve. and proved tight at not less than the design pressure of the portable tank on (iii) An excess-flow valve may be de- which they are used. In the event of re- signed with a by-pass, not to exceed a placement, all such piping, valves, or 0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter open- fittings must be tested in accordance ing to allow equalization of pressure. with the requirements of this section (iv) Filling and discharge lines must before the portable tank is returned to be provided with manually operated transportation service. The require- shut-off valves located as close to the ments of this section apply to all hoses tank as practical. Unless this valve is used on portable tanks, except that manually operable at the valve, the hoses may be tested either before or line must also have a manual shut-off after installation on the portable tank. valve. The use of ‘‘Stop-Check’’ valves (7) All materials used in the con- to satisfy with one valve the require- struction of portable tanks and their ments of this section is forbidden. For appurtenances may not be subject to portable tanks used for refrigerated destructive attack by the contents of liquefied gases, a ‘‘stop check’’ valve the portable tank. may be used on the vapor side of the (8) No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc pressure buildup circuit. nor their alloys may be used. Brazed (10) Each portable tank used for car- joints may not be used. All parts of a bon dioxide or nitrous oxide must be portable tank and its appurtenances lagged with a suitable insulation mate- used for anhydrous ammonia must be rial of such thickness that the overall steel. thermal conductance is not more than (9) Each outlet of a portable tank 0.08 Btu per square foot per degree used for the transportation of non-re- Fahrenheit differential in temperature frigerated liquefied compressed gases, per hour. The conductance must be de- except carbon dioxide, must be pro- termined at 60 °Fahrenheit. Insulation vided with a suitable automatic excess- material used on portable tanks for ni- flow valve (see definition in § 178.337– trous oxide must be noncombustible.

455

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.33 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(11) Refrigerating or heating coils cargo tank if during transportation must be installed in portable tanks any part of the tank in contact with used for carbon dioxide and nitrous the hazardous material lading would oxide. Such coils must be tested exter- have a dangerous reaction with the nally to at least the same pressure as hazardous material. the test pressure of the portable tank. (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded The coils must also be tested inter- with a hazardous material that will nally to at least twice the working have an adverse effect on the tank’s in- pressure of the heating or refrigerating tegrity or— system to be used, but in no case less (i) May combine chemically with any than the test pressure of the portable residue or contaminants in the tank to tank. Such coils must be securely an- produce an explosion, fire, excessive in- chored. In the event of leakage, the re- crease in pressure, release of toxic va- frigerant or heating medium to be cir- pors or other unsafe condition. culated through the coil or coils must (ii)–(iii) [Reserved] have no adverse chemical reaction with (iv) May severely corrode or react the portable tank or its contents. with the tank material at any con- (12) Excess flow valves are not re- centration and temperature that will quired for portable tanks used for the exist during transportation. transport of refrigerated liquefied gases. (v) Is prohibited by § 173.21 or § 173.24 of this subchapter. [66 FR 33427, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 (3) Air pressure in excess of ambient FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30, atmospheric pressure may not be used 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, to load or unload any lading which 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007] may create an air-enriched mixture within the flammability range of the § 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo lading in the vapor space of the tank. tank motor vehicles. (4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in (a) General requirements. (1) No person a loading or unloading accident, the may offer or accept a hazardous mate- loading or unloading rate used must be rial for transportation in a cargo tank less than or equal to that indicated on motor vehicle except as authorized by the cargo tank specification plate, ex- this subchapter. cept as specified in § 173.318(b)(6). If no (2) Two or more materials may not be loading or unloading rate is marked on loaded or accepted for transportation the specification plate, the loading or in the same cargo tank motor vehicle unloading rate and pressure used must if, as a result of any mixture of the ma- be limited such that the pressure in the terials, an unsafe condition would tank may not exceed 130% of the occur, such as an explosion, fire, exces- MAWP. sive increase in pressure or heat, or the (c) Maximum Lading Pressure. (1) Prior release of toxic vapors. to loading and offering a cargo tank (3) No person may fill and offer for motor vehicle for transportation with transportation a specification cargo material that requires the use of a tank motor vehicle for which the pre- specification cargo tank, the person scribed periodic retest or reinspection must confirm that the cargo tank under subpart E of part 180 of this sub- motor vehicle conforms to the speci- chapter is past due until the retest or fication required for the lading and inspection has been successfully com- that the MAWP of the cargo tank is pleted. This requirement does not greater than or equal to the largest apply to a cargo tank supplied by a pressure obtained under the following motor carrier who is other than the conditions: person offering the hazardous material (i) For compressed gases and certain for transportation (see § 180.407(a)(1) of refrigerated liquids that are not cryo- this subchapter), or to any cargo tank genic liquids, the pressure prescribed in filled prior to the retest or inspection § 173.315 of this subchapter. due date. (ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pres- (b) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- sure prescribed in § 173.318 of this sub- ardous material may not be loaded in a chapter.

456

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.33

(iii) For liquid hazardous materials (6) Substitute packagings. Unless oth- loaded in DOT specification cargo erwise specified, where MC 307, MC 312, tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are au- vent, the sum of the tank static head thorized, minimum tank design pres- plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous sure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Pack- materials loaded in these cargo tanks, ing Group I or Packing Group II liquid the vapor pressure of the lading at 115 lading that meets more than one haz- °F must be not greater than 1 psig, ex- ard class definition. cept for gasoline transported in accord- (d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing ance with Special Provision B33 in pressure relief devices are not author- § 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter. ized in any cargo tank except when in (iv) For liquid hazardous materials series with a reclosing pressure relief not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), device. However, a cargo tank marked or (iii) of this section, the sum of the or certified before August 31, 1995 vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F, which is fitted with non-reclosing pres- plus the tank static head exerted by sure relief devices may continue to be the lading, plus any pressure exerted used in any hazardous material service for which it is authorized. The require- by the gas padding, including air in the ments in this paragraph do not apply ullage space or dome. to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo (v) The pressure prescribed in subpart tanks. B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as ap- (2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle plicable. used to transport a liquid hazardous (vi) The maximum pressure in the material with a gas pad must have a tank during loading or unloading. pressure relief system that provides (2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, the venting capacity prescribed in MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC § 178.345–10(e) of this subchapter. The 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no requirements in this paragraph do not marked design pressure or marked with apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 a design pressure of 3 psig or less may cargo tanks. be used for an authorized lading where (3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made the pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) to a specification listed in column 1 is less than or equal to 3 psig. After De- may have pressure relief devices or cember 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not outlets conforming to the applicable be loaded and offered for transpor- specification to which the tank was tation unless marked or remarked with constructed, or the pressure relief de- an MAWP or design pressure in accord- vices or outlets may be modified to ance with 49 CFR 180.405(k). meet the applicable requirement for (3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC the specification listed in column 2 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be without changing the markings on the used for an authorized lading where the tank specification plate. The venting pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is capacity requirements of the original less than or equal to the MAWP or DOT cargo tank specification must be MWP, respectively, as marked on the met whenever a pressure relief valve is specification plate. modified. (4) Any cargo tank marked or cer- Column 1 Column 2 tified before August 31, 1995, marked with a design pressure rather than an MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 306 or DOT 406. MAWP may be used for an authorized MC 303, MC 305. MC 306 ...... DOT 406. lading where the largest pressure de- MC 304 ...... MC 307 or DOT 407. rived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or MC 307 ...... DOT 407. equal to the design pressure marked on MC 310, MC 311 ...... MC 312 or DOT 412. MC 312 ...... DOT 412. the cargo tank. MC 330 ...... MC 331. (5) Any material that meets the defi- nition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group (e) Retention of hazardous materials in I or II (poisonous liquid) material must product piping during transportation. be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehi- DOT specification cargo tanks used for cle having a MAWP of 25 psig or great- the transportation of any material er. that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid)

457

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.34 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic forms to the applicable requirements peroxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive in § 171.12 of this subchapter. to skin only) may not be transported [Amdt. 173–212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989] with hazardous materials lading re- tained in the piping, unless the cargo EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tations affecting § 173.33, see the List of CFR tank motor vehicle is equipped with Sections Affected which appears in the Find- bottom damage protection devices ing Aids section of the printed volume and meeting the requirements of § 178.337–10 on GPO Access. or § 178.345–8(b) of this subchapter, or the accident damage protection re- § 173.34 [Reserved] quirements of the specification under which it was manufactured. This re- § 173.35 Hazardous materials in IBCs. quirement does not apply to a residue (a) No person may offer or accept a which remains after the piping is hazardous material for transportation drained. A sacrificial device (see in an IBC except as authorized by this § 178.345–1 of this subchapter) may not subchapter. Each IBC used for the be used to satisfy the accident damage transportation of hazardous materials protection requirements of this para- must conform to the requirements of graph. its specification and regulations for the (f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be transportation of the particular com- used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, modity. A specification IBC, for which DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type the prescribed periodic retest or in- cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307, spection under subpart D of part 180 of MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo this subchapter is past due, may not be tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT filled and offered for transportation 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A until the retest or inspection have been higher integrity tank used instead of a successfully completed. This require- specified tank must meet the same de- ment does not apply to any IBC filled sign profile (for example, an MC 331 prior to the retest or inspection due date. cargo tank must be lined if used in (b) Initial use and reuse of IBCs. (Also place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.) see § 180.352 of this subchapter.) An IBC (g) Remote control of self-closing stop other than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1 valves—MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo and 13M2) may be reused. If an inner tanks. Each liquid or vapor discharge liner is required, the inner liner must opening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo be replaced before each reuse. Before tank and each liquid filling and liquid an IBC is filled and offered for trans- discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank portation, the IBC and its service must be provided with a remotely con- equipment must be given an external trolled internal self-closing stop valve, visual inspection, by the person filling except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo the IBC, to ensure that: tank is marked and used exclusively to (1) The IBC is free from corrosion, transport carbon dioxide, or except contamination, cracks, cuts, or other when an MC 338 is used to transport damage which would render it unable argon, carbon dioxide, helium, kryp- to pass the prescribed design type test ton, neon, nitrogen, and xenon. How- to which it is certified and marked; and ever, if the cargo tank motor vehicle (2) The IBC is marked in accordance was certified before January 1, 1995, with requirements in § 178.703 of this this requirement is applicable only subchapter. Additional marking al- when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is lowed for each design type may be used to transport a flammable liquid, present. Required markings that are flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (re- missing, damaged or difficult to read frigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammo- must be restored or returned to origi- nia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is nal condition. used to transport flammable ladings. (c) A metal IBC, or a part thereof, (h) A cargo tank motor vehicle au- subject to thinning by mechanical ab- thorized by the Transport Canada TDG rasion or corrosion due to the lading, Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- must be protected by providing a suit- chapter) may be used provided it con- able increase in thickness of material,

458

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.35

a lining or some other suitable method (iii) The absolute pressure (vapor of protection. Increased thickness for pressure of the hazardous material plus corrosion or abrasion protection must atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55 be added to the wall thickness specified °C (131 °F). This absolute pressure must in § 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter. not exceed two-thirds of the sum of the (d) Notwithstanding requirements in marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 § 173.24b of this subpart, when filling an psia). IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must (iv) Twice the static pressure of the be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk substance, measured at the bottom of temperature of 50 °C (122 °F), the IBC is the IBC. This value must not be less not filled to more than 98 percent of its than twice the static pressure of water. water capacity. (2) Gauge pressure (pressure in the (e) Where two or more closure sys- IBC above ambient atmospheric pres- tems are fitted in series, the system sure) in metal IBC must not exceed 110 nearest to the hazardous material kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C (122 °F) or 130 kPa being carried must be closed first. (18.9 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F). (f) During transportation— (i) The requirements in this section do not apply to DOT-56 or –57 portable (1) No hazardous material may re- tanks. main on the outside of the IBC; and (j) No IBC may be filled with a Pack- (2) Each IBC must be securely fas- ing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, com- tened to or contained within the trans- posite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard port unit. IBC used to transport Packing Group I (g) Each IBC used for transportation solid materials may not exceed 1.5 of solids which may become liquid at cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity. temperatures likely to be encountered For Packing Group I solids, a metal during transportation must also be ca- IBC may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 pable of containing the substance in cubic feet) capacity. the liquid state. (k) When an IBC is used for the trans- (2) Liquids having a vapor pressure portation of liquids with a flash point greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C of 60 °C (140 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or (122 °F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55 °C powders with the potential for dust ex- (131 °F) may not be transported in plosion, measures must be taken dur- metal IBCs. ing product loading and unloading to (1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC prevent a dangerous electrostatic dis- may only be filled with a liquid having charge. a vapor pressure less than or equal to (l) IBC filling limits. (1) Except as pro- the greater of the following two values: vided in this section, an IBC may not the first value is determined from any be filled with a hazardous material in of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1) (i), excess of the maximum gross mass (ii) or (iii) of this section. The second marked on that container. value is determined by the method in (2) An IBC which is tested and paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section. marked for Packing Group II liquid (i) The gauge pressure (pressure in materials may be filled with a Packing the IBC above ambient atmospheric Group III liquid material to a gross pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C mass not exceeding 1.5 times the max- (131 °F). This gauge pressure must not imum gross mass marked on that con- exceed two-thirds of the marked test tainer, if all the performance criteria pressure and must be determined after can still be met at the higher gross the IBC was filled and closed at 15 °C mass. (60 °F) to less than or equal to 98 per- (3) An IBC which is tested and cent of its capacity. marked for liquid hazardous materials (ii) The absolute pressure (vapor may be filled with a solid hazardous pressure of the hazardous material plus material to a gross mass not exceeding atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50 the maximum gross mass marked on °C (122 °F). This absolute pressure must that container. In addition, an IBC in- not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of tended for the transport of liquids the marked test pressure and 100 kPa which is tested and marked for Pack- (14.5 psia). ing Group II liquid materials may be

459

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.36 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

filled with a Packing Group III solid that friction during transportation is hazardous material to a gross mass not not likely to generate an amount of exceeding the marked maximum gross heat sufficient to dangerously alter the mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the per- chemical stability of the contents. formance criteria can still be met at (4) Securing and cushioning. Inner the higher gross mass. packagings of Large Packagings must (4) An IBC which is tested and be packed, secured and cushioned to marked for Packing Group I solid ma- prevent their breakage or leakage and terials may be filled with a Packing to control their shifting within the Group II solid material to a gross mass outer packaging under conditions nor- not exceeding the maximum gross mass mally incident to transportation. Cush- marked on that container, multiplied ioning material must not be capable of by 1.5, if all the performance criteria reacting dangerously with the contents can be met at the higher gross mass; or of the inner packagings or having its a Packing Group III solid material to a protective properties significantly gross mass not exceeding the maximum weakened in the event of leakage. gross mass marked on the IBC, multi- (5) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and plied by 2.25, if all the performance cri- other metallic devices must not pro- teria can be met at the higher gross trude into the interior of the outer mass. An IBC which is tested and packaging in such a manner as to be marked for Packing Group II solid ma- likely to damage inner packagings or terials may be filled with a Packing receptacles. Group III solid material to a gross (c) Initial use and reuse of Large Pack- mass not exceeding the maximum gross agings. A Large Packaging may be re- mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by used. If an inner packaging is con- 1.5. structed of paper or flexible plastic, the inner packaging must be replaced [Amdt. 173–238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173–243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. before each reuse. Before a Large Pack- 4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45380, aging is filled and offered for transpor- 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; tation, the Large Packaging must be 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, given an external visual inspection, by 2010] the person filling the Large Packaging, to ensure: § 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large (1) The Large Packaging is free from Packagings. corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, (a) No person may offer or accept a or other damage which would render it hazardous material for transportation unable to pass the prescribed design in a Large Packaging except as author- type test to which it is certified and ized by this subchapter. Except as oth- marked; and erwise provided in this subchapter, no (2) The Large Packaging is marked in Large Packaging may be filled with a accordance with requirements in Packing Group I or II material. Each § 178.910 of this subchapter. Additional Large Packaging used for the transpor- marking allowed for each design type tation of hazardous materials must may be present. Required markings conform to the requirements of its that are missing, damaged or difficult specification and regulations for the to read must be restored or returned to transportation of the particular com- original condition. modity. (d) During transportation— (b) Packaging design. (1) Inner pack- (1) No hazardous material may re- aging closures. A Large Packaging con- main on the outside of the Large Pack- taining liquid hazardous materials aging; and must be packed so that closures on (2) Each Large Packaging must be se- inner packagings are upright. curely fastened to or contained within (2) Flexible Large Packagings. Flexible the transport unit. Large Packagings (e.g., 51H) are only (e) Each Large Packaging used for authorized for use with flexible inner transportation of solids which may be- packagings. come liquid at temperatures likely to (3) Friction. The nature and thickness be encountered during transportation of the outer packaging must be such may not be transported in paper or

460

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.40

fiber inner packagings. The inner pack- elsewhere in this subchapter, the re- agings must be capable of containing quirements in this section are applica- the substance in the liquid state. ble to cylinders used for that material. (f) Liquid hazardous materials may (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A cylinder only be offered for transportation in must conform to a DOT specification inner packagings appropriately resist- or a UN standard prescribed in subpart ant to an increase of internal pressure C of part 178 of this subchapter, except likely to develop during transpor- that acetylene cylinders and non-refill- tation. able cylinders are not authorized. The (g) A Large Packaging used to trans- use of UN tubes and MEGCs is prohib- port hazardous materials may not ex- ited for Hazard Zone A materials. ceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) ca- (2) The use of a specification 3AL cyl- pacity. inder made of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 (h) Mixed contents. (1) An outer Large is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard Packaging may contain more than one Zone A material or a Division 6.1 Haz- hazardous material only when— ard Zone A material. (i) The inner and outer packagings (3) A UN composite cylinder certified used for each hazardous material con- to ISO–11119–3 is not authorized for a form to the relevant packaging sec- Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B mate- tions of this part applicable to that rial. hazardous material, and not result in a (4) For UN seamless cylinders used violation of § 173.21; for Hazard Zone A materials, the max- (ii) The package as prepared for ship- imum water capacity is 85 L. ment meets the performance tests pre- (b) Outage and pressure requirements. scribed in part 178 of this subchapter For DOT specification cylinders, the for the hazardous materials contained pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard in the package; Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials (iii) Corrosive materials (except may not exceed the service pressure of ORM–D) in bottles are further packed the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be in securely closed inner receptacles be- provided so that the cylinder will not fore packing in outer packagings; and be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). (iv) For transportation by aircraft, (c) Closures. Each cylinder containing the total net quantity does not exceed a Hazard Zone A material must be the lowest permitted maximum net closed with a plug or valve conforming quantity per package as shown in Col- to the following: umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the (1) Each plug or valve must have a § 172.101 table. The permitted maximum taper-threaded connection directly to net quantity must be calculated in the cylinder and be capable of with- kilograms if a package contains both a standing the test pressure of the cyl- liquid and a solid. inder without damage or leakage. (2) A packaging containing inner (2) Each valve must be of the packagings of Division 6.2 materials packless type with non-perforated dia- may not contain other hazardous mate- phragm, except that, for corrosive ma- rials, except dry ice. terials, a valve may be of the packed (i) When a Large Packaging is used type with an assembly made gas-tight for the transportation of liquids with a by means of a seal cap with gasketed flash point of 60.5 °C (141 °F) (closed joint attached to the valve body or the cup) or lower, or powders with the po- cylinder to prevent loss of material tential for dust explosion, measures through or past the packing. must be taken during product loading (3) Each valve outlet must be sealed and unloading to prevent a dangerous by a threaded cap or threaded solid electrostatic discharge. plug and inert gasketing material. [75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010] (4) The materials of construction for the cylinder, valves, plugs, outlet caps, § 173.40 General packaging require- luting, and gaskets must be compatible ments for toxic materials packaged with each other and with the lading. in cylinders. (d) Additional handling protection. When this section is referenced for a Each cylinder or cylinder overpack Hazard Zone A or B hazardous material combination offered for transportation

461

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.50 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

containing a Division 2.3 or 6.1 Hazard taining Hazard Zone B materials in ac- Zone A or B material must conform to cordance with § 173.312. the valve damage protection perform- [67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 ance requirements of this section. In FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, addition to the requirements of this 2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] section, overpacks must conform to the overpack provisions of § 173.25. Subpart C—Definitions, Classifica- (1) DOT specification cylinders must conform to the following: tion and Packaging for Class (i) Each cylinder with a wall thick- 1 ness at any point of less than 2.03 mm (0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, not have fitted valve protection must 1990, unless otherwise noted. be overpacked in a box. The box must conform to overpack provisions in § 173.50 Class 1—Definitions. § 173.25. Box and valve protection must (a) Explosive. For the purposes of this be of sufficient strength to protect all subchapter, an explosive means any sub- parts of the cylinder and valve, if any, stance or article, including a device, from deformation and breakage result- which is designed to function by explo- ing from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more sion (i.e., an extremely rapid release of onto a non-yielding surface, such as gas and heat) or which, by chemical re- concrete or steel, impacting at an ori- action within itself, is able to function entation most likely to cause damage. in a similar manner even if not de- ‘‘Deformation’’means a cylinder or signed to function by explosion, unless valve that is bent, distorted, mangled, the substance or article is otherwise misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a classed under the provisions of this similar condition. subchapter. The term includes a pyro- (ii) Each cylinder with a valve must technic substance or article, unless the be equipped with a protective metal substance or article is otherwise cap, other valve protection device, or classed under the provisions of this an overpack which is sufficient to pro- subchapter. tect the valve from breakage or leak- (b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided age resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) into six divisions as follows: onto a non-yielding surface, such as (1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives concrete or steel. Impact must be at an that have a mass explosion hazard. A orientation most likely to cause dam- mass explosion is one which affects al- age. most the entire load instantaneously. (2) Each UN cylinder containing a (2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B mate- that have a projection hazard but not a rial must have a minimum test pres- mass explosion hazard. sure in accordance with P200 of the UN (3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of that have a fire hazard and either a this subchapter). For Hazard Zone A minor blast hazard or a minor projec- gases, the cylinder must have a min- tion hazard or both, but not a mass ex- imum wall thickness of 3.5 mm if made plosion hazard. of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of (4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives steel or, alternatively, cylinders may that present a minor explosion hazard. be packed in a rigid outer packaging The explosive effects are largely con- that meets the Packing Group I per- fined to the package and no projection formance level when tested as prepared of fragments of appreciable size or for transport, and that is designed and range is to be expected. An external constructed to protect the cylinder and valve from puncture or damage that fire must not cause virtually instanta- may result in release of the gas. neous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package. (e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not be manifolded or connected. This provi- sion does not apply to MEGCs con-

462

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.52

(5) Division 1.5 1 consists of very in- prior to such explosives being offered sensitive explosives. This division is for transportation. comprised of substances which have a [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as mass explosion hazard but are so insen- amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] sitive that there is very little prob- ability of initiation or of transition § 173.52 Classification codes and com- from burning to detonation under nor- patibility groups of explosives. mal conditions of transport. (a) The classification code for an ex- (6) Division 1.6 2 consists of extremely plosive, which is assigned by the Asso- insensitive articles which do not have a ciate Administrator in accordance with mass explosive hazard. This division is this subpart, consists of the division comprised of articles which contain number followed by the compatibility only extremely insensitive detonating group letter. Compatibility group let- substances and which demonstrate a ters are used to specify the controls for negligible probability of accidental ini- the transportation, and storage related tiation or propagation. thereto, of explosives and to prevent an increase in hazard that might result if [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as certain types of explosives were stored amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR or transported together. Transpor- 45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] tation compatibility requirements for carriers are prescribed in §§ 174.81, § 173.51 Authorization to offer and 175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this sub- transport explosives. chapter for transportation by rail, air, (a) Unless otherwise provided in this vessel, and public highway, respec- subpart, no person may offer for trans- tively, and storage incidental thereto. portation or transport an explosive, (b) Compatibility groups and classi- unless it has been tested and classed fication codes for the various types of and approved by the Associate Admin- explosives are set forth in the following istrator (§ 173.56). tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility (b) Reports of explosives approved by groups and classification codes for sub- the Department of Defense or the De- stances and articles described in the partment of Energy must be filed with, first column of table 1. Table 2 shows and receive acknowledgement in writ- the number of classification codes that are possible within each explosive divi- ing by, the Associate Administrator sion. Altogether, there are 35 possible classification codes for explosives.

TABLE 1—CLASSIFICATION CODES

Compat- Classi- Description of substances or article to be classified ibility fication group code

Primary explosive substance ...... A 1.1A Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective fea- B 1.1B tures. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, 1.2B cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives.. 1.4B Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explo- C 1.1C sive substance. 1.2C 1.3C 1.4C Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating D 1.1D explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article 1.2D containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features. 1.4D 1.5D Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propel- E 1.1E ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid). 1.2E 1.4E

1 The probability of transition from burn- 2 The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is ing to detonation is greater when large quan- limited to the explosion of a single article. tities are transported in a vessel.

463

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.53 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE 1—CLASSIFICATION CODES—Continued

Compat- Classi- Description of substances or article to be classified ibility fication group code

Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of initiation, with a propel- F 1.1F ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propel- 1.2F ling charge. 1.3F 1.4F Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explo- G 1.1G sive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other 1.2G than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid or gel 1.3G or hypergolic liquid). 1.4G Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus ...... H 1.2H 1.3H Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel ...... J 1.1J 1.2J 1.3J Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent ...... K 1.2K 1.3K Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due L 1.1L to water-activation or presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or pyrophoric substances) needing iso- 1.2L lation of each type. 1.3L Articles containing only extremely insensitive detonating substances...... N 1.6N Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning S 1.4S are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package.

TABLE 2—SCHEME OF CLASSIFICATION OF EXPLOSIVES, COMBINATION OF HAZARD DIVISION WITH COMPATIBILITY GROUP

Compatibility group Hazard division A B C D E F G H J K L N S A-S

1.1 1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D 1.1E 1.1F 1.1G ...... 1.1J ...... 1.1L ...... 9 1.2 ...... 1.2B 1.2C 1.2D 1.2E 1.2F 1.2G 1.2H 1.2J 1.2K 1.2L ...... 10 1.3 ...... 1.3C ...... 1.3F 1.3G 1.3H 1.3J 1.3K 1.3L ...... 7 1.4 ...... 1.4B 1.4C 1.4D 1.4E 1.4F 1.4G ...... 1.4S 7 1.5 ...... 1.5D ...... 1 1.6 ...... 1.6N ...... 1

1.6 1 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1 1 35

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

§ 173.53 Provisions for using old classi- § 173.54 Forbidden explosives. fications of explosives. Unless otherwise provided in this Where the classification system in ef- subchapter, the following explosives fect prior to January 1, 1991, is ref- shall not be offered for transportation erenced in State or local laws, ordi- or transported: nances or regulations not pertaining to (a) An explosive that has not been ap- the transportation of hazardous mate- proved in accordance with § 173.56 of rials, the following table may be used this subpart. to compare old and new hazard class (b) An explosive mixture or device names: containing a chlorate and also con- taining: Current classification Class name prior to Jan. 1, 1991 (1) An ammonium salt, including a Division 1.1 ...... Class A explosives. substituted ammonium or quaternary Division 1.2 ...... Class A or Class B explosives. ammonium salt; or Division 1 3 ...... Class B explosive. (2) An acidic substance, including a Division 1.4 ...... Class C explosives. salt of a weak base and a strong acid. Division 1.5 ...... Blasting agents. (c) A leaking or damaged package or Division 1.6 ...... No applicable hazard class. article containing an explosive.

464

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56

(d) Propellants that are unstable, offer a new explosive for transportation condemned or deteriorated. unless that person has specified to the (e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol examining agency the ranges of com- dinitrate, or any other liquid explo- position of ingredients and compounds, sives not specifically authorized by showing the intended manufacturing this subchapter. tolerances in the composition of sub- (f) A loaded firearm (except as pro- stances or design of articles which will vided in 49 CFR 1544.219). be allowed in that material or device, (g) Fireworks that combine an explo- and unless it has been examined, sive and a detonator. classed and approved as follows: (h) Fireworks containing yellow or (1) Except for an explosive made by white phosphorus. or under the direction or supervision of (i) A toy torpedo, the maximum out- the Department of Defense (DOD) or side dimension of which exceeds 23 mm the Department of Energy (DOE), a (0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing new explosive must be examined and a mixture of potassium chlorate, black assigned a recommended shipping de- antimony (antimony sulfide), and sul- scription, division and compatibility fur, if the weight of the explosive mate- group, based on the tests and criteria rial in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 prescribed in §§ 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58. ounce). The person requesting approval of the (j) Explosives specifically forbidden new explosive must submit to the Asso- in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter. ciate Administrator a report of the ex- (k) Explosives not meeting the ac- amination and assignment of a rec- ceptance criteria specified in § 173.57 of ommended shipping description, divi- this subchapter. sion, and compatibility group. If the (l) An explosive article with its Associate Administrator finds the ap- means of initiation or ignition in- proval request meets the regulatory stalled, unless approved in accordance criteria, the new explosive will be ap- with § 173.56. proved in writing and assigned an EX [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as number. The examination must be per- amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. formed by a person who is approved by 173–236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR the Associate Administrator under the 61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] provisions of subpart H of part 107 of this chapter and who— § 173.55 [Reserved] (i) Has (directly, or through an em- § 173.56 New explosives—definition ployee involved in the examination) at and procedures for classification least ten years of experience in the ex- and approval. amination, testing and evaluation of (a) Definition of new explosive. For explosives; the purposes of this subchapter a new (ii) Does not manufacture or market explosive means an explosive produced explosives, and is not controlled by or by a person who: financially dependent on any entity (1) Has not previously produced that that manufactures or markets explo- explosive; or sives, and whose work with respect to (2) Has previously produced that ex- explosives is limited to examination, plosive but has made a change in the testing and evaluation; and formulation, design or process so as to (iii) Is a resident of the United alter any of the properties of the explo- States. sive. An explosive will not be consid- (2) A new explosive made by or under ered a ‘‘new explosive’’ if an agency the direction or supervision of a com- listed in paragraph (b) of this section ponent of the DOD may be examined, has determined, and confirmed in writ- classed, and concurred in by: ing to the Associate Administrator, (i) U.S. Army Technical Center for that there are no significant dif- Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST), Naval ferences in hazard characteristics from Sea Systems Command (SEA–9934), or the explosive previously approved. Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when (b) Examination, classing and ap- approved by the Chairman, DOD Explo- proval. Except as provided in para- sives Board, in accordance with the graph (j) of this section, no person may DOD Explosives Hazard Classification

465

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.56 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Procedures (IBR, see § 171.7 of the sub- sel from the place where it was pro- chapter); or duced to an agency identified in para- (ii) The agencies and procedures spec- graph (b) of this section, for examina- ified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. tion if— (3) A new explosive made by or under (1) The new explosive has been as- the direction or supervision of the De- signed a tentative shipping description partment of Energy (DOE) may be— and class in writing by the testing (i) Examined by the DOE in accord- agency; ance with the DOD Explosives Hazard (2) The new explosive is packaged as Classification Procedures, and must be required by this part according to the classed and approved by DOE; or tentative description and class as- (ii) Examined, classed, and approved signed, unless otherwise specified in in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of writing by the testing agency; and, this section. (3) The package is labeled as required (4) For a material shipped under the by this subchapter and the following is description of ‘‘ammonium nitrate-fuel marked on the package: oil mixture (ANFO)’’, the only test re- (i) The words ‘‘SAMPLE FOR LAB- quired for classification purposes is the ORATORY EXAMINATION’’; Cap Sensitivity Test—Test Method 5(a) (ii) The net weight of the new explo- prescribed in the Explosive Test Man- sive; and ual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) (iii) The tentative shipping name and (IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter). The identification number. test must be performed by an agency listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (e) Transportation of unapproved ex- (b)(3) of this section, the manufacturer, plosives for developmental testing. or the shipper. A copy of the test re- Notwithstanding the requirements of port must be submitted to the Asso- paragraph (b) of this section, the owner ciate Administrator before the mate- of a new explosive that has not been rial is offered for transportation, and a examined or approved may transport copy of the test report must be re- that new explosive from the place tained by the shipper for as long as where it was produced to an explosives that material is shipped. At a min- testing range if— imum, the test report must contain the (1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initi- name and address of the person or or- ating) explosive or a forbidden explo- ganization conducting the test, date of sive according to this subchapter; the test, quantitative description of (2) It is described as a Division 1.1 ex- the mixture, including prill size and plosive (substance or article) and is porosity, and a description of the test packed, marked, labeled, described on results. shipping papers and is otherwise of- (c) Filing DOD or DOE approval re- fered for transportation in conform- port. DOD or DOE must file a copy of ance with the requirements of this sub- each approval, accompanied by sup- chapter applicable to Division 1.1; porting laboratory data, with the Asso- (3) It is transported in a motor vehi- ciate Administrator and receive ac- cle operated by the owner of the explo- knowledgement in writing before offer- sive; and ing the new explosive for transpor- (4) It is accompanied by a person, in tation, unless the new explosive is: addition to the operator of the motor (1) Being transported under para- vehicle, who is qualified by training graph (d) or (e) of this section; or and experience to handle the explosive. (2) Covered by a national security (f) Notwithstanding the requirements classification currently in effect. of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this sec- (d) Transportation of explosive sam- tion, the Associate Administrator may ples for examination. Notwithstanding approve a new explosive on the basis of the requirements of paragraph (b) of an approval issued for the explosive by this section with regard to the trans- the competent authority of a foreign portation of a new explosive that has government, or when examination of not been approved, a person may offer the explosive by a person approved by a sample of a new explosive for trans- the Associate Administrator is imprac- portation, by railroad, highway, or ves- ticable, on the basis of reports of tests

466

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.57

conducted by disinterested third par- tation if the following conditions are ties, or may approve the transpor- met: tation of an explosives sample for the (1) The fireworks are manufactured purpose of examination by a person ap- in accordance with the applicable re- proved by the Associate Administrator. quirements in APA Standard 87–1 (IBR, (g) An explosive may be transported see § 171.7 of this subchapter); under subparts B or C of part 171 or (2) A thermal stability test is con- § 176.11 of this subchapter without the ducted on the device by the BOE, the approval of the Associate Adminis- BOM, or the manufacturer. The test trator as required by paragraph (b) of must be performed by maintaining the this section if the Associate Adminis- device, or a representative prototype of trator has acknowledged in writing the a large device such as a display shell, acceptability of an approval issued by at a temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 the competent authority of a foreign consecutive hours. When a device con- government pursuant to the provisions tains more than one component, those of the UN Recommendations, the ICAO components which could be in physical Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code contact with each other in the finished (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or device must be placed in contact with other national or international regula- each other during the thermal stability tions based on the UN Recommenda- test; and tions. In such a case, a copy of the for- (3) The manufacturer applies in writ- eign competent authority approval, ing to the Associate Administrator fol- and a copy of the written acknowledge- lowing the applicable requirements in ment of its acceptance must accom- APA Standard 87–1, and is notified in pany each shipment of that explosive. writing by the Associate Administrator (h) The requirements of this section that the fireworks have been classed, do not apply to cartridges, small arms approved, and assigned an EX-number. which are: Each application must be complete, in- (1) Not a forbidden explosive under cluding all relevant background data § 173.54 of this subchapter; and copies of all applicable drawings, (2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, or test results, and any other pertinent shotgun; information on each device for which (3) Ammunition with inert projectile approval is being requested. The manu- or blank ammunition; and facturer must sign the application and (4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 cal- certify that the device for which ap- iber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 proval is requested conforms to APA gauge for shotgun shells. Standard 87–1 and that the descriptions and technical information contained in Cartridges, small arms meeting the cri- the application are complete and accu- teria of this paragraph (h) may be as- rate. If the application is denied, the signed a classification code of 1.4S by manufacturer will be notified in writ- the manufacturer. ing of the reasons for the denial. The (i) If experience or other data indi- Associate Administrator may require cate that the hazard of a material or a that the fireworks be examined by an device containing an explosive com- agency listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this position is greater or less than indi- section. cated according to the definition and criteria specified in §§ 173.50, 173.56, and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as 173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51560, Administrator may specify a classifica- Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR tion or except the material or device 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; from the requirements of this sub- 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 25177, May 3, chapter. 2007] (j) Fireworks. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this § 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new section, Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks explosives. may be classed and approved by the As- (a) Unless otherwise excepted, an ex- sociate Administrator without prior plosive substance must be subjected to examination and offered for transpor- the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity

467

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.58 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)), the Friction sive or a gelatin dynamite loses more Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)), than 10 percent by weight of the liquid the Thermal Stability Test (Test Meth- explosive; or od 3(c)) at 75 °C (167 °F) and the Small- (3) During the leakage test (Test Scale Burning Test (Test Method Method D–1 in appendix D to this part), 3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explo- there is any loss of liquid. sive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 64 FR subchapter). A substance is forbidden 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003] for transportation if any one of the fol- lowing occurs: § 173.58 Assignment of class and divi- (1) For a liquid, failure to pass the sion for new explosives. test criteria when tested in the Drop (a) Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explo- Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa- sives. In addition to the test prescribed ratus for liquids; in § 173.57 of this subchapter, a sub- (2) For a solid, failure to pass the test stance or article in these divisions criteria when tested in the Drop must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa- 6(b), and 6(c), as described in the UN ratus for solids; Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see (3) The substance has a friction sen- § 171.7 of this subchapter), for assign- sitiveness equal to or greater than that ment to an appropriate division. The of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate criteria for assignment of class and di- (PETN) when tested in the Friction vision are as follows: Sensitivity Test; (4) The substance fails to pass the (1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is test criteria specified in the Thermal mass explosion; Stability Test at 75 °C (167 °F); or (2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is (5) Explosion occurs when tested in dangerous projections; the Small-Scale Burning Test. (3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is (b) An explosive article, packaged or radiant heat or violent burning, or unpackaged, or a packaged explosive both, but there is no blast or projection substance must be subjected to the hazard; Thermal Stability Test for Articles and (4) Division 1.4 if there is a small haz- Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) ard with no mass explosion and no pro- and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test jection of fragments of appreciable size Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in or range; the Explosive Test Manual. An article (5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group or packaged substance is forbidden for S (1.4S) if the hazardous effects are transportation if evidence of thermal confined within the package or the instability or excessive impact sensi- blast and projection effects do not sig- tivity is found in those tests according nificantly hinder emergency response to the criteria and methods of assess- efforts; or ing results prescribed therein. (6) Not in the explosive class if the (c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, substance or article does not have sig- type A) is forbidden for transportation nificant explosive hazard or if the ef- if any of the following occurs: fects of explosion are completely con- (1) It does not have uniformly mixed fined within the article. with the absorbent material a satisfac- (b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for tory antacid in a quantity sufficient to ANFO, a substance that has been ex- have the acid neutralizing power of an amined in accordance with the provi- amount of magnesium carbonate equal sions § 173.57(a) of this subchapter, to one percent of the nitroglycerin or must be subjected to the following ad- other liquid explosive ingredient; ditional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test, (2) During the centrifuge test (Test Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT Method D–2, in appendix D to this part) Test, and External Fire Test, each as or the compression test (Test Method described in the Explosive Test Man- D–3 in appendix D to this part), a non- ual. A material may not be classed as gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the percent by weight of the liquid explo- following occurs:

468

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

(1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sen- Administrator based on the criteria sitivity Test (Test Method 5(a)); prescribed in § 173.52(b) of this sub- (2) Detonation occurs in the DDT chapter. Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii)); (3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as noise and projection of fragments, oc- amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; curs in the External Fire Test (Test 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003] Method 5(c), or (4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the § 173.59 Description of terms for explo- Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test sives. Method 5(d)). (c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order For the purpose of this subchapter, a to be classed as a 1.6 explosive, an arti- description of the following terms is cle must pass all of the following tests, provided for information only. They as prescribed in the Explosive Test must not be used for purposes of classi- Manual: fication or to replace proper shipping (i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test; names prescribed in § 172.101 of this (ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off subchapter. Test; Ammonium-nitrate—fuel oil mixture (iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; (ANFO). A blasting explosive con- and taining no essential ingredients other (iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact than prilled ammonium nitrate and Test. fuel oil. (2) A substance intended for use as Ammunition. Generic term related the explosive load in an article of Divi- mainly to articles of military applica- sion 1.6 must be an extremely insensi- tion consisting of all types of bombs, tive detonating substance (EIDS). In grenades, rockets, mines, projectiles order to determine if a substance is an and other similar devices or contri- EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests vances. in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) Ammunition, illuminating, with or with- of this section, which are described in out burster, expelling charge or propelling the Explosive Test Manual. The sub- charge. Ammunition designed to stance must be tested in the form (i.e., produce a single source of intense light composition, granulation, density, etc.) for lighting up an area. The term in- in which it is to be used in the article. cludes illuminating cartridges, gre- A substance is not an EIDS if it fails nades and projectiles, and illuminating any of the following tests: and target identification bombs. The (i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensi- term excludes the following articles tivity Test; which are listed separately: cartridges, (ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test; signal; signal devices; hand signals; dis- (iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at 75 °C (167 °F); tress flares, aerial and flares, surface. (iv) The Small Scale Burning Test; Ammunition, incendiary. Ammunition (v) The EIDS Cap Test; containing an incendiary substance (vi) The EIDS Gap Test; which may be a solid, liquid or gel in- (vii) The Susan Test; cluding white phosphorus. Except when (viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test; the composition is an explosive per se, (ix) The EIDS External Fire Test; it also contains one or more of the fol- and lowing: a propelling charge with primer (x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test. and igniter charge, or a fuze with (d) The Associate Administrator may burster or expelling charge. The term waive or modify certain test(s) identi- includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid fied in §§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this sub- or gel, with burster, expelling charge chapter, or require additional testing, or propelling charge; Ammunition, in- if appropriate. In addition, the Asso- cendiary with or without burster, expel- ciate Administrator may limit the ling charge or propelling charge; and quantity of explosive in a device. Ammunition, incendiary, white phos- (e) Each explosive is assigned a com- phorus, with burster, expelling charge patibility group letter by the Associate or propelling charge.

469

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Ammunition, practice. Ammunition cludes articles containing white phos- without a main bursting charge, con- phorus. taining a burster or expelling charge. Articles, pyrotechnic for technical pur- Normally it also contains a fuze and poses. Articles which contain pyro- propelling charge. The term excludes technic substances and are used for the following article which is listed technical purposes, such as heat gen- separately: Grenades, practice. eration, gas generation, theatrical ef- Ammunition, proof. Ammunition con- fects, etc. The term excludes the fol- taining pyrotechnic substance, used to lowing articles which are listed sepa- test the performance or strength of rately: all ammunition; cartridges, sig- new ammunition, weapon component nal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; or assemblies. flares, aerial; flares, surface; release de- Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition con- vices, explosives; rivets, explosive; signal taining a smoke-producing substance devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture railway track, explosive; and signals, (CSAM), titanium tetrachloride (FM), smoke. white phosphorus, or smoke-producing Black powder (gunpowder). Substance substance whose composition is based consisting of an intimate mixture of on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phos- charcoal or other carbon and either po- phorus. Except when the substance is tassium or sodium nitrate, and sul- an explosive per se, the ammunition phur. It may be meal, granular, com- also contains one or more of the fol- pressed, or pelletized. lowing: a propelling charge with primer Bombs. Explosive articles which are and igniter charge, or a fuze with dropped from aircraft. They may con- burster or expelling charge. The term tain a flammable liquid with bursting includes: Ammunition, smoke, with or charge, a photo-flash composition or without burster, expelling charge or bursting charge. The term excludes tor- propelling charge; Ammunition, smoke, pedoes (aerial) and includes bombs, white phosphorus with burster, expel- photo-flash; bombs with bursting charge; ling charge or propelling charge. bombs with flammable liquids, with Ammunition, tear-producing with burst- bursting charge. er, expelling charge or propelling charge. Boosters. Articles consisting of a Ammunition containing tear-producing charge of detonating explosive without substance. It may also contain one or means of initiation. They are used to more of the following: a pyrotechnic increase the initiating power of deto- substance, a propelling charge with nators or detonating cord. primer and igniter charge, or a fuze Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting with burster or expelling charge. of a small charge of explosive to open Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition con- projectiles or other ammunition in taining toxic agent. It may also con- order to disperse their contents. tain one or more of the following: a py- Cartridges, blank. Articles which con- rotechnic substance, a propelling sist of a cartridge case with a center or charge with primer and igniter charge, rim fire primer and a confined charge or a fuze with burster or expelling of smokeless or black powder, but no charge. projectile. Used in training, saluting, Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive or in starter pistols, etc. (Articles, EEI). Articles that contain Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting only extremely insensitive detonating of a casing, a primer and flash powder, substances and which demonstrate a all assembled in one piece for firing. negligible probability of accidental ini- Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (as- tiation or propagation under normal sembled) or semi-fixed (partially as- conditions of transport and which have sembled) ammunition designed to be passed Test Series 7. fired from weapons. Each cartridge in- Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which cludes all the components necessary to contain a pyrophoric substance (capa- function the weapon once. The name ble of spontaneous ignition when ex- and description should be used for mili- posed to air) and an explosive sub- tary small arms cartridges that cannot stance or component. The term ex- be described as cartridges, small arms.

470

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Separate loading ammunition is in- Charges, demolition. Articles con- cluded under this name and description sisting of a charge of detonating explo- when the propelling charge and projec- sive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, tile are packed together (see also Car- metal or other material. The term ex- tridges, blank). cludes articles identified as bombs, (2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and mines, etc. tear-producing cartridges are described Charges, depth. Articles consisting of under ammunition, incendiary, etc. a charge of detonating explosive con- Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. tained in a drum or projectile. They Ammunition consisting of a casing are designed to detonate under water. with propelling charge and a solid or Charges, expelling. A charge of empty projectile. deflagrating explosive designed to eject Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting the payload from the parent article of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other without damage. material containing only propellant Charges, explosive, without detonator. explosive. The term excludes charges, Articles consisting of a charge of deto- shaped, commercial. nating explosive without means of ini- Cartridges, power device. Articles de- tiation, used for explosive welding, signed to accomplish mechanical ac- joining, forming, and other processes. tions. They consist of a casing with a Charges, propelling. Articles con- charge of deflagrating explosive and a sisting of propellant charge in any means of ignition. The gaseous prod- physical form, with or without a cas- ucts of the deflagration produce infla- ing, for use in cannon or for reducing tion, linear or rotary motion; activate drag for projectiles or as a component diaphragms, valves or switches, or of rocket motors. project fastening devices or extin- Charges, propelling for cannon. Arti- guishing agents. cles consisting of a propellant charge Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to in any physical form, with or without a fire colored flares or other signals from casing, for use in a cannon. signal pistols or devices. Charges, shaped, without detonator. Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition Articles consisting of a casing con- consisting of a cartridge case fitted taining a charge of detonating explo- with a center or rim fire primer and sive with a cavity lined with rigid ma- containing both a propelling charge terial, without means of initiation. and solid projectile(s). They are de- They are designed to produce a power- signed to be fired in weapons of caliber ful, penetrating jet effect. not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun car- Charges, shaped, flexible, linear. Arti- tridges of any caliber are included in cles consisting of a V-shaped core of a this description. The term excludes: detonating explosive clad by a flexible Cartridges, small arms, blank, and metal sheath. some military small arms cartridges Charges, supplementary, explosive. Ar- listed under Cartridges for weapons, ticles consisting of a small removable inert projectile. booster used in the cavity of a projec- Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Ar- tile between the fuze and the bursting ticles consisting of a cartridge case charge. made from metal, plastics or other Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Ar- non-flammable materials, in which ticles containing an explosive designed only the explosive component is the to transmit a detonation or deflagra- primer. tion within an explosive train. Cases, combustible, empty, without Contrivance, water-activated with primer. Articles consisting of cartridge burster, expelling charge or propelling cases made partly or entirely from ni- charge. Articles whose functioning de- trocellulose. pends of physico-chemical reaction of Charges, bursting. Articles consisting their contents with water. of a charge of detonating explosive Cord, detonating, flexible. Articles con- such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics- sisting of a core of detonating explo- bonded explosive designed to produce sive enclosed in spun fabric with plas- effect by blast or fragmentation. tics or other covering.

471

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Ar- assuming simultaneous explosion of ticles consisting of a core of detonating the whole of the explosive content of explosive clad by a soft metal the load or package. with or without protective covering. Explode. The term indicates those ex- When the core contains a sufficiently plosive effects capable of endangering small quantity of explosive, the words life and property through blast, heat, ‘‘mild effect’’ are added. and projection of missiles. It encom- Cord igniter. Articles consisting of passes both deflagration and detona- textile yarns covered with black pow- tion. der or another fast-burning pyro- Explosion of the total contents. The technic composition and a flexible pro- phrase is used in testing a single arti- tective covering, or consisting of a core cle or package or a small stack of arti- of black powder surrounded by a flexi- cles or packages. ble woven fabric. It burns progressively Explosive, blasting. Detonating explo- along its length with an external flame sive substances used in mining, con- and is used to transmit ignition from a struction, and similar tasks. Blasting device to a charge or primer. explosives are assigned to one of five Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles con- types. In addition to the ingredients sisting of a knife-edged device which is listed below for each type, blasting ex- driven by a small charge of plosives may also contain inert compo- deflagrating explosive into an anvil. nents, such as kieselguhr, and other Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for minor ingredients, such as coloring blasting. Non-electric detonators as- agents and stabilizers. sembled with and activated by such Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash consisting of liquid organic nitrates, tube, or detonating cord. They may be such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of of instantaneous design or incorporate such ingredients with one or more of delay elements. Detonating relays in- the following: nitrocellulose, ammo- corporating detonating cord are in- nium nitrate or other inorganic ni- cluded. Other detonating relays are in- trates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or cluded in Detonators, nonelectric. combustible materials, such as wood- Detonators. Articles consisting of a meal and aluminum powder. Such ex- small metal or plastic tube containing plosives must be in powdery, gelat- explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or inous, plastic or elastic form. The term combinations of explosives. They are includes dynamite, blasting gelatine designed to start a detonation train. and gelatine dynamites. They may be constructed to detonate Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances instantaneously, or may contain a consisting of a mixture of ammonium delay element. They may contain no nitrate or other inorganic nitrates more than 10 g of total explosives with an explosive, such as trinitro- weight, excluding ignition and delay toluene, with or without other sub- charges, per unit. The term includes: stances, such as wood-meal or alu- detonators for ammunition; detonators minum powder, or a mixture of ammo- for blasting, both electric and non-elec- nium nitrate or other inorganic ni- tric; and detonating relays without trates with other combustible sub- flexible detonating cord. stances which are not explosive ingre- Dynamite. A detonating explosive dients. Such explosives may not con- containing a liquid explosive ingre- tain nitroglycerin, similar liquid or- dient (generally nitroglycerin, similar ganic nitrates, or chlorates. organic nitrate esters, or both) that is Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances uniformly mixed with an absorbent consisting of a mixture of either potas- material, such as wood pulp, and usu- sium or sodium chlorate or potassium, ally contains materials such as nitro- sodium or ammonium perchlorate with cellulose, sodium and ammonium ni- organic nitro-derivatives or combus- trate. tible materials, such as wood-meal or Entire load and total contents. The aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. phrase means such a substantial por- Such explosives must not contain ni- tion of the material explodes that the troglycerin or any similar liquid or- practical hazard should be assessed by ganic nitrate.

472

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance consisting of a mixture of organic ni- which, when ignited, produces an in- trate compounds and combustible ma- tense light. terials, such as hydrocarbons and alu- Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil minum powder. Such explosives must wells, without detonators. Articles con- not contain nitroglycerin, any similar sisting of a charge of detonating explo- liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or am- sive contained in a casing without the monium-nitrate. The term generally means of initiation. They are used to includes plastic explosives. fracture the rock around a drill shaft Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances to assist the flow of crude oil from the consisting of water as an essential in- rock. gredient and high proportions of am- Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words monium nitrate or other oxidizer, some have a common origin (French fusee, or all of which are in solution. The fusil) and are sometimes considered to other constituents may include nitro- be different spellings, it is useful to derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, maintain the convention that fuse re- hydrocarbons or aluminum powder. fers to a cord-like igniting device, The term includes: explosives, emul- whereas fuze refers to a device used in sion; explosives, slurry; and explosives, ammunition which incorporates me- watergel. chanical, electrical, chemical, or hy- Explosive, deflagrating. A substance, drostatic components to initiate a e.g., propellant, which reacts by defla- train by deflagration or detonation. gration rather than detonation when Fuse, igniter. Articles consisting of a ignited and used in its normal manner. metal tube with a core of deflagrating Explosive, detonating. A substance explosives. which reacts by detonation rather than Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating deflagration when initiated and used in (Quickmatch). Article consisting of cot- its normal manner. ton yarns impregnated with fine black Explosive, extremely insensitive deto- powder. It burns with an external nating substance (EIDS). A substance flame and is used in ignition trains for which, although capable of sustaining a fireworks, etc. detonation, has demonstrated through Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a tests that it is so insensitive that there core of fine-grained black powder sur- is very little probability of accidental rounded by a flexible woven fabric with initiation. one or more protective outer coverings. Explosive, primary. Explosive sub- When ignited, it burns at a predeter- stance which is manufactured with a mined rate without any explosive ef- view to producing a practical effect by fect. explosion, is very sensitive to heat, im- Fuzes. Articles designed to start a pact, or friction, and even in very detonation or deflagration in ammuni- small quantities, detonates. The major tion. They incorporate mechanical, primary explosives are mercury ful- electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic minate, lead azide, and lead styphnate. components and generally protective Explosive, secondary. An explosive features. The term includes: Fuzes, det- substance which is relatively insensi- onating; fuzes detonating with protec- tive (when compared to primary explo- tive features; and fuzes igniting. sives) and is usually initiated by pri- Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles mary explosives with or without the which are designed to be thrown by aid of boosters or supplementary hand or to be projected by rifle. The charges. Such an explosive may react term includes: grenades, hand or rifle, as a deflagrating or as a detonating ex- with bursting charge; and grenades, plosive. practice, hand or rifle. The term ex- Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles de- cludes: grenades, smoke. signed for entertainment. Igniters. Articles containing one or Flares. Articles containing pyro- more explosive substance used to start technic substances which are designed deflagration of an explosive train. They to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. may be actuated chemically, elec- The term includes: flares, aerial and trically, or mechanically. The term ex- flares, surface. cludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse,

473

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, igniting; lighters, fuse, instantaneous, without detonator. Articles consisting of non-detonating; fuzes, igniting; light- a steel tube or metallic strip, into ers, fuse; primers, cap type; and prim- which are inserted shaped charges con- ers, tubular. nected by detonating cord, without Ignition, means of. A general term means of initiation. used in connection with the method Lighters, fuse. Articles of various de- employed to ignite a deflagrating train sign actuated by friction, percussion, of explosive or pyrotechnic substances or electricity and used to ignite safety (for example: a primer for propelling fuse. charge, an igniter for a rocket motor Mass explosion. Explosion which af- or an igniting fuze). fects almost the entire load virtually Initiation, means of. (1) A device in- instantaneously. tended to cause the detonation of an Mines. Articles consisting normally explosive (for example: detonator, det- of metal or composition receptacles onator for ammunition, or detonating and bursting charge. They are designed fuze). to be operated by the passage of ships, (2) The term with its own means of ini- vehicles, or personnel. The term in- tiation means that the contrivance has cludes Bangalore torpedoes. its normal initiating device assembled Powder cake (powder paste). Substance to it and this device is considered to consisting of nitrocellulose impreg- present a significant risk during trans- nated with not more than 60 percent of port but not one great enough to be un- nitroglycerin or other liquid organic acceptable. The term does not apply, nitrates or a mixture of these. however, to a contrivance packed to- Powder, smokeless. Substance based on gether with its means of initiation, nitrocellulose used as propellant. The provided the device is packaged so as term includes propellants with a single to eliminate the risk of causing deto- base (nitrocellulose (NC) alone), those nation of the contrivance in the event with a double base (such as NC and ni- of functioning of the initiating device. troglycerin (NG)) and those with a tri- The initiating device can even be as- ple base (such as NC/NG/ sembled in the contrivance provided nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag- there are protective features ensuring charges of smokeless powder are listed that the device is very unlikely to under charges, propelling and charges, cause detonation of the contrivance propelling for cannon. under conditions which are associated Primers, cap type. Articles consisting with transport. of a metal or plastic cap containing a (3) For the purposes of classification, small amount of primary explosive any means of initiation without two ef- mixture that is readily ignited by im- fective protective features should be pact. They serve as igniting elements regarded as Compatibility Group B; an in small arms cartridges and in percus- article with its own means of initi- sion primers for propelling charges. ation, without two effective protective Primers, tubular. Articles consisting features, is Compatibility Group F. A of a primer for ignition and an auxil- means of initiation which itself pos- iary charge of deflagrating explosive, sesses two effective protective features such as black powder, used to ignite is Compatibility Group D, and an arti- the propelling charge in a cartridge cle with its own means of initiation case for cannon, etc. which possesses two effective features Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or is Compatibility Group D or E. A bullet, which are projected from a can- means of initiation, adjudged as having non or other artillery gun, rifle, or two effective protective features, must other small arm. They may be inert, be approved by the Associate Adminis- with or without tracer, or may contain trator. A common and effective way of a burster, expelling charge or bursting achieving the necessary degree of pro- charge. The term includes: projectiles, tection is to use a means of initiation inert, with tracer; projectiles, with which incorporates two or more inde- burster or expelling charge; and projec- pendent safety features. tiles, with bursting charge.

474

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.60

Propellant, liquid. Substances con- inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled, sisting of a deflagrating liquid explo- with or without bursting charge; and sive, used for propulsion. torpedoes, with bursting charge. Propellant, solid. Substances con- Tracers for ammunition. Sealed arti- sisting of a deflagrating solid explo- cles containing pyrotechnic sub- sive, used for propulsion. stances, designed to reveal the trajec- Propellants. Deflagrating explosives tory of a projectile. used for propulsion or for reducing the Warheads. Articles containing deto- drag of projectiles. nating explosives, designed to be fitted Release devices, explosive. Articles to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. consisting of a small charge of explo- They may contain a burster or expel- sive with means of initiation. They ling charge or bursting charge. The sever rods or links to release equip- term includes: warhead rocket with ment quickly. bursting charge; and warheads, tor- Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a pedo, with bursting charge. solid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as contained in a cylinder fitted with one amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. or more nozzles. They are designed to 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777, propel a rocket or guided missile. The Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] term includes: rocket motors; rocket motors with hypergolic liquids with or § 173.60 General packaging require- without an expelling charge; and rock- ments for explosives. et motors, liquid fuelled. (a) Unless otherwise provided in this Rockets. Articles containing a rocket subpart and in § 173.7(a), packaging motor and a payload which may be an used for Class 1 (explosives) materials explosive warhead or other device. The must meet Packing Group II require- term includes: guided missiles; rockets, ments. Each packaging used for an ex- line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, plosive must be capable of meeting the with bursting charge; rockets, with test requirements of subpart M of part bursting charge; rockets, with expel- 178 of this subchapter, at the specified ling charge; and rockets, with inert level of performance, and the applica- head. ble general packaging requirements of Signals. Articles consisting of pyro- paragraph (b) of this section. technic substances designed to produce (b) The general requirements for signals by means of sound, flame, or packaging of explosives are as follows: smoke or any combination thereof. The (1) Nails, staples, and other closure term includes: signal devices, hand; devices, made of metal, having no pro- signals, distress ship; signals, railway tective covering may not penetrate to track, explosive; signals, smoke. the inside of the outer packaging un- Sounding devices, explosive. Articles less the inner packaging adequately consisting of a charge of detonating ex- protects the explosive against contact plosive. They are dropped from ships with the metal. and function when they reach a pre- (2) The closure device of containers determined depth or the sea bed. for liquid explosives must provide dou- Substance, explosive, very insensitive ble protection against leakage, such as (Substance, EVI) N.O.S. Substances a secured in place with tape. which present a mass explosive hazard (3) Inner packagings, fittings, and but which are so insensitive that there cushioning materials, and the placing is very little probability of initiation, of explosive substances or articles in or of transition from burning to deto- packages, must be such that the explo- nation under normal conditions of sive substance is prevented from be- transport and which have passed test coming loose in the outer packaging series 5. during transportation. Metallic compo- Torpedoes. Articles containing an ex- nents of articles must be prevented plosive or non-explosive propulsion from making contact with metal pack- system and designed to be propelled agings. Articles containing explosive through water. They may contain an substances not enclosed in an outer inert head or warhead. The term in- casing must be separated from each cludes: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with other in order to prevent friction and

475

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.61 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

impact. Padding, trays, partitioning in packaged explosive substances or arti- the inner or outer packaging, molded cles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently plastics or receptacles may be used for function. Metal packagings must be this purpose. compatible with the explosive sub- (4) When the packaging includes stance they contain. water that could freeze during trans- (12) Explosive substances may not be portation, a sufficient amount of anti- packed in inner or outer packagings freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol, where the differences in internal and must be added to the water to prevent external pressures, due to thermal or freezing. If the anti-freeze creates a other effects, could cause an explosion fire hazard, it may not be used. When a or rupture of the package. percentage of water in the substance is (13) Packagings for water soluble sub- specified, the combined weight of water stances must be water resistant. Pack- and anti-freeze may be substituted. agings for desensitized or phlegmatized (5) If an article is fitted with its own substances must be closed to prevent means of ignition or initiation, it must changes in concentration during trans- be effectively protected from acci- port. When containing less alcohol, dental actuation during normal condi- water, or phlegmatizer than specified tions of transportation. in its proper shipping description, the (6) The entry of explosive substances substance is a ‘‘forbidden’’ material. into the recesses of double-seamed (14) Large and robust explosives arti- metal packagings must be prevented. cles, normally intended for military (7) The closure device of a metal use, without their means of initiation drum must include a suitable gasket; if or with their means of initiation con- the closure device includes metal-to- taining at least two effective protec- metal screw-threads, the ingress of ex- tive features, may be carried plosive substances into the threading unpackaged provided that a negative must be prevented. result was obtained in Test Series 4 of (8) Whenever loose explosive sub- the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on stances or the explosive substance of an unpackaged article. When such arti- an uncased or partly cased article may cles have propelling charges or are self- come into contact with the inner sur- propelled, their ignition systems shall face of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, be protected against stimuli encoun- 4B and metal receptacles), the metal tered during normal conditions of packaging should be provided with an transport. Such unpackaged articles inner liner or . may be fixed to cradles or contained in (9) Packagings must be made of ma- or other suitable handling, stor- terials compatible with, and imper- age or launching devices in such a way meable to, the explosives contained in that they will not become loose during the package, so that neither inter- normal conditions of transport and are action between the explosives and the in accordance with DOD-approved pro- packaging materials, nor leakage, cedures. causes the explosive to become unsafe [Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997, as in transportation, or the hazard divi- amended at 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000] sion or compatibility group to change (see § 173.24(e)(2)). § 173.61 Mixed packaging require- (10) An explosive article containing ments. an electrical means of initiation that (a) An explosive may not be packed is sensitive to external electro- in the same outside packaging with magnetic radiation, must have its any other material that could, under means of initiation effectively pro- normal conditions of transportation, tected from electromagnetic radiation adversely affect the explosive or its sources (for example, radar or radio packaging unless packaged by DOD or transmitters) through either design of DOE in accordance with § 173.7(a). the packaging or of the article, or (b) Hardware necessary for assembly both. of explosive articles at the point-of-use (11) Plastic packagings may not be may be packed in the same outside able to generate or accumulate suffi- packaging with the explosive articles. cient static electricity to cause the The hardware must be securely packed

476

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

in a separate inside packaging. Suffi- be treated as belonging to compat- cient cushioning materials must be ibility group E. used to ensure that all inside pack- (6) Explosives articles of compat- agings are securely packed in the out- ibility groups C, D, E, or N may be side packaging. packed together and the entire package (c) The following explosives may not shall be treated as belonging to com- be packed together with other Class 1 patibility group D. explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, (7) Explosives substances of compat- UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN ibility groups C and D may be pack- 0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, aged together and the entire package UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN shall be treated as belonging to com- 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and UN patibility group D. 0500. These explosives may be mix- (8) Explosive articles of compat- packed with each other in accordance ibility group G, except for fireworks with the compatibility requirements and articles requiring special pack- prescribed in paragraph (e) of this sec- aging, may be packaged together with tion. explosive articles of compatibility (d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives groups C, D or E and the combined may not be packed with the following package shall be treated as belonging explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, to compatibility group E. UN 0336, and UN 0337. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as (e) Except as prescribed in para- amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR graphs (c) and (d) of this section, dif- 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001; ferent explosives may be packed in one 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28 2008] outside packaging in accordance with the following compatibility require- § 173.62 Specific packaging require- ments: ments for explosives. (1) Explosives of the same compat- (a) Except as provided in § 173.7 of ibility group and same division number this subchapter, when the § 172.101 may be packed together. Table specifies that an explosive must (2) Explosives of the same compat- be packaged in accordance with this ibility group or authorized combina- section, only packagings which con- tion of compatibility group but dif- form to the provisions of paragraphs ferent division number may be packed (b) and (c) of this section or § 173.7(e) of together, provided that the whole this subchapter and the applicable re- package is treated as though its entire quirements in §§ 173.60 and 173.61 may contents were comprised of the lower be used unless otherwise approved by division number. For example, a mixed the Associate Administrator. package of Division 1.2 explosives and (b) Explosives Table. The Explosives Division 1.4 explosives, compatibility Table specifies the Packing Instruc- group D, must be treated as 1.2D explo- tions assigned to each explosive. Explo- sives. However, when 1.5D explosives sives are identified in the first column are packed together with 1.2D explo- in numerical sequence by their identi- sives, the whole package must be treat- fication number (ID #), which is listed ed as 1.1D explosives. in column 4 of the § 172.101 table, of this (3) Explosives of compatibility group subchapter. The second column of the S may be packaged together with ex- Explosives Table specifies the Packing plosives of any other compatibility Instruction (PI) which must be used for group except A or L, and the combined packaging the explosive. The Explo- package may be treated as belonging to sives Packing Method Table in para- any of the packaged compatibility graph (c) of this section defines the groups except S. methods of packaging. The Packing In- (4) Explosives of compatibility group structions are identified using a 3 digit L shall only be packed with an iden- designation. The Packing Instruction tical explosive. prefixed by the letters ‘‘US’’ is par- (5) Explosives articles of compat- ticular to the United States and not ibility groups C, D, or E may be packed found in applicable international regu- together and the entire package shall lations.

477

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

EXPLOSIVES TABLE EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0004 ...... 112 UN0135 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0005 ...... 130 UN0136 ...... 130 UN0006 ...... 130 UN0137 ...... 130 UN0007 ...... 130 UN0138 ...... 130 UN0009 ...... 130 UN0143 ...... 115 UN0010 ...... 130 UN0144 ...... 115 UN0012 ...... 130 UN0146 ...... 112 UN0014 ...... 130 UN0147 ...... 112(b) UN0015 ...... 130 UN0150 ...... 112(a) or 112(b) UN0016 ...... 130 UN0151 ...... 112 UN0018 ...... 130 UN0153 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0019 ...... 130 UN0154 ...... 112 UN0020 ...... 101 UN0155 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0021 ...... 101 UN0159 ...... 111 UN0027 ...... 113 UN0160 ...... 114(b) UN0028 ...... 113 UN0161 ...... 114(b) UN0029 ...... 131 UN0167 ...... 130 UN0030 ...... 131 UN0168 ...... 130 UN0033 ...... 130 UN0169 ...... 130 UN0034 ...... 130 UN0171 ...... 130 UN0035 ...... 130 UN0173 ...... 134 UN0037 ...... 130 UN0174 ...... 134 UN0038 ...... 130 UN0180 ...... 130 UN0039 ...... 130 UN0181 ...... 130 UN0042 ...... 132 UN0182 ...... 130 UN0043 ...... 133 UN0183 ...... 130 UN0044 ...... 133 UN0186 ...... 130 UN0048 ...... 130 UN0190 ...... 101 UN0049 ...... 135 UN0191 ...... 135 UN0050 ...... 135 UN0192 ...... 135 UN0054 ...... 135 UN0193 ...... 135 UN0055 ...... 136 UN0194 ...... 135 UN0056 ...... 130 UN0195 ...... 135 UN0059 ...... 137 UN0196 ...... 135 UN0060 ...... 132 UN0197 ...... 135 UN0065 ...... 139 UN0204 ...... 134 UN0066 ...... 140 UN0207 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0070 ...... 134 UN0208 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0072 ...... 112(a) UN0209 ...... 112 UN0073 ...... 133 UN0212 ...... 133 UN0074 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0213 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0075 ...... 115 UN0214 ...... 112 UN0076 ...... 112 UN0215 ...... 112 UN0077 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0216 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0078 ...... 112 UN0217 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0079 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0218 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0081 ...... 116 UN0219 ...... 112 UN0082 ...... 116 or 117 UN0220 ...... 112 UN0083 ...... 116 UN0221 ...... 130 UN0084 ...... 116 UN0222 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0092 ...... 135 UN0224 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0093 ...... 135 UN0225 ...... 133 UN0094 ...... 113 UN0226 ...... 112(a) UN0099 ...... 134 UN0234 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0101 ...... 140 UN0235 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0102 ...... 139 UN0236 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0103 ...... 140 UN0237 ...... 138 UN0104 ...... 139 UN0238 ...... 130 UN0105 ...... 140 UN0240 ...... 130 UN0106 ...... 141 UN0241 ...... 116 or 117 UN0107 ...... 141 UN0242 ...... 130 UN0110 ...... 141 UN0243 ...... 130 UN0113 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0244 ...... 130 UN0114 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0245 ...... 130 UN0118 ...... 112 UN0246 ...... 130 UN0121 ...... 142 UN0247 ...... 101 UN0124 ...... US1 UN0248 ...... 144 UN0129 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0249 ...... 144 UN0130 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0250 ...... 101 UN0131 ...... 142 UN0254 ...... 130 UN0132 ...... 114(b) UN0255 ...... 131 UN0133 ...... 112(a) UN0257 ...... 141

478

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0266 ...... 112 UN0350 ...... 101 UN0267 ...... 131 UN0351 ...... 101 UN0268 ...... 133 UN0352 ...... 101 UN0271 ...... 143 UN0353 ...... 101 UN0272 ...... 143 UN0354 ...... 101 UN0275 ...... 134 UN0355 ...... 101 UN0276 ...... 134 UN0356 ...... 101 UN0277 ...... 134 UN0357 ...... 101 UN0278 ...... 134 UN0358 ...... 101 UN0279 ...... 130 UN0359 ...... 101 UN0280 ...... 130 UN0360 ...... 131 UN0281 ...... 130 UN0361 ...... 131 UN0282 ...... 112 UN0362 ...... 130 UN0283 ...... 132 UN0363 ...... 130 UN0284 ...... 141 UN0364 ...... 133 UN0285 ...... 141 UN0365 ...... 133 UN0286 ...... 130 UN0366 ...... 133 UN0287 ...... 130 UN0367 ...... 141 UN0288 ...... 138 UN0368 ...... 141 UN0289 ...... 139 UN0369 ...... 130 UN0290 ...... 139 UN0370 ...... 130 UN0291 ...... 130 UN0371 ...... 130 UN0292 ...... 141 UN0372 ...... 141 UN0293 ...... 141 UN0373 ...... 135 UN0294 ...... 130 UN0374 ...... 134 UN0295 ...... 130 UN0375 ...... 134 UN0296 ...... 134 UN0376 ...... 133 UN0297 ...... 130 UN0377 ...... 133 UN0299 ...... 130 UN0378 ...... 133 UN0300 ...... 130 UN0379 ...... 136 UN0301 ...... 130 UN0380 ...... 101 UN0303 ...... 130 UN0381 ...... 134 UN0305 ...... 113 UN0382 ...... 101 UN0306 ...... 133 UN0383 ...... 101 UN0312 ...... 135 UN0384 ...... 101 UN0313 ...... 135 UN0385 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0314 ...... 142 UN0386 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0315 ...... 142 UN0387 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0316 ...... 141 UN0388 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0317 ...... 141 UN0389 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0318 ...... 141 UN0390 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0319 ...... 133 UN0391 ...... 112(a) UN0320 ...... 133 UN0392 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0321 ...... 130 UN0393 ...... 112(b) UN0322 ...... 101 UN0394 ...... 112(a) UN0323 ...... 134 UN0395 ...... 101 UN0324 ...... 130 UN0396 ...... 101 UN0325 ...... 142 UN0397 ...... 101 UN0326 ...... 130 UN0398 ...... 101 UN0327 ...... 130 UN0399 ...... 101 UN0328 ...... 130 UN0400 ...... 101 UN0329 ...... 130 UN0401 ...... 112 UN0330 ...... 130 UN0402 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0331 ...... 116 or 117 UN0403 ...... 135 UN0332 ...... 116 or 117 UN0404 ...... 135 UN0333 ...... 135 UN0405 ...... 135 UN0334 ...... 135 UN0406 ...... 114(b) UN0335 ...... 135 UN0407 ...... 114(b) UN0336 ...... 135 UN0408 ...... 141 UN0337 ...... 135 UN0409 ...... 141 UN0338 ...... 130 UN0410 ...... 141 UN0339 ...... 130 UN0411 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0340 ...... 112(a) or 112(b) UN0412 ...... 130 UN0341 ...... 112(b) UN0413 ...... 130 UN0342 ...... 114(a) UN0414 ...... 130 UN0343 ...... 111 UN0415 ...... 143 UN0344 ...... 130 UN0417 ...... 130 UN0345 ...... 130 UN0418 ...... 135 UN0346 ...... 130 UN0419 ...... 135 UN0347 ...... 130 UN0420 ...... 135 UN0348 ...... 130 UN0421 ...... 135 UN0349 ...... 101 UN0424 ...... 130

479

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0425 ...... 130 UN0496 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0426 ...... 130 UN0497 ...... 115 UN0427 ...... 130 UN0498 ...... 114(b) UN0428 ...... 135 UN0499 ...... 114(b) UN0429 ...... 135 UN0500 ...... 131 UN0430 ...... 135 UN0502 ...... 130 UN0431 ...... 135 UN0503 ...... 135 UN0432 ...... 135 UN0504 ...... 112(c) UN0433 ...... 111 UN0505 ...... 135 UN0434 ...... 130 UN0506 ...... 135 UN0435 ...... 130 UN0507 ...... 135 UN0436 ...... 130 UN0508 ...... 114(b) UN0437 ...... 130 UN0509 ...... 114(b) UN0438 ...... 130 NA0124 ...... US1 UN0439 ...... 137 NA0276 ...... 134 UN0440 ...... 137 NA0323 ...... 134 UN0441 ...... 137 NA0331 ...... 116 or 117 UN0442 ...... 137 NA0337 ...... 135 UN0443 ...... 137 NA0349 ...... 133 UN0444 ...... 137 UN0445 ...... 137 NA0494 ...... US1 UN0446 ...... 136 UN0447 ...... 136 (c) Explosives must be packaged in UN0448 ...... 114(b) accordance with the following table: UN0449 ...... 101 UN0450 ...... 101 (1) The first column lists, in alpha- UN0451 ...... 130 numeric sequence, the packing meth- UN0452 ...... 141 ods prescribed for explosives in the Ex- UN0453 ...... 130 UN0454 ...... 142 plosives Table of paragraph (b) of this UN0455 ...... 131 section. UN0456 ...... 131 (2) The second column specifies the UN0457 ...... 130 inner packagings that are required. If UN0458 ...... 130 UN0459 ...... 130 inner packagings are not required, a UN0460 ...... 130 notation of ‘‘Not necessary’’ appears in UN0461 ...... 101 the column. The term ‘‘Not necessary’’ UN0462 ...... 101 UN0463 ...... 101 means that a suitable inner packaging UN0464 ...... 101 may be used but is not required. UN0465 ...... 101 (3) The third column specifies the in- UN0466 ...... 101 UN0467 ...... 101 termediate packagings that are re- UN0468 ...... 101 quired. If intermediate packagings are UN0469 ...... 101 not required, a notation of ‘‘Not nec- UN0470 ...... 101 UN0471 ...... 101 essary’’ appears in the column. The UN0472 ...... 101 term ‘‘Not necessary’’ means that a UN0473 ...... 101 suitable intermediate packaging may UN0474 ...... 101 be used but is not required. UN0475 ...... 101 UN0476 ...... 101 (4) The fourth column specifies the UN0477 ...... 101 outer packagings which are required. If UN0478 ...... 101 inner packagings and/or intermediate UN0479 ...... 101 UN0480 ...... 101 packagings are specified in the second UN0481 ...... 101 and third columns, then the packaging UN0482 ...... 101 specified in the fourth column must be UN0483 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0484 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) used as the outer packaging of a com- UN0486 ...... 101 bination packaging; otherwise it may UN0487 ...... 135 be used as a single packaging. UN0488 ...... 130 (5) Packing Instruction 101 may be UN0489 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0490 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) used for any explosive substance or ar- UN0491 ...... 143 ticle if an equivalent level of safety is UN0492 ...... 135 shown to be maintained subject to the UN0493 ...... 135 UN0494 ...... US1 approval of the Associate Adminis- UN0495 ...... 115 trator.

480

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

101 ...... This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Adminis- trator prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used, the following must be marked on the shipping documents: ‘‘Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of America (USA)’’. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- CEPTIONS: 1. Samples of new or existing explosive substances or articles may be transported as directed by the As- sociate Administrator for purposes including: testing, classification, research and development, quality con- trol, or as a commercial sample. Explosive samples which are wetted or desensitized must be limited to 25 kg. Explosive samples which are not wetted or desen- sitized must be limited to 10 kg in small packages as specified by the Associate Administrator for Haz- ardous Materials Safety 110(a) ...... ...... Bags ...... Drums. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... plastics ...... steel, removable CEPTIONS: textile, plastic coat- textile, plastic coat- head (1A2). 1. The Intermediate packagings must be filled with ed or lined. ed or lined. plastics, removable water saturated material such as an anti-freeze solu- rubber ...... rubber ...... head (1H2) tion or wetted cushioning textile, rubberized .. textile, rubberized .. 2. Outer packagings must be filled with water satu- textile ...... Receptacles ...... rated material such as an anti-freeze solution or plastics ...... wetted cushioning. Outer packagings must be con- metal ...... structed and sealed to prevent evaporation of the wet- ting solution, except when 0224 is being carried dry 110(b) ...... Bags ...... Dividing partitions ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- rubber, conductive metal ...... natural wood, sift- CEPTIONS plastics, conductive wood ...... proof wall (4C2). For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130, 0135 and Receptacles ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). 0224, the following conditions must be satisfied: metal ...... fibreboard ...... reconstituted wood a. inner packagings must not contain more wood ...... (4F). than 50 g of explosive substance (quantity rubber, conductive corresponding to dry substance); plastics, conductive b. each inner packaging must be separated from other inner packagings by dividing partitions; and c. the outer packaging must not be parti- tioned with more than 25 compartments 111 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, waterproofed steel (4A). CEPTIONS:. plastics ...... aluminium (4B). For UN 0159, inner packagings are not required textile, rubberized .. natural wood, ordi- when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics (1H2) Sheets ...... nary (4C1). drums are used as outer packagings. plastics ...... natural wood, sift textile, rubberized .. proof (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminum, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibreboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol- Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. ids.

481

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, multiwall, plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: water resistant. textile, plastic coat- aluminium (4B). 1. For UN Nos. 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0219 plastics ...... ed or lined. natural wood, ordi- and 0394, packagings must be lead free textile ...... Receptacles ...... nary (4C1). 2. Intermediate packagings are not required if textile, rubberized .. metal ...... natural wood, sift leakproof drums are used as the outer pack- woven plastics ...... plastics ...... proof (4C2). aging Receptacles ...... plywood (4D). 3. For UN 0072 and UN 0226, intermediate pack- metal ...... reconstituted wood agings are not required plastics ...... (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids Bags ...... Bags (for UN 0150 Bags. other than powders. paper, Kraft ...... only). woven plastics sift- PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, multiwall, plastics ...... proof (5H2/3). CEPTIONS:. water resistant. textile, plastic coat- plastics, film (5H4). 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 plastics ...... ed or lined. textile, sift-proof and 0386, packagings must be lead free. textile ...... (5L2). 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec- textile, rubberized textile, water resist- ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry plastics. ant (5L3). state and a maximum net mass of 30 kg.. woven plastics ...... paper, multiwall, 3. For UN 0222, inner packagings are not re- water resistant quired. (5M2). Boxes steel (4A). aluminium (4B). natural wood, ordi- nary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof (4C2). plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(c) This packing instruction applies to solid dry Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. powders.

482

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, multiwall, paper, multiwall, steel (4A). CEPTIONS: water resistant. water resistant natural wood, 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 plastics ...... with inner lining. aluminum (4B). and 0386, packagings must be lead free woven plastics ...... plastics ...... ordinary (4C1). 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec- Receptacles ...... Receptacles ...... natural wood, ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry fibreboard ...... metal ...... sift proof (4C2). state. Bags must not exceed a maximum net metal ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). mass of 30 kg. plastics ...... reconstituted wood 3. Inner packagings are not required if drums are wood ...... (4F). used as the outer packaging. fibreboard (4G). 4. At least one of the packagings must be sift- plastics, solid proof (4H2). Drums. plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 113 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0094 and UN 0305, no more than 50 g textile, rubberized .. natural wood, ordi- of substance must be packed in an inner pack- Receptacles ...... nary (4C1). aging fibreboard ...... natural wood, sift- 2. For UN 0027, inner packagings are not nec- metal ...... proof walls (4C2). essary when drums are used as the outer pack- plastics ...... plywood (4D). aging wood ...... reconstituted wood 3. At least one of the packagings must be sift- Sheets ...... (4F). proof paper, kraft ...... fibreboard (4G). 4. Sheets must only be used for UN 0028 paper, waxed ...... plastics, solid (4H2). Drums plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 114(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol- Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. ids. plastics ...... plastics ...... steel (4A). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- textile ...... textile, plastic coat- natural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS:. woven plastics ...... ed or lined. nary (4C1). 1. For UN 0077, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack- Receptacles ...... Receptacles ...... natural wood, sift agings must be lead free. metal ...... metal ...... proof walls (4C2). 2. For UN 0342, inner packagings are not re- plastics ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). quired when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics reconstituted wood (1H2) drums are used as outer packagings. (4F). 3. Intermediate packagings are not required if fibreboard (4G). leakproof removable head drums are used as plastics, solid the outer packaging. (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 114(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids.

483

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. CEPTIONS: paper, kraft natural wood, ordinary 1. For UN 0077, 0132, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack- plastics (4C1). agings must be lead free textile, sift-proof natural wood, sift- 2. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, when metal drums woven plastics, sift- proof walls (4C2). (1A2 or 1B2) are used as the outer packaging, proof. plywood (4D). metal packagings must be so constructed that the reconstituted wood risk of explosion, by reason of increased internal Recep- ...... (4F). pressure from internal or external causes, is pre- tacles ...... fiberboard (4G). vented fiberboard 3. For UN 0160, UN 0161, and UN 0508, inner pack- metal Drums. agings are not necessary if drums are used as the paper steel, removable head outer packaging plastics (1A2). 4. For UN 0508 and UN 0509, metal packagings must woven plastics, sift- aluminum, removable not be used proof. head (1B2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 115 ...... Receptacles Bags ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- metal plastics in metal re- natural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS: plastics ceptacles. nary (4C1). 1. For liquid explosives, inner packagings must be Drums ...... natural wood, sift surrounded with non-combustible absorbent metal ...... proof walls (4C2). cushioning material in sufficient quantity to ab- plywood (4D). sorb the entire liquid content. Metal receptacles reconstituted wood should be cushioned from each other. The net (4F). mass of explosive per package may not exceed fibreboard (4G). 30 kg when boxes are used as outer pack- Drums. aging. The net volume of explosive in each plastics, removable package other than boxes must not exceed 120 head (1H2). litres steel, removable 2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497 when head (1A2). boxes are used as the outer packaging, inner aluminium, remov- packagings must have taped screw cap clo- able head (1B2). sures and be not more than 5 litres capacity plywood (1D). each. A composite packaging consisting of a fibre (1G). plastic receptacle in a metal drum (6HA1) may Specification MC–200 be used in lieu of combination packagings. Liq- containers may be uid substances must not freeze at temperatures used for transport above ¥15 °C (+5 °F) by motor vehicle. 3. For UN 0144, intermediate packagings are not necessary. 116 ...... Bags Not necessary...... Bags.

484

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, water and oil ...... woven plastics CEPTIONS: resistant ...... (5H1/2/3). 1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner plastics ...... paper, mulitwall, packagings are not necessary if leakproof re- texitile, plasic coat- water resistant movable head drums are used as the outer ed or. (5M2). packaging lined ...... plastics, film (5H4). 2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner woven plasics, sift- textile, sift-proof packagings are not required when the explosive proof. (5L2). is contained in a material impervious to liquid Receptacles ...... textile, water resist- 3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are not re- fibreboard, water ant (5L3). quired when contained in rigid plastic which is resistant. Boxes. impervious to nitric esters metal ...... steel (4A). 4. For UN 0331, inner packagings are not re- plastics ...... aluminium (4B). quired when bags (5H2), (5H3) or (5H4) are wood, sift-proof ...... wood, natural, ordi- used as outer packagings Sheets ...... nary (4C1). 5. Bags (5H2 or 5H3) must be used only for UN paper, water resist- natural wood, sift 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332 ant. proof walls (4C2). 6. For UN 0081, bags must not be used as outer paper, waxed ...... plywood (4D). packagings plastics ...... reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Jerricans. steel, removable head (3A2). plastics, removable head (3H2). 117 ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... IBCs. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- ...... metal (11A), (11B), CEPTIONS: (11N), (21A), 1. This packing instruction may only be used for (21B), (21N), explosives of 0082 when they are mixtures of (31A), (31B), ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates (31N). with other combustible substances which are flexible (13H2), not explosive ingredients. Such explosives must (13H3), (13H4), not contain nitroglycerin, similar liquid organic (13L2), (13L3), nitrates, liquid or solid nitrocarbons, or chlor- (13L4), (13M2). ates. rigid plastics 2. This packing instruction may only be used for (11H1), (11H2), explosives of UN 0241 which consist of water (21H1), (21H2), as an essential ingredient and high proportions (31H1), (31H2). of ammonium nitrate or other oxidizers, some composite (11HZ1), or all of which are in solution. The other con- (11HZ2), stituents may include hydrocarbons or alu- (21HZ1), minium powder, but must not include nitro-de- (21HZ2), rivatives such as trinitrotoluene. (31HZ1), 3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN 0082 and (31HZ2). 0241. 4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for solids. 130 ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... Particular Packaging Requirements:

485

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

The following applies to UN 0006, 0009, ...... Boxes. 0010, 0015, 0016, 0018, 0019, 0034, 0035, Steel (4A). 0038, 0039, 0048, 0056, 0137, 0138, 0168, Wood natural, ordi- 0169, 0171, 0181, 0182, 0183, 0186, 0221, nary (4C1). 0238, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280, Plywood (4D). 0281, 0286, 0287, 0297, 0299, 0300, 0301, Reconstituted wood 0303, 0321, 0328, 0329, 0344, 0345, 0346, (4F). 0347, 0362, 0363, 0370, 0412, 0424, 0425, Fiberboard (4G). 0434, 0435, 0436, 0437, 0438, 0451, 0459 Plastics, expanded and 0488. Large and robust explosives ar- (4H1). ticles, normally intended for military use, Plastics, solid (4H2). without their means of initiation or with their Drums. means of initiation containing at least two Steel, removable effective protective features, may be car- head (1A2). ried unpackaged. When such articles have Aluminum, removable propelling charges or are self-propelled, head (1B2). their ignition systems must be protected Plywood (1D). against stimuli encountered during normal Fiber (1G). conditions of transport. A negative result in Plastics, removable Test Series 4 on an unpackaged article in- head (1H2). dicates that the article can be considered Large Packagings. for transport unpackaged. Such Steel (50A). unpackaged articles may be fixed to cra- Aluminum (50B). dles or contained in crates or other suitable Metal other than steel handling devices. or aluminum (50N). Rigid plastics (50H). Natural wood (50C). Plywood (50D). Reconstituted wood (50F). Rigid fiberboard (50G). 131 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: paper. aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0029, 0267 and 0455, bags and reels plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- may not be used as inner packagings Receptacles ...... nary (4C1). 2. For UN 0030, 0255 and 0456, inner pack- fibreboard ...... natural wood, sift agings are not required when detonators are metal ...... proof walls (4C2). packed in pasteboard tubes, or when their leg plastics ...... plywood (4D). wires are wound on spools with the caps either wood ...... reconstituted wood placed inside the spool or securely taped to the Reels ...... (4F). wire on the spool, so as to restrict free moving fibreboard (4G). of the caps and to protect them from impact Drums. forces steel, removable 3. For UN 0360, 0361 and 0500, detonators are head (1A2). not required to be attached to the safety fuse, aluminium, remov- metal-clad mild detonating cord, detonating able head (1B2). cord, or shock tube. Inner packagings are not Plywood (1D). required if the packing configuration restricts fibre (1G). free moving of the caps and protects them from plastics, removable impact forces head (1H2). 132(a) For articles consisting of closed metal, plastic Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. or fiberboard casings that contian detonating explo- steel (4A). sives, or consisting of plastics-bonded detonating aluminum (4B). explosives. wood, natural; ordi- nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2).

486

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

132(b) For articles without closed casings ...... Receptacles fiber- Not necessary ...... Boxes. board metal plas- steel (4A); alu- tics. Sheets paper minum (4B). plastics. wood, natural, ordi- nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 133 ...... Receptacles ...... Receptacles ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- Intermediate pack- fibreboard ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: agings are only re- metal ...... aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and 0306 quired when trays plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- trays are not authorized as inner packagings are used as inner wood ...... nary (4C1). packagings. wood, natural, sift fibreboard ...... proof walls (4C2). metal ...... plywood (4D). plastics ...... reconstituted wood wood ...... (4F). Trays, fitted with di- fibreboard (4G). viding. plastics, solid partitions ...... (4H2). fibreboard ...... plastics ...... wood ...... 134 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. water resistant steel (4A). Receptacles aluminium (4B). fibreboard wood, natural, or- metal dinary (4C1). plastics wood, natural, sift wood proof walls (4C2). Sheets plywood (4D). fibreboard, cor- reconstituted rugated wood (4F). Tubes fibreboard (4G). fibreboard plastics, ex- panded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fibreboard (1G). plastics, remov- able head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, re- movable head (1B2). plywood (1D).

487

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

135 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. paper ...... steel (4A). plastics ...... aluminium (4B). Receptacles ...... wood, natural, ordi- fibreboard ...... nary (4C1). metal ...... wood, natural, sift plastics ...... proof walls (4C2). wood ...... plywood (4D). Sheets ...... reconstituted wood paper ...... (4F). plastics ...... fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 136 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. plastics ...... steel (4A). textile ...... aluminium (4B) Boxes...... wood, natural, ordi- fibreboard ...... nary (4C1). plastics ...... wood, natural, sift wood ...... proof walls (4C2). Dividing partitions in plywood (4D). the. reconstituted wood outer packagings ...... (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 137 PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. EXCEPTIONS: For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441, plastics ...... steel (4A). when the shaped charges are packed singly, the Boxes ...... aluminium (4B). conical cavity must face downwards and the pack- fibreboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- age marked ‘‘THIS SIDE UP’’. When the shaped Tubes ...... nary (4C1). charges are packed in pairs, the conical cavities fibreboard ...... wood, natural, sift must face inwards to minimize the jetting effect in metal ...... proof walls (4C2). the event of accidental initiation. plastics ...... plywood (4D). Dividing partitions in reconstituted wood the outer pack- (4F). agings. fibreboard (4G). 138 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes.

488

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: aluminium (4B). If the ends of the articles are sealed, inner pack- wood, natural, ordi- agings are not necessary nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fiberboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). 139 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: Receptacles ...... aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and 0290, the fibreboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- ends of the detonating cord must be sealed, for metal ...... nary (4C1). example, by a plug firmly fixed so that the ex- plastics ...... wood, natural, sift plosive cannot escape. The ends of CORD wood ...... proof walls (4C2). DETONATING flexible must be fastened se- Reels ...... plywood (4D). curely ...... reconstituted wood 2. For UN 0065 and UN 0289, inner packagings Sheets ...... (4F). are not required when they are fastened se- paper ...... fibreboard (4G). curely in coils plastics ...... plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 140 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- plastics ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: Reels ...... aluminium (4B). 1. If the ends of UN 0105 are sealed, no inner Sheets ...... wood, natural, ordi- packagings are required paper, kraft ...... nary (4C1). 2. For UN 0101, the packaging must be sift-proof plastics ...... wood, natural, sift except when the fuse is covered by a paper proof walls (4C2). tube and both ends of the tube are covered plywood (4D). with removable caps reconstituted wood 3. For UN 0101, steel or aluminium boxes or (4F). drums must not be used fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G).

489

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

141 ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. fibreboard ...... steel (4A). metal ...... aluminium (4B). plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- wood ...... nary (4C1)...... wood, natural, sift Trays, fitted with di- proof walls (4C2). viding partitions. plywood (4D). plastics ...... reconstituted wood wood ...... (4F). Dividing partitions in fibreboard (4G). the outer pack- plastics, solid agings. (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 142 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. paper ...... steel (4A). plastics ...... aluminium (4B). Receptacles ...... wood, natural, ordi- fibreboard ...... nary (4C1). metal ...... wood, natural, sift plastics ...... proof walls (4C2). wood ...... plywood (4D). Sheets ...... reconstituted wood paper ...... (4F). Trays, fitted with di- fibreboard (4G). viding partitions. plastics, solid plastics ...... (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 143 ...... Bag ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- paper, kraft ...... steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0271, 0272, 0415 and 0491 when textile ...... wood, natural, ordi- metal packagings are used, metal packagings textile, rubberized .. nary (4C1). must be so constructed that the risk of explo- Receptacles ...... wood, natural, sift sion, by reason of increase in internal pressure fibreboard ...... proof walls (4C2). from internal or external causes is prevented metal ...... plywood (4D). 2. Composite packagings (6HH2) (plastic recep- plastics ...... reconstituted wood tacle with outer solid box) may be used in lieu Trays, fitted with di- (4F). of combination packagings viding partitions. fibreboard (4G). plastics ...... plastics, solid wood ...... (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2).

490

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.63

TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

144 ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, remov- able head (1B2). plastics, removable head (1H2). Plywood (1D). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- fibreboard ...... 2steel (4A). CEPTIONS: metal ...... aluminum (4B). For UN 0248 and UN 0249, packagings must be plastics ...... wood, natural, ordi- protected against the ingress of water. When Dividing partitions in nary (4C1) with CONTRIVANCES, WATER ACTIVATED are the outer pack- metal liner. transported unpackaged, they must be provided agings. plywood (4D) with with at least two independent protective fea- metal liner. tures which prevent the ingress of water reconstituted wood (4F) with metal liner. plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). US 1 1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under the following conditions: a. Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or offshore supply vessel must be segregated; each kind from every other kind, and from any gun, tool or other supplies, unless approved in accordance with § 173.56. Segregated initiation devices must be carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device or in a fully enclosed steel con- tainer lined with a non-sparking material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may be carried on the same motor vehicle. b. Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112 g (4 ounces) of explosives. c. Each shaped charge if not completely enclosed in glass or metal, must be fully protected by a metal cover after installa- tion in the gun. d. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.1D or 1.4D may be transported by highway by private or contract carriers engaged in oil well operations. (i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks or carrying cases designed and constructed so that the gun is securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to damage by contact, one to the other or any other article or material carried in the vehicle; and (ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the body of the motor vehicle. e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is car- ried in a motor vehicle as specified in paragraph (d) of this packing method or on offshore well tool provided that: (i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this packing method are met; (ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 90.8 kg (200 pounds) per tool pallet; (iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 90.8 kg (200 pounds) of explosive content if the segregation re- quirements in § 176.83(b) of this subchapter are met; and (iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed ‘‘on deck’’ a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must be provided.

[Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24720, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 1884, Jan. 12, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 65 FR 60383, Oct. 11, 2000; 66 FR 33429, 33430, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45183, 45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010]

§ 173.63 Packaging exceptions. nating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) per: (a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having an explosive content not exceeding 6.5 (1) Transport vehicle, freight con- g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length tainer, or cargo-only aircraft; (one linear foot) may be offered for (2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet transportation domestically and trans- carried on an off-shore supply vessel; ported as Cord, detonating (UN 0289), (3) Cargo compartment of a cargo Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D vessel; or (1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of all packages containing Cord, deto-

491

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.115 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long to transport personnel to remote work or longer, delay connectors in plastic sites, such as offshore drilling units. sheaths, or blasting caps with empty (b) Cartridges, small arms, and car- plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer tridges power devices. (1) Cartridges, may be packed as follows in which case small arms, and cartridges power de- they are excepted from the packaging vices (which are used to project fas- requirements of § 173.62: tening devices) which have been (1) No more than 50 detonators in one classed as a Division 1.4S explosive inner packaging; may be reclassed, offered for transpor- (2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR, tation, and transported as ORM–D ma- see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or com- terial when packaged in accordance partment is used as the outer pack- with paragraph (b)(2) of this section. aging; For transportation by aircraft, the (3) No more than 1000 detonators in package must also comply with the ap- one outer packaging; and plicable requirements of § 173.27 of this (4) No material may be loaded on top subchapter. Such transportation is ex- of the IME Standard 22 container and cepted from the requirements of sub- no material may be loaded against the parts E (Labeling) and F (Placarding) outside door of the IME Standard 22 of part 172 of this subchapter. Car- compartment. tridges, small arms, and cartridges (g) Detonators that are classed as power devices that may be shipped as 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than ORM–D material are limited to: 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and (i) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or delay charges) may be packed as fol- shotgun; lows in which case they are excepted (ii) Ammunition with inert projec- from the packaging requirements of tiles or blank ammunition; § 173.62: (iii) Ammunition having no tear gas, (1) No more than 50 detonators in one incendiary, or detonating explosive inner packaging; projectiles; (2) IME Standard 22 container is used (iv) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 as the outer packaging; mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or (3) No more than 1000 detonators in pistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for one outer packaging; and shotshells; and (4) Each inner packaging is marked (v) Cartridges, power devices which ‘‘l.4B Detonators’’ or ‘‘1.4S Deto- are used to project fastening devices. nators’’, as appropriate. (2) Packaging for cartridges, small arms, and cartridges power devices as [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. ORM-D material must be as follows: 173–236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173– (i) Ammunition must be packed in in- 253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743, side boxes, or in partitions which fit Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006] snugly in the outside packaging, or in metal clips; Subpart D—Definitions Classifica- (ii) Primers must be protected from accidental initiation; tion, Packing Group Assign- (iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal ments and Exceptions for clips must be packed in securely-closed Hazardous Materials Other strong outside packagings; Than Class 1 and Class 7 (iv) Maximum gross weight is limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, (v) Cartridges, power devices which 1990, unless otherwise noted. are used to project fastening devices and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may § 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and be packaged loose in strong outside 2.3—Definitions. packagings. (a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For (c)–(e) [Reserved] the purpose of this subchapter, a flam- (f) Detonators containing no more mable gas (Division 2.1) means any ma- than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition terial which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or and delay charges) that are electric less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure

492

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.115

(a material which has a boiling point of § 173.133(b)(1)(i) or CGA P–20 (IBR, see 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 § 171.7 of this subchapter). psia)) which— (d) Non-liquefied compressed gas. A (1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) gas, which when packaged under pres- when in a mixture of 13 percent or less sure for transportation is entirely gas- by volume with air; or eous at ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) with a critical (2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 temperature less than or equal to ¥50 kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at least 12 °C (¥58 °F), is considered to be a non- percent regardless of the lower limit. liquefied compressed gas. Except for aerosols, the limits specified (e) Liquefied compressed gas. A gas, in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this which when packaged under pressure section shall be determined at 101.3 for transportation is partially liquid at kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a tem- temperatures above ¥50 °C (¥58 °F), is perature of 20 °C (68 °F) in accordance considered to be a liquefied compressed with the ASTM E681–85, Standard Test gas. A liquefied compressed gas is fur- Method for Concentration Limits of ther categorized as follows: Flammability of Chemicals or other (1) High pressure liquefied gas which is equivalent method approved by the As- a gas with a critical temperature be- sociate Administrator. The flamma- tween ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) and + 65 °C (149 bility of aerosols is determined by the °F), and tests specified in § 173.115 (k) of this (2) Low pressure liquefied gas which is section. a gas with a critical temperature above (b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, non- + 65 °C (149 °F). poisonous compressed gas—including com- (f) Compressed gas in solution. A com- pressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized pressed gas in solution is a non-liquefied cryogenic gas, compressed gas in solution, compressed gas which is dissolved in a asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas). For solvent. the purpose of this subchapter, a non- (g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid flammable, nonpoisonous compressed means a refrigerated liquefied gas hav- gas (Division 2.2) means any material ing a boiling point colder than ¥90 °C (or mixture) which— (¥130 °F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) abso- (1) Exerts in the packaging a gauge lute. A material meeting this defini- pressure of 200 kPa (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) tion is subject to requirements of this or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), is a liquefied subchapter without regard to whether gas or is a cryogenic liquid, and it meets the definition of a non-flam- (2) Does not meet the definition of mable, non-poisonous compressed gas Division 2.1 or 2.3. in paragraph (b) of this section. (c) Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inha- (h) Flammable range. The term flam- lation). For the purpose of this sub- mable range means the difference be- chapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation tween the minimum and maximum vol- (Division 2.3) means a material which ume percentages of the material in air is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and a that forms a flammable mixture. pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a ma- (i) Service pressure. The term service terial which has a boiling point of 20 °C pressure means the authorized pressure (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) marking on the packaging. For exam- and which— ple, for a cylinder marked ‘‘DOT (1) Is known to be so toxic to humans 3A1800’’, the service pressure is 12410 as to pose a hazard to health during kPa (1800 psig). transportation, or (j) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas. (2) In the absence of adequate data on The terms Refrigerant gas and Dispers- human toxicity, is presumed to be ant gas apply to all nonpoisonous re- toxic to humans because when tested frigerant gases; dispersant gases (fluo- on laboratory animals it has an LC50 rocarbons) listed in § 172.101 of this sub- value of not more than 5000 mL/m3 (see chapter and §§ 173.304, 173.314(c), § 173.116(a) of this subpart for assign- 173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures ment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). thereof; and any other compressed gas LC50 values for mixtures may be deter- having a vapor pressure not exceeding mined using the formula in 260 psia at 54 °C(130 °F), used only as a

493

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.116 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

refrigerant, dispersant, or blowing teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- agent. chapter). (k) For Division 2.2 gases, the oxi- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as dizing ability shall be determined by amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR tests or by calculation in accordance 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–236, 58 FR 50236, with ISO 10156:1996 and ISO 10156–2:2005 Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67506, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; (l) The following applies to aerosols 66 FR 45379, 45380, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR (see § 171.8 of this subchapter): 51642, Aug. 8, 2002; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; (1) An aerosol must be assigned to Di- 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, vision 2.1 if the contents include 85% 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, by mass or more flammable compo- June 14, 2005; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2256, Jan. 14, 2009; 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009; 75 nents and the chemical heat of combus- FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] tion is 30 kJ/g or more; (2) An aerosol must be assigned to Di- § 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of haz- vision 2.2 if the contents contain 1% by ard zone. mass or less flammable components (a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Divi- and the heat of combustion is less than sion 2.3 material is assigned in column 20 kJ/g. 7 of the § 172.101 table. There are no (3) Aerosols not meeting the provi- hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. sions of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this When the § 172.101 table provides more section must be classed in accordance than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 with the appropriate tests of the UN material, or indicates that the hazard Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see zone be determined on the basis of the § 171.7 of this subchapter). An aerosol grouping criteria for Division 2.3, the which was tested in accordance with hazard zone shall be determined by ap- plying the following criteria: the requirements of this subchapter in effect on December 31, 2005, is not re- Hazard Inhalation toxicity quired to be retested. zone

(4) Division 2.3 gases may not be A ...... LC50 less than or equal to 200 ppm. transported in an aerosol container. B ...... LC50 greater than 200 ppm and less than or equal to 1000 ppm. (5) When the contents are classified C ...... LC50 greater than 1000 ppm and less than or as Division 6.1, PG III or Class 8, PG II equal to 3000 ppm. or III, the aerosol must be assigned a D ...... LC50 greater than 3000 ppm or less than or equal to 5000 ppm. subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 or Class 8, as appropriate. (b) The criteria specified in para- (6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or graph (a) of this section are rep- II, and substances of Class 8, PG I are resented graphically in § 173.133, Figure forbidden from transportation in an 1. aerosol container. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as (7) Flammable components are Class amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 3 flammable liquids, Division 4.1 flam- 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR mable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] gases. The chemical heat of combus- tion must be determined in accordance §§ 173.117–173.119 [Reserved] with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- § 173.120 Class 3—Definitions. (a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose of this subchapter, a flammable liquid (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash point of not more than 60 °C (140 °F), or any material in a liquid phase with a flash point at or above 37.8 °C (100 °F) that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point in a bulk pack- aging, with the following exceptions:

494

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.120

(1) Any liquid meeting one of the liquid gives off vapor within a test ves- definitions specified in § 173.115. sel in sufficient concentration to form (2) Any mixture having one or more an ignitable mixture with air near the components with a flash point of 60 °C surface of the liquid. It shall be deter- (140 °F) or higher, that make up at mined as follows: least 99 percent of the total volume of (i) For a homogeneous, single-phase, the mixture, if the mixture is not of- liquid having a viscosity less than 45 fered for transportation or transported S.U.S. at 38 °C (100 °F) that does not at or above its flash point. form a surface film while under test, (3) Any liquid with a flash point one of the following test procedures greater than 35 °C (95 °F) that does not shall be used: sustain combustion according to ASTM (A) Standard Method of Test for D 4206 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, chapter) or the procedure in appendix (ASTM D 56); H of this part. (B) Standard Methods of Test for (4) Any liquid with a flash point Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash greater than 35 °C (95 °F) and with a Closed Tester, (ASTM D 3278); or fire point greater than 100 °C (212 °F) (C) Standard Test Methods for Flash according to ISO 2592 (IBR, see § 171.7 of Point by Small Scale Closed Tester, this subchapter). (ASTM D 3828). (5) Any liquid with a flash point (ii) For a liquid other than one meet- greater than 35 °C (95 °F) which is in a ing all of the criteria of paragraph water-miscible solution with a water (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the fol- content of more than 90 percent by lowing test procedures shall be used: mass. (A) Standard Method of Test for (b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the Flash Point by Pensky—Martens purpose of this subchapter, a combus- Closed Tester, (ASTM D 93). For cut- tible liquid means any liquid that does back asphalt, use Method B of ASTM D not meet the definition of any other 93 or alternate tests authorized in this hazard class specified in this sub- standard; or chapter and has a flash point above 60 (B) Standard Methods of Test for °C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F). Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash (2) A flammable liquid with a flash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278). point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that (2) For a liquid that is a mixture of does not meet the definition of any compounds that have different vola- other hazard class may be reclassed as tility and flash points, its flash point a combustible liquid. This provision shall be determined as specified in does not apply to transportation by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the vessel or aircraft, except where other material in the form in which it is to means of transportation is impracti- be shipped. If it is determined by this cable. An elevated temperature mate- test that the flash point is higher than rial that meets the definition of a Class ¥7 °C (20 °F) a second test shall be 3 material because it is intentionally made as follows: a portion of the mix- heated and offered for transportation ture shall be placed in an open beaker or transported at or above its flash (or similar container) of such dimen- point may not be reclassed as a com- sions that the height of the liquid can bustible liquid. be adjusted so that the ratio of the vol- (3) A combustible liquid that does not ume of the liquid to the exposed sur- sustain combustion is not subject to face area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be the requirements of this subchapter as allowed to evaporate under ambient a combustible liquid. Either the test pressure and temperature (20 to 25 °C method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the (68 to 77 °F)) for a period of 4 hours or procedure in appendix H of this part until 10 percent by volume has evapo- may be used to determine if a material rated, whichever comes first. A flash sustains combustion when heated point is then run on a portion of the under test conditions and exposed to an liquid remaining in the evaporation external source of flame. container and the lower of the two (c) Flash point. (1) Flash point means flash points shall be the flash point of the minimum temperature at which a the material.

495

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.121 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(3) For flash point determinations by Flow time t in Jet diameter Flash point c.c. Setaflash closed tester, the glass sy- seconds in mm ringe specified need not be used as the 20

496

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.124

have been assigned a shipping name (B) Type B. Self-reactive material and hazard class by the Associate Ad- type B is a self-reactive material ministrator under the provisions of— which, as packaged for transportation, (A) A special permit issued under neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- subchapter A of this chapter; or idly, but is liable to undergo a thermal (B) An approval issued under explosion in a package. § 173.56(i) of this part. (C) Type C. Self-reactive material (2)(i) Self-reactive materials are ma- type C is a self-reactive material terials that are thermally unstable and which, as packaged for transportation, that can undergo a strongly neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- exothermic decomposition even with- idly and cannot undergo a thermal ex- out participation of oxygen (air). A ma- plosion. terial is excluded from this definition (D) Type D. Self-reactive material if any of the following applies: type D is a self-reactive material (A) The material meets the definition which— of an explosive as prescribed in subpart (1) Detonates partially, does not C of this part, in which case it must be deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent classed as an explosive; effect when heated under confinement; (B) The material is forbidden from (2) Does not detonate at all, being offered for transportation ac- deflagrates slowly and shows no violent cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter effect when heated under confinement; or § 173.21; or (C) The material meets the definition (3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as all and shows a medium effect when prescribed in subpart D of this part, in heated under confinement. which case it must be so classed; (E) Type E. Self-reactive material (D) The material meets one of the type E is a self-reactive material following conditions: which, in laboratory testing, neither (1) Its heat of decomposition is less detonates nor deflagrates at all and than 300 J/g; or shows only a low or no effect when (2) Its self-accelerating decomposi- heated under confinement. tion temperature (SADT) is greater (F) Type F. Self-reactive material than 75 °C (167 °F) for a 50 kg package; type F is a self-reactive material or which, in laboratory testing, neither (3) It is an oxidizing substance in Di- detonates in the cavitated state nor vision 5.1 containing less than 5.0% deflagrates at all and shows only a low combustible organic substances; or or no effect when heated under confine- (E) The Associate Administrator has ment as well as low or no explosive determined that the material does not power. present a hazard which is associated (G) Type G. Self-reactive material with a Division 4.1 material. type G is a self-reactive material (ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-re- which, in laboratory testing, does not active materials are assigned to a ge- detonate in the cavitated state, will neric system consisting of seven types. not deflagrate at all, shows no effect A self-reactive substance identified by when heated under confinement, nor technical name in the Self-Reactive shows any explosive power. A type G Materials Table in § 173.224 is assigned self-reactive material is not subject to to a generic type in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter for that table. Self-reactive materials not self-reactive material of Division 4.1 identified in the Self-Reactive Mate- provided that it is thermally stable rials Table in § 173.224 are assigned to (self-accelerating decomposition tem- generic types under the procedures of perature is 50 °C (122 °F) or higher for paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section. a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-re- (A) Type A. Self-reactive material active material meeting all character- type A is a self-reactive material istics of type G except thermal sta- which, as packaged for transportation, bility is classed as a type F self-reac- can detonate or deflagrate rapidly. tive, temperature control material. Transportation of type A self-reactive (iii) Procedures for assigning a self-re- material is forbidden. active material to a generic type. A self-

497

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.125 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

reactive material must be assigned to a (1) A pyrophoric material. A generic type based on— pyrophoric material is a liquid or solid (A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or that, even in small quantities and solid), in accordance with the defini- without an external ignition source, tion of liquid and solid in § 171.8 of this can ignite within five (5) minutes after subchapter; coming in contact with air when tested (B) A determination as to its control according to UN Manual of Tests and temperature and emergency tempera- Criteria. ture, if any, under the provisions of (2) A self-heating material. A self- § 173.21(f); heating material is a material that, (C) Performance of the self-reactive when in contact with air and without material under the test procedures an energy supply, is liable to self-heat. specified in the UN Manual of Tests A material of this type which exhibits spontaneous ignition or if the tempera- and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this ° subchapter) and the provisions of para- ture of the sample exceeds 200 C (392 °F) during the 24-hour test period when graph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and tested in accordance with UN Manual (D) Except for a self-reactive mate- of Tests and Criteria, is classed as a Di- rial which is identified by technical vision 4.2 material. name in the Self-Reactive Materials (c) Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet Table in § 173.224(b) or a self-reactive material). For the purposes of this chap- material which may be shipped as a ter, dangerous when wet material (Divi- sample under the provisions of § 173.224, sion 4.3) means a material that, by con- the self-reactive material is approved tact with water, is liable to become in writing by the Associate Adminis- spontaneously flammable or to give off trator. The person requesting approval flammable or toxic gas at a rate great- shall submit to the Associate Adminis- er than 1 L per kilogram of the mate- trator the tentative shipping descrip- rial, per hour, when tested in accord- tion and generic type and— ance with UN Manual of Tests and Cri- (1) All relevant data concerning phys- teria. ical state, temperature controls, and tests results; or [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR (2) An approval issued for the self-re- 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–233, 58 FR 33305, active material by the competent au- June 16, 1993; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. thority of a foreign government. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, (iv) Tests. The generic type for a self- 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 1997; reactive material must be determined 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, using the testing protocol from Figure 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 73165, 14.2 (Flow Chart for Assigning Self-Re- Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009] active Substances to Division 4.1) from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. § 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of pack- (3) Readily combustible solids are ing group. materials that— (a) The packing group of a Class 4 (i) Are solids which may cause a fire material is assigned in column (5) of through friction, such as matches; the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 (ii) Show a burning rate faster than Table provides more than one packing 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when group for a hazardous material, the tested in accordance with the UN Man- packing group shall be determined on ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see the basis of test results following test § 171.7 of this subchapter); or methods given in the UN Manual of (iii) Any metal powders that can be Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of ignited and react over the whole length this subchapter) and by applying the of a sample in 10 minutes or less, when appropriate criteria given in this sec- tested in accordance with the UN Man- tion. ual of Tests and Criteria. (b) Packing group criteria for readily (b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combus- combustible materials of Division 4.1 tible Material). For the purposes of this are as follows: subchapter, spontaneously combustible (1) Powdered, granular or pasty ma- material (Division 4.2) means— terials must be classified in Division

498

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.127

4.1 when the time of burning of one or (C) A positive result is obtained in a more of the test runs, in accordance test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100 with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- °C and a negative result is obtained in teria, is less than 45 seconds or the rate a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Pow- °C and the substance is transported in ders of metals or metal alloys must be packagings with a volume of less than classified in Division 4.1 when they can 450 L. be ignited and the reaction spreads (d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet over the whole length of the sample in material is assigned to— 10 minutes or less. (1) Packing Group I, if the material (2) Packing group criteria for readily reacts vigorously with water at ambi- combustible materials of Division 4.1 ent temperatures and demonstrates a are assigned as follows: tendency for the gas produced to ignite (i) For readily combustible solids spontaneously, or which reacts readily (other than metal powders), Packing with water at ambient temperatures Group II if the burning time is less such that the rate of evolution of flam- than 45 seconds and the flame passes mable gases is equal or greater than 10 the wetted zone. Packing Group II L per kilogram of material over any must be assigned to powders of metal one minute; or metal alloys if the zone of reaction (2) Packing Group II, if the material spreads over the whole length of the reacts readily with water at ambient sample in 5 minutes or less. temperatures such that the maximum (ii) For readily combustible solids rate of evolution of flammable gases is (other than metal powders), Packing equal to or greater than 20 L per kilo- Group III must be assigned if the burn- gram of material per hour, and which ing rate time is less than 45 seconds does not meet the criteria for Packing and the wetted zone stops the flame Group I; or propagation for at least 4 minutes. (3) Packing Group III, if the material Packing Group III must be assigned to reacts slowly with water at ambient metal powders if the reaction spreads temperatures such that the maximum over the whole length of the sample in rate of evolution of flammable gases is more than 5 minutes but not more than greater than 1 L per kilogram of mate- 10 minutes. rial per hour, and which does not meet (c) Packing group criteria for Divi- the criteria for Packing Group I or II. sion 4.2 materials is as follows: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as (1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, Group I. 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45380, (2) A self-heating material is as- Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003] signed to— (i) Packing Group II, if the material § 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Defini- gives a positive test result when tested tion and assignment of packing with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140 groups. °C; or (a) Definition. For the purpose of this (ii) Packing Group III, if— subchapter, oxidizer (Division 5.1) (A) A positive test result is obtained means a material that may, generally in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance 140 °C and a negative test result is ob- the combustion of other materials. tained in a test using a 25 mm sample (1) A solid material is classed as a Di- cube at 140 °C and the substance is vision 5.1 material if, when tested in transported in packagings with a vol- accordance with the UN Manual of ume of more than 3 cubic meters; or Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of (B) A positive test result is obtained this subchapter), its mean burning in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at time is less than or equal to the burn- 120 °C and a negative result is obtained ing time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/ in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at cellulose mixture. 140 °C and the substance is transported (2) A liquid material is classed as a in packagings with a volume of more Division 5.1 material if, when tested in than 450 L; or accordance with the UN Manual of

499

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.128 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously ig- sion 5.2) means any organic compound nites or its mean time for a pressure containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is -O-O- structure and which may be con- less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid sidered a derivative of hydrogen per- (65 percent)/cellulose mixture. oxide, where one or more of the hydro- (b) Assignment of packing groups. (1) gen atoms have been replaced by or- The packing group of a Division 5.1 ma- ganic radicals, unless any of the fol- terial which is a solid shall be assigned lowing paragraphs applies: using the following criteria: (1) The material meets the definition (i) Packing Group I, for any material of an explosive as prescribed in subpart which, in either concentration tested, C of this part, in which case it must be exhibits a mean burning time less than classed as an explosive; the mean burning time of a 3:2 potas- (2) The material is forbidden from sium bromate/cellulose mixture. being offered for transportation ac- (ii) Packing Group II, for any mate- cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter rial which, in either concentration or § 173.21; tested, exhibits a mean burning time (3) The Associate Administrator has less than or equal to the mean burning determined that the material does not time of a 2:3 potassium bromate/cel- present a hazard which is associated lulose mixture and the criteria for with a Division 5.2 material; or Packing Group I are not met. (4) The material meets one of the fol- (iii) Packing Group III for any mate- lowing conditions: rial which, in either concentration (i) For materials containing no more tested, exhibits a mean burning time than 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the less than or equal to the mean burning available oxygen, as calculated using time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cel- the equation in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of lulose mixture and the criteria for this section, is not more than 1.0 per- Packing Group I and II are not met. cent, or (2) The packing group of a Division (ii) For materials containing more 5.1 material which is a liquid shall be than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0 assigned using the following criteria: percent hydrogen peroxide, the avail- (i) Packing Group I for: able oxygen, content (Oa) is not more (A) Any material which spontane- than 0.5 percent, when determined ously ignites when mixed with cel- using the equation: lulose in a 1:1 ratio; or (B) Any material which exhibits a k nc =× ii mean pressure rise time less than the Oa 16 ∑ pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric i=1 mi acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture. where, for a material containing k species of (ii) Packing Group II, any material organic peroxides: which exhibits a mean pressure rise ni = number of -O-O- groups per molecule of time less than or equal to the pressure the i th species rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlo- ci = concentration (mass percent) of the i th rate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mix- species ture and the criteria for Packing Group mi = molecular mass of the i th species I are not met. (b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic (iii) Packing Group III, any material peroxides are assigned to a generic sys- which exhibits a mean pressure rise tem which consists of seven types. An time less than or equal to the pressure organic peroxide identified by tech- rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 per- nical name in the Organic Peroxides cent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria Table in § 173.225 is assigned to a ge- for Packing Group I and II are not met. neric type in accordance with that [Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as table. Organic peroxides not identified amended at 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003] in the Organic Peroxides table are as- signed to generic types under the pro- § 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Defini- cedures of paragraph (c) of this section. tions and types. (1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is (a) Definitions. For the purposes of an organic peroxide which can detonate this subchapter, organic peroxide (Divi- or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for

500

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC13NO91.031 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.132

transport. Transportation of type A or- (2) A determination as to its control ganic peroxides is forbidden. temperature and emergency tempera- (2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is ture, if any, under the provisions of an organic peroxide which, as packaged § 173.21(f); and for transport, neither detonates nor (3) Performance of the organic per- deflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a oxide under the test procedures speci- thermal explosion. fied in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- (3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- an organic peroxide which, as packaged chapter), and the provisions of para- for transport, neither detonates nor graph (d) of this section. deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo (d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide a thermal explosion. must be approved, in writing, by the (4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is Associate Administrator, before being an organic peroxide which— offered for transportation or trans- (i) Detonates only partially, but does ported, including assignment of a ge- not deflagrate rapidly and is not af- neric type and shipping description, ex- fected by heat when confined; cept for— (ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates (i) An organic peroxide which is iden- slowly, and shows no violent effect if tified by technical name in the Organic heated when confined; or Peroxides Table in § 173.225(c); (iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, (ii) A mixture of organic peroxides and shows a medium effect when heat- prepared according to § 173.225(b); or ed under confinement. (iii) An organic peroxide which may (5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is be shipped as a sample under the provi- an organic peroxide which neither det- sions of § 173.225(b). onates nor deflagrates and shows low, (2) A person applying for an approval or no, effect when heated under con- must submit all relevant data con- finement. cerning physical state, temperature (6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is controls, and tests results or an ap- an organic peroxide which will not det- proval issued for the organic peroxide onate in a cavitated state, does not by the competent authority of a for- deflagrate, shows only a low, or no, ef- eign government. fect if heated when confined, and has (e) Tests. The generic type for an or- low, or no, explosive power. ganic peroxide shall be determined (7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is using the testing protocol from Figure an organic peroxide which will not det- 20.1(a) (Classification and Flow Chart onate in a cavitated state, will not Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from deflagrate at all, shows no effect when the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria heated under confinement, and shows (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). no explosive power. A type G organic peroxide is not subject to the require- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as ments of this subchapter for organic amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, it is thermally stable (self-accelerating 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, decomposition temperature is 50 °C (122 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, package). An organic peroxide meeting Dec. 20, 2004] all characteristics of type G except thermal stability and requiring tem- § 173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2—Assign- perature control is classed as a type F, ment of packing group. temperature control organic peroxide. All Division 5.2 materials are as- (c) Procedure for assigning an organic signed to Packing Group II in column 5 peroxide to a generic type. An organic of the § 172.101 table. peroxide shall be assigned to a generic type based on— § 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Defini- (1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or tions. solid), in accordance with the defini- (a) For the purpose of this sub- tions for liquid and solid in § 171.8 of chapter, poisonous material (Division this subchapter; 6.1) means a material, other than a gas,

501

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.132 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

which is known to be so toxic to hu- hour to both male and female young mans as to afford a hazard to health adult albino rats, causes death within during transportation, or which, in the 14 days in half of the animals tested. If absence of adequate data on human the material is administered to the toxicity: animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 (1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans percent of the particles available for because it falls within any one of the inhalation in the test must have a di- following categories when tested on ameter of 10 microns or less if it is rea- laboratory animals (whenever possible, sonably foreseeable that such con- animal test data that has been re- centrations could be encountered by a ported in the chemical literature human during transport. The result is should be used): expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and (i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid or solid mists or in mL/m3 of air (parts per mil- with an LD for acute oral toxicity of 50 lion) for vapors. See § 173.133(b) for LC50 not more than 300 mg/kg. determination for mixtures and for (ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with limit tests. an LD50 for acute dermal toxicity of (i) When provisions of this sub- not more than 1000 mg/kg. chapter require the use of the LC50 for (iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts mist with an LC50 for acute toxicity on and mists based on a one-hour exposure inhalation of not more than 4 mg/L; or and such data is not available, the LC50 (B) A material with a saturated for acute toxicity on inhalation based ° vapor concentration in air at 20 C (68 on a four-hour exposure may be multi- ° F) greater than or equal to one-fifth of plied by four and the product sub- the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhala- stituted for the one-hour LC50 for acute tion of vapors and with an LC50 for toxicity on inhalation. acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors (ii) When the provisions of this sub- of not more than 5000 mL/m3; or chapter require the use of the LC for (2) Is an irritating material, with 50 acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors properties similar to tear gas, which based on a one-hour exposure and such causes extreme irritation, especially in data is not available, the LC for acute confined spaces. 50 toxicity on inhalation based on a four- (b) For the purposes of this sub- chapter— hour exposure may be multiplied by two and the product substituted for the (1) LD50 (median lethal dose) for acute oral toxicity is the statistically one-hour LC50 for acute toxicity on in- derived single dose of a substance that halation. can be expected to cause death within (iii) A solid substance should be test- 14 days in 50% of young adult albino ed if at least 10 percent of its total rats when administered by the oral mass is likely to be dust in a respirable range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter route. The LD50 value is expressed in terms of mass of test substance per of that particle-fraction is 10 microns mass of test animal (mg/kg). or less. A liquid substance should be tested if a mist is likely to be gen- (2) LD50 for acute dermal toxicity means that dose of the material which, erated in a leakage of the transport administered by continuous contact for containment. In carrying out the test 24 hours with the shaved intact skin both for solid and liquid substances, (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen causes death within 14 days in half of prepared for inhalation toxicity testing the animals tested. The number of ani- must be in the respirable range as de- mals tested must be sufficient to give fined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii). statistically valid results and be in (c) For purposes of classifying and as- conformity with good pharmacological signing packing groups to mixtures practices. The result is expressed in possessing oral or dermal toxicity haz- mg/kg body mass. ards according to the criteria in (3) LC50 for acute toxicity on inhala- § 173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to deter- tion means that concentration of mine the acute LD50 of the mixture. If vapor, mist, or dust which, adminis- a mixture contains more than one ac- tered by continuous inhalation for one tive constituent, one of the following

502

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.133

methods may be used to determine the (d) The foregoing categories shall not oral or dermal LD50 of the mixture: apply if the Associate Administrator (1) Obtain reliable acute oral and der- has determined that the physical char- mal toxicity data on the actual mix- acteristics of the material or its prob- ture to be transported; able hazards to humans as shown by (2) If reliable, accurate data is not documented experience indicate that available, classify the formulation ac- the material will not cause serious cording to the most hazardous con- sickness or death. stituent of the mixture as if that con- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as stituent were present in the same con- amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. centration as the total concentration 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– of all active constituents; or 261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Au- (3) If reliable, accurate data is not gust 28, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR available, apply the formula: 45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007] CA+ ++=CB CZ 100 § 173.133 Assignment of packing group T T TT and hazard zones for Division 6.1 A B ZM materials. where: (a) The packing group of Division 6.1 C = the % concentration of constituent A, B materials shall be as assigned in col- ... Z in the mixture; umn 5 of the § 172.101 table. When the T = the oral LD50 values of constituent A, B ... Z; § 172.101 table provides more than one packing group or hazard zone for a haz- TM = the oral LD50 value of the mixture. ardous material, the packing group and NOTE TO FORMULA IN PARAGRAPH (c)(3): This hazard zone shall be determined by ap- formula also may be used for dermal plying the following criteria: toxicities provided that this information is available on the same species for all con- (1) The packing group assignment for stituents. The use of this formula does not routes of administration other than in- take into account any potentiation or pro- halation of vapors shall be in accord- tective phenomena. ance with the following table:

Dermal toxicity LD50 Inhalation toxicity by dusts Packing group Oral toxicity LD50 (mg/kg) (mg/kg) and mists LC50 (mg/L)

I ...... ≤5.0 ...... ≤50 ≤0.2 II ...... >5.0 and ≤50 ...... >50 and ≤200 >0.2 and ≤2.0 III ...... >50 and ≤300 ...... >200 and ≤1000 >2.0 and ≤4.0

(2)(i) The packing group and hazard based on inhalation of vapors shall be zone assignments for liquids (see in accordance with the following table: § 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases)

Packing Group Vapor concentration and toxicity

3 I (Hazard Zone A) ...... V ≥ 500 LC50 and LC50 ≤ 200 mL/M . 3 I (Hazard Zone B) ...... V ≥ 10 LC50; LC50 ≤ 1000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. 3 II ...... V ≥ LC50; LC50 ≤ 3000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, are not met. 3 III ...... V ≥ .2 LC50; LC50 ≤ 5000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II, are not met.

NOTE 1: V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in mL/m3 at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure. NOTE 2: A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in §§ 172.203(m), 172.313 and table 1 of § 172.504(e) of this subchapter.

(ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1:

503

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06MY97.000 § 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(3) When the packing group deter- the packing group assigned to the ma- mined by applying these criteria is dif- terial shall be that indicated for the ferent for two or more (oral, dermal or highest degree of toxicity for any of inhalation) routes of administration, the routes of administration.

504

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC02MR91.063 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.133

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Packaging group Ratio of volatility and LC this paragraph, the packing group and (hazard zone) 50

hazard zone of a tear gas substance is III ...... R ≥ 1/5 and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 5000 mL/ as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101 m3; and the criteria for Packing table. Group I, Hazard Zones A and B and (b) The packing group and hazard Packing Group II are not met. zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are (2) In the absence of LC data on the poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be 50 poisonous (toxic) constituent sub- determined by one of the following stances, the mixture may be assigned a methods: packing group and hazard zone based (1) Where LC data is available on 50 on the following simplified threshold each of the poisonous (toxic) sub- toxicity tests. When these threshold stances comprising the mixture— tests are used, the most restrictive (i) The LC of the mixture is esti- 50 packing group and hazard zone must be mated using the formula: determined and used for the transpor- tation of the mixture. = 1 LC50 () mixture n (i) A mixture is assigned to Packing ∑ fi Group I, Hazard Zone A only if both the following criteria are met: i=1 LC50i where (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create f = mole fraction of the ith component sub- i a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m3 vapor- stance of the liquid. th ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats LC50i = mean lethal concentration of the i component substance in mL/m3 (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere as determined (ii) The volatility of each component by an analytical method appropriate substance is estimated using the for- for the material being classified for one mula: hour and observed for fourteen days. If 6 five or more of the animals die within 10 the fourteen-day observation period, V=× P mL/ m3 i i 1013. the mixture is presumed to have an LC equal to or less than 200 mL/m3. where: 50 (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- Pi = partial pressure of the ith component substance in kPa at 20 °C and one atmos- librium with the liquid mixture is di- pheric pressure. Pi may be calculated ac- luted with 499 equal volumes of air to cording to Raoult’s Law using appropriate form a test atmosphere. Ten albino activity coefficients. Where activity coeffi- rats (five male and five female) are ex- cients are not available, the coefficient posed to the test atmosphere for one may be assumed to be 1.0. hour and observed for fourteen days. If (iii) The ratio of the volatility to the five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, LC50 is calculated using the formula: the mixture is presumed to have a vol- n atility equal to or greater than 500 Vi R = ∑ times the mixture LC50. i=1 LC50i (ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing

(iv) Using the calculated values LC50 Group I, Hazard Zone B only if both the (mixture) and R, the packing group for following criteria are met, and the the mixture is determined as follows: mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A: Packaging group (hazard zone) Ratio of volatility and LC50 (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create ≥ ≤ I (Hazard Zone A) .. R 500 and LC50 (mixture) 200 mL/ a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m3 vapor- 3 m . ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats I (Hazard Zone B) .. R ≥ 10 and LC50 (mixture) ≤ 1000 mL/ m3; and the criteria for Packing (five male and five female) are exposed Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. to the test atmosphere for one hour ≥ ≤ II ...... R 1 and LC50 (mixture) 3000 mL/ and observed for fourteen days. If five m3; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A and B are or more of the animals die within the not met. fourteen-day observation period, the

505

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER07SE04.000 ER28SE01.023 ER07SE04.001 § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

mixture is presumed to have an LC50 (B) The vapor pressure of the liquid equal to or less than 1000 mL/m3. mixture is measured and if the vapor (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- concentration is equal to or greater librium with the liquid mixture is di- than 1000 mL/m3, the mixture is pre- luted with 9 equal volumes of air to sumed to have a volatility equal to or 1 form a test atmosphere. Ten albino greater than ⁄5 the mixture LC50. rats (five male and five female) are ex- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as posed to the test atmosphere for one amended at 56 FR 66268–66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 hour and observed for fourteen days. If FR 45461–45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58 five or more of the animals die within FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR the fourteen-day observation period, 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR the mixture is presumed to have a vol- 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 66 FR 49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR atility equal to or greater than 10 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; times the mixture LC50. 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, (iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing 2009] Group II only if both the following cri- teria are met, and the mixture does not § 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Defini- meet the criteria for Packing Group I tions and exceptions. (Hazard Zones A or B): (a) Definitions and classification cri- (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is teria. For the purposes of this sub- vaporized and diluted with air to create chapter, the following definitions and a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m3 vapor- classification criteria apply to Division ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats 6.2 materials. (five male and five female) are exposed (1) Division 6.2 (Infectious substance) to the test atmosphere for one hour means a material known or reasonably and observed for fourteen days. If five expected to contain a pathogen. A or more of the animals die within the pathogen is a microorganism (includ- fourteen-day observation period, the ing bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae, parasites, fungi) or other agent, such mixture is presumed to have an LC 50 as a proteinaceous infectious particle equal to or less than 3000 mL/m3. (prion), that can cause disease in hu- (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- mans or animals. An infectious sub- librium with the liquid mixture is used stance must be assigned the identifica- to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino tion number UN 2814, UN 2900, UN 3373, rats (five male and five female) are ex- or UN 3291 as appropriate, and must be posed to the test atmosphere for one assigned to one of the following cat- hour and observed for fourteen days. If egories: five or more of the animals die within (i) Category A: An infectious sub- the fourteen-day observation period, stance in a form capable of causing the mixture is presumed to have a vol- permanent disability or life-threat- atility equal to or greater than the ening or fatal disease in otherwise mixture LC50. healthy humans or animals when expo- (iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing sure to it occurs. An exposure occurs Group III only if both the following cri- when an infectious substance is re- teria are met, and the mixture does not leased outside of its protective pack- meet the criteria for Packing Groups I aging, resulting in physical contact (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing with humans or animals. A Category A Group II (Hazard Zone C): infectious substance must be assigned (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is to identification number UN 2814 or UN vaporized and diluted with air to create 2900, as appropriate. Assignment to UN a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m3 vapor- 2814 or UN 2900 must be based on the ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats known medical history or symptoms of (five male and five female) are exposed the source patient or animal, endemic to the test atmosphere for one hour local conditions, or professional judg- and observed for fourteen days. If five ment concerning the individual cir- or more of the animals die within the cumstances of the source human or fourteen-day observation period, the animal. mixture is presumed to have an LC50 (ii) Category B: An infectious sub- equal to or less than 5000 mL/m3. stance that is not in a form generally

506

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

capable of causing permanent dis- products. Regulated medical waste or ability or life-threatening or fatal dis- clinical waste or (bio) medical waste ease in otherwise healthy humans or containing a Category A infectious animals when exposure to it occurs. substance must be classed as an infec- This includes Category B infectious tious substance, and assigned to UN2814 substances transported for diagnostic or UN2900, as appropriate. or investigational purposes. A Cat- (6) Sharps means any object contami- egory B infectious substance must be nated with a pathogen or that may be- described as ‘‘Biological substance, come contaminated with a pathogen Category B’’ and assigned identifica- through handling or during transpor- tion number UN 3373. This does not in- tation and also capable of cutting or clude regulated medical waste, which penetrating skin or a packaging mate- must be assigned identification number rial. Sharps includes needles, syringes, UN 3291. scalpels, broken glass, culture slides, (2) Biological product means a virus, culture dishes, broken capillary tubes, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, broken rigid plastic, and exposed ends vaccine, blood, blood component or de- of dental wires. rivative, allergenic product, or analo- (7) Toxin means a Division 6.1 mate- gous product, or arsphenamine or de- rial from a plant, animal, or bacterial rivative of arsphenamine (or any other source. A toxin containing an infectious trivalent arsenic compound) applicable substance or a toxin contained in an in- to the prevention, treatment, or cure fectious substance must be classed as of a disease or condition of human Division 6.2, described as an infectious beings or animals. A biological product substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or includes a material subject to regula- UN 2900, as appropriate. tion under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C. (8) Used health care product means a 151–159. Unless otherwise excepted, a bi- medical, diagnostic, or research device ological product known or reasonably or piece of equipment, or a personal expected to contain a pathogen that care product used by consumers, med- meets the definition of a Category A or ical professionals, or pharmaceutical B infectious substance must be as- providers that does not meet the defi- signed the identification number UN nition of a patient specimen, biological 2814, UN 2900, or UN 3373, as appro- product, or regulated medical waste, is priate. contaminated with potentially infec- (3) Culture means an infectious sub- tious body fluids or materials, and is stance containing a pathogen that is not decontaminated or disinfected to intentionally propagated. Culture does remove or mitigate the infectious haz- not include a human or animal patient ard prior to transportation. specimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4) (b) Exceptions. The following are not of this section. subject to the requirements of this sub- (4) Patient specimen means human or chapter as Division 6.2 materials: animal material collected directly (1) A material that does not contain from humans or animals and trans- an infectious substance or that is un- ported for research, diagnosis, inves- likely to cause disease in humans or tigational activities, or disease treat- animals. ment or prevention. Patient specimen (2) Non-infectious biological mate- includes excreta, secreta, blood and its rials from humans, animals, or plants. components, tissue and tissue swabs, Examples include non-infectious cells, body parts, and specimens in transport tissue cultures, blood or plasma from media (e.g., transwabs, culture media, individuals not suspected of having an and blood culture bottles). infectious disease, DNA, RNA or other (5) Regulated medical waste or clinical non-infectious genetic elements. waste or (bio) medical waste means a (3) A material containing micro-orga- waste or reusable material derived nisms that are non-pathogenic to hu- from the medical treatment of an ani- mans or animals. mal or human, which includes diag- (4) A material containing pathogens nosis and immunization, or from bio- that have been neutralized or inac- medical research, which includes the tivated such that they no longer pose a production and testing of biological health risk.

507

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(5) A material with a low probability logical product, when such materials of containing an infectious substance, are transported by a private or con- or where the concentration of the in- tract carrier in a motor vehicle used fectious substance is at a level natu- exclusively to transport such mate- rally occurring in the environment so rials. Medical or clinical equipment it cannot cause disease when exposure and laboratory products may be trans- to it occurs. Examples of these mate- ported aboard the same vehicle pro- rials include: Foodstuffs; environ- vided they are properly packaged and mental samples, such as water or a secured against exposure or contamina- sample of dust or mold; and substances tion. If the human or animal sample or that have been treated so that the biological product meets the definition pathogens have been neutralized or de- of regulated medical waste in para- activated, such as a material treated graph (a)(5) of this section, it must be by steam sterilization, chemical dis- offered for transportation and trans- infection, or other appropriate method, ported in conformance with the appro- so it no longer meets the definition of priate requirements for regulated med- an infectious substance. ical waste. (6) A biological product, including an (11) A human or animal sample (in- experimental or investigational prod- cluding, but not limited to, secreta, ex- uct or component of a product, subject creta, blood and its components, tissue to Federal approval, permit, review, or and tissue fluids, and body parts) being licensing requirements, such as those transported for routine testing not re- required by the Food and Drug Admin- lated to the diagnosis of an infectious istration of the U.S. Department of disease, such as for drug/alcohol test- Health and Human Services or the U.S. ing, cholesterol testing, blood glucose Department of Agriculture. level testing, prostate specific anti- (7) Blood collected for the purpose of body testing, testing to monitor kid- blood transfusion or the preparation of ney or liver function, or pregnancy blood products; blood products; plasma; testing, or for tests for diagnosis of plasma derivatives; blood components; non-infectious diseases, such as cancer tissues or organs intended for use in biopsies, and for which there is a low transplant operations; and human cell, probability the sample is infectious. tissues, and cellular and tissue-based (12) Laundry and medical equipment products regulated under authority of and used health care products, as fol- the Public Health Service Act (42 lows: U.S.C. 264–272) and/or the Food, Drug, (i) Laundry or medical equipment and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). conforming to the regulations of the (8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood Occupational Safety and Health Ad- components collected for the purpose ministration of the Department of of blood transfusion or the preparation Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This excep- of blood products and sent for testing tion includes medical equipment in- as part of the collection process, except tended for use, cleaning, or refurbish- where the person collecting the blood ment, such as reusable surgical equip- has reason to believe it contains an in- ment, or equipment used for testing fectious substance, in which case the where the components within which test sample must be shipped as a Cat- the equipment is contained essentially egory A or Category B infectious sub- function as packaging. This exception stance in accordance with § 173.196 or does not apply to medical equipment § 173.199, as appropriate. being transported for disposal. (9) Dried blood spots or specimens for (ii) Used health care products not fecal occult blood detection placed on conforming to the requirements in 29 absorbent filter paper or other mate- CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the rial. manufacturer or the manufacturer’s (10) A Division 6.2 material, other designee are excepted from the require- than a Category A infectious sub- ments of this subchapter when offered stance, contained in a patient sample for transportation or transported in ac- being transported for research, diag- cordance with this paragraph (b)(12). nosis, investigational activities, or dis- For purposes of this paragraph, a ease treatment or prevention, or a bio- health care product is used when it has

508

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

been removed from its original pack- (v) Medical waste generated from aging. Used health care products con- households and transported in accord- taminated with or suspected of con- ance with applicable state, local, or tamination with a Category A infec- tribal requirements. tious substance may not be transported (14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical under the provisions of this paragraph. parts intended for interment, crema- (A) Each used health care product tion, or medical research at a college, must be drained of free liquid to the ex- hospital, or laboratory. tent practicable and placed in a water- (15) Forensic material transported on tight primary container designed and behalf of a U.S. Government, state, constructed to assure that it remains local or Indian tribal government agen- intact under conditions normally inci- cy, except that— dent to transportation. For a used (i) Forensic material known or sus- health care product capable of cutting pected to contain a Category B infec- or penetrating skin or packaging mate- tious substance must be shipped in a rial, the primary container must be ca- packaging conforming to the provi- pable of retaining the product without sions of § 173.24. puncture of the packaging under nor- (ii) Forensic material known or sus- mal conditions of transport. Each pri- pected to contain a Category A infec- mary container must be marked with a tious substance or an infectious sub- BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 stance listed as a select agent in 42 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). CFR Part 73 must be transported in (B) Each primary container must be packaging capable of meeting the test placed inside a watertight secondary standards in § 178.609 of this subchapter. container designed and constructed to The secondary packaging must be assure that it remains intact under marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol conditions normally incident to trans- conforming to specifications in 29 CFR portation. The secondary container 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of must be marked with a BIOHAZARD contents must be enclosed between the marking conforming to 29 CFR secondary packaging and the outer 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). packaging. (C) The secondary container must be (16) Agricultural products and food as placed inside an outer packaging with defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and sufficient cushioning material to pre- Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). vent movement between the secondary (c) Exceptions for regulated medical container and the outer packaging. An waste. The following provisions apply itemized list of the contents of the pri- to the transportation of regulated med- mary container and information con- ical waste: cerning possible contamination with a (1) A regulated medical waste trans- Division 6.2 material, including its pos- ported by a private or contract carrier sible location on the product, must be is excepted from— placed between the secondary con- (i) The requirement for an ‘‘INFEC- tainer and the outside packaging. TIOUS SUBSTANCE’’ label if the outer (D) Each person who offers or trans- packaging is marked with a ‘‘BIO- ports a used health care product under HAZARD’’ marking in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph must 29 CFR 1910.1030; and know about the requirements of this (ii) The specific packaging require- paragraph. ments of § 173.197, if packaged in a rigid (13) Any waste or recyclable mate- non-bulk packaging conforming to the rial, other than regulated medical general packaging requirements of waste, including— §§ 173.24 and 173.24a and packaging re- (i) Household waste as defined in quirements specified in 29 CFR § 171.8, when transported in accordance 1910.1030, provided the material does with applicable state, local, or tribal not include a waste concentrated stock requirements. culture of an infectious substance. (ii) Sanitary waste or sewage; Sharps containers must be securely (iii) Sewage sludge or compost; closed to prevent leaks or punctures. (iv) Animal waste generated in ani- (2) A waste stock or culture of a Cat- mal husbandry or food production; or egory B infectious substance may be

509

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.136 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

offered for transportation and trans- tion and assignment of packing group ported as a regulated medical waste for Class 8 materials corrosive to skin. when it is packaged in a rigid non-bulk [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as packaging conforming to the general amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. packaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– 173.24a and packaging requirements 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and trans- 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, ported by a private or contract carrier 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006] in a vehicle used exclusively to trans- port regulated medical waste. Medical § 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of pack- ing group. or clinical equipment and laboratory products may be transported aboard The packing group of a Class 8 mate- the same vehicle provided they are rial is indicated in Column 5 of the properly packaged and secured against § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table exposure or contamination. Sharps provides more than one packing group containers must be securely closed to for a Class 8 material, the packing prevent leaks or punctures. group must be determined using data (d) If an item listed in paragraph (b) obtained from tests conducted in ac- or (c) of this section meets the defini- cordance with the 1992 OECD Guideline tion of another hazard class or if it is for Testing of Chemicals, Number 404, a hazardous substance, hazardous ‘‘Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion’’ waste, or marine pollutant, it must be (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) as offered for transportation and trans- follows: ported in accordance with applicable (a) Packing Group I. Materials that requirements of this subchapter. cause full thickness destruction of in- tact skin tissue within an observation [67 FR 53138, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 period of up to 60 minutes starting FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78631, after the exposure time of three min- Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR utes or less. 4718, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009] (b) Packing Group II. Materials other than those meeting Packing Group I § 173.136 Class 8—Definitions. criteria that cause full thickness de- (a) For the purpose of this sub- struction of intact skin tissue within chapter, ‘‘corrosive material’’ (Class 8) an observation period of up to 14 days means a liquid or solid that causes full starting after the exposure time of thickness destruction of human skin at more than three minutes but not more the site of contact within a specified than 60 minutes. period of time. A liquid, or a solid (c) Packing Group III. Materials, which may become liquid during trans- other than those meeting Packing portation, that has a severe corrosion Group I or II criteria— rate on steel or aluminum based on the (1) That cause full thickness destruc- criteria in § 173.137(c)(2) is also a corro- tion of intact skin tissue within an ob- sive material.. servation period of up to 14 days start- (b) If human experience or other data ing after the exposure time of more indicate that the hazard of a material than 60 minutes but not more than 4 is greater or less than indicated by the hours; or results of the tests specified in para- (2) That do not cause full thickness graph (a) of this section, PHMSA may destruction of intact skin tissue but revise its classification or make the de- exhibit a corrosion on either steel or termination that the material is not aluminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm subject to the requirements of this sub- (0.25 inch) a year at a test temperature ° ° chapter. of 55 C (130 F) when tested on both (c) Skin corrosion test data produced materials. The corrosion may be deter- no later than September 30, 1995, using mined in accordance with the UN Man- the procedures of part 173, appendix A, ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49 § 171.7 of this subchapter) or other CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of equivalent test methods. October 1, 1994) for appropriate expo- NOTE TO § 173.137: When an initial test on sure times may be used for classifica- either a steel or aluminum surface indicates

510

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.150

the material being tested is corrosive, the § 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flam- follow up test on the other surface is not re- mable and combustible liquids). quired. (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as materials shipments in the following amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. paragraphs are permitted only if this 173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– section is referenced for the specific 261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 68 FR 75744, Dec. hazardous material in the § 172.101 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009] Table of this subchapter. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- § 173.140 Class 9—Definitions. tities of flammable liquids (Class 3) and combustible liquids are excepted from For the purposes of this subchapter, labeling requirements, unless the ma- miscellaneous hazardous material (Class terial also meets the definition of Divi- 9) means a material which presents a sion 6.1 or is offered for transportation hazard during transportation but which or transported by aircraft, and the does not meet the definition of any specification packaging requirements other hazard class. This class includes: of this subchapter when packaged in (a) Any material which has an anes- combination packagings according to thetic, noxious or other similar prop- this paragraph. For transportation by erty which could cause extreme annoy- aircraft, the package must also comply ance or discomfort to a flight crew with the applicable requirements of member so as to prevent the correct § 173.27 of this subchapter and only haz- performance of assigned duties; or ardous materials authorized aboard (b) Any material that meets the defi- passenger-carrying aircraft may be nition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for transported as a limited quantity. In an elevated temperature material, a addition, shipments of limited quan- hazardous substance, a hazardous tities are not subject to subpart F waste, or a marine pollutant. (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- chapter. Each package must conform [Amdt. 173–224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as to the packaging requirements of sub- amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. part B of this part and may not exceed 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–233, 58 FR 33305, June 16, 1993] 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The fol- lowing combination packagings are au- § 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of pack- thorized: ing group. (1) For flammable liquids in Packing Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5 The packing group of a Class 9 mate- L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed rial is as indicated in column 5 of the in strong outer packagings; § 172.101 table. (2) For flammable liquids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 § 173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)—Definitions. L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each, unless the material has a subsidiary hazard of For the purpose of this subchapter, Division 6.1, Packing Group II, in ‘‘ORM-D material’’ means a material which case the inner packagings may such as a consumer commodity, which, not exceed 100 mL (3.38 ounces) net ca- although otherwise subject to the regu- pacity each, packed in a strong outer lations of this subchapter, presents a packaging. limited hazard during transportation (3) For flammable liquids in Packing due to its form, quantity and pack- Group III and combustible liquids, aging. It must be a material for which inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gal- exceptions are provided in the § 172.101 lons) net capacity each, packed in table. Each ORM-D material and cat- strong outer packagings. egory of ORM-D material is listed in (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a the § 172.101 table. material that has a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a § 173.145 Other Regulated Materials— limited quantity which conforms to the Assignment of packing group. provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- Packing groups are not assigned to tion and is a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ ORM-D materials. as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter,

511

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.151 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

may be renamed ‘‘Consumer com- not subject to the requirements of this modity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D mate- subchapter except those pertaining to: rial. In addition to the exceptions pro- (i) Shipping papers, waybills, switch- vided by paragraph (b) of this section, ing orders, and hazardous waste mani- shipments of ORM–D materials are not fests; subject to the shipping paper require- (ii) Marking of packages; ments of subpart C of part 172 of this (iii) Display of identification num- subchapter, unless the material meets bers on bulk packages; the definition of a hazardous sub- (iv) For bulk packagings only, stance, hazardous waste, marine pol- placarding requirements of subpart F lutant, or are offered for transpor- of part 172 of this subchapter; tation and transported by aircraft, and (v) Carriage aboard aircraft and ves- are eligible for the exceptions provided sels (for packaging requirements for in § 173.156. transport by vessel, see § 176.340 of this (d) Alcoholic beverages. An alcoholic subchapter); beverage (wine and distilled spirits as (vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11) is not by §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this sub- subject to the requirements of this sub- chapter; chapter if it— (vii) Packaging requirements of sub- (1) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol part B of this part and, in addition, by volume; non-bulk packagings must conform (2) Is in an inner packaging of 5 L (1.3 with requirements of § 173.203; gallons) or less, and for transportation (viii) The requirements of §§ 173.1, on passenger-carrying aircraft con- 173.21, 173.24, 173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1, forms to § 175.10(a)(4) of this subchapter 177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j), and 177.837(d) as checked or carry-on baggage; or of this subchapter; (3) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic (ix) The training requirements of beverage in a packaging of 250 L (66 subpart H of part 172 of this sub- gallons) or less, unless transported by chapter. air. (x) Emergency response information (e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An requirements of subpart G of part 172. aqueous solution containing 24 percent (4) A combustible liquid that is not a or less alcohol by volume and no other hazardous substance, a hazardous hazardous material— waste, or a marine pollutant is not sub- (1) May be reclassed as a combustible ject to the requirements of this sub- liquid. chapter if it is a mixture of one or (2) Is not subject to the requirements more components that— of this subchapter if it contains no less (i) Has a flash point at or above 93 °C than 50 percent water. (200 °F), (f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flam- (ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of mable liquid with a flash point at or the volume of the mixture, and above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet (iii) Is not offered for transportation the definition of any other hazard class or transported as a liquid at a tempera- may be reclassed as a combustible liq- ture at or above its flash point. uid. This provision does not apply to transportation by vessel or aircraft, ex- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990] cept where other means of transpor- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tation is impracticable. tations affecting § 173.150, see the List of CFR (2) The requirements in this sub- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- chapter do not apply to a material ing Aids section of the printed volume and classed as a combustible liquid in a on GPO Access. non-bulk packaging unless the combus- tible liquid is a hazardous substance, a § 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. hazardous waste, or a marine pollut- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ant. materials shipments in the following (3) A combustible liquid that is in a paragraphs are permitted only if this bulk packaging or a combustible liquid section is referenced for the specific that is a hazardous substance, a haz- hazardous material in the § 172.101 table ardous waste, or a marine pollutant is of this subchapter.

512

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.152

(b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1. transportation and transported by air- Limited quantities of flammable solids craft, and are eligible for the excep- (Division 4.1) in Packing Group II or III tions provided in § 173.156. are excepted from labeling require- (d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3. ments, unless the material also meets Limited quantities of Division 4.3 (dan- the definition of Division 6.1 or is of- gerous when wet) solids in Packing fered for transportation or transported Group II or III are excepted from label- by aircraft, and the specification pack- ing requirements, unless the material aging requirements of this subchapter also meets the definition of Division 6.1 when packaged in combination pack- or is offered for transportation or agings according to this paragraph. For transported by aircraft, and the speci- transportation by aircraft, the package fication packaging requirements of must also comply with the applicable this subchapter when packaged in com- requirements of § 173.27 of this sub- bination packagings according to this chapter and only hazardous materials paragraph. For transportation by air- authorized aboard passenger-carrying craft, the package must also comply aircraft may be transported as a lim- with the applicable requirements of ited quantity. In addition, shipments of § 173.27 of this subchapter and only haz- limited quantities are not subject to ardous materials authorized aboard subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of passenger-carrying aircraft may be this subchapter. Each package must transported as a limited quantity. In conform to the packaging require- addition, shipments of limited quan- ments of subpart B of this part and tities are not subject to subpart F may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- weight. The following combination chapter. Each package must conform packagings are authorized: to the packaging requirements of sub- (1) For flammable solids in Packing part B of this part and may not exceed Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The fol- kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, un- lowing combination packagings are au- less the material has a subsidiary haz- thorized: ard of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, (1) For Division 4.3 solids in Packing in which case the inner packagings Group II, inner packagings not over 0.5 may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net kg (1.1 pound) net capacity each, capacity each, packed in a strong outer packed in strong outer packagings; and packaging. (2) For Division 4.3 solids in Packing (2) For flammable solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 1 Group III, inner packagings not over kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. material that has a subsidiary hazard 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a 1993; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June limited quantity which conforms to the 14, 2005; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- Oct. 1, 2007] tion, and charcoal briquettes in pack- agings not exceeding 30 kg (66 pounds) § 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 gross weight, may be renamed ‘‘Con- (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic sumer commodity’’ and reclassed as peroxides). ORM–D material if the material is a (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in materials shipments in the following § 171.8 of this subchapter. In addition to paragraphs are permitted only if this the exceptions provided by paragraph section is referenced for the specific (b) of this section, shipments of ORM– hazardous material in the § 172.101 table D materials are not subject to the ship- of this subchapter. ping paper requirements of subpart C of (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- part 172 of this subchapter, unless the tities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in material meets the definition of a haz- Packing Group II and III and organic ardous substance, hazardous waste, peroxides (Division 5.2) are excepted marine pollutant, or is offered for from labeling requirements, unless the

513

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.153 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

material also meets the definition of organic peroxide which does not re- Division 6.1 or is offered for transpor- quire temperature control)— tation or transported by aircraft, and (i) The organic peroxide component the specification packaging require- must be packed in inner packagings ments of this subchapter when pack- not over 125 mL (4.22 ounces) net capac- aged in combination packagings ac- ity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 cording to this paragraph. For trans- ounces) net capacity each for solids; portation by aircraft, the package (ii) The flammable liquid component must also comply with the applicable must be packed in inner packagings requirements of § 173.27 of this sub- not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity chapter and only hazardous materials each for Packing Group II or III liquid; authorized aboard passenger-carrying and aircraft may be transported as a lim- (iii) The flammable liquid component ited quantity. In addition, shipments of and the organic peroxide component these limited quantities are not subject may be packed in the same strong to subpart F of part 172 (Placarding) of outer packaging provided they will not this subchapter. Each package must interact dangerously in the event of conform to the packaging require- leakage. ments of subpart B of this part and (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross material that has a subsidiary hazard weight. The following combination of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a packagings are authorized: limited quantity which conforms to the (1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gal- tion, and is a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ lon) net capacity each for liquids or as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac- may be renamed ‘‘Consumer com- ity each for solids, unless the material modity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D. In has a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1, addition to the exceptions provided by Packing Group II, in which case the paragraph (b) of this section, ship- inner packagings may not exceed 100 ments of ORM–D materials are not sub- mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids or 0.5 kg ject to the shipping paper requirements (1.1 pounds) for solids, packed in a of subpart C of part 172 of this sub- strong outer packaging. chapter, unless the material meets the (2) For oxidizers in Packing Group definition of a hazardous substance, III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or gallons) net capacity each for liquids are offered for transportation and or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity transported by aircraft, and are eligi- each for solids, and packed in strong ble for the exceptions provided in outer packagings. § 173.156. (3) For organic peroxides which do [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as not require temperature control during amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. transportation— 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; (i) For Type D, E, or F organic perox- 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, ides, inner packagings not over 125 mL 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for liq- Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007] uids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity for solids, packed in strong outer pack- § 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 agings. (poisonous materials). (ii) For Type B or C organic perox- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ides, inner packagings not over 25 mL materials shipments in the following (0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liq- paragraphs are permitted only if this uids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity section is referenced for the specific for solids, packed in strong outer pack- hazardous material in the § 172.101 table agings. of this subchapter. (4) For resin kits consisting (b) Limited quantities of Division 6.1 of a base material component (Class 3, materials. The exceptions in this para- Packing Group II or III) and an acti- graph do not apply to poison-by-inhala- vator component (Type C, D, E, or F tion materials. Limited quantities of

514

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.154

poisonous materials (Division 6.1) in and from the labeling requirements of Packing Group II and III are excepted subpart E of part 172 of this sub- from the specification packaging re- chapter. Shipments of ORM-D material quirements of this subchapter when are eligible for the exceptions provided packaged in combination packagings in § 173.156 and in paragraph (b) of this according to this paragraph. For trans- section and are not subject to the ship- portation by aircraft, the package ping paper requirements of subpart C of must also comply with the applicable part 172 of this subchapter, unless the requirements of § 173.27 of this sub- material meets the definition of a haz- chapter and only hazardous materials ardous substance, a hazardous waste, authorized aboard passenger-carrying or a marine pollutant or unless offered aircraft may be transported as a lim- for transportation or transported by ited quantity. In addition, shipments of aircraft. these limited quantities are not subject to subpart F of part 172 (Placarding) of [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as this subchapter. Each package must amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, conform to the packaging require- July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR ments of subpart B of this part and 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 54938, Sept. 20, 2006] may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination § 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corro- packagings are authorized: sive materials). (1) For poisonous materials in Pack- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ing Group II, inner packagings not over materials shipments in the following 100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or paragraphs are permitted only if this 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) each for solids, section is referenced for the specific packed in a strong outer packaging. hazardous material in the § 172.101 table (2) For poisonous materials in Pack- of this subchapter. ing Group III, inner packagings not over 4 L (1.0 gallon) each for liquids or (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- 5.0 kg (11 pounds) each for solids, tities of corrosive materials (Class 8) in packed in a strong outer packaging. Packing Group II and III are excepted (c) Consumer commodities. The fol- from labeling requirements, unless the lowing provisions apply to consumer material also meets the definition of commodities: Division 6.1 or is offered for transpor- (1) A limited quantity of poisonous tation or transported by aircraft, and material in Packing Group III which the specification packaging require- conforms to the provisions of para- ments of this subchapter when pack- graph (b) of this section, and is a ‘‘con- aged in combination packagings ac- sumer commodity’’ as defined in § 171.8 cording to this paragraph. For trans- of this subchapter, may be renamed portation by aircraft, the package ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and reclassed must also comply with the applicable as ORM–D. requirements of § 173.27 of this sub- (2) A poisonous material which is a chapter and only hazardous materials drug or medicine and is a ‘‘consumer authorized aboard passenger-carrying commodity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this aircraft may be transported as a lim- subchapter, may be renamed ‘‘Con- ited quantity. In addition, shipments of sumer commodity’’ and reclassed as these limited quantities are not subject ORM-D material if packaged in a com- to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of bination packaging not exceeding 30 kg this subchapter. Each package must (66 pounds) with inner packagings not conform to the packaging require- over 250 mL (8 ounces) net capacity for ments of subpart B of this part and liquids or 250 g (8.8 ounces) net capac- may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross ity for solids packed in strong outer weight. The following combination packagings. Each package must con- packagings are authorized: form to the packaging requirements of (1) For corrosive materials in Pack- subpart B of this part. ing Group II, inner packagings not over (3) Packages of ORM-D material are 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for excepted from the specification pack- liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) aging requirements of this subchapter net capacity each for solids, unless the

515

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.155 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

material has a subsidiary hazard of Di- § 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (mis- vision 6.1, Packing Group II in which cellaneous hazardous materials). case the inner packagings may not ex- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ceed 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids or materials shipments in the following 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) for solids, packed in paragraphs are permitted only if this a strong outer packaging. (2) For corrosive materials in Pack- section is referenced for the specific ing Group III, in inner packagings not hazardous material in the § 172.101 table over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity of this subchapter. each for liquids, or not over 5.0 kg (11 (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- lbs) net capacity each for solids, and tities of miscellaneous hazardous ma- packed in strong outer packagings. terials (Class 9) are excepted from la- (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a beling, unless offered for transpor- material that has a subsidiary hazard tation or transported by aircraft, and of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a the specification packaging require- limited quantity which conforms to the ments of this subchapter when pack- provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- aged in combination packagings ac- tion, and is a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ cording to this paragraph. For trans- as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, portation by aircraft, the package may be renamed ‘‘Consumer com- must also comply with the applicable modity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D. In requirements of § 173.27 of this sub- addition to the exceptions provided by chapter and only hazardous materials paragraph (b) of this section, ship- authorized aboard passenger-carrying ments of ORM–D materials are not sub- aircraft may be transported as a lim- ject to the shipping paper requirements ited quantity. In addition, shipments of of subpart C of part 172 of this sub- these limited quantities are not subject chapter, unless the material meets the to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of definition of a hazardous substance, this subchapter. Each package must hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or are offered for transportation and conform to the packaging require- transported by aircraft, and are eligi- ments of subpart B of this part and ble for the exceptions provided in may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross § 173.156. weight. The following combination (d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or packagings are authorized: steel only. Except for a hazardous sub- (1) For liquids, inner packagings not stance, a hazardous waste, or a marine over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity pollutant, a material classed as a Class each. packed in strong outer pack- 8, Packing Group III, material solely agings. because of its corrosive effect— (2) For solids, inner packagings not (1) On aluminum is not subject to over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity any other requirements of this sub- each, packed in strong outer pack- chapter when transported by motor ve- agings. hicle or rail car in a packaging con- (c) Consumer commodities. A limited structed of materials that will not quantity which conforms to the provi- react dangerously with or be degraded sions of paragraph (b) of this section by the corrosive material; or and is a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as de- (2) On steel is not subject to any fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, may other requirements of this subchapter be renamed ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ when transported by motor vehicle or and reclassed as ORM-D material. In rail car in a bulk packaging con- addition to the exceptions provided by structed of materials that will not react dangerously with or be degraded paragraph (b) of this section, ship- by the corrosive material. ments of ORM-D materials are not sub- ject to the shipping paper requirements [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as of subpart C of part 172 of this sub- amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR chapter, unless the material meets the 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR definition of a hazardous substance, a 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007] or unless offered for transportation or

516

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.158

transported by aircraft, and are eligi- (iii) The trays are placed in a fiber- ble for the exceptions provided in board box which is banded and secured § 173.156. to a wooden pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps, to form a single [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. palletized unit; 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173– (iv) The package conforms to the 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603, general packaging requirements of sub- Mar. 22, 2006] part B of this part; (v) The maximum net quantity of § 173.156 Exceptions for ORM mate- hazardous material permitted on one rials. palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds); (a) Exceptions for hazardous mate- and rials shipments in the following para- (vi) The package is properly marked graphs are permitted only if this sec- in accordance with § 172.316 of this sub- tion is referenced for the specific haz- chapter. ardous material in the § 172.101 table or [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as in a packaging section in this part. amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR (b) ORM-D. Packagings for ORM-D 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, materials are specified according to Sept. 26, 1996; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998] hazard class in §§ 173.150 through 173.155 and in § 173.306. In addition to other ex- Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging ceptions specified for ORM-D materials in this part: for Hazardous Materials Other (1) Strong outer packagings as speci- Than Class 1 and Class 7 fied in this part, marking requirements specified in subpart D of part 172 of this SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds) 1990, unless otherwise noted. gross weight limitation are not re- quired for materials classed as ORM-D § 173.158 Nitric acid. when— (a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent (i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or concentration may not be packaged similar overpacks; with any other material. (ii) Offered for transportation or (b) Nitric acid in any concentration transported by: which does not contain sulfuric acid or (A) Rail; hydrochloric acid as impurities, when (B) Private or contract motor car- offered for transportation or trans- rier; or ported by rail, highway, or water shall (C) Common carrier in a vehicle be packaged in specification containers under exclusive use for such service; as follows: and (1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are au- (iii) Transported to or from a manu- thorized, subject to the following limi- facturer, a distribution center, or a re- tations: tail outlet, or transported to a disposal (i) Stainless steel used in drums must facility from one offeror. conform to the following thicknesses: (2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight Nominal (marked) capacity (in Minimum thickness (in mm) limitation does not apply to materials liters) of 1A1 drum of stainless steel classed as ORM-D when offered for transportation, or transported, by 55 0.9 115 1.2 highway or rail between a manufac- 210 1.5 turer, a distribution center, and a re- 450 2.0 tail outlet provided— (i) Inner packagings conform to the (ii) Drums weighing less than 85 per- quantity limits for inner packagings cent of their original may specified in §§ 173.150(b), 173.152(b), not be used. 173.154(b), 173.155(b) and 173.306 (a) and (iii) Type 304 or other grades of (b), as appropriate; equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in (ii) The inner packagings are packed the as-welded condition are permissible into corrugated fiberboard trays to pre- for nitric acid concentrations up to and vent them from moving freely; including 78 percent.

517

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.158 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(iv) For all concentrations of nitric (d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or great- acid, the following are permissible: er concentration, when offered for (A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched transportation or transported by rail, in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), highway, or water may be packaged as (B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as- follows: welded condition, (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes (C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved with inner packagings consisting of (845–900 °C (1550–1650 °F)), glass bottles further individually over- (D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated packed in tightly closed metal pack- (quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), agings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L or (0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cush- (E) Other grades of equivalent corro- ioned with a non-reactive, absorbent sion resistance. material within the metal packagings. (v) All parts of drum exposed to lad- (2) In combination packagings with ing must be capable of withstanding 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2 or 4G outer the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the packagings with inner glass packagings extent that 65 percent boiling nitric of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) or less capacity acid does not penetrate the metal more cushioned with a non-reactive, absorb- than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per ent material and packed within a month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a tightly closed intermediate packaging suitable corrosion test procedure.) of metal or plastic. (vi) In addition to marking required (e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent by § 178.503 of this subchapter, the fol- concentration, when offered for trans- lowing marks, in lettering of at least portation or transported by rail, high- 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be way, or water may be packaged in 4G placed on drums used to transport ni- fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F tric acid: wooden boxes with inside glass pack- agings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca- (A) The type of steel used in body and pacity each. head sheets as identified by American (f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less Iron and Steel Institute type number, concentration, when offered for trans- and, in addition, the letters ‘‘HT’’ fol- portation or transported by rail, high- lowing the steel designation on con- way, or water, may be packaged as fol- tainers subject to stress relieving or lows: heat treatment during manufacture. (1) In composite packagings 6PA1, (B) The thickness in mm of metal in 6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, or thinnest part. When the thickness of 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite pack- metal in the body differs from that in aging with plastic inner receptacles the head, both must be indicated with meeting the compatibility require- slanting line between and with the ments § 173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are gauge of the body indicated first. authorized. (C) Original tare weight in kilo- (2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with grams, preceded by the letters ‘‘TW.’’ inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L An example of the markings required (0.66 gallon) each. by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), and (C) (3) In combination packagings with of this section is ‘‘304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55.’’ 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, (2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer pack- 4F or 4G outer packagings and plastic agings with glass inner receptacles of inner packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca- gallon) capacity further individually pacity each. No more than four 2.5 L overpacked in tightly closed metal (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be packagings. packed in one outer packaging. (g) Nitric acid of more than 70 per- (c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater cent concentration, when offered for concentration which does not contain transportation or transported by cargo sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as aircraft only, must be packaged in impurities, when offered for transpor- combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, tation or transported by rail, highway, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G or water may be packaged in 1B1 alu- outer packagings with glass or earth- minum drums. enware inner packagings of not over 1

518

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159

L (0.3 gallon) or glass of not tecting the battery terminals from over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon). damage or short circuiting. Batteries (h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent must be securely cushioned and packed concentration, when offered for trans- to prevent shifting which could loosen portation in cargo aircraft only must terminal caps or reorient the termi- be packaged in combination pack- nals. Batteries contained in devices agings with 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, must be securely installed. Terminal 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G outer packagings protection methods include but are not with inner packagings of— limited to: (1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 (i) Securely attaching covers of suffi- L (0.66 gallon) capacity; cient strength to protect the termi- (2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) nals; capacity further individually over- (ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid packed in tightly closed metal pack- plastic packaging; or agings; or (iii) Constructing the battery with (3) Glass not over 0.5 L (0.1 terminals that are recessed or other- gallon) capacity. wise protected so that the terminals [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as will not be subjected to damage if the amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. package is dropped. 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– (b) For transportation by aircraft: 255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744, (1) The packaging for wet batteries Dec. 31, 2003] must incorporate an acid- or alkali- § 173.159 Batteries, wet. proof liner, or include a supplementary packaging with sufficient strength and (a) Electric storage batteries, con- adequately sealed to prevent leakage of taining electrolyte acid or alkaline electrolyte fluid in the event of spill- corrosive battery fluid (wet batteries), age; and may not be packed with other mate- (2) Any battery-powered device, rials except as provided in paragraphs equipment or vehicle must be packaged (g) and (h) of this section and in for transport in a manner to prevent §§ 173.220 and 173.222; and any battery or unintentional activation or must have battery-powered device must be pre- an independent means of preventing pared and packaged for transport in a unintentional activation (e.g., pack- manner to prevent: aging restricts access to activation (1) A dangerous evolution of heat switch, switch caps or locks, recessed (i.e., an amount of heat sufficient to be switches, trigger locks, temperature dangerous to packaging or personal sensitive circuit breakers, etc.). safety to include charring of pack- (c) The following specification pack- aging, melting of packaging, scorching agings are authorized for batteries of packaging, or other evidence); packed without other materials pro- (2) Short circuits, including, but not vided all requirements of paragraph (a) limited to: of this section, and for transportation (i) Packaging each battery or each by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec- battery-powered device when prac- tion are met: ticable, in fully enclosed inner pack- (1) : 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F. agings made of non-conductive mate- rial; (2) Fiberboard box: 4G. (ii) Separating or packaging bat- (3) Plywood drum: 1D. teries and battery-powered devices in a (4) Fiber drum: 1G. manner to prevent contact with other (5) Plastic drum: 1H2. batteries, devices or conductive mate- (6) Plastic jerrican: 3H2. rials (e.g., metal) in the packagings; or (7) Plastic box: 4H2. (iii) Ensuring exposed terminals are (d) The following non-specification protected with non-conductive caps, packagings are authorized for batteries non-conductive tape, or by other appro- packed without other materials pro- priate means; and vided all requirements of paragraph (a) (3) Damage to terminals. If not impact of this section, and for transportation resistant, the outer packaging must by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec- not be used as the sole means of pro- tion are met:

519

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.159 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1) Electric storage batteries are age to battery terminal caps, cell cov- firmly secured to skids or pallets capa- ers or filler caps. ble of withstanding the shocks nor- (7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg mally incident to transportation are (75 pounds) each may be packed in com- authorized for transportation by rail, pletely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes highway, or vessel. The height of the must be of double-wall corrugated fi- completed unit must not exceed 11⁄2 berboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) times the width of the skid or pallet. test, or solid fiberboard testing at least The unit must be capable of with- 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have standing, without damage, a super- hand holes in its ends provided that the imposed weight equal to two times the hand holes will not materially weaken weight of the unit or, if the weight of the box. Sides and ends of the box must the unit exceeds 907 kg (2,000 pounds), a have cushioning between the battery superimposed weight of 1814 kg (4,000 and walls of the box; combined thick- pounds). Battery terminals must not be ness of cushioning material and walls relied upon to support any part of the of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm superimposed weight and must not (0.5 inch); and cushioning must be ex- short out if a conductive material is celsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or placed in direct contact with them. other suitable cushioning material. (2) Electric storage batteries weigh- The bottom of the battery must be pro- ing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, con- tected by a minimum of one excelsior sisting of carriers’ equipment, may be pad or by a double-wall corrugated fi- shipped by rail when mounted on suit- berboard pad. The top of the battery able skids. Such shipments may not be must be protected by a wood frame, offered in interchange service. corrugated trays or scored sheets of (3) One to three batteries not over corrugated fiberboard having minimum 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other strong outer boxes. The maximum au- equally effective cushioning material. thorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 Top protection must bear evenly on pounds). connectors and/or edges of the battery (4) Not more than four batteries not cover to facilitate stacking of bat- over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in teries. No more than one battery may strong outer fiberboard or wooden be placed in one box. The maximum au- boxes. The maximum authorized gross thorized gross weight is 91 kg (200 weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). pounds). (5) Not more than five batteries not (e) When transported by highway or over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in rail, electric storage batteries con- strong outer fiberboard or wooden taining electrolyte or corrosive battery boxes. The maximum authorized gross fluid are not subject to any other re- weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). quirements of this subchapter, if all of (6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 the following are met: kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided (1) No other hazardous materials may slip covers or in completely closed fi- be transported in the same vehicle; berboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes (2) The batteries must be loaded or must be of solid or double-faced cor- braced so as to prevent damage and rugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200 short circuits in transit; pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip (3) Any other material loaded in the cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly same vehicle must be blocked, braced, and provide inside top clearance of at or otherwise secured to prevent con- least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery tact with or damage to the batteries; terminals and filler caps with rein- and forcement in place. Assembled for ship- (4) The transport vehicle may not ment, the bottom edges of the slipcover carry material shipped by any person must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of other than the shipper of the batteries. the bottom of the battery. The com- (f) Batteries can be considered as pleted package (battery and box or slip non-spillable provided they are capable cover) must be capable of withstanding of withstanding the following two a top-to-bottom compression test of at tests, without leakage of battery fluid least 225 kg (500 pounds) without dam- from the battery:

520

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159a

(1) Vibration test. The battery must be for transportation or transported in rigidly clamped to the platform of a vi- each package. bration machine, and a simple har- (3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not monic motion having an amplitude of more than 12 inside packagings of poly- 0.8 mm (0.03 inches) with a 1.6 mm ethylene or other material resistant to (0.063 inches) maximum total excursion the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 gal- must be applied. The frequency must lon) capacity each. Completed pack- be varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min be- ages must conform to Packing Group tween the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The III requirements. Inner packagings entire range of frequencies and return must be adequately separated from the must be traversed in 95 ± 5 minutes for storage battery. The maximum author- each mounting position (direction of ized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds). vibrator) of the battery. The battery These packages are not authorized for must be tested in three mutually per- transportation by aircraft. pendicular positions (to include testing (h) Dry batteries or battery charger with fill openings and vents, if any, in devices may be packaged in 4G fiber- an inverted position) for equal time pe- board boxes with inner receptacles con- riods. taining battery fluid. Completed pack- (2) Pressure differential test. Following agings must conform to Packing Group the vibration test, the battery must be III requirements. Not more than 12 stored for six hours at 24 °C ± 4 °C (75 inner receptacles may be packed in one °F ± 7 °F) while subjected to a pressure outer box. The maximum authorized differential of at least 88 kPa (13 psig). gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds). The battery must be tested in three (i) When approved by the Associate mutually perpendicular positions (to Administrator, electric storage bat- include testing with fill openings and teries, containing electrolyte or corro- vents, if any, in an inverted position) sive battery fluid in a separate res- for at least six hours in each position. ervoir from which fluid is injected into (g) Electrolyte, acid or alkaline cor- the battery cells by a power device car- rosive battery fluid, packed with bat- tridge assembled with the battery, and teries wet or dry, must be packed in which meet the criteria of paragraph one of the following specification pack- (f) are not subject to any other require- agings: ments of this subchapter. (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden [74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009] boxes with inner receptacles of glass, not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not § 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable over 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each out- batteries. side container. Inside containers must (a) Exceptions for hazardous mate- be well-cushioned and separated from rials shipments in the following para- batteries by a strong solid wooden par- graphs are permitted only if this sec- tition. The completed package must tion is referenced for the specific haz- conform to Packing Group III require- ardous material in the § 172.101 table or ments. in a packaging section in this part. (2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline cor- (b) Non-spillable batteries offered for rosive battery fluid included with elec- transportation or transported in ac- tric storage batteries and filling kits cordance with this section are subject may be packed in strong rigid outer to the incident reporting requirements. packagings when shipments are made For transportation by aircraft, a tele- by, for, or to the Departments of the phone report in accordance with Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United § 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent States. Packagings must conform to rupture, explosion or dangerous evo- military specifications. The electro- lution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat lyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery sufficient to be dangerous to packaging fluid must be packed in polyethylene or personal safety to include charring bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) ca- of packaging, melting of packaging, pacity each. Not more than 24 bottles, scorching of packaging, or other evi- securely separated from electric stor- dence) occurs as a direct result of a age batteries and kits, may be offered non-spillable battery. For all modes of

521

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.160 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

transportation, a written report in ac- § 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid cordance with § 171.16(a) is required if a kits. fire, violent rupture, explosion or dan- (a) Chemical kits and First aid kits gerous evolution of heat occurs as a di- must conform to the following require- rect result of a non-spillable battery. ments: (c) Non-spillable batteries are ex- (1) The kits may only contain haz- cepted from the packaging require- ardous materials for which packaging ments of § 173.159 under the following exceptions are provided in column 8(A) conditions: the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. (1) Non-spillable batteries must be se- (2) The kits must be packed in a curely packed in strong outer pack- strong outer packaging conforming to agings and meet the requirements of the packaging requirements of subpart § 173.159(a). A non-spillable battery B of this subchapter. which is an integral part of and nec- (3) The kits must include sufficient essary for the operation of mechanical absorbent material to completely ab- or electronic equipment must be se- sorb the contents of any liquid haz- curely fastened in the battery holder ardous materials contained in the kits. on the equipment; The contents must be separated, (2) The battery and outer packaging placed, or packed, and closed with must be plainly and durably marked cushioning material to protect them ‘‘NON-SPILLABLE’’ or ‘‘NON-SPILL- from damage. ABLE BATTERY.’’ The requirement to (4) The contents of the kits must be mark the outer package does not apply packed so there will be no possibility of when the battery is installed in a piece the mixture of contents causing dan- of equipment that is transported gerous evolution of heat or gas. unpackaged. (5) The packing group assigned to the (d) Non-spillable batteries are ex- kits as a whole must be the most strin- cepted from all other requirements of gent packing group assigned to any in- this subchapter when offered for trans- dividual substance contained in the portation and transported in accord- kits. ance with paragraph (c) of this section (6) Inner receptacles containing haz- and the following: ardous materials within the kits must (1) At a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F), not contain more than 250 ml for liq- the battery must not contain any uids or 250 g for solids per receptacle. unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and (7) The total quantity of hazardous must be designed so that electrolyte materials in any one outer package will not flow from a ruptured or must not exceed either 10 L or 10 kg. cracked case; and (b) Chemical kits and First aid kits (2) For transport by aircraft, when are excepted from the specification contained in a battery-powered device, packaging requirements of this sub- equipment or vehicle must be prepared chapter. Chemical kits and First aid and packaged for transport in a man- kits are also excepted from the label- ner to prevent unintentional activation ing requirements of this subchapter ex- in conformance with § 173.159(b)(2) of cept when offered for transportation or this Subpart. transported by air. In addition, Chem- ical kits and First aid kits are not sub- [74 FR 2258, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] ject to subpart F of part 172 of this sub- chapter (Placarding), part 174 (Carriage § 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive by rail) of this subchapter except (corrosive). § 174.24 (Shipping papers), and part 177 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be (Carriage by highway) of this sub- shipped provided they are without igni- chapter except § 177.817 (Shipping pa- tion elements, bursting charges, deto- pers). Kits that meet the definition for nating fuses or other explosive compo- a consumer commodity in § 171.8 of this nents. They must be packaged in wood- subchapter may be transported in ac- en (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconsti- cordance with the exceptions for ORM tuted wood (4F) boxes, or plywood materials in § 173.156. drums (1D), which meet Packing Group [Doc. No. 2002–13658, 68 FR 45033, July 31, II requirements. 2003]

522

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.164

§ 173.162 Gallium. have impact resistance at the low tem- (a) Except when packaged in cyl- peratures of the refrigerant employed. inders or steel flasks, gallium must be If dry ice is used, the outer packaging packaged in packagings which meet must permit the release of carbon diox- the requirements of part 178 of this ide gas. subchapter at the Packing Group I per- (c) Manufactured articles or formance level for transportation by apparatuses, each containing not more aircraft, and at the Packing Group III than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium performance level for transport by and packaged so that the quantity of highway, rail or vessel, as follows: gallium per package does not exceed 1 (1) In combination packagings in- g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the re- tended to contain liquids consisting of quirements of this subchapter. glass, earthenware or rigid plastic [64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; as amemded at 66 inner packagings with a maximum net FR 33430, June 21, 2001] mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The inner packagings must be packed in § 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. wood boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiber- (a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H1, acid, anhydrous) must be packaged as 4H2), fiber drums (1G) or removable follows: head steel and plastic drums or (1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, jerricans (1A2, 1H2, 3A2 or 3H2) with 3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in specification sufficient cushioning materials to pre- 4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that vent breakage. Either the inner pack- brazed 4B, 4BA, and 4BW cylinders are agings or the outer packagings must not authorized. The filling density may have an inner liner that is leakproof or not exceed 85 percent of the cylinder’s bags of strong leakproof and puncture- water weight capacity. In place of the resistant material impervious to the periodic volumetric expansion test, contents and completely surrounding cylinders used in exclusive service may the contents to prevent it from escap- be given a complete external visual in- ing from the package, irrespective of spection in conformance with part 180, its position. subpart C, of this subchapter, at the (2) In packagings intended to contain time such requalification becomes due. liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic (2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in inner packagings of not more than 2.5 part 178 of this subchapter, having a kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, indi- minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a vidually enclosed in a sealed, leak- maximum filling ratio of 0.84. tight bag of strong puncture-resistant (b) A cylinder removed from hydro- material. The sealed bags must be gen fluoride service must be con- packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood demned in accordance with § 180.205 of (4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiber- this subchapter. Alternatively, at the board (4G) or plastic (4H1, 4H2) boxes or direction of the owner, the requalifier in fiber (1G) or steel (1A2) drums, which may render the cylinder incapable of are lined with leak-tight, puncture-re- holding pressure. sistant material. Bags and liner mate- rial must be chemically resistant to [71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] gallium. (3) Cylinders and steel flasks with § 173.164 Mercury (metallic and arti- vaulted bottoms are also authorized. cles containing mercury). (b) When it is necessary to transport (a) For transportation by aircraft, gallium at low temperatures in order mercury must be packaged in pack- to maintain it in a completely solid agings which meet the requirements of state, the above packagings may be part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- overpacked in a strong, water-resistant ing Group I performance level, as fol- outer packaging which contains dry ice lows: or other means of refrigeration. If a re- (1) In inner packagings of earthen- frigerant is used, all of the above mate- ware, glass or plastic containing not rials used in the packaging of gallium more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of mer- must be chemically and physically re- cury, or inner packagings which are sistant to the refrigerant and must glass ampoules containing not more

523

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.164 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

than 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of mercury, or quirements of this subchapter if in- iron or steel quicksilver flasks con- stalled as an integral part of a machine taining not more than 35 kg (77 pounds) or apparatus and so fitted that shock of mercury. The inner packagings or of impact damage, leading to leakage flasks must be packed in steel drums of mercury, is unlikely to occur under (1A2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden conditions normally incident to trans- boxes (4C1), (4C2), plywood boxes (4D), port. reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiber- (3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H2), tubes and similar tubes must be pack- plywood drums (1D) or fiber drums aged as follows: (1G). (i) Tubes which are packed in strong (2) [Reserved] outer packagings with all seams and (3) When inner packagings of earth- joints sealed with self-, pres- enware, glass or plastic are used, they sure-sensitive tape which will prevent must be packed in the outer packaging the escape of mercury from the pack- with sufficient cushioning material to age, are authorized up to a total net prevent breakage. quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mer- (4) Either the inner packagings or the cury per package; outer packagings must have inner lin- (ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 ings or bags of strong leakproof and ounces) of mercury are authorized only puncture-resistant material imper- when packed in strong outer pack- vious to mercury, completely sur- agings, having sealed inner liners or rounding the contents, so that the es- bags of strong leakproof and puncture- cape of mercury will be prevented irre- resistant material impervious to mer- spective of the position of the package. cury which will prevent escape of mer- (b) Manufactured articles or cury from the package irrespective of apparatuses, each containing not more its position; than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of mercury (iii) Tubes which do not contain more and packaged so that the quantity of than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each mercury per package does not exceed 1 and which are packed in the manufac- g (0.035 ounce) are not subject to the turer’s original packagings, are author- requirements of this subchapter. ized up to a total net quantity of 30 g (c) Manufactured articles or (1.1 ounces) of mercury per package; apparatuses containing mercury are (iv) Tubes which are completely jack- excepted from the specification pack- eted in sealed leakproof metal cases aging requirements of this subchapter are authorized in the manufacturer’s when packaged as follows: original packagings. (1) Manufactured articles or (4) A person offering for transpor- apparatuses of which metallic mercury tation electron tubes, mercury vapor is a component part, such as tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate manometers, pumps, thermometers, the quantity of mercury therein on the switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mer- shipping paper. cury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see (5) Mercurial barometers conforming paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, be in strong outer packagings, having which are loaded and unloaded from an sealed inner liners or bags of strong aircraft under the supervision of, and leakproof and puncture-resistant mate- accompanied in flight by, a National rial impervious to mercury, which will Weather Service official or similar prevent the escape of mercury from the United States agency official, are ex- package irrespective of its position. cepted from any other requirements of Mercury switches and relays are ex- this subchapter. cepted from these packaging require- (d) For transportation by other than ments, if they are totally enclosed, aircraft, mercury must be packaged— leakproof and in sealed metal or plas- (1) In any packaging which meets the tic units. requirements of part 178 of this sub- (2) Thermometers, switches and re- chapter at the Packing Group III per- lays, each containing a total quantity formance level; or of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of (2) In non-specification reusable mercury, are excepted from the re- metal packagings.

524

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.166

(e) Except for a hazardous substance of a foreign government to the Asso- or a hazardous waste or for transpor- ciate Administrator, and received writ- tation by aircraft or vessel, packages ten notification from the Associate Ad- containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) ministrator that the device has been net weight of mercury are not subject approved for transportation and as- to the requirements of this subchapter. signed an EX number. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (c) EX numbers. When offered for amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. transportation, the shipping paper 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– must contain the EX number or prod- 246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, uct code for each approved inflator, 10778, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003] module or pretensioner in association with the basic description required by § 173.166 Air bag inflators, air bag § 172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product modules and seat-belt pretensioners. codes must be traceable to the specific EX number assigned to the inflator, (a) Definitions. An air bag inflator module or pretensioner by the Asso- (consisting of a casing containing an ciate Administrator. The EX number igniter, a booster material, a gas or product code is not required to be generant and, in some cases, a pressure marked on the outside package. vessel (cylinder)) is a gas generator (d) Exceptions. (1) An air bag module used to inflate an air bag in a supple- or seat-belt pretensioner that has been mental restraint system in a motor ve- approved by the Associate Adminis- hicle. An is the air bag air bag module trator and is installed in a motor vehi- inflator plus an inflatable bag assem- cle, aircraft, boat or other transport bly. A seat-belt pre-tensioner contains conveyance or its completed compo- similar hazardous materials and is used nents, such as steering columns or door in the operation of a seat-belt restrain- panels, is not subject to the require- ing system in a motor vehicle. ments of this subchapter. (b) Classification. An air bag inflator, air bag module, or seat-belt (2) An air bag module containing an pretensioner may be classed as Class 9 inflator that has been previously ap- (UN3268) if: proved for transportation is not re- (1) The manufacturer has submitted quired to be submitted for further ex- each design type air bag inflator, air amination or approval. bag module, or seat-belt pretensioner (3) An air bag module containing an to a person approved by the Associate inflator that has previously been ap- Administrator, in accordance with proved as a Division 2.2 material is not § 173.56(b), for examination and testing. required to be submitted for further ex- The submission must contain a de- amination to be reclassed as a Class 9 tailed description of the inflator or material. pretensioner or, if more than a single (4) Shipments for . When of- inflator or pretensioner is involved, the fered for domestic transportation by maximum parameters of each par- highway, rail freight, cargo vessel or ticular inflator or pretensioner design cargo aircraft, a serviceable air bag type for which approval is sought and module or seat-belt pretensioner re- details on the complete package. The moved from a motor vehicle that was manufacturer must submit an applica- manufactured as required for use in the tion, including the test results and re- United States may be offered for trans- port recommending the shipping de- portation and transported without scription and classification for each de- compliance with the shipping paper re- vice or design type to the Associate quirement prescribed in paragraph (c) Administrator, and must receive writ- of this section. However, the word ten notification from the Associate Ad- ‘‘Recycled’’ must be entered on the ministrator that the device has been shipping paper immediately after the approved for transportation and as- basic description prescribed in § 172.202 signed an EX number; or, of this subchapter. No more than one (2) The manufacturer has submitted device is authorized in the packaging an application, including a classifica- prescribed in paragraph (e)(1), (2) or (3) tion issued by the competent authority of this section. The device must be

525

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.168 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

cushioned and secured within the pack- age contains no hazardous materials age to prevent movement during trans- other than the devices. portation. [Amdt. 173–230, 57 FR 1878, Jan. 16, 1992, as (e) Packagings. Rigid, outer pack- amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. agings, meeting the general packaging 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, requirements of part 173, and the pack- 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 FR 10778, aging specification and performance re- Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; quirements of part 178 of this sub- 66 FR 45183, 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034, chapter at the Packing Group III per- July 31, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR formance level are authorized as fol- 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; lows. The packagings must be designed 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29,2006] and constructed to prevent movement § 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators. of the articles and inadvertent oper- ation. An oxygen generator, chemical (de- (1) 1A2, 1B2, 1G or 1H2 drums. fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) may (2) 3A2 or 3H2 jerricans. be transported only under the fol- lowing conditions: (3) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 boxes. (a) Approval. A chemical oxygen gen- (4) Reusable high strength plastic or erator that is shipped with an explosive metal containers or dedicated handling or non-explosive means of initiation devices are authorized for shipment of attached must be classed and approved air bag inflators, air bag modules, and by the Associate Administrator in ac- seat-belt pretensioners from a manu- cordance with the procedures specified facturing facility to the assembly facil- in § 173.56 of this subchapter. ity, subject to the following conditions: (b) Impact resistance. A chemical oxy- (i) The gross weight of the container gen generator, without any packaging, or handling device may not exceed 1000 must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 kg (2205 pounds). The container or han- meter drop onto a rigid, non-resilient, dling device structure must provide flat and horizontal surface, in the posi- adequate support to allow them to be tion most likely to cause actuation or stacked at least three high with no loss of contents. damage to the containers or devices. (c) Protection against inadvertent actu- ation. A chemical oxygen generator (ii) If not completely enclosed by de- must incorporate one of the following sign, the container or handling device means of preventing inadvertent actu- must be covered with plastic, fiber- ation: board, or metal. The covering must be (1) A chemical oxygen generator that secured to the container by banding or is not installed in protective breathing other comparable methods. equipment (PBE): (iii) Internal dunnage must be suffi- (i) Mechanically actuated devices: cient to prevent shifting of the devices (A) Two pins, installed so that each within the container. is independently capable of preventing (5) Packagings specified in the ap- the actuator from striking the primer; proval document issued by the Asso- (B) One pin and one retaining ring, ciate Administrator in accordance with each installed so that each is independ- paragraph (e) of this section are also ently capable of preventing the actu- authorized. ator from striking the primer; or (f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the pro- (C) A cover securely installed over visions of § 172.402 of this subchapter, the primer and a pin installed so as to prevent the actuator from striking the each package or handling device must primer and cover. display a CLASS 9 label. Additional la- (ii) Electrically actuated devices: beling is not required when the pack- The electrical leads must be mechani- cally shorted and the mechanical short must be shielded in metal foil. (iii) Devices with a primer but no ac- tuator: A chemical oxygen generator that has a primer but no actuating mechanism must have a protective

526

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.171

cover over the primer to prevent actu- (ii) The contents of the generator ation from external impact. have been expended. (2) A chemical oxygen generator in- stalled in a PBE must contain a pin in- [72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, stalled so as to prevent the actuator 2009; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009] from striking the primer, and be placed in a protective bag, pouch, case or § 173.170 Black powder for small arms. cover such that the protective breath- ing equipment is fully enclosed in such Black powder for small arms that has a manner that the protective bag, been classed in Division 1.1 may be re- pouch, case or cover prevents uninten- classed as a Division 4.1 material, for tional actuation of the oxygen gener- domestic transportation by motor ve- ator. hicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel (d) Packaging. A chemical oxygen only, subject to the following condi- generator and a chemical oxygen gen- tions: erator installed in equipment, (e.g., a (a) The powder must be examined and PBE) must be placed in a rigid outer approved for Division 1.1 and Division packaging that— 4.1 classification in accordance with (1) Conforms to the requirements of §§ 173.56 and 173.58; either: (b) The total quantity of black pow- (i) Part 178, subparts L and M, of this der in one motor vehicle, rail car, or subchapter at the Packing Group I or freight container may not exceed 45.4 II performance level; or kg (100 pounds) net mass, and no more (ii) The performance criteria in Air than four freight containers may be on Transport Association (ATA) Specifica- board one cargo vessel; tion No. 300 for a Category I Shipping (c) The black powder must be packed Container. in inner metal or heavy wall conduc- (2) After September 30, 2009, with its tive plastic receptacles not over 454 g contents, is capable of meeting the fol- (16 ounces) net capacity each, with no lowing additional requirements when more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G transported by cargo-only aircraft: fiberboard box. The inner packagings (i) The Flame Penetration Resistance must be arranged and protected so as Test specified in Appendix E to part 178 to prevent simultaneous ignition of the of this subchapter. contents. The complete package must (ii) The Thermal Resistance Test be of the same type which has been ex- specified in Appendix D to part 178 of amined as required in § 173.56; this subchapter. (d) Each completed package must be (e) Equipment marking. The outside marked ‘‘BLACK POWDER FOR surface of a chemical oxygen generator SMALL ARMS’’ and ‘‘NA 0027’’; and must be marked to indicate the pres- (e) Each package must bear the ence of an oxygen generator (e.g., ‘‘ox- FLAMMABLE SOLID label. ygen generator, chemical’’). The out- side surface of equipment containing a [Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as chemical oxygen generator that is not amended at Amdt. 173–255, 62 FR 14338, Mar. readily apparent (e.g., a sealed pas- 26, 1997] senger service unit) must be clearly marked to indicate the presence of the § 173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms. oxygen generator (example: ‘‘Oxygen Generator Inside’’). Smokeless powder for small arms (f) Items forbidden in air transpor- which has been classed in Division 1.3 tation. (1) A chemical oxygen generator may be reclassed in Division 4.1, for do- is forbidden for transportation on mestic transportation by motor vehi- board a passenger-carrying aircraft. cle, rail car, vessel, or cargo-only air- (2) A chemical oxygen generator is craft, subject to the following condi- forbidden for transportation by both tions: passenger-carrying and cargo-only air- (a) The powder must be examined and craft after: approved for a Division 1.3 and Division (i) The manufacturer’s expiration 4.1 classification in accordance with date; or §§ 173.56 and 173.58 of this part.

527

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.172 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) The total quantity of smokeless combustible cushioning material, such powder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 as vermiculite, in a strong outer tight- pounds) net mass in: ly closed metal packaging which will (1) One rail car, motor vehicle, or adequately protect all fittings. Max- cargo-only aircraft; or imum quantity of fuel per unit and (2) One freight container on a vessel, package is 42 L (11 gallons); or not to exceed four freight containers (b) The unit must consist of an alu- per vessel. minum pressure vessel. Primary con- (c) Only combination packagings tainment of the fuel within this vessel with inner packagings not exceeding must consist of a welded hermetically 3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are author- sealed fuel compartment with an elas- ized. Inner packagings must be ar- tomeric bladder having a maximum in- ranged and protected so as to prevent ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The simultaneous ignition of the contents. pressure vessel must have a minimum The complete package must be of the design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 same type which has been examined as psig). Each vessel must be leak- required in § 173.56 of this part. checked during manufacture and before (d) Inside packages that have been shipment and must be securely packed examined and approved by the Asso- in non-combustible cushioning mate- ciate Administrator may be packaged rial, such as vermiculite, in a strong in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the outer tightly closed metal packaging Packing Group I performance level, which will adequately protect all fit- provided all inside containers are tings. Maximum quantity of fuel per packed to prevent shifting and the net unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons). weight of smokeless powder in any one [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds). amended by 66 FR 45380]

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as § 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. , ink and resins. 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379, (a) When the § 172.101 table specifies Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 75 FR that a hazardous material be packaged 53597, Sept. 1, 2010] under this section, the following re- quirements apply. Except as otherwise § 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power provided in this part, the description unit fuel tank. ‘‘Paint’’ is the proper shipping name Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shel- tanks containing a mixture of anhy- lac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid drous hydrazine and monomethyl hy- bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood filler, drazine (M86 fuel) and designed for in- and liquid lacquer base. The descrip- stallation as complete units in aircraft tion ‘‘Paint-related material’’ is the are excepted from the specification proper shipping name for a paint packaging requirements of this sub- thinning, drying, reducing or removing chapter when they conform to either of compound. However, if a more specific the following conditions: description is listed in the § 172.101 (a) The unit must consist of an alu- table of this subchapter, that descrip- minum pressure vessel made from - tion must be used. ing and having welded heads. Primary (b) Paint, paint-related material, ad- containment of the fuel within this hesives, ink and resins must be pack- vessel must consist of a welded alu- aged as follows: minum bladder having a maximum in- (1) As prescribed in § 173.202 of this ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The part if it is a Packing Group II mate- outer vessel must have a minimum de- rial or § 173.203 of this part if it is a sign gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185 Packing Group III material; or psig) and a minimum burst gauge pres- (2) In inner glass packagings of not sure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or must be leak-checked during manufac- inner metal packagings of not over 5 L ture and before shipment and must be (1 gallon) each, packed in a strong found leakproof. The complete inner outer packaging. Packages must con- unit must be securely packed in non- form to the packaging requirements of

528

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.183

subpart B of this part but need not con- metal cans must be closed by positive form to the requirements of part 178 of means, not by friction. this subchapter. (c) Steel drums (1A2) or fiber drums [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (1G) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) ca- amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. pacity each with strong tight inner 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994] metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) ca- pacity each, closed by positive means, § 173.174 Refrigerating machines. not friction. A refrigerating machine assembled (1) Inner packagings must have no for shipment and containing 7 kg (15 opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) di- pounds) or less of a flammable liquid ameter and must be surrounded with for its operation in a strong, tight re- noncombustible cushioning material. ceptacle is excepted from labeling (ex- (2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids cept when offered for transportation or may not exceed two-thirds of the rated transported by air) and the specifica- capacity of the outer drum. For exam- tion packaging requirements of this ple, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may subchapter. In addition. shipments are contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) not subject to subpart F of part 172 of of pyrophoric liquids. this subchapter (Placarding), to part (3) Each layer of inner containers 174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail) must be separated by a metal plate sep- except § 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to arator in addition to cushioning mate- part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this rial. subchapter except § 177.817 (Shipping papers). [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR § 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liq- 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. uids). 28, 2001; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003] When the § 172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged § 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or under this section, only the following more water wet. non-bulk packagings are authorized: Barium azide—50 percent or more (a) Specification steel or nickel cyl- water wet, must be packed in wooden inders prescribed for any compressed boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber gas except acetylene having a min- drums (1G) with inner glass packagings imum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175 not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity psig). Cylinders with valves must be: (1) Equipped with steel valve protec- each. Packagings must have rubber tion caps or collars, unless overpacked; stoppers wire tied for securement. If or transportation is to take place when (2) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1, and where freezing weather is possible, 4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or a suitable antifreeze solution must be plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders used to prevent freezing. Each pack- must be secured to prevent shifting in aging must conform to the require- the box and, when offered for transpor- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at tation or transported, must be so load- the Packing Group I performance level. ed that pressure relief devices remain § 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. in the vapor space of the cylinder. (See § 177.838(h) of this subchapter.) Films, nitrocellulose base, must be (b) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) packaged in packagings conforming to or fiberboard boxes (4G) enclosing not the requirements of part 178 of this more than four strong, tight metal subchapter at the Packing Group III cans with inner receptacles of glass or performance level, as follows: metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capac- (a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum ity each, having positive screwcap clo- drums (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), sures adequately gasketed. Inner pack- wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or re- agings must be cushioned on all sides constituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood with dry, absorbent, incombustible ma- drums (1D) with each reel in a tightly terial in a quantity sufficient to absorb closed metal can, polypropylene can- the entire contents. The strong, tight ister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard

529

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.184 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

inner packaging with cover held in in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- place by adhesive tape or paper; or teria, Third Revised Edition, 1999, need (b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber not be retested. drums (1G) with a single tightly closed (2) Incorporate a safety venting de- metal can, polypropylene canister, or vice or otherwise be designed in a man- strong cardboard or fiberboard inner ner that will preclude a violent rupture packaging with cover held in place by under conditions normally incident to adhesive tape or paper; authorized only transportation. for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film. (3) Be equipped with an effective means to prevent dangerous reverse [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. current flow (e.g., diodes, fuses, etc.) if 26, 1996] a battery contains cells or series of cells that are connected in parallel. § 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. (4) Be packaged in combination pack- agings conforming to the requirements (a) A fusee is a device designed to of part 178, subparts L and M, of this burn at a controlled rate and to subchapter at the Packing Group II produce visual effects for signaling performance level. The lithium battery purposes. The composition of the fusee or cell must be packed in inner pack- must be such that the fusee will not ig- agings in such a manner as to prevent nite spontaneously or undergo marked short circuits, including movement decomposition when subjected to a which could lead to short circuits. The temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 con- inner packaging must be packed within secutive hours. one of the following outer packagings: (b) Fusees (highway and railway) metal boxes (4A or 4B); wooden boxes must be packaged in steel drums (1A2), (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F); fiberboard boxes steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1, 4C2), (4G); solid plastic boxes (4H2); fiber plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood drums (1G); metal drums (1A2 or 1B2); (4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes (4G), plywood drums (1D); plastic jerricans plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. If the (3H2); or metal jerricans (3A2 or 3B2). fusees are equipped with spikes pack- (5) Be equipped with an effective agings must have reinforced ends to means of preventing external short cir- prevent penetration of spikes through cuits. the outer packagings; packages must (6) Except as provided in paragraph be capable of passing drop test require- (d) of this section, cells and batteries ments (§ 178.603 of this subchapter), in- with a liquid cathode containing sulfur cluding at least one drop with spike in dioxide, sulfuryl chloride or thionyl a downward position, and other re- chloride may not be offered for trans- quirements of part 178 of this sub- portation or transported if any cell has chapter, at the Packing Group II per- been discharged to the extent that the formance level. open circuit voltage is less than two [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as volts or is less than 2/3 of the voltage of amended at 66 FR 45379] the fully charged cell, whichever is less. § 173.185 Lithium cells and batteries. (b) Lithium cells or batteries packed (a) Cells and batteries. A lithium cell with equipment. Lithium cells or bat- or battery, including a lithium poly- teries packed with equipment may be mer cell or battery and a lithium-ion transported as Class 9 materials if the cell or battery, must conform to all of batteries and cells meet all the re- the following requirements: quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- (1) Be of a type proven to meet the tion. The equipment and the packages requirements of each test in the UN of cells or batteries must be further Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see packed in a strong outer packaging. § 171.7 of this subchapter). A cell or bat- The cells or batteries must be packed tery and equipment containing a cell in such a manner as to prevent short or battery that was first transported circuits, including movement that prior to January 1, 2006 and is of a type could lead to short circuits. proven to meet the criteria of Class 9 (c) Lithium cells or batteries contained by testing in accordance with the tests in equipment. Lithium cells or batteries

530

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.186

contained in equipment may be trans- be transported by cargo aircraft only if ported as Class 9 materials if the cells approved by the Associate Adminis- and batteries meet all the require- trator prior to transportation. ments of paragraph (a) of this section, [72 FR 44949, Aug. 9, 2007] except paragraph (a)(4) of this section, and the equipment is packed in a § 173.186 Matches. strong outer packaging that is water- (a) Matches must be of a type which proof or is made waterproof through will not ignite spontaneously or under- the use of a liner unless the equipment go marked decomposition when sub- is made waterproof by nature of its jected for 8 consecutive hours to a tem- construction. The equipment and cells perature of 93 °C (200 °F). or batteries must be secured within the (b) Definitions. (1) Fusee matches are outer packaging and be packed so as to matches the heads of which are pre- prevent movement, short circuits, and pared with a friction-sensitive igniter accidental operation during transport. composition and a pyrotechnic com- (d) Cells and batteries, for disposal or position which burns with little or no recycling. A lithium cell or battery of- flame, but with intense heat. fered for transportation or transported (2) Safety matches are matches com- by motor vehicle to a permitted stor- bined with or attached to the box, book age facility, disposal site or for pur- or card that can be ignited by friction poses of recycling is excepted from the only on a prepared surface. specification packaging requirements (3) Strike anywhere matches are of paragraph (a)(4) of this section and matches that can be ignited by friction the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) on a solid surface. and (a)(6) of this section when pro- (4) Wax ‘‘Vesta’’ matches are matches tected against short circuits and that can be ignited by friction either packed in a strong outer packaging on a prepared surface or on a solid sur- conforming to the requirements of face. §§ 173.24 and 173.24a. (c) Safety matches and wax ‘‘Vesta’’ (e) Shipments for testing (prototypes). A matches must be tightly packed in se- lithium cell or battery is excepted curely closed inner packagings to pre- from the requirements of (a)(1) of this vent accidental ignition under condi- section when transported by motor ve- tions normally incident to transpor- hicle for purposes of testing. The cell tation, and further packed in outer fi- or battery must be individually packed berboard, wooden, or other equivalent- in an inner packaging, surrounded by type packagings. These matches in cushioning material that is non-com- outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg bustible and nonconductive. The cell or (50 pounds) gross weight are not sub- battery must be transported as a Class ject to any other requirement (except 9 material. marking) of this subchapter. These (f) A lithium cell or battery that does matches may be packed in the same not comply with the provisions of this outer packaging with materials not subchapter may be transported only subject to this subchapter. under conditions approved by the Asso- (d) Strike-anywhere matches may ciate Administrator. not be packed in the same outer pack- (g) Batteries employing a strong, im- aging with any material other than pact-resistant outer casing and exceed- safety matches or wax ‘‘Vesta’’ ing a gross weight of 12 kg (26.5 lbs.), matches, which must be packed in sep- and assemblies of such batteries, may arate inner packagings. be packed in strong outer packagings, (e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere in protective enclosures (for example, matches must be tightly packed in se- in fully enclosed wooden slatted crates) curely closed chipboard, fiberboard, or on pallets. Batteries must be se- wooden, or metal inner packagings to cured to prevent inadvertent move- prevent accidental ignition under con- ment, and the terminals may not sup- ditions normally incident to transpor- port the weight of other superimposed tation. Each inner packaging may con- elements. Batteries packaged in this tain no more than 700 strike-anywhere manner are not permitted for transpor- matches and must be packed in outer tation by passenger aircraft, and may steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums

531

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.187 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden Packing Group I performance level, as (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted follows: wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, ply- (a) When placed in water, it must be wood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. Gross packaged in specification packagings weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must as follows: not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). Gross (1) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) weight of other outer packagings must with: not exceed 45 kg (100 pounds). (i) Inner hermetically sealed (sol- dered) metal cans, enclosed in other [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as hermetically sealed (soldered) metal amended at 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004] cans, or (ii) Inner water-tight metal cans con- § 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, n.o.s. taining not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of phosphorus with screw-top closures; or Packagings for pyrophoric solids, (2) Steel drums (1A1) not over 250 L metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform (66 gallons) capacity each or steel to the requirements of part 178 of this drums (1A2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) subchapter at the packing group per- capacity each. formance level specified in the § 172.101 (b) When dry, it must be cast solid Table. These materials must be pack- and shipped in packagings as follows: aged as follows: (1) Steel drums (1A2) not over 115 L (a) In steel boxes (4A) and contain (30 gallons) capacity each, or not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each. (2) In projectiles or bombs when (b) In wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or shipped by, for, or to the Departments 4F) with inner metal receptacles which of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the have a positive (not friction) means of United States Government, without closure and contain not more than 15 bursting elements. kg (33 pounds) each. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991] inner metal receptacles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure § 173.189 Batteries containing sodium and contain not more than 7.5 kg (17 or cells containing sodium. pounds) each. (a) Batteries and cells may not con- (d) In steel drums (1A1 or 1A2) with a tain any hazardous material other than gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331 sodium, sulfur or polysulfides. Cells pounds) per drum. not forming a component of a com- (e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner pleted battery may not be offered for metal receptacles which have a posi- transportation at a temperature at tive (not friction) means of closure and which any liquid sodium is present in contain not more than 15 kg (33 the cell. Batteries may only be offered pounds) each. for transportation, or transported, at a (f) In fiber drums (1G) with inner temperature at which any liquid so- metal receptacles which have a posi- dium present in the battery conforms tive (not friction) means of closure and to the conditions prescribed in para- contain not more than 15 kg (33 graph (d) of this section. pounds) each. (b) Cells must consist of hermetically (g) In specification cylinders, as pre- sealed metal casings which fully en- scribed for any compressed gas, except close the hazardous materials and for Specifications 8 and 3HT. which are so constructed and closed as to prevent the release of the hazardous [71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006] materials under normal conditions of transport. Cells must be placed in suit- § 173.188 White or yellow phosphorus. able outer packagings with sufficient Phosphorus, white or yellow, when cushioning material to prevent contact offered for transportation or trans- between cells and between cells and the ported by rail, highway, or water, must internal surfaces of the outer pack- be packaged in water or dry in pack- aging, and to ensure that no dangerous agings conforming to the requirements shifting of the cells within the outer of part 178 of this subchapter at the packaging occurs in transport. Cells

532

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.192

must be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, the battery casing will not exceed 240 1H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 outer °C (464 °F) during transportation; and packagings which meet the require- (iii) No other hazardous materials, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at with the exception of cells containing the Packing Group II performance sodium, may be loaded in the same level. transport vehicle or freight container. (c) Batteries must consist of cells se- Batteries must be separated from all cured within, and fully enclosed by a other freight by a distance of not less metal casing so constructed and closed than 0.5 m (1.6 feet). as to prevent the release of the haz- (e) Vehicles, machinery and equip- ardous materials under normal condi- ment powered by sodium batteries tions of transport. Batteries may be of- must be consigned under the entry fered for transportation, and trans- ‘‘Battery-powered vehicle or Battery- ported, unpacked or in protective pack- powered equipment.’’ agings that are not subject to the re- quirements of part 178 of this sub- [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as chapter. amended by Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. (d) Batteries containing any liquid 1, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, sodium may not be offered for trans- Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009] portation, or transported, by aircraft. Batteries containing liquid sodium § 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic gases in Hazard Zone A. may be transported by motor vehicle, rail car or vessel under the following When § 172.101 of this subchapter conditions: specifies a toxic material must be (1) Batteries must be equipped with packaged under this section, only the an effective means of preventing exter- following cylinders are authorized: nal short circuits, such as by providing (a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, complete electrical insulation of bat- 3AL1800, 3E1800, or seamless UN cyl- tery terminals or other external elec- inders with a minimum test pressure in trical connectors. Battery terminals or accordance with P200 of the UN Rec- other electrical connectors penetrating ommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this the heat insulation fitted in battery subchapter). casings must be provided with thermal (1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cyl- insulation sufficient to prevent the inders may not exceed 57 kg (125 lb) temperature of the exposed surfaces of water capacity (nominal). ° such devices from exceeding 55 C (130 (2) Specification 3AL cylinders may ° F). only be offered for transportation or (2) No battery may be offered for transported by highway and rail. transportation if the temperature at (b) Packagings must conform to the any point on the external surface of requirements of § 173.40. the battery exceeds 55 °C (130 °F). (3) If any external source of heating (c) For cylinders used for phosgene: is used during transportation to main- (1) The filling density may not exceed tain sodium in batteries in a molten 125 percent; state, means must be provided to en- (2) A cylinder may not contain more sure that the internal temperature of than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; and the battery does not reach or exceed (3) Each cylinder containing phos- 400 °C (752 °F). gene must be tested for leakage before (4) When loaded in a transport vehi- it is offered for transportation or cle or freight container: transported and must show no leakage. (i) Batteries must be secured so as to The leakage test must consist of im- prevent significant shifting within the mersing the cylinder and valve, with- transport vehicle or freight container out the protective cap attached, in a under conditions normally incident to bath of water at a temperature of ap- transportation; proximately 66 °C (150 °F) for at least 30 (ii) Adequate ventilation and/or sepa- minutes, during which time frequent ration between batteries must be pro- examinations must be made to note vided to ensure that the temperature any escape of gas. The valve of the cyl- at any point on the external surface of inder may not be loosened after this

533

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.193 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

test. Suitable safeguards must be pro- Cans must not be liquid full at 130 °F. vided to protect personnel and facili- Cans must be constructed of tinplate or ties should failure occur during the lined with suitable material and must test. As an alternative, each cylinder have concave or pressure ends. containing phosgene may be tested for (d) Cylinders, except those con- leakage by a method approved in writ- taining methyl bromide, must conform ing by the Associate Administrator. to § 173.40 of this part. [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as FR 33880, June 12, 2006] amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992] § 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bro- mide, chloropicrin and methyl bro- § 173.194 Gas identification sets. mide or methyl chloride mixtures, Gas identification sets containing etc. poisonous material must be packaged (a) Bromoacetone must be packaged in packagings conforming to the re- as follows in wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D quirements of part 178 of this sub- or 4F) with inner glass receptacles or chapter at the Packing Group I per- tubes in hermetically sealed metal re- formance level, as follows: ceptacles in corrugated fiberboard car- (a) In glass inner receptacles, her- tons. Bottles may not contain over 500 metically sealed, of not over 40 mL (1.4 g (17.6 ounces) of liquid each and must fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner re- be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 ceptacle must in turn be placed in a mm (0.5 inch) of absorbent material. sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned Total amount of liquid in the outer box with absorbent material. Not more must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in Packagings must conform to the re- turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box. quirements of part 178 of this sub- No more than four boxes, well-cush- chapter at the Packing Group I per- ioned, may in turn be placed in a steel formance level. cylinder. The cylinder must have a (b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146 chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix- inch) and must have a hermetically tures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride sealed steel closure. mixtures, and chloropicrin mixtures (b) When the poisonous material is charged with non-flammable, non-liq- absorbed in a medium such as acti- uefied compressed gas must be packed vated charcoal or silical gel, gas identi- in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A, fication sets may be shipped as follows: 4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C cylinders having (1) If the poisonous material does not not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water ca- exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid pacity (nominal). This capacity does or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be not apply to shipments of methyl bro- packed in glass inner receptacles of not mide. over 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each. (c) Methyl bromide mixtures con- Each glass receptacle, cushioned with taining up to 2% chloropicrin must be absorbent material must be packed in a packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with hermetically sealed metal can of not inside metal cans containing not over less than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall one pound each, or inside metal cans thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on with a minimum wall thickness of 0.007 all sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of inch containing not over 13⁄4 pounds dry sawdust, must be packed in 4C1, each. The one-pound can must be capa- 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more ble of withstanding an internal pres- than 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g sure of 130 psig without leakage or per- (3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may manent distortion. Vapor pressure of be packed in one outer wooden box. the contents must not exceed 130 psig (2) If the poisonous material does not at 55 °C (130 °F). The 13⁄4–pound can exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid must be capable of withstanding an in- or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be ternal pressure of 140 psig without packed in glass inner receptacles with leakage or permanent distortion. screw-top closures of not less than 60 Vapor pressure of the contents must mL (2 ounces), hermetically sealed. not exceed 140 psig at 55 °C (130 °F). Twelve bottles containing poisonous

534

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.196

material, not to exceed 100 mL (3.4 6.2 material that is a Category A infec- ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), or both, tious substance must meet the test may be placed in a plastic carrying standards of § 178.609 of this subchapter case, each glass receptacle surrounded and must be marked in conformance by absorbent cushioning and each sepa- with § 178.503(f) of this subchapter. A rated from the other by sponge rubber packaging for a Category A infectious partitions. The plastic carrying case substance is a triple packaging con- must be placed in a tightly fitting fi- sisting of the following components: berboard box which in turn must be (1) A leakproof primary receptacle. placed in a tightly fitting 4C1, 4C2, 4D (2) A leakproof secondary packaging. or 4F wooden box. If multiple fragile primary receptacles [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as are placed in a single secondary pack- amended at 66 FR 45183, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001] aging, they must be either wrapped in- dividually or separated to prevent con- § 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhy- tact between them. drous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, (3) A rigid outer packaging of ade- aqueous solution). quate strength for its capacity, mass (a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, and intended use. The outer packaging stabilized, must be packed in specifica- must measure not less than 100 mm (3.9 tion cylinders or UN pressure recep- inches) at its smallest overall external tacles as follows: dimension. (1) As prescribed in § 173.192; (4) For a liquid infectious substance, (2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, an absorbent material placed between 3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders of the primary receptacle and the sec- not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water ca- ondary packaging. The absorbent ma- pacity (nominal); terial must be sufficient to absorb the (3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are entire contents of all primary recep- authorized only when transported by tacles. highway and rail; or (5) An itemized list of contents en- (4) UN cylinders, as specified in part closed between the secondary pack- 178, with a minimum test pressure of aging and the outer packaging. 100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of (6) The primary receptacle or sec- 0.55. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is ondary packaging used for infectious not authorized. substances must be capable of with- (b) Cylinders may not be charged standing, without leakage, an internal with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of pressure producing a pressure differen- liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water ca- tial of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 pacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder psi). must be tested for leakage before being (7) The primary receptacle or sec- offered for transportation or trans- ondary packaging used for infectious ported and must show absolutely no substances must be capable of with- leakage; this test must consist of pass- standing without leakage temperatures ing a piece of Guignard’s sodium pic- in the range of ¥40 °C to +55 °C (¥40 °F rate paper over the closure of the cyl- to +131 °F). inder, without the protection cap at- (b) Additional requirements for pack- tached, to detect any escape of hydro- aging Category A infectious substances. gen cyanide from the cylinder. Other Category A infectious substances must equally efficient test methods may be be packaged according to the following used in place of sodium picrate paper. requirements, depending on the phys- (c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide ical state and other characteristics of must conform to § 173.40. the material. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (1) Infectious substances shipped at am- amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 71 FR bient temperatures or higher. Primary re- 33880, June 12, 2006] ceptacles must be made of glass, metal, or plastic. Positive means of ensuring a § 173.196 Category A infectious sub- leakproof seal must be provided, such stances. as heat seal, skirted stopper, or metal (a) Category A infectious substances crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they packaging. A packaging for a Division must be secured by positive means,

535

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.197 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

such as with adhesive tape, paraffin such substances cannot be sent by any sealing tape, or manufactured locking other means. An animal containing or closure. Lyophilized substances may contaminated with an infectious sub- also be transported in primary recep- stance must be transported under tacles that are flame-sealed with glass terms and conditions approved by the ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass Associate Administrator for Hazardous fitted with metal seals. Materials Safety. (2) Infectious substances shipped refrig- (d) Body parts, organs or whole bod- erated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs, ies meeting the definition of Division dry ice). Ice, dry ice, or other refrig- 6.2 material must be packaged as fol- erant must be placed around the sec- lows: ondary packagings or in an overpack (1) In Division 6.2 packaging, as spec- with one or more complete packages ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this marked in accordance with § 178.503 of section; or this subchapter. Interior supports must (2) In packaging meeting the require- be provided to secure the secondary ments of § 173.197. packagings in the original position after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 If ice is used, the outer packaging or FR 32260, June 2, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice 2009] is used, the outer packaging or over- § 173.197 Regulated medical waste. pack must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet the (a) General provisions. Non-bulk pack- provisions in § 173.217. The primary re- agings, Large Packagings, and non- ceptacle and the secondary packaging specification bulk outer packagings must maintain their integrity at the used for the transportation of regu- temperature of the refrigerant used, as lated medical waste or clinical waste well as the temperatures and pressures or (bio) medical waste must be rigid of transport by aircraft to which they containers meeting the provisions of could be subjected if refrigeration were subpart B of this part. lost. (b) Non-bulk packagings. Except as (3) Infectious substances shipped in liq- provided in § 173.134(c) of this subpart, uid nitrogen. The primary receptacle non-bulk packagings for regulated and the secondary packaging must medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) maintain their integrity at the tem- medical waste must be UN standard perature of the liquid nitrogen as well packagings conforming to the require- as the temperatures and pressures of ments of Part 178 of this subchapter at transport by aircraft to which they the Packing Group II performance could be subjected if refrigeration were level. A non-bulk packaging used as a lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen pack- sharps container must be puncture-re- agings must be metal vacuum insu- sistant for sharps and sharps with re- lated vessels or flasks vented to the at- sidual fluid as demonstrated by con- mosphere to prevent any increase in ducting the performance tests in Part pressure within the packaging. The use 178, subpart M, of this subchapter on of safety relief valves, check valves, packagings containing materials rep- frangible discs, or similar devices in resentative of the sharps and fluids the vent lines is prohibited. Fill and (such as sterile sharps) intended to be discharge openings must be protected transported in the packagings. Sharps against the entry of foreign materials containers must be securely closed to that might cause an increase in the in- prevent leaks or punctures in conform- ternal pressure. The package orienta- ance with the instructions provided by tion markings specified in § 172.312(a) of the packaging manufacturer in accord- this subchapter must be marked on the ance with § 178.2(c) of this subchapter. packaging. The packaging must be de- (c) Large Packagings. signed to prevent the release of any re- (c) Large Packagings. Large Pack- frigerated liquid nitrogen irrespective agings constructed, tested, and marked of the packaging orientation. in accordance with the requirements (c) Live animals may not be used to specified in subparts P and Q of part transport infectious substances unless 178 of this subchapter and conforming

536

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.197

to other requirements of this para- fects that could damage plastic film graph (c) may be used for the transpor- inner packagings or impede disinfec- tation of regulated medical waste, pro- tion operations. vided the waste is contained in inner (iii) Except as otherwise provided in packagings conforming to the require- this paragraph (d), each Cart or BOP ments of paragraph (e) of this section. must be used exclusively for the trans- * * * Each Large Packaging design portation of regulated medical waste. must be capable of meeting the vibra- Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must tion test specified in § 178.819 of this be disinfected by any means effective subchapter. Each Large Packaging is for neutralizing the infectious sub- subject to the periodic design requali- stance the packaging previously con- fication requirements for IBCs in tained. § 178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to (iv) Untreated concentrated stock the proof of compliance requirements cultures of infectious substances con- of § 178.801(j) and record retention re- taining Category A materials may not quirements of § 178.801(l) of this sub- be transported in a Cart or BOP. chapter. Inner packagings used for liq- (v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7 uids must be rigid. radioactive waste, with the exception (1) Authorized packagings. Only the of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be following Large Packagings are au- transported in a Cart or BOP. thorized for the transportation of liq- (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 uid or solid regulated medical waste: chemotherapeutic waste; untreated (i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N. concentrated stock cultures of infec- (ii) Rigid plastic: 50H. tious substances containing Category B (2) Additional requirements. Each infectious substances; unabsorbed liq- Large Packaging used to transport liq- uids; and sharps containers may be uid regulated medical waste must con- transported in a Cart or BOP only if tain absorbent material in sufficient packaged in rigid non-bulk packagings quantity and appropriate location to conforming to paragraph (a) of this sec- absorb the entire amount of liquid tion. present in the event of an uninten- (2) Wheeled cart (Cart). A Cart is au- tional release of contents. Each Large thorized as an outer packaging for the Packaging design intended for the transportation of regulated medical transportation of sharps containers waste if it conforms to the following must be puncture resistant and capable requirements: of retaining liquids. The design must (i) Each Cart must consist of a solid, also be tested and certified as meeting one-piece body with a nominal volume the performance tests specified for in- not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons). termediate bulk containers intended (ii) Each Cart must be constructed of for the transportation of liquids in sub- metal, rigid plastic, or fiberglass fitted part O of part 178 of this subchapter. with a to prevent leakage during (d) Non-specification bulk packaging. A transport. wheeled cart (Cart) or bulk outer pack- (iii) Each Cart must be capable of aging (BOP) is authorized as an outer meeting the requirements of § 178.810 packaging for the transportation of (drop test) at the Packing Group II per- regulated medical waste in accordance formance level. with the provisions of this paragraph (iv) Inner packagings must be placed (d). into a Cart and restrained in such a (1) General requirements. The fol- manner as to minimize the risk of lowing requirements apply to the breakage. transportation of regulated medical (3) Bulk outer packaging (BOP). A BOP waste in Carts or BOPs: is authorized as an outer packaging for (i) Regulated medical waste in each regulated medical waste if it conforms Cart or BOP must be contained in non- to the following requirements: bulk inner packagings conforming to (i) Each BOP must be constructed of paragraph (e) of this section. metal or fiberglass and have a capacity (ii) Each Cart or BOP must have of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic smooth, non-porous interior surfaces feet) and not more than 45 cubic meters free of cracks, crevices, and other de- (1,590 cubic feet).

537

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.197 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(ii) Each BOP must have bottom and for Propagation Tear Resistance of side joints of fully welded or seamless Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by construction and a rigid, weatherproof Pendulum Method’’ (IBR, § 171.7 of this top to prevent the intrusion of water subchapter) and for impact resistance (e.g., rain or snow). in ASTM D 1709, ‘‘Standard Test Meth- (iii) Each opening in a BOP must be ods for Impact Resistance of Plastic fitted with a closure to prevent the in- Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method’’ trusion of water or the release of any (IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter). The liquid during all loading, unloading, film bag must meet an impact resist- and transportation operations. ance of 165 grams and a tearing resist- (iv) In the upright position, each BOP ance of 480 grams in both the parallel must be leakproof and able to contain and perpendicular planes with respect a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters to the length of the bag. (79.2 gallons) with closures open. (ii) The plastic film bag must be (v) Inner packagings must be placed closed with a minimum of entrapped in a BOP in such a manner as to mini- air to prevent leakage in transpor- mize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner tation. The bag must be capable of packagings may not be placed in the being held in an inverted position with same BOP with plastic film bag inner the closed end at the bottom for a pe- packagings unless separated from each riod of 5 minutes without leakage. other by rigid barriers or dividers to (iii) When used as an inner packaging prevent damage to the packagings for Carts or BOPs, a plastic film bag caused by load shifting during normal may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.) conditions of transportation. when filled. (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 (2) Liquids. Liquid regulated medical chemotherapeutic waste, untreated waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical concentrated stock cultures of infec- waste transported in a Large Pack- tious substances containing Category B aging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged infectious substances, unabsorbed liq- in a rigid inner packaging conforming uids, and sharps may be transported in to the provisions of subpart B of this a BOP only if separated and secured as part. conforming to the provisions of required in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this subpart B of this part. Liquid materials section. are not authorized for transportation (e) Inner packagings authorized for in inner packagings having a capacity Large Packagings, Carts, and BOPs. greater than 19 L (5 gallons). After September 30, 2003, inner pack- (3) Sharps. Sharps transported in a agings must be durably marked or Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be tagged with the name and location packaged in a puncture-resistant inner (city and state) of the offeror, except packaging (sharps container). Each when the entire contents of the Large sharps container must be securely Packaging, Cart, or BOP originates at closed to prevent leaks or punctures in a single location and is delivered to a conformance with instructions pro- single location. vided by the packaging manufacturer. (1) Solids. A plastic film bag is au- Each sharps container exceeding 76 L thorized as an inner packaging for solid (20 gallons) in volume must be capable regulated medical waste transported in of passing the performance tests in a Cart, Large Packaging, or BOP. Part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter Waste material containing absorbed at the Packing Group II performance liquid may be packaged as a solid in a level. A sharps container may be re- plastic film bag if the bag contains suf- used only if it conforms to the fol- ficient absorbent material to absorb lowing criteria: and retain all liquid during transpor- (i) The sharps container is specifi- tation. cally approved and certified by the U.S. (i) The film bag may not exceed a Food and Drug Administration as a volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The film medical device for reuse. bag must be marked and certified by (ii) The sharps container must be per- its manufacturer as having passed the manently marked for reuse. tests prescribed for tear resistance in (iii) The sharps container must be ASTM D 1922, ‘‘Standard Test Method disinfected prior to reuse by any means

538

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.199

effective for the infectious substance (2) Primary receptacles must be the container previously contained. packed in secondary packaging in such (iv) The sharps container must have a way that, under normal conditions of a capacity greater than 7.57 L (2 gal- transport, they cannot break, be punc- lons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40 tured, or leak their contents into the gallons) in volume. secondary packaging. [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 (3) Secondary packagings must be se- FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, cured in rigid outer packagings with 2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78632, suitable cushioning material such that Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010] any leakage of the contents will not impair the protective properties of the § 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. cushioning material or the outer pack- (a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed aging. in specification steel or nickel cyl- (4) The completed package must be inders as prescribed for any compressed designed, constructed, maintained, gas except acetylene. A cylinder used filled, its contents limited, and closed exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be so that under conditions normally en- given a complete external visual in- countered in transportation, including spection instead of the pressure test re- removal from a pallet or overpack for quired by § 180.205 of this subchapter. subsequent handling, there will be no Visual inspection must be in accord- release of hazardous material into the ance with CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see environment. Package effectiveness § 171.7 of this subchapter). must not be substantially reduced for (b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl minimum and maximum temperatures, must conform to § 173.40. changes in humidity and pressure, and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec 21, 1990, as shocks, loadings and vibrations nor- amended at 67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR mally encountered during transpor- 75742, Dec. 31, 2003] tation. The packaging must be capable § 173.199 Category B infectious sub- of successfully passing the drop tests in stances. §§ 178.609(d) and (h) of this subchapter at a drop height of at least 1.2 meters (a) Category B infectious substances. (3.9 feet). Following the drop tests, Except as provided in this paragraph (a), Category B infectious substances there must be no leakage from the pri- are excepted from all other require- mary receptacle, which must remain ments of this subchapter when offered protected by absorbent material, when for transportation or transported in ac- required, in the secondary packaging. cordance with this section. Category B At least one surface of the outer pack- infectious substances offered for trans- aging must have a minimum dimension portation or transported under the pro- of 100 mm by 100 mm (3.9 inches). visions of this section are subject to (5) The following mark must be dis- the incident reporting requirements in played on the outer packaging on a §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter background of contrasting color. The and to the requirements in § 175.75(b) of width of the line must be at least 2 mm this subchapter concerning cargo loca- (0.08 inches) and the letters and num- tion. Except as provided in paragraph bers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) (a)(9) of this section, a Category B in- high. The size of the mark must be fectious substance meeting the defini- such that no side of the diamond is less tion of a hazard class other than Divi- than 50 mm (1.97 inches) in length. The sion 6.2 must be offered for transpor- proper shipping name ‘‘Biological sub- tation or transported in accordance stances, Category B’’ must be marked with applicable requirements of this on the outer packaging adjacent to the subchapter. diamond-shaped mark in letters that (1) A Category B infectious substance are at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high. must be packaged in a triple packaging consisting of a primary receptacle, a secondary packaging, and a rigid outer packaging.

539

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.199 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

or prevent degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such mate- rials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. Such preservatives are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (10) Clear instructions on filling and closing a packaging used to transport a Category B infectious substance must be provided by the packaging manufac- turer and subsequent distributors to the consignor or person who prepares the package to enable the package to be correctly prepared for transport. A copy or electronic image of these in- structions must be retained by the manufacturer and subsequent distribu- tors for at least one year from the date (6) When packages are placed in an of issuance, and made available for in- overpack, the package markings re- spection by a Federal or state govern- quired by this section must be either ment representative upon request. clearly visible or reproduced on the Packagings must be filled and closed in outside of the overpack. accordance with the information pro- (7) The name and telephone number vided by the packaging manufacturer of a person who is either knowledge- or subsequent distributor. able about the material being shipped (b) Liquid Category B infectious sub- and has comprehensive emergency re- stances. Liquid Category B infectious sponse and incident mitigation infor- substances must be packaged in con- mation for the material, or has imme- formance with the following provi- diate access to a person who possesses sions: such knowledge and information, must (1) The primary receptacle must be be included on a written document leakproof. (such as an air waybill or bill of lading) (2) Absorbent material must be or on the outer packaging. placed between the primary receptacle (8) For transportation by aircraft, and secondary packaging. If several each package, overpack, pallet, or unit fragile primary receptacles are placed load device containing a Category B in- in a single secondary packaging, they fectious substance must be inspected must be either individually wrapped or for leakage when it is unloaded from separated to prevent contact between the aircraft. If evidence of leakage is them. The absorbent material must be found, the cargo compartment in which of sufficient quantity to absorb the en- the package, overpack, pallet, or unit tire contents of the primary recep- load device was transported must be tacles and not compromise the integ- disinfected. Disinfection may be by any rity of the cushioning material or the means that will make the material re- outer packaging. leased ineffective at transmitting dis- (3) The secondary packaging must be ease. leakproof. (9) A packaging containing inner (4) For shipments by aircraft, the pri- packagings of Category B infectious mary receptacle or the secondary pack- substances may not contain other haz- aging must be capable of withstanding ardous materials except— without leakage an internal pressure (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or producing a pressure differential of not liquid nitrogen, as authorized under less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi). paragraph (d) of this section; (5) For shipments by aircraft, the (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize maximum quantity contained in each blood or plasma; or primary receptacle, including any ma- (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class terial used to stabilize or prevent deg- 8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack- radation of the sample, may not exceed ing Groups II and III used to stabilize 1 L (34 ounces), and the maximum

540

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER02JN06.012 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.201

quantity contained in each outer pack- liner. If dry ice is used, the outside aging, including any material used to packaging must permit the release of stabilize or prevent degradation of the carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet samples, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). the provisions in § 173.217. The primary The outer packaging limitation does receptacle and secondary packaging not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitro- must maintain their integrity at the gen when used to maintain the integ- temperature of the refrigerant used, as rity of the material. well as the temperatures and pressures (c) Solid Category B infectious sub- of transport by aircraft they could be stances. Solid Category B infectious subjected to if refrigeration were lost, substances must be packaged in a tri- and sufficient absorbent material must ple packaging, consisting of a primary be provided to absorb all liquid, includ- receptacle, secondary packaging, and ing melted ice. outer packaging, conforming to the fol- (2) The package is marked ‘‘Carbon lowing provisions: dioxide, solid’’ or ‘‘Dry ice’’ and an in- (1) The primary receptacle must be dication that the material being refrig- siftproof. erated is used for diagnostic treatment (2) If several fragile primary recep- purposes (e.g., frozen medical speci- tacles are placed in a single secondary mens). packaging, they must be either individ- (e) Training. Each person who offers ually wrapped or separated to prevent or transports a Category B infectious contact between them. substance under the provisions of this (3) The secondary packaging must be section must know about the require- siftproof. ments of this section. (4) If residual liquid may be present [67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 in the primary receptacle during trans- FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, portation, then the material must be 2007] transported in accordance with re- quirements in paragraph (b) of this sec- § 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liq- tion. A solid material that may become uid hazardous materials in Packing liquid during transportation must be Group I. transported in accordance with para- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter graph (b) of this section. specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- (5) Except for packages containing rial be packaged under this section, body parts, organs, or whole bodies, for only non-bulk packagings prescribed in shipment by aircraft, the outer pack- this section may be used for its trans- aging may not contain more than 4 kg portation. Each packaging must con- (8.8 pounds), including any material form to the general packaging require- used to stabilize or prevent degrada- ments of subpart B of part 173, to the tion of the samples. The outer pack- requirements of part 178 of this sub- aging limitation does not include ice, chapter at the Packing Group I per- dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to formance level, and to the require- maintain the integrity of the material. ments of the special provisions of col- (d) Refrigerated or frozen specimens umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. (ice, dry ice, and liquid nitrogen). In ad- (b) The following combination pack- dition to complying with the require- agings are authorized: ments in this paragraph (d), dry ice and Outer packagings: liquid nitrogen must be offered for Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 transportation or transported in ac- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 cordance with the applicable require- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: ments of this subchapter. 1N1 or 1N2 (1) Ice or dry ice must be placed out- Plywood drum: 1D side the secondary packaging or in an Fiber drum: 1G overpack. Interior supports must be Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 provided to secure the secondary pack- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 agings in the original position after the Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is Steel box: 4A used, the outside packaging must be Aluminum box: 4B leakproof or must have a leakproof Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2

541

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.202 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Plywood box: 4D Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Fiberboard box: 4G 1N1 or 1N2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plywood drum: 1D Solid plastic box: 4H2 Fiber drum: 1G Inner packagings: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Wooden : 2C2 Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Glass ampoules Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Steel box: 4A senger aircraft, the following single Aluminum box: 4B packagings are authorized: Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Plywood box: 4D Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum: Fiberboard box: 4G 1N1 or 1N2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Inner packagings: Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber Plastic receptacles or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 Metal receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- Glass ampoules en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- senger aircraft, the following single minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- packagings are authorized: minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Cylinders, specification or UN standard, as 1N1 or 1N2 prescribed for any compressed gas, except Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene. Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Wooden barrel: 2C1 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 1997; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber § 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liq- or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 uid hazardous materials in Packing Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- Group II. en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- rial be packaged under this section, minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- this section may be used for its trans- minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 portation. Each packaging must con- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- form to the general packaging require- panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 ments of subpart B of part 173, to the Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 requirements of part 178 of this sub- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood chapter at the Packing Group I or II drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PDl or 6PD2 performance level (unless otherwise ex- Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for cepted), and to the particular require- any compressed gas, except for Specifica- ments of the special provisions of col- tions 8 and 3HT umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. (b) The following combination pack- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt agings are authorized: 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– Outer packagings: 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 1, 1997]

542

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.206

§ 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liq- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- uid hazardous materials in Packing minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Group III. 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 rial be packaged under this section, Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood only non-bulk packagings prescribed in drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 this section may be used for its trans- Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed portation. Each packaging must con- gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT form to the general packaging require- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ments of subpart B of part 173, to the amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. requirements of part 178 of this sub- 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– chapter at the Packing Group I, II or 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997] III performance level, and to the re- § 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification quirements of the special provisions of packagings for certain hazardous column 7 of the § 172.101 table. materials. (b) The following combination pack- When § 172.101 of this subchapter agings are authorized: specifies that a liquid or solid haz- Outer packagings: ardous material be packaged under this Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 section, any appropriate non-bulk Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 packaging which conforms to the gen- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: eral packaging requirements of subpart 1N1 or 1N2 Plywood drum: 1D B of part 173 may be used for its trans- Fiber drum: 1G portation. Packagings need not con- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 form to the requirements of part 178 of Wooden barrel: 2C2 this subchapter. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 § 173.205 Specification cylinders for Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 liquid hazardous materials. Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B When § 172.101 of this subchapter Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 specifies that a hazardous material Plywood box: 4D must be packaged under this section, Reconstituted wood box: 4F the use of any specification or UN cyl- Fiberboard box: 4G inder, except those specified for acety- Expanded plastic box: 4H1 lene, is authorized. Cylinders used for Solid plastic box: 4H2 toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3 Inner packagings: must conform to the requirements of Glass or earthenware receptacles § 173.40. Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles [71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] Glass ampoules § 173.206 Packaging requirements for (c) The following single packagings chlorosilanes. are authorized: (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 specifies that a hazardous material be Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 packaged under this section, only non- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: bulk packagings prescribed in this sec- 1N1 tion may be used for its transpor- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) tation. Each packaging must conform Wooden barrel: 2C1 to the general packaging requirements Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 ments of part 178 of this subchapter at Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 the Packing Group I or II performance Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber level (unless otherwise excepted), and or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 to the particular requirements of the Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, special provisions of Column (7) of the 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 § 172.101 Table. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- (b) The following combination pack- minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, or 6PG1 agings are authorized:

543

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.211 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Outer packagings: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel drum: 1A2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic drum: 1H2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Plywood drum: 1D Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Fiber drum: 1G Steel box: 4A Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Fiberboard box: 4G Solid plastic box: 4H2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Inner packagings: Plastic receptacles Glass or Steel receptacle Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by pas- senger aircraft, the following single (c) Except for transportation by pas- packagings are authorized: senger aircraft, the following single Steel drum: 1A1 packagings are authorized: Steel jerrican: 3A1 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Plastic receptacle in steel drum: Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 6HA1 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Cylinders (for liquids in PG I), speci- 1N1 or 1N2 fication or UN standard, as pre- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G scribed for any compressed gas, ex- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 cept Specification 3HT and those pre- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 scribed for acetylene Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Cylinders (for liquids in PG II), speci- Steel box with liner: 4A fication, as prescribed for any com- Aluminum box with liner: 4B pressed gas, except Specification 8 and Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 3HT cylinders. Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, [74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, § 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for 6PD1 or 6PG1 solid hazardous materials in Pack- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- ing Group I. minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or specifies that a solid hazardous mate- solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 rial be packaged under this section, Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed only non-bulk packagings prescribed in gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT this section may be used for its trans- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as portation. Each package must conform amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR to the general packaging requirements 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, of subpart B of part 173, to the require- 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004] the Packing Group I performance level, and to the requirements of the special § 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 solid hazardous materials in Pack- ing Group II. table. (b) The following combination pack- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter agings are authorized: specifies that a solid hazardous mate- rial be packaged under this section, Outer packagings: only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 this section may be used for its trans- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: portation. Each package must conform 1N1 or 1N2 to the general packaging requirements Plywood drum: 1D of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Fiber drum: 1G ments of part 178 of this subchapter at

544

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.213

the Packing Group I or II performance Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, level, and to the requirements of the plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, special provisions of column 7 of the 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 § 172.101 table. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, (b) The following combination pack- 6PD1 or 6PG1 agings are authorized: Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Outer packagings: minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 1N1 or 1N2 Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed Plywood drum: 1D gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT Fiber drum: 1G [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Wooden barrel: 2C2 Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 June 14, 2005] Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for Aluminum box: 4B solid hazardous materials in Pack- Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 ing Group III. Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Fiberboard box: 4G specifies that a solid hazardous mate- Solid plastic box: 4H2 rial be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Inner packagings: this section may be used for its trans- Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles portation. Each package must conform Metal receptacles to the general packaging requirements Glass ampoules of subpart B of part 173, to the require- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at (c) Except for transportation by pas- the Packing Group I, II or III perform- senger aircraft, the following single ance level, and to the requirements of packagings are authorized: the special provisions of column 7 of Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 the § 172.101 table. Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 (b) The following combination pack- Plywood drum: 1D agings are authorized: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G Outer packagings: Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 1N1 or 1N2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 1N1 or 1N2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Plywood drum: 1D Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Fiber drum: 1G Steel box: 4A Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel box with liner: 4A Wooden barrel: 2C2 Aluminum box: 4B Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Aluminum box with liner: 4B Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Natural wood box: 4C1 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Steel box: 4A Plywood box: 4D Aluminum box: 4B Reconstituted wood box: 4F Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Fiberboard box: 4G Plywood box: 4D Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Solid plastic box: 4H2 Fiberboard box: 4G Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Bag, plastic film: 5H4 Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 Inner packagings: Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- Plastic receptacles wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, Metal receptacles 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Glass ampoules

545

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.214 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(c) The following single packagings § 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown or are authorized: white. Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 (a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 includes each of the following hydrated Plywood drum: 1D mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocid- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 olite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos, Fiber drum: 1G tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: and every product containing any of 1N1 or 1N2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 these materials. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 (b) [Reserved] Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 (c) Packagings for asbestos must con- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 form to the general packaging require- Steel box: 4A ments of subpart B of this part but Steel box with liner: 4A need not conform to the requirements Aluminum box: 4B of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos Aluminum box with liner: 4B must be offered for transportation and Natural wood box: 4C1 transported in— Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Plywood box: 4D (1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such Reconstituted wood box: 4F as metal, plastic or fiber drums, port- Fiberboard box: 4G able tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or Expanded plastic box: 4H1 hopper-type motor vehicles; Solid plastic box: 4H2 (2) Bags or other non-rigid pack- Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 agings in closed freight containers, Bag, plastic film: 5H4 motor vehicles, or rail cars that are Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 loaded by and for the exclusive use of Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 the consignor and unloaded by the con- Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, signee; 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 (3) Bags or other non-rigid pack- Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, agings which are dust and sift proof plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, must be placed in rigid outer pack- 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 agings or closed freight containers. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as 6PD1 or 6PG1 amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- 45034, July 31, 2003; 71 CFR 78632, Dec. 29, minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 2006] 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or § 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 ice). Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT (a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when offered for transportation or [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as transported by aircraft or water, must amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, be packed in packagings designed and Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, constructed to permit the release of June 14, 2005] carbon dioxide gas to prevent a buildup of pressure that could rupture the § 173.214 Packagings which require packagings. Packagings must conform approval by the Associate Adminis- to the general packaging requirements trator. of subpart B of this part but need not When § 172.101 of this subchapter conform to the requirements of part 178 specifies that a hazardous material be of this subchapter. packaged under this section, pack- (b) For transportation by vessel: agings and method of shipment must (1) Each transport vehicle and freight be approved by the Associate Adminis- container containing solid carbon diox- trator prior to the first shipment. ide must be conspicuously marked on [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as two sides ‘‘WARNING CO2 SOLID (DRY amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] ICE).’’

546

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.219

(2) Other packagings containing solid specimens), is excepted from the ship- carbon dioxide must be marked ‘‘CAR- ping paper and certification require- BON DIOXIDE, SOLID—DO NOT STOW ments of this subchapter if the require- BELOW DECKS.’’ ments of paragraphs (a) and (c)(2) of (c) For transportation by aircraft: this section are met and the package is (1) In addition to the applicable marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or marking requirements in subpart D of ‘‘Dry ice’’ and is marked with an indi- part 172, the net mass of the carbon di- cation that the material being refrig- oxide, solid (dry ice) must be marked erated is being transported for diag- on the outside of the package. This nostic or treatment purposes. provision also applies to unit load de- [73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008] vices (ULDs) when the ULD contains dry ice and is considered the pack- § 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. aging. (2) The shipper must make arrange- (a) Except as provided in Column (7) ments with the operator for each ship- of the HMT in § 172.101 of this sub- ment. chapter, fish meal or fish scrap, con- (3) The quantity limits per package taining at least 6%, but not more than shown in Columns (9A) and (9B) of the 12% water, is authorized for transpor- Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 tation by vessel only when packaged as are not applicable to dry ice being used follows: as a refrigerant for other than haz- (1) Burlap (jute) bag; ardous materials loaded in a unit load (2) Multi-wall ; device or other type of pallet. In such (3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or a case, the unit load device or other paper bag; type of pallet must allow the venting (4) Cargo tank; of the carbon dioxide gas to prevent a (5) Portable tank; dangerous build up of pressure, and be (6) Rail car; or identified to the operator. (7) Freight container. (4) Dry ice is excepted from the ship- (b) [Reserved] ping paper requirements of subpart C of (c) When fish scrap or fish meal is of- part 172 of this subchapter provided al- fered for transportation by vessel in ternative written documentation is bulk in freight containers, the fish supplied containing the following in- meal must contain at least 100 ppm of formation: proper shipping name (Dry anti-oxident (ethoxyquin) at the time ice or Carbon dioxide, solid), class 9, of shipment. UN number 1845, the number of pack- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ages, and the net quantity of dry ice in amended at 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003] each package. The information must be included with the description of the § 173.219 Life-saving appliances. materials. (a) A life-saving appliance, self-in- (5) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), in flating or non-self-inflating, containing quantities not exceeding 2.5 kg (5.5 small quantities of hazardous mate- pounds) per package and used as a re- rials that are required as part of the frigerant for the contents of the pack- life-saving appliance must conform to age is excepted from all other require- the requirements of this section. Pack- ments of this subchapter if the require- agings must conform to the general ments of paragraph (a) of this section packaging requirements of subpart B of are complied with and the package is this part but need not conform to the marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or requirements of part 178 of this sub- ‘‘Dry ice’’, is marked with the name of chapter. The appliances must be the contents being cooled, and is packed, so that they cannot be acciden- marked with the net weight of the dry tally activated and, except for life ice or an indication that the net weight vests, the hazardous materials must be is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less. in inner packagings packed so as to (d) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), prevent shifting within the outer pack- when used to refrigerate materials aging. The hazardous materials must being shipped for diagnostic or treat- be an integral part of the appliance and ment purposes (e.g., frozen medical in quantities that do not exceed those

547

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.220 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

appropriate for the actual appliance in rigid outer packagings with a max- when in use. imum gross mass of 40 kg. (b) Life saving appliances may con- [69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 72 tain: FR 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, (1) Division 2.2 compressed gases, in- 2008] cluding oxygen. However, oxygen gen- erators are not permitted; § 173.220 Internal combustion engines, (2) Signal devices (Class 1), which self-propelled vehicles, mechanical equipment containing internal com- may include smoke and illumination bustion engines, and battery pow- signal flares; ered vehicles or equipment. (3) Electric storage batteries and (a) Applicability. An internal combus- lithium batteries (Life saving appli- tion engine, self-propelled vehicle, ances containing lithium batteries mechanized equipment containing an must be transported in accordance internal combustion engine, or a bat- with § 173.185, and Special Provisions tery powered vehicle or equipment is 188, 189, A101, A103 and A104 as applica- subject to the requirements of this sub- ble.); chapter when transported as cargo on a (4) First aid or repair kits con- transport vehicle, vessel, or aircraft forming to the applicable material and if— quantity limitations of § 173.161 of this (1) The engine or fuel tank contains a subchapter; liquid or gaseous fuel. An engine may (5) Strike-anywhere matches; be considered as not containing fuel (6) For self-inflating life saving appli- when the fuel tank, engine compo- ances only, cartridges power device of nents, and fuel lines have been com- Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self- pletely drained, sufficiently cleaned of inflating mechanism provided that the residue, and purged of vapors to re- quantity of explosives per appliance move any potential hazard and the en- does not exceed 3.2 g; or gine when held in any orientation will (7) Limited quantities of other haz- not release any liquid fuel; ardous materials. (2) It is equipped with a wet battery (c) Hazardous materials in life saving (including a non-spillable battery), a appliances must be packaged as fol- sodium battery or lithium battery; or lows: (3) Except as provided in paragraph (1) Division 2.2 compressed gases (e)(1) of this section, it contains other hazardous materials subject to the re- must be packaged in cylinders in ac- quirements of this subchapter. cordance with the requirements of this (b) Requirements. Unless otherwise ex- subchapter; cepted in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec- (2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in tion, vehicles, engines and equipment packagings that prevent them from are subject to the following require- being inadvertently activated; ments: (3) Strike-anywhere matches must be (1) Flammable liquid fuel. A fuel tank cushioned to prevent movement or fric- containing a flammable liquid fuel tion in a metal or composition recep- must be drained and securely closed, tacle with a screw-type closure in a except that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of manner that prevents them from being residual fuel may remain in the tank, inadvertently activated; engine components, or fuel lines pro- (4) Limited quantities of other haz- vided they are securely closed to pre- ardous materials must be packaged in vent leakage of fuel during transpor- accordance with the requirements of tation. Self-propelled vehicles con- this subchapter; and taining diesel fuel are excepted from (5) For other than transportation by the requirement to drain the fuel aircraft, life saving appliances con- tanks, provided that sufficient ullage taining no hazardous materials other space has been left inside the tank to than carbon dioxide cylinders with a allow fuel expansion without leakage, capacity not exceeding 100 cm3 are not and the tank caps are securely closed. subject to the provisions of this sub- (2) Flammable liquefied or compressed chapter provided they are overpacked gas fuel. (i) For transportation by

548

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00558 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.220

motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel (4) Modal exceptions. Quantities of tanks and fuel systems containing flammable liquid fuel greater than 500 flammable liquefied or compressed gas mL (17 ounces) may remain in self-pro- fuel must be securely closed. For trans- pelled vehicles and mechanical equip- portation by vessel, the requirements ment only under the following condi- of §§ 176.78(k) and 176.905 of this sub- tions: chapter apply. (i) For transportation by motor vehi- (ii) For transportation by aircraft: cle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be (A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles, securely closed. machines, equipment or cylinders con- (ii) For transportation by vessel, the taining the flammable gas must be shipment must conform to § 176.905 of completely emptied of flammable gas. Lines from vessels to gas regulators, this subchapter. and gas regulators themselves, must (iii) For transportation by aircraft, also be drained of all traces of flam- when carried in aircraft designed or mable gas. To ensure that these condi- modified for vehicle ferry operations tions are met, gas shut-off valves must and when all of the following condi- be left open and connections of lines to tions are met: gas regulators must be left discon- (A) Authorization for this type oper- nected upon delivery of the vehicle to ation has been given by the appropriate the operator. Shut-off valves must be authority in the government of the closed and lines reconnected at gas reg- country in which the aircraft is reg- ulators before loading the vehicle istered; aboard the aircraft; or alternatively (B) Each vehicle is secured in an up- (B) Flammable gas powered vehicles, right position; machines or equipment, which have (C) Each fuel tank is filled in a man- cylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped ner and only to a degree that will pre- with electrically operated valves, may clude spillage of fuel during loading, be transported under the following con- unloading, and transportation; and ditions: (D) Each area or compartment in (1) The valves must be in the closed position and in the case of electrically which a self-propelled vehicle is being operated valves, power to those valves transported is suitably ventilated to must be disconnected; prevent the accumulation of fuel va- (2) After closing the valves, the vehi- pors. cle, equipment or machinery must be (c) Battery-powered or installed. Bat- operated until it stops from lack of fuel teries must be securely installed, and before being loaded aboard the aircraft; wet batteries must be fastened in an (3) In no part of the closed system upright position. Batteries must be shall the pressure exceed 5% of the protected against a dangerous evo- maximum allowable working pressure lution of heat, short circuits, and dam- of the system or 290 psig (2000 kPa), age to terminals in conformance with whichever is less; and § 173.159(a) and leakage; or must be re- (4) There must not be any residual moved and packaged separately under liquefied gas in the system, including § 173.159. Battery-powered vehicles, ma- the fuel tank. chinery or equipment including bat- (3) Truck bodies or trailers on flat tery-powered wheelchairs and mobility cars—flammable liquid or gas powered. aids are not subject to any other re- Truck bodies or trailers with auto- quirements of this subchapter except matic heating or refrigerating equip- § 173.21 when transported by rail, high- ment of the flammable liquid type may way or vessel. be shipped with fuel tanks filled and equipment operating or inoperative, (d) Lithium batteries. Except as pro- when used for the transportation of vided in § 172.102, Special Provision other freight and loaded on flat cars as A101 of this subchapter, vehicles, en- part of a joint rail and highway move- gines and machinery powered by lith- ment, provided the equipment and fuel ium metal batteries that are trans- supply conform to the requirements of ported with these batteries installed § 177.834(l) of this subchapter.

549

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00559 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.221 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

are forbidden aboard passenger-car- viously contained fluid must be sealed rying aircraft. Lithium batteries con- with leak-proof caps that are positively tained in vehicles, engines or mechan- retained. When offered for transpor- ical equipment must be securely fas- tation by aircraft, vehicles equipped tened in the battery holder of the vehi- with theft-protection devices, installed cle, engine or mechanical equipment radio communications equipment or and be protected in such a manner as navigational systems must have such to prevent damage and short circuits devices, equipment or systems dis- (e.g., by the use of non-conductive caps abled. that cover the terminals entirely). (g) Exceptions. Except as provided in Lithium batteries must be of a type paragraph (e)(2) of this section, ship- that have successfully passed each test ments made under the provisions of in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria this section— as specified in § 173.185, unless approved (1) Are not subject to any other re- by the Associate Administrator. Equip- quirements of this subchapter, for ment (other than vehicles, engines or transportation by motor vehicle or rail mechanical equipment) containing car; and lithium batteries, must be described as (2) Are not subject to the require- ‘‘Lithium batteries contained in equip- ment’’ and transported in accordance ments of subparts D, E and F (marking, with § 173.185 and applicable special labeling and placarding, respectively) provisions. of part 172 of this subchapter or § 172.604 (e) Other hazardous materials. (1) of this subchapter (emergency response Items containing hazardous materials, telephone number) for transportation such as, fire extinguishers, compressed by vessel or aircraft. For transpor- gas accumulators, safety devices and tation by aircraft, the provisions of other hazardous materials which are § 173.159(b)(2) as applicable, other appli- integral components of the motor vehi- cable requirements of this subchapter, cle, engine or mechanical equipment including shipping papers, emergency and are necessary for the operation of response information, notification of the vehicle, engine or mechanical pilot-in-command, general packaging equipment, or for the safety of its oper- requirements, and the requirements ator or passengers must be securely in- specified in § 173.27 must be met. For stalled in the motor vehicle, engine or transportation by vessel, additional ex- mechanical equipment. Such items are ceptions are specified in § 176.905 of this not otherwise subject to the require- subchapter. ments of this subchapter. Equipment [64 FR 10778, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 66 (other than vehicles, engines or me- 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; chanical equipment) containing lith- 69 FR 75216, Dec. 15, 2004; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, ium batteries must be described as 2004; 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 71 FR 14603, ‘‘Lithium batteries contained in equip- Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR ment’’ and transported in accordance 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 75 with § 173.185 and applicable special FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010] provisions. (2) Other hazardous materials must § 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable and Plastic molding compound. be packaged and transported in accord- ance with the requirements of this sub- (a) Non-bulk shipments of Polymeric chapter. beads (or granules), expandable, evolv- (f) Additional requirements for internal ing flammable vapor and Plastic molding combustion engines and vehicles with cer- compound in dough, sheet or extruded tain electronic equipment when trans- rope form, evolving flammable vapor must ported by aircraft or vessel. When an in- be packed in: wooden (4C1 or 4C2), ply- ternal combustion engine that is not wood (4D), fiberboard (4G), reconsti- installed in a vehicle or equipment is tuted wood (4F) boxes, plywood drums offered for transportation by aircraft (1D) or fiber drums (1G) with sealed or vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic inner plastic liners; in vapor tight systems remaining in the engine must metal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, be drained as far as practicable, and all 1B2, 1H1 or 1H2); or packed in non-spec- disconnected fluid pipes that pre- ification packagings when transported

550

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00560 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.223

in dedicated vehicles or freight con- movement within the machinery or ap- tainers. The packagings need not con- paratus during normal conditions of form to the requirements for package transportation. Cushioning material testing in part 178 of this subchapter, must not react dangerously with the but must be capable of containing any content of the receptacles. Any leakage evolving gases from the contents dur- of the contents must not substantially ing normal conditions of transpor- impair the protective properties of the tation. cushioning material. (b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric (3) Receptacles for gases, their con- beads (or granules), expandable, evolv- tents and filling densities must con- ing flammable vapor or Plastic molding form to the applicable requirements of compounds in dough, sheet or extruded this subchapter, unless otherwise ap- rope, evolving flammable vapor may be proved by the Associate Administrator. packed in non-specification bulk pack- (c) The total net quantity of haz- agings. Except for transportation by ardous materials contained in one item highway and rail, bulk packagings of machinery or apparatus must not must be capable of containing any exceed the following: gases evolving from the contents dur- (1) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of sol- ing normal conditions of transpor- ids; tation. (2) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of [64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999] liquids; (3) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of § 173.222 Dangerous goods in equip- ment, machinery or apparatus. Division 2.2 gases. For transportation by aircraft, Division 2.2 gases with sub- Hazardous materials in machinery or sidiary risks and refrigerated liquefied apparatus are excepted from the speci- gases are not authorized; and fication packaging requirements of (4) A total quantity of not more than this subchapter when packaged accord- the aggregate of that permitted in ing to this section. Hazardous mate- paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this rials in machinery or apparatus must section, for each category of material be packaged in strong outer pack- in the package, when a package con- agings, unless the receptacles con- tains hazardous materials in two or taining the hazardous materials are af- more of the categories in paragraphs forded adequate protection by the con- (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section. struction of the machinery or appa- (d) Except for transportation by air- ratus. Each package must conform to craft, when a package contains haz- the packaging requirements of subpart ardous materials in two or more of the B of this part, except for the require- categories listed in paragraphs (c)(1) ments in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e), and through (c)(3) of this section the total the following requirements: (a) If the machinery or apparatus quantity required by § 172.202(c) of this contains more than one hazardous ma- subchapter to be entered on the ship- terial, the materials must not be capa- ping paper must be either the aggre- ble of reacting dangerously together. gate quantity, or the estimated quan- (b) The nature of the containment tity, of all hazardous materials, ex- must be as follows— pressed as net mass. (1) Damage to the receptacles con- [64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 64 taining the hazardous materials during FR 44428, Aug. 16, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, transport is unlikely. However, in the 2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 78633, event of damage to the receptacles con- Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009] taining the hazardous materials, no leakage of the hazardous materials § 173.223 Packagings for certain flam- from the machinery or apparatus is mable solids. possible. A leakproof liner may be used (a) Packagings for ‘‘Musk xylene,’’ to satisfy this requirement. ‘‘5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene,’’ (2) Receptacles containing hazardous ‘‘Azodicarbonamide,’’ or ‘‘Isosorbide-5- materials must be secured and cush- mononitrate,’’ when offered for trans- ioned so as to prevent their breakage portation or transported by rail, high- or leakage and so as to control their way, or vessel, must conform to the

551

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00561 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.224 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

general packaging requirements of sub- A self-reactive material identified by part B of part 173, and to the require- technical name in the following table ments of part 178 of this subchapter at is authorized for transportation only if the Packing Group III performance it conforms to all applicable provisions level and may only be transported in of the table. The column headings of the following packagings: the Self-Reactive Materials Table are (1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single as follows: inner plastic bag, and a maximum net (1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs). the technical name. (2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum (2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the (1G), with a plastic inner packaging identification number which is used to not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs), and a max- identify the proper shipping name in imum net mass of not more than 25 kg the § 172.101 table. (55 lbs). (3) Concentration of self-reactive mate- (3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum rial. Column 3 specifies the concentra- net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 tion (percent) limitations, if any, in lbs), that may be fitted with a coating mixtures or solutions for the self-reac- or lining. tive material. Limitations are given as (b) [Reserved] minimums, maximums, or a range, as [Doc. No. 2002–13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; appropriate. A range includes the lower 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010] and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means from, and including, 53 percent to, and § 173.224 Packaging and control and including 100 percent). emergency temperatures for self-re- (4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies active materials. the highest packing method which is (a) General. When the § 172.101 table of authorized for the self-reactive mate- this subchapter specifies that a Divi- rial. A packing method corresponding sion 4.1 material be packaged in ac- to a smaller package size may be used, cordance with this section, only pack- but a packing method corresponding to agings which conform to the provisions a larger package size may not be used. of this section may be used. Each pack- The Table of Packing Methods in aging must conform to the general § 173.225(d) defines the packing meth- packaging requirements of subpart B of ods. Bulk packagings for Type F self- this part and the applicable require- reactive substances are authorized by ments of part 178 of this subchapter. § 173.225(f) for IBCs and § 173.225(h) for Non-bulk packagings must meet Pack- bulk packagings other than IBCs. Addi- ing Group II performance levels. To tional bulk packagings are authorized avoid unnecessary confinement, metal- if approved by the Associate Adminis- lic non-bulk packagings meeting Pack- trator. ing Group I are not authorized. Self-re- (5) Control temperature. Column 5 active materials which require tem- specifies the control temperature in °C. perature control are subject to the pro- Temperatures are specified only when visions of § 173.21(f). Packagings re- temperature controls are required (see quired to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label § 173.21(f)). must conform to §§ 173.60 through (6) Emergency temperature. Column 6 173.62. specifies the emergency temperature in (b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The °C. Temperatures are specified only Self-Reactive Materials Table speci- when temperature controls are re- fies, by technical name, those self-reac- quired (see § 173.21(f)). tive materials that are authorized for (7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other ap- transportation and not subject to the plicable provisions, as set forth in approval provisions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). notes following the table.

552

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00562 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.224

SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE

Identi- Control tem- Self-reactive substance fication Concentration— Packing perature—( Emergency Notes (1) No. (%) method °C) temperature (7) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Acetone-pyrogallol copolymer 2-diazo-1- 3228 100 ...... OP8 ...... naphthol-5-sulphonate. Azodicarbonamide formulation type B, 3232 <100 ...... OP5 ...... 1 temperature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type C ..... 3224 <100 ...... OP6 ...... Azodicarbonamide formulation type C, 3234 <100 ...... OP6 ...... 1 temperature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type D ..... 3226 <100 ...... OP7 ...... Azodicarbonamide formulation type D, 3236 <100 ...... OP7 ...... 1 temperature controlled. 2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4- 3236 100 ...... OP7 ¥5 ...... +5 ...... methoxyvaleronitrile). 2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +10 ...... +15 ...... 2,2′-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate) ...... 3235 100 ...... OP7 +20 ...... +25 ...... 1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile) ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... 2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) ...... 3234 100 ...... OP6 +40 ...... +45 ...... 2,2′-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a water 3224 ≤50 ...... OP6 based paste.

2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile) ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide, as a 3226 52 ...... OP7 paste. Benzene sulphohydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3- 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 3-Chloro-4- 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid ester 3226 <100 ...... OP7 ...... 4 mixture. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 ...... OP5 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 ...... OP5 2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-Benzene- 3228 100 ...... OP8 diazonium, tetrachlorozincate (2:1). 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67–100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 66 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +30 ...... +35 ...... morpholinobenzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... (phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-benzene- 3226 100 ...... OP7 diazonium sulphate. Diethylene glycol bis(allyl carbonate) + 3237 ≥88+≤12 ...... OP8 ¥10 ...... 0 ...... Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate. 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4- 3236 79 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... methylphenylsulphon- y)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-Dimethylamino-6-(2- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazo- nium zinc chloride. 4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium 3228 100 ...... OP8 trichlorozincate (-1). N,N′-Dinitroso-N, N′-dimethyl- 3224 72 ...... OP6 ...... terephthalamide, as a paste. N,N′-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine .. 3224 82 ...... OP6 ...... 2 Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphohydrazide ..... 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphonylhydrazide 3226 100 ...... OP7 4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... chloride.

553

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00563 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.224 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE—Continued

Identi- Control tem- Self-reactive substance fication Concentration— Packing perature—( Emergency Notes (1) No. (%) method °C) temperature (7) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 63–92 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 62 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50 ...... perhydrothiazine. 2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50 ...... yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc chloride. 3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45 ...... yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-(3,4- 3236 96 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50 ...... dimethyl-phenylsulphonyl)benzene dia- zonium zinc chloride. 4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... 3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1- 3234 95 ...... OP6 +45 ...... +50 ...... yl)benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. 4-Nitrosophenol ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40 ...... Self-reactive liquid, sample ...... 3223 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature 3233 ...... OP2 ...... 3 control. Self-reactive solid, sample ...... 3224 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Self-reactive solid, sample, tempera- 3234 ...... OP2 ...... 3 ture control. Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonate 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate 3226 100 ...... OP7 ...... Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate ...... 3234 100 ...... OP6 +30 ...... +35 ......

NOTES: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with § 173.21(f). 2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 °C. 3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid.

(c) New self-reactive materials, formula- complete test data are not available, tions and samples. (1) Except as provided and which are to be transported for fur- for samples in paragraph (c)(3) of this ther testing or product evaluation, section, no person may offer, accept for may be assigned an appropriate ship- transportation, or transport a self-re- ping description for Self-reactive mate- active material which is not identified rials Type C, packaged and offered for by technical name in the Self-Reactive transportation under the following Materials Table of this section, or a conditions: formulation of one or more self-reac- (i) Data available to the person offer- tive materials which are identified by ing the material for transportation technical name in the table, unless the must indicate that the sample would self-reactive material is assigned a ge- pose a level of hazard no greater than neric type and shipping description and that of a self-reactive material Type B is approved by the Associate Adminis- and that the control temperature, if trator under the provisions of any, is sufficiently low to prevent any § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). dangerous decomposition and suffi- (2) Except as provided by an approval ciently high to prevent any dangerous issued under § 173.124(a)(2)(iii), inter- phase separation; mediate bulk and bulk packagings are (ii) The sample must be packaged in not authorized. accordance with packing method OP2; (3) Samples. Samples of new self-reac- (iii) Packages of the self-reactive ma- tive materials or new formulations of terial may be offered for transpor- self-reactive materials identified in the tation and transported in a quantity Self-Reactive Materials Table in para- not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per graph (b) of this section, for which transport vehicle; and

554

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00564 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(iv) One of the following shipping de- samples in paragraph (b)(2) of this sec- scriptions must be assigned: tion, no person may offer for transpor- (A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1, tation an organic peroxide that is not UN3223. identified by technical name in the Or- (B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1, ganic Peroxides Table, Organic Per- UN3224. oxide IBC Table, or the Organic Per- (C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, tem- oxide Portable Tank Table of this sec- perature controlled, 4.1, UN3233. tion, or a formulation of one or more (D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, tem- organic peroxides that are identified by perature controlled, 4.1, UN3234. technical name in one of those tables, [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as unless the organic peroxide is assigned amended by Amdt. 173–242, 60 FR 26806, May a generic type and shipping description 18, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, and is approved by the Associate Ad- 1995; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; ministrator under the provisions of Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, 24735, May 6, 1997; § 173.128(d) of this subchapter. 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, (2) Samples. Samples of new organic 1999; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33431, peroxides or new formulations of or- June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004; ganic peroxides identified in the Or- 71 FR 78633, Dec. 29,2006] ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) of this section, for which complete test § 173.225 Packaging requirements and data are not available, and that are to other provisions for organic perox- be transported for further testing or ides. product evaluation, may be assigned an (a) General. When the § 172.101 table appropriate shipping description for or- specifies that an organic peroxide must ganic peroxide Type C, packaged and be packaged under this section, the or- offered for transportation, under the ganic peroxide must be packaged and following conditions: offered for transportation in accord- (i) Data available to the person offer- ance with the provisions of this sec- ing the material for transportation tion. Each packaging must conform to must indicate that the sample would the general requirements of subpart B pose a level of hazard no greater than of part 173 and to the applicable re- that of an organic peroxide Type B and quirements of part 178 of this sub- that the control temperature, if any, is chapter. Non-bulk packagings must sufficiently low to prevent any dan- meet Packing Group II performance gerous decomposition and sufficiently levels. To avoid unnecessary confine- high to prevent any dangerous phase ment, metallic non-bulk packagings separation; meeting Packing Group I are not au- (ii) The sample must be packaged in thorized. No used material, other than accordance with packing method OP2, production residues or regrind from the for a liquid or solid, respectively; same production process, may be used (iii) Packages of the organic peroxide in plastic packagings. Organic perox- may be offered for transportation and ides that require temperature control transported in a quantity not to exceed are subject to the provisions of 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; § 173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk pack- and aging is authorized and meets the re- (iv) One of the following shipping de- quirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of scriptions must be assigned: this section, respectively, lower con- (A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, trol temperatures than those specified 5.2, UN 3103; for non-bulk packaging may be re- (B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, quired. An organic peroxide not identi- 5.2, UN 3104; fied in paragraph (c), (e), or (g) of this (C) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, section by technical name, or not as- temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or signed to a generic type in accordance (D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114. of this section, must conform to the (3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic per- provisions of paragraph (c) of § 173.128. oxides individually identified in the Or- (b) New organic peroxides, formulations ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) and samples. (1) Except as provided for of this section may be classified as the

555

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00565 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

same type of organic peroxide as that 4a. A diluent type A is an organic liq- of the most dangerous component and uid that does not detrimentally affect be transported under the conditions for the thermal stability or increase the transportation given for this type. If hazard of the organic peroxide and with the stable components form a ther- a boiling point not less than 150 °C at mally less stable mixture, the SADT of atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents the mixture must be determined and may be used for desensitizing all or- the new control and emergency tem- ganic peroxides. perature derived under the provisions (ii) The required mass percent of of § 173.21(f). ‘‘Diluent type B’’ is specified in column (c) Organic peroxides table. The fol- 4b. A diluent type B is an organic liq- lowing Organic Peroxides Table speci- uid which is compatible with the or- fies by technical name those organic ganic peroxide and which has a boiling peroxides that are authorized for trans- point, at atmospheric pressure, of less portation and not subject to the ap- than 150 °C (302 °F) but at least 60 °C proval provisions of § 173.128 of this (140 °F), and a flash point greater than part. An organic peroxide identified by 5 °C (41 °F). Type B diluents may be technical name in the following table used for desensitizing all organic per- is authorized for transportation only if oxides, when specified in the organic it conforms to all applicable provisions peroxide tables, provided that the boil- of the table. The column headings of ing point is at least 60 °C (140 °F) above the Organic Peroxides Table are as fol- the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg lows: (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may (1) Technical name. The first column be used to replace a type B diluent in specifies the technical name. equal concentration. (2) ID number. The second column (iii) The required mass percent of specifies the identification (ID) number ‘‘Inert solid’’ is specified in column 4c. which is used to identify the proper An inert solid is a solid that does not shipping name in the § 172.101 table. detrimentally affect the thermal sta- The word ‘‘EXEMPT’’ appearing in the bility or hazard of the organic per- column denotes that the material is oxide. not regulated as an organic peroxide. (3) Concentration of organic peroxide. (5) Concentration of water. Column 5 The third column specifies concentra- specifies, in mass percent, the min- tion (mass percent) limitations, if any, imum amount of water, if any, which in mixtures or solutions for the organic must be in formulation. peroxide. Limitations are given as (6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies minimums, maximums, or a range, as the highest packing method (largest appropriate. A range includes the lower packaging capacity) authorized for the and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means organic peroxide. Lower numbered from, and including, 53% to, and in- packing methods (smaller packaging cluding 100%). See introductory para- capacities) are also authorized. For ex- graph of § 172.203(k) of this subchapter ample, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and for additional description requirements OP1 are also authorized. The Table of for an organic peroxide that may qual- Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of ify for more than one generic listing, this section defines the non-bulk pack- depending on its concentration. ing methods. (4) Concentration of diluents. The (7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies fourth column specifies the type and the control temperature. Column 7b concentration (mass percent) of diluent specifies the emergency temperature. or inert solid, when required. Other Temperatures are specified only when types and concentrations of diluents temperature controls are required. (See may be used if approved by the Asso- § 173.21(f)). ciate Administrator. (8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other ap- (i) The required mass percent of plicable provisions, as set forth in ‘‘Diluent type A’’ is specified in column notes following the table.

556

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00566 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 Notes gency Emer- C) ° 10 0 ...... 10 0 ...... trol Temperature ( ¥ ¥ Packing method %) 8 .... OP7 ...... 12 .. OP4 ...... 6 .... OP8 ...... 2 ...... 7 .... OP5 ...... 13 10 .. OP5 ...... 28 ...... OP8 ...... 13 ...... 13 Water (mass ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 48 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 9 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... +20 +25 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... 68 ...... OP7 ...... 23 ...... 23 .... OP7 ...... 0 ...... OP5 ...... +10 .. +10 +15 .. 68 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... +30 +35 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 48 ...... 6 ..38 ...... 23 .... OP7 ...... 53 ...... 68 ...... OP5 OP8 ...... 0 ...... OP8 ...... +10. +10 ...... +15. 48 ...... OP6 ...... 23 ...... 68 ...... 48 ...... 23 .... OP7 OP8...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... 1 ...... 23 ....48 ...... OP5 ...... OP6 ...... 20 ...... OP7 ...... 13 ...... 4,

≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ABLE 00 ...... OP5 ...... 002 ...... OP6 ...... +20 +25 .. T 100 ...... OP5 ...... Con- 42 ...... 32 ...... 82 ...... 32 ...... 88 ...... 62 ...... 100 ...... 100 ...... 100 ...... 77 ...... 77 OP7 ...... 47 ...... 77 ...... 32 ...... 100 ...... OP5 21 ...... 52 OP7 ...... OP7 ...... +20 ...... 52 ...... +25 ...... OP7...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 32 ...... 52 ...... 77 OP8 ...... 100 ...... 52 ...... OP5 ...... +20 +25 .. 80 ...... 79 ...... 72 ...... >14 ...... OP832 ...... 13, 16 (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >77–100>52–77 ... ≤ ....≤ ≤ ....≤ ≤ ...... ≤ OP5 ...... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >42–100 ...... OP8 ...... 9 . .. 3 >79–90 ...5 7 ....9 ...... 1 >52–77 ... 3 >32–52 ... 9 EROXIDE ber P ID num- RGANIC O (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) (7b) (7a) (6) (5) (4c) (4b) (4a) (3) (1) (2) Technical name Acetyl acetone peroxide ...... Acetyl acetone peroxide [as a paste] UN3105 ...... Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide UN3112 ...... tert-Amyl hydroperoxide UN3115 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyacetate UN3107 ...... tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate UN3105 ...... tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3103 ...... tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate UN3115 ...... tert-Amyl peroxy isopropyl carbonate UN3105 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3103 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... tert-Amyl peroxypivalate 3119 ...... tert-Amyl peroxypivalate UN3113 ...... tert-Amyl 3119 peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate ...... tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide ...... 3105tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide .... UN3107 ...... n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate ...... UN3108 n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate UN3103 >52–1 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and] Di-tert-butylperoxide UN310 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate <82+>9 UN3102 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate >52– UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste] UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN310 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN310 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN310 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3106 ...... tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fumarate 3109 ...... tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate UN3105 ......

557

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00567 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition) Notes gency Emer- C) ° 5 .. +5 .... 10 0. 10 0 ...... 10 0 ...... 10 0 ...... 5 .. +5 .... trol Temperature ( ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ Packing method %) 40 ..17 OP7 ...... OP7 ...... 9 .... OP6 ...... 13 8 .... OP7 ...... +40 +45 .. 5 Water (mass ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 14 ...... OP1 ...... 58 ...... OP8 ...... 58 ...... OP7. 3.. 6.. 60 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 68 ...... OP8 ...... 23 .... +4048 ...... +45 .. OP5 ...... OP7 +15 ...... +15 +20 .. 23 .... +20 ...... OP7 ...... 0 ...... +10 .. 33 ...... OP7 ...... 0 ...... 68 .... +10 ...... OP8 ...... 23 ...... OP7 ...... 26 .... 73 ...... OP7 ...... +20 +25 .. 8,13 73 ...... OP8 ...... +30 +35 .. 23 ...... OP7 ...... 33 ...... OP7 ...... +35 +40 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP7 ...... A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 23 ....23 ...... OP5 ...... OP7 ...... 68 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... OP7 0 ...... 0 +10 ...... +10 .. 10 ....10 ...... 13 ...... OP8 OP7 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ....15 ...... OP7 13 ...... 13, ...... OP7 ...... 5 23 ...... OP5 ...... 0 ...... +10 .. 14 .... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 14 36 .... 100 ...... OP7 ...... ≤ ≤ —Continued –86 ...... Con- 32 ...... 12+ 31+ .... 100 ...... 52 ...... 77 ...... 77 ...... 42 ...... 100 ...... 77 ...... 52 OP7 ...... 42 ...... 32 ...... 77 ...... 42 ...... OP5 ...... 100 ...... OP8 ...... 42 OP8 ...... 0 ...... 32 ...... 0 ...... +10 ...... +1057 OP8 ...... 77 .... 0 ...... +1090 ...... 87 OP7 ...... 77 ...... 52 ...... 77 ...... 91 ...... 72 ...... 72 ...... 32 ...... 57 ...... 27 ...... >68 ...... OP8 ...... Exempt ...... 29 OP7 ...... 5, 21 27 ...... 77 ...... 100 ...... OP8 ...... (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >52–77 ...≤ ≤ .... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ABLE >90–98 ... T 3 >67–77 ... 5 >27–67 ...9 .... 5 107 3115 ber ID num- EROXIDE P RGANIC O (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) (7b) (7a) (6) (5) (4c) (4b) (4a) (3) (1) (2) Technical name tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane UN3119 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane UN3106 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexylcarbonate UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate UN3111 ...... tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate UN3115 ...... 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene ...... UN3103 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene UN3105 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-2-methylbenzoate UN3108 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3103 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] >77– UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] ...... UN3119 tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3118 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate UN3119 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3115 ...... tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3117 ...... tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN311 ...... tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN311 ...... tert-Butylperoxy stearylcarbonate UN311 ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate UN3106 ...... tert-Butyl UN3105 peroxy-3,5,5-trimethlyhexanoate ...... tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate >32–100 ...... 31063-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid .... UN3109 ...... 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid UN3102 ...... 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid >57 UN3106 ...... Cumyl hydroperoxide ...... UN3106 Cumyl hydroperoxide UN3107 ...... Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3109 ...... Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate 3115 ...... Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN3115 Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate UN3119 ...... Cumyl peroxypivalate ...... UN3115 Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN311 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3104 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a paste] UN3105 ...... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3106 ...... Diacetone alcohol peroxides ...... Exempt Diacetyl peroxide UN3115 ......

558

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00568 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 5 ... 105 ... 6 5 ... ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 10 0 ...... 15 20 15 15 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 15 .. OP8 ...... 6 ....23 OP4 ...... 10 OP6 ...... OP7 ...... 40 ...... OP8 3 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ 45 ...... OP7 ...... 58 ...... Exempt ...... 29 45 ...... OP7 ...... 43 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP2 ...... 28 ...... 48 ...... OP7 3 ...... 65 ...... Exempt ...... 29 57 ...... OP7 ...... 9 ...... 1, ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ...... OP5 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ...... 24 OP5 ...... 30 50 ....74 ...... OP8 ...... 73 ...... OP8 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... 23 ....10 ...... OP5 OP5 ...... 42 ...... 30 OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... 43 ...... 18 ...... OP7...... OP6 ...... 48 ....48 ...... 28 ...... OP7 ...... OP6 ...... OP5 ...... 13 ...... 25 ...... 58 ...... 63 ...... 25 ...... 13 OP8 OP8...... OP8 ...... 22 ...... 48 ...... 58 ....48 ...... 13 .... OP7 ...... OP8 ...... OP7 ...... 43 ...... 26 ...... OP8 ...... 10 ...... OP5 ...... 18 ...... 20 ...... 48 ...... OP5 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... 0 ...... OP5 ...... 62 ...... OP7 ...... 21 100 ...... OP4 ...... 7–52 ...... 57 ...... 82 ...... 56.5 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 100 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... OP8 ...... 72 ...... OP8 ...... OP6 ...... 72 ...... OP8 ...... +30 ...... 21 ...... 42 +30 ...... +3527 ...... +3542 ...... 37 ...... 25 ...... 13 ...... 27 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... OP842 ...... 77 ...... 90 ...... 57 ...... OP757 ...... 32 ...... 100 ...... 42 ...... 21 ...... OP7 ...... OP8 +30 ...... +30 +35 .. +35 .. 77 ...... 62 ...... 35 ...... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ >42–52 ... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤

02 >51–10002 >77–94 ...04 ....06 ...... 06 >35–52 ...... 07 >36–42 ...... pt 3107 >52–1003109 ...... OP8 ...... 2,2-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)-butane ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)cyclohexane 3105 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3103 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide UN31 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide UN31 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide UN31 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN31 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide >52– UN31 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN31 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3108 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3108 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3109 ...... Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate ...... Exem Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3114 ...... Di-tert-butyl peroxide ...... UN3119 Di-tert-butyl peroxide UN ...... Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate UN ...... 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)butane UN3105 ...... 1,6-Di-(tert-butylperoxycarbonyloxy)hexane UN3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3101 >80–10 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-cyclohexane UN3103 >52–80 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane 3103 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3105 >42–52 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3106 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3107 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) cyclohexane ...... UN3109 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane 3109 ...... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3109 ...... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3109 ...... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3115 ...... >2 Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] UN3117 ...... Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3118 ...... Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3113 ...... Di-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene(s) >52– ...... UN3115 Di-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s) UN3106 >42–100 ...... Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate Exempt ...... Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate [as a paste] UN3105 ...... Di-(tert-butylpe

559

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00569 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition) Notes 10 5 ... 5 ... 5. 5 ... 5 ... 10 10 10 5 ... gency Emer- ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ C) ° 20 15 10 0 ...... 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 15 5 .. +5 .... trol Temperature ( ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ Packing method %) 23 .. OP5 ...... 9 .... OP5 ...... +10 +15 .. 23 .. OP5 ...... 5 .... OP7 ...... 17 13 .. OP5 ...... +30 +35 .. 18 .. OP5 ...... Water (mass ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 68 ...... Exempt ...... 48 ...... 29 Exempt ...... 29 58 ...... OP7 ...... 73 ...... OP5 ...... 18 ...... OP7 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... 9 ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≤ ...... OP5 ...... 78 ...... OP848 ...... 23 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP5 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP758 ...... OP7 ...... +35 +40 .. 68 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP7 ...... A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 5 ...... 72 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP8 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ 0 ...... OP5 ...... 00 ...... OP3 ...... +10 +15 .. 4 ... ≤ —Continued –100 ...... OP2 ...... Con- 42 ...... 77 ...... 32 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... OP8 ...... 91 ...... +2042 OP8 ...... +25. .... +3042 ...... 22 ...... +35 ...... 77 OP7 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 77 ...... 62 OP8 21 ...... 52 ...... +15 ...... 52 ...... 27 +20 ...... 100 ...... OP7 OP8 ...... 82 ...... 52 ...... 28 OP8 ...... 100 OP8 ...... 42 ...... 52 OP7 ...... 87 ...... 52 ...... 20+ ...... 18+ ...... 82 ...... 82 OP7 ...... OP8 ...... 77 ...... 52 ...... 47 OP7 ...... OP8 ...... 100 ...... OP6 ...... +30 +35 .. 32 ...... (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ABLE T 4 110 >52–100 ...... 111 >32–52 ...115 .... mpt 3106 ber ID num- UN3115 EROXIDE P RGANIC O Technical name peroxide. Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3119 ...... Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3102 ...... Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] Exempt ...... Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3118 ...... Dicumyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Dicumyl peroxide UN3 ...... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate Exe ...... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate UN3112 ...... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] >91–1 ...... UN3114 Didecanoyl peroxide UN3119 ...... 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane UN311 ...... 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane UN3106 ...... Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3107 ...... Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] ...... UN3102 Di-(2-ethoxyethyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3106 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3115 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3113 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] >77–10 ...... UN3115 Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] 3119 ...... Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] UN3119 ...... 2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane ...... UN3120 Di-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide UN3102 ...... Diisobutyryl peroxide ...... UN3106 Diisobutyryl peroxide UN3 ...... Diisopropylbenzene dihydroperoxide UN3 ...... Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate UN3106 ...... Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate UN3112 ...... >52 Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate UN3115 ...... Dilauroyl peroxide UN3115 ...... Dilauroyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN Di-(3-methoxybutyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3109 ...... Di-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide UN3115 ...... Di-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] UN3112 ...... Di-(3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Benzoyl (3-methylbenzoyl) Dibenzoyl UN3106 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane UN3102 >82–100 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane UN3106 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane ...... UN3104 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane .... UN3105 >52–100 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane

560

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00570 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 5. 15 10 10 10 10 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 10 0 ...... 15 25 20 20 5 ..5 +5. ..5 +5. .. +5. 20 20 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 18 .. OP6 ...... 15 .. OP7 ...... 28 ...... OP7 ...... +10 +15 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ 48 ...... OP7 ...... 48 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ...... OP5 ...... 23 ...... OP5 ...... 10 ...... 28 .... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... +10 +15 .. 33 ...... OP7 ...... +35 +40 .. 73 ...... OP8 ...... +15 +20 .. ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP5 ...... OP5 ...... 23 ....48 ...... 48 .... OP7 ...... OP8 ...... 0 ...... +10 OP7 ...... 62 ....33 ...... 23 ...... OP8 ...... 45 ...... OP729 .... +20 ...... OP7 +25 ...... 23 ...... 48 ...... OP7 OP7 ...... 0 ...... OP8 ...... +10 .. 28 ...... 28 ...... 48 .... OP855 ...... 60 .... OP8 ...... 19 ...... 70 ...... OP5 ...... 13 OP7 ...... OP8 ...... OP8 ...... 13 OP7 ...... 5, ...... 31 23 5 ...... 7 ...... 5, 14 ...... OP5 ...... 18 ...... OP7 ...... 0 ...... +10 .. 38 ...... OP7 ...... ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ ... 28 15 re- 100 ...... OP5 ...... ≤ ≤ 22 ...... 12 ...... 18 ...... mark 31). 15 ...... 72–100 ...... OP7 ...... 13 ≤ ≤ 52 ...... 100 ...... 82 ...... 77 ...... 52 ...... 100 ...... 42 ...... 52 ...... 42 ...... 100 ...... OP5 ...... +2085 ...... +25 OP8 ...... OP7100 ...... OP877 .... +20 ...... +20 ....72 ...... +25 ...... OP7 +25 ...... 52 0 ...... 38 ...... +10 .. 67 ...... OP377 ...... 52 ...... 52 ...... 71 ...... 72 ...... OP877 ...... 52 +10 ...... 52 ...... +1552+ ...... 32+ ...... OP8 ...... 72 ...... 72 ...... 67 ...... 52 ...... 45 ...... 40 ...... 62 ...... 100 ...... OP5 ...... +10 +15 .. 27 ...... ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ + ¥ + ¥ >72–100 ...... OP4 ...... 18 4 17 UN3111 UN3115 peroxydicarbonate. peroxydicarbonate. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 UN3101 >86–100 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 UN3103 >52–86 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane UN3106 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxyhexane UN3113 ...... 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane UN3104 ...... 1,1-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptanoate ...... UN3105 Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate UN3117 ...... Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3116 ...... Di-(2-neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benzene ...... UN3119 Di-(2-neodecanoyl-peroxyisopropyl) benzene, as stable dispersion in water UN3115 ...... Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide 3119 ...... Di-n-octanoyl peroxide UN3116 ...... Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate UN311 ...... Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate UN3102 >85–100 ...... Dipropionyl peroxide UN3106 ...... Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate UN31 ...... Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate UN3113 ...... Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3113 ...... Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3102 ...... Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide UN3116 ...... Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] ...... UN3115 >38–82 Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide UN3119 ...... Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-amylperoxy)butyrate ...... UN3119 Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate UN3105 ...... Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate UN3103 ...... >77– Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate UN3105 ...... 1-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)-1,3-Dimethylbutyl peroxypivalate UN3106 ...... tert-Hexyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate UN3115 ...... 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate ...... UN3115 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] 3115 ...... 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate 3119 ...... Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonat +Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-isopropyl 3117 .... Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-isopropyl Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide ...... p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3109 ...... p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3105 ...... Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) > UN3109 ...... Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) ...... UN3115 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3101 ......

561

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00571 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition) Notes gency Emer- C) ° 5 .. +5 .... trol Temperature ( ¥ Packing method %) 15 ..60 OP8 ...... Exempt ...... 13, 20, 28 ...... 28 Water (mass ≥ ≥ ...... OP2 ...... OP2 ...... 12 ...... 12 48 ...... OP8 ...... 28 ...... OP7 ...... -5 .... +5 .... ≥ ≥ A B I Con- Diluent (mass %) 44 ...... OP8 ...... 23 ...... 58 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 0 ...... +10 ...... 26 ≥ ≥ ≥ ...... OP2 ...... OP2 ...... 12 ...... 12 —Continued Con- 100 ...... 43 ...... 43 ...... 43 ...... 36 ...... OP8. ....6 ...... 17 ...... 100 ...... OP756 ...... OP852 ...... OP8100 ...... 100 ...... 100 ...... 13, 20 ...... OP872 ...... 13, 20 ...... OP852 .... 13, 20, 28 ...... 77 .... +35 ...... 42 ...... +40 ...... 13, 20, 28 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... OP7 ...... +15 ...... OP8 ...... +20 .. (mass %) centration ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ABLE >56–100 ...... OP7 ...... 13 T ber N3118 ID num- EROXIDE P RGANIC O Technical name Organic peroxide, liquid, sample ...... Organic peroxide, liquid, sample, temperature controlled UN3103 ...... Organic peroxide, solid, sample UN3113 ...... Organic peroxide, solid, sample, temperature controlled UN3104 ...... 3,3,5,7,7-Pentamethyl-1,2,4-Trioxepane UN3114 ...... Peroxyacetic acid, type D, stabilized 3107 ...... Peroxyacetic acid, type E, stabilized UN3105 ...... Peroxyacetic acid, type F, stabilized UN3107 ...... Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic [with not more than 7% hydrogen peroxide] UN3109 ...... Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic [with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide] UN3107 ...... Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic [with not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide] Exempt ...... Peroxylauric acid UN3109 ...... Pinanyl hydroperoxide U ...... Pinanyl hydroperoxide UN3105 ...... Polyether poly-tert-butylperoxycarbonate UN3109 ...... Tetrahydronaphthyl hydroperoxide UN3107 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide UN3106 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3105 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ...... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3115 ...... 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxypivalate UN3119 ...... 3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-1,4,7-triperoxonane UN3115 ...... UN3105

562

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00572 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

NOTES 27. Formulations derived from distillation of peroxyacetic acid originating from per- 1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is author- oxyacetic acid in a concentration of not ized. more than 41% with water, total active oxy- 2. Available oxygen must be <4.7%. gen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic 3. For concentrations <80% OP5 is allowed. acid plus hydrogen peroxide). For concentrations of at least 80% but <85%, 28. For the purposes of this section, the OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at names ‘‘Peroxyacetic acid’’ and ‘‘Peracetic least 85%, maximum package size is OP2. acid’’ are synonymous. 4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tert- 29. Not subject to the requirements of this butyl peroxide. subchapter for Division 5.2. 5. Available oxygen must be ≤9% with or 30. Diluent type B with boiling point > 130 without water. °C (266 °F). 6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is author- 31. Available oxygen ≤6.7%. ized. 7. Available oxygen must be ≤8.2% with or (d) Packing Method Table. Packagings without water. for organic peroxides and self-reactive 8. Only non-metallic packagings are au- substances are listed in the Maximum thorized. Quantity per Packing Method Table. 9. For domestic shipments this material maybe transported under the provisions of The packing methods are designated paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section. OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified 10. [Reserved] for each packing method represent the 11. [Reserved] maximum that is authorized. 12. Samples may only be offered for trans- (1) The following types of packagings portation under the provisions of paragraph are authorized: (b)(2) of this section. (i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 13. ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is re- 1H1, 1H2; quired. 14. [Reserved] (ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 15. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is 3H2; required for concentrations below 80%. (iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide. 4H2, 4A, 4B; or 17. With ≤8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4- (iv) Composite packagings with a isopropylhydroxybenzene. plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2, 18. Addition of water to this organic per- 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1, oxide will decrease its thermal stability. 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2. 19. [Reserved] 20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water (2) Metal packaging (including inner and acid(s). packagings of combination packagings 21. With diluent type A, with or without and outer packagings of combination water. or composite packagings) are used only 22. With ≥36% diluent type A by mass, and for packing methods OP7 and OP8. in addition ethylbenzene. (3) In combination packagings, glass 23. With ≥19% diluent type A by mass, and receptacles are used only as inner in addition methyl isobutyl ketone. packagings with a maximum content of 24. Diluent type B with boiling point >100 C. 0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L for liquids. 25. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is (4) The maximum quantity per pack- required for concentrations below 56%. aging or package for Packing Methods 26. Available oxygen must be ≤7.6%. OP1–OP8 must be as follows:

MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER PACKAGING/PACKAGE [For Packing Methods OP1 to OP8]

Packing Method Maximum quantity OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 1 OP5 OP6 OP7 OP8

Solids and combination packagings (liquid and solid) (kg) ...... 0.5 0.5/10 5 5 25 50 50 2 400 Liquids (L) ...... 0.5 ...... 5 ...... 30 60 60 3 225

1 If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net mass of the complete package. 2 60 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings comprising boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a maximum net mass of 25 kg. 3 60 L for jerricans.

563

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00573 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(e) Organic Peroxide IBC Table. The subject to the approval provisions of following Organic Peroxide IBC Table § 173.128 of this part. Additional re- specifies, by technical name, those or- quirements for authorized IBCs are ganic peroxides that are authorized for found in paragraph (f) of this section. transportation in certain IBCs and not

ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE

Maximum Control tempera- Emergency tem- UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC quantity (litres) ture perature

3109 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID. tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not 31A 1250 more than 72% with water. tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not 31A 1250 more than 32% in diluent type A...... 31HA1 1000 tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate, not 31A 1250. more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- 31A 1250. trimethylhexanoate, not more than 37% in diluent type A. 31HA1 1000. Cumyl hydroperoxide, not more 31HA1 1250 than 90% in diluent type A. Dibenzoyl peroxide, not more 31H1 1000 than 42% as a stable disper- sion. Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more 31A 1250 than 52% in diluent type B...... 31HA1 1000 1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) 31A 1250. cyclohexane, not more than 37% in diluent type A. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy) 31H1 1000 cyclohexane, not more than 42% in diluent type A. Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 1250 equal to 100%...... 31HA1 1000 Dilauroyl peroxide, not more 31HA1 1000 than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Isopropyl cumyl hydroperoxide, 31HA1 1250 not more than 72% in diluent type A. p-Menthyl hydroperoxide, not 31HA1 1250 more than 72% in diluent type A. Peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, 31H1 1500 not more than 17%...... 31HA1 1500 ...... 31A 1500

Peroxyacetic acid, with not 31A 1500 more than 26% hydrogen peroxide...... 31HA1 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, type F, sta- 31A 1500 bilized...... 31HA1 1500 3110 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE F, SOLID. Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 2000 equal to 100%...... 31H1 ...... 31HA1 3119 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED.

564

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00574 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE—Continued

Maximum Control tempera- Emergency tem- UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC quantity (litres) ture perature

tert-Amyl peroxypivalate, not 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C. more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B...... 31A 1250 +30 °C +35 °C tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 0 °C +10 °C not more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C. not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate, not 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C more than 27% in diluent type B...... 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Dicyclohexylperoxydicarbonate, 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C not more than 42% as a sta- ble dispersion, in water. Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate, not 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C more than 42%, stable dis- persion, in water. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) 31A 1250 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C. peroxydicarbonate, not more than 62%, dispersion, in water. Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate, 31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A...... 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Di-(2- 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C. neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl) benzene, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C. peroxy-neodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dis- persion, in water. Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl 31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dis- persion, in water.

(f) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject tive substances are not authorized for to the conditions and limitations of transportation in IBCs other than this section if the IBC type is author- those specified, unless approved by the ized according to paragraph (e) of this Associate Administrator. section, as applicable, and the IBC con- (1) IBCs shall be provided with a de- forms to the requirements in subpart O vice to allow venting during transpor- of part 178 of this subchapter at the tation. The inlet to the pressure relief Packing Group II performance level. device shall be sited in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum filling con- Type F organic peroxides or self-reac- ditions during transportation.

565

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00575 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(2) To prevent explosive rupture of (g) Organic Peroxide Portable Tank metal IBCs or composite IBCs with a Table. The following Organic Peroxide complete metal casing, the emergency- Portable Tank Table provides certain relief devices shall be designed to vent portable tank requirements and identi- all the decomposition products and va- fies, by technical name, those organic pors evolved during self-accelerating peroxides that are authorized for trans- decomposition or during a period of not portation in the bulk packagings listed less than one hour of complete fire-en- in paragraph (h). Organic peroxides gulfment as calculated by the formula listed in this table, provided they meet in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section. the specific packaging requirements The control and emergency tempera- found in paragraph (h), are not subject tures specified in the Organic Peroxide IBC Table are based on a non-insulated to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of IBC. this part.

566

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00576 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 C C C. perature ° ° ° 5 Emergency tem- ¥ ture C ° C +35 C +20 ° ° 10 Control tempera- ¥ +30 +15 C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° Filling limits 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59

ABLE T See. . . ANK quirements T Pressure-relief re- ORTABLE P See. . . quirements EROXIDE Bottom opening re- P RGANIC O See. . . erence steel) Minimum shell thickness (mm-ref- 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 §4 178.274(d)(2) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) 4 § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(d)(3) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.274 (d)(2) 4 § 178.275 (d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at test sure Min- (bar) pres- imum more than 72% with water. taken to achieve the safety equivalence of 65% tert-Butyl hydroperoxide and 35% water. than 90% in diluent type A. 32% in diluent type A. equal to 100% in diluent type B. not more than 72% in diluent type A. more than 72% in diluent type A. than 56% in diluent type A. equal to 100% with inert solids. tank 2,000 kg. not more than 47% in diluent type A. more than 32% in diluent type B. ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent B. LIQUID. SOLID. LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED. *Provided that steps have been *Maximum quantity per portable tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not Cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more Dicumyl peroxide, less than or Isopropyl cumyl hydro-peroxide, p-Menthyl hydro-peroxide, not Pinanyl hydro-peroxide, not more Dicumyl peroxide less than or tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate, tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN No. Hazardous material 3109 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, 3110 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, 3119 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F,

567

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00577 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition) C C C perature ° ° ° C. ° Emergency tem- ture C +35 C +40 ° ° C +10 ° C +5 ° Control tempera- +5 +30 +35 0 C) C) C) C) ° ° ° ° F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 ° ° ° ° Filling limits 59 59 59 59 —Continued See. . . ABLE quirements T Pressure-relief re- ANK T See. . . ORTABLE quirements P Bottom opening re- EROXIDE P See. . . erence steel) Minimum shell RGANIC thickness (mm-ref- O 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274 (d)(2) § § 178.275 (d)(3) 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at test sure Min- (bar) pres- imum more than 27% in diluent type B. hexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B. oxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A or B. bilized, not more than 41%. tert-Butylperoxypivalate, not tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethyl- Di-(3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoyl) per- Peroxyacetic acid, distilled, sta- UN No. Hazardous material

568

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00578 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(h) Bulk packagings other than IBCs. portable tank of the decomposition The following bulk packagings are au- products and vapors released at a tem- thorized, subject to the conditions and perature of 50 °C (122 °F). The capacity limitations of this section, if the or- and start-to-discharge pressure of the ganic peroxide is listed in the Organic relief devices must be in accordance Peroxide Portable Tank Table and bulk with the applicable requirements of packagings are authorized, or if the or- this subchapter specified for the port- ganic peroxide is specifically author- able tank. The pressure relief devices ized for transport in a bulk packaging must not allow liquid to escape in the by this paragraph (h), and the bulk event the portable tank is overturned packaging conforms to the require- in a loaded condition. ments of this subchapter: (v)(A) The emergency-relief devices (1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105, may be of the reclosing or frangible 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld types, or a combination of the two, de- tank car tanks are authorized. DOT signed to vent all the decomposition 103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car products and vapors evolved during a tanks must have bottom outlets effec- period of not less than one hour of tively sealed from inside. Gauging de- complete fire engulfment as calculated vices are required on DOT 103W tank by the following formula: car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are not authorized. q = 70961 F A0.82 (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307, Where: MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and q = heat absorption (W) DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles A = wetted area (m2) with a tank design pressure of at least F = insulation factor (¥) 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized. (3) Portable tanks. The following re- (B) Insulation factor (F) in the for- mula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) of this quirements apply to portable tanks in- section equals 1 for non-insulated ves- tended for the transport of organic per- sels and for insulated vessels F is cal- oxides or self-reactive substances. DOT culated using the following formula: 51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN portable tanks that conform to the re- U ()923 − T quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- F = PO tion, are authorized. Type F organic 47032 peroxide or self-reactive substance for- Where: mulations other than those indicated U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the in- in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank sulation (W·m¥2·K¥1); where K = heat con- Table may be transported in portable ductivity of insulation layer (W·m¥1·K¥1), tanks if approved by the Associate Ad- and L = thickness of insulation layer (m). ministrator. The following conditions TPO = temperature of material at relieving also apply: conditions (K). (i) The portable tank must be de- (vi) The start-to-discharge pressure signed for a test pressure of at least 0.4 of emergency-relief devices must be MPa (4 bar). higher than that specified for the pres- (ii) The portable tank must be fitted sure relief devices in paragraph with temperature-sensing devices. (h)(3)(iv) of this section. The emer- (iii) The portable tank must be fitted gency-relief devices must be sized and with pressure relief devices and emer- designed in such a way that the max- gency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief de- imum pressure in the shell never ex- vices may also be used. Pressure relief ceeds the test pressure of the portable devices must operate at pressures de- tank. termined according to both the prop- erties of the hazardous material and NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(3)(vi): An example the construction characteristics of the of a method to determine the size of emer- portable tank. Fusible elements are gency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, not allowed in the shell. see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A second ex- (iv) The pressure relief devices must ample of a test method for venting sizing is consist of reclosing devices fitted to given in the American Institute of Chemical prevent significant build-up within the Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal,

569

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00579 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER20DE04.002 ER20DE04.003 § 173.226 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 2) (Informational ually inspected after each trip and, at materials not requiring incorporation by ref- a minimum, once every 12 months, and erence, see § 171.7(b)). replaced when discoloration, fracture, (vii) For insulated portable tanks, severe deformation, or other indication the capacity and setting of emergency- of change is noted. relief devices must be determined as- suming a loss of insulation from 1% of [69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 the surface area. FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 2260, Jan. 14, 2009] (viii) Vacuum-relief devices and re- closing devices on portable tanks used § 173.226 Materials poisonous by inha- for flammable hazardous materials lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group must be provided with flame arresters. I, Hazard Zone A. Any reduction of the relief capacity caused by the flame arrester must be Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A taken into account and the appropriate poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.133) relief capacity must be provided. must be packed in non-bulk packagings (ix) Service equipment such as de- in accordance with the following para- vices and external piping must be de- graphs: signed and constructed so that no haz- (a) In seamless specification or UN ardous material remains in them after cylinders conforming to the require- filling the portable tank. ments of § 173.40. (x) Portable tanks may be either in- (b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, or 6HA1 sulated or protected by a sun-shield. If drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 the SADT of the hazardous material in drum. Both inner and outer drums the portable tank is 55 °C (131 °F) or must conform to the performance test less, the portable tank must be com- requirements of subpart M of part 178 pletely insulated. The outer surface of this subchapter at the Packing must be finished in white or bright Group I performance level. The outer metal. drums may be tested either as a pack- (xi) The degree of filling must not ex- age intended to contain inner pack- ceed 90% at 15 °C (59 °F). (xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are agings (combination package) or as a authorized only for those materials or single packaging intended to contain mixtures of two or more materials that solids or liquids at a mass cor- are provided with a reference to Note 9 responding to the mass of the assem- in Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide bled packaging system. All outer Table, found in paragraph (c) of this drums, even those tested to contain section. DOT 57 portable tanks must inner packaging or as single pack- conform to the venting requirements of agings for solids, must withstand a hy- paragraph (f) of this section. These drostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 portable tanks are not subject to any psig). The outer drum must have a other requirements of paragraph (h) of minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 this section. inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm (4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. In ad- (TBHP), each tank car, cargo tank or dition, the inner drum must— portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 (1) Be capable of satisfactorily with- inches) low density polyethylene (PE) standing the hydrostatic pressure test saddles having a melt index of at least in § 178.605 of this subchapter at a test 0.2 grams per 10 minutes (for example pressure of 300 kPa (45 psig); see, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part (2) Satisfactorily withstand the of the lading, with a ratio of PE to leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by subchapter using an internal air pres- mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal containers equipped with fusible plugs sure of at least twice the vapor pres- ° ° having a melting point between 69 °C sure at 55 C (131 F) of the material to (156 °F) and 71 °C (160 °F) and filled with be packaged; a sufficient quantity of water to dilute (3) Have screw-type closures that the TBHP to 65% or less by mass may are— be used. The PE saddles must be vis-

570

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00580 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.226

(i) Closed and tightened to a torque (B) An inner receptacle that has a prescribed by the closure manufac- closure must have a closure which is turer, using a properly calibrated de- physically held in place by any means vice that is capable of measuring capable of preventing back-off or loos- torque; ening of the closure by impact or vibra- (ii) Physically held in place by any tion during transportation. means capable of preventing back-off (ii) Packed within a leak-tight pack- or loosening of the closure by impact aging of metal or plastic. or vibration during transportation; and (iii) This combination packaging in (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is turn is packed within the outer pack- properly applied in accordance with the aging. cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda- (3) Additional requirements: tions and is capable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 (i) The total amount of liquid con- psig). tained in the outer packaging must not (4) Have a minimum thickness as fol- exceed 16 L (4 gallons). lows: (ii) The inner packaging system must (i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm conform to the performance test re- (0.051 inch); quirements of subpart M of part 178 of (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 this subchapter, at the Packaging inch); Group I performance level when sub- (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 jected to the following tests: inch); and (A) § 178.603—Drop Test (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic (B) § 178.604—Leakproofness Test inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 (C) § 178.605—Hydrostatic Pressure inch) and the outer steel drum shall be Test 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch). (iii) The inner packaging system (5) Be isolated from the outer drum must meet the above tests without the by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive benefit of the outer packaging. material, which completely surrounds (iv) The leakproofness and hydro- the inner packaging on all sides. static pressure test may be conducted (c) In combination packagings, con- on either the inner receptacle or the sisting of an inner packaging system outer packaging of the inner packaging and an outer packaging, as follows: (1) Outer packagings: system. (v) The outer package must conform Steel drum: 1A2 to the performance test requirements Aluminum drum: 1B2 Metal drum, other than steel or alu- of subpart M of part 178 of this sub- minum: 1N2 chapter, at the Packaging Group I per- Plywood drum: 1D formance level as applicable for the Fiber drum: 1G type of package being used. Plastic drum: 1H2 (d) If approved by the Associate Ad- Steel box: 4A ministrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or Aluminum box: 4B 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 of this section may be used without Plywood box: 4D being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F drum if the shipper loads the material, Fiberboard box: 4G palletizes the drums, blocks and braces Expanded plastic box: 4H2 the drums within the transport vehicle Solid plastic box: 4H2 and seals the transport vehicle used. (2) Inner packaging system. The Drums may not be stacked (double inner packaging system consists of two decked) within the transport vehicle. packagings: Shipments must be from one origin to (i) an impact-resistant receptacle of one destination only without any in- glass, earthenware, plastic or metal se- termediate pickup or delivery. curely cushioned with a non-reactive, (e) Prior to reuse, all authorized absorbent material, and inner drums must be leakproofness (A) Capacity of each inner receptacle tested and marked in accordance with may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure

571

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00581 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.227 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is section. properly applied in accordance with the cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda- [69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71 tions and is capable of withstanding an FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009] internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig). § 173.227 Materials poisonous by inha- (3) Have a minimum thickness as fol- lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group lows: I, Hazard Zone B. (i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 inch); (a) In packagings as authorized in (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 § 173.226 and seamless and welded speci- inch); fication cylinders or UN seamless cyl- (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 inders conforming to the requirements inch); or of § 173.40. (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic (b) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1, or 6HH1 inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 drum. Both the inner and outer drums mm (0.027 inch). must conform to the performance test (4) Be isolated from the outer drum requirements of subpart M of part 178 by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive of this subchapter at the Packing material which completely surrounds Group I performance level. Both the the inner packaging on all sides. inner and outer drums must conform to (5) Prior to reuse, all authorized the performance test requirements of inner drums must be leakproofness subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter tested and marked in accordance with at the Packing Group I performance § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure level. The outer drums may be tested as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this either as a package intended to contain section. inner packagings (combination pack- (c) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 age) or as a single packaging intended drums described in paragraph (b) of to contain solids or liquids at a mass this section may be used without being corresponding to the mass of the as- further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if sembled packaging system. The outer the shipper loads the material, blocks drum must have a minimum thickness and braces the drums within the trans- of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer port vehicle and seals the transport ve- drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 hicle used. Drums may not be stacked outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums (double decked) within the transport must withstand a hydrostatic test vehicle. Shipments must be from one pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity origin to one destination only without of the inner drum may not exceed 220 any intermediate pickup or delivery. liters. In addition, the inner drum must conform to all of the following re- [70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 73 FR 57006, Oct.1, quirements: 2008] (1) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this § 173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or subchapter using an internal air pres- bromine trifluoride. sure of at least two times the vapor (a) Bromine pentafluoride and bro- pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the mate- mine trifluoride are authorized in rial to be packaged; packagings as follows: (2) Have screw closures that are— (1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150, 3B240, (i) Closed and tightened to a torque 3BN150, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240, and prescribed by the closure manufac- 3E1800 cylinders. turer, using a properly calibrated de- (2) UN cylinders as specified in part vice that is capable of measuring 178 of this subchapter, except acetylene torque; cylinders and non-refillable cylinders, (ii) Physically held in place by any with a minimum test pressure of 10 bar means capable of preventing back-off and a minimum outage of 8 percent by or loosening of the closure by impact volume. The use of UN tubes and or vibration during transportation; and MEGCs is not authorized.

572

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00582 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.230

(3) The use of a pressure relief device most likely to result in the failure of is not authorized. the containment system with no loss of (b) A material in Hazard Zone A must contents. Fuel cell cartridges installed be transported in a seamless specifica- in or integral to a fuel cell system are tion cylinder conforming to the re- regarded as contained in equipment. quirements of § 173.40. However, a weld- Fuel cell cartridges containing a Divi- ed cylinder filled before October 1, 2002, sion 2.1, Division 4.3 or Class 8 material in accordance with the requirements of must meet the following additional re- this subchapter in effect at the time of quirements. filling, may be transported for reproc- (b) A fuel cell cartridge designed to essing or disposal of the cylinder’s con- contain a Division 4.3 or a Class 8 ma- tents until December 31, 2003. No cyl- terial may contain an activator pro- inder may be equipped with a pressure vided it is fitted with two independent relief device. means of preventing unintended mix- [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 ing with the fuel during transport. FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, (c) Each fuel cell cartridge designed 2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] to contain a liquefied flammable gas must: § 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlo- rine dioxide hydrate, frozen. (1) Be capable of withstanding, with- out leakage or bursting, a pressure of When the § 172.101 table specifies that at least two times the equilibrium a hazardous material be packaged in pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131 accordance with this section, only 4G °F); fiberboard boxes, with inner pack- (2) Contain no more than 200 mL of agings of polyethylene or other suit- liquefied flammable gas with a vapor able material, are authorized. Fiber- pressure not exceeding 1,000 kPa (150 board boxes must be reinforced and in- psig) at 55 °C (131 °F); and sulated and sufficient dry ice must be (3) Pass the hot water bath test pre- used to maintain the hydrate or acid in scribed in accordance with a frozen state during transportation. § 173.306(a)(3)(v). Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of sub- (d) Each fuel cell cartridge designed part B of part 173, and to the require- to contain hydrogen in a metal hydride ments of part 178 of this subchapter at must conform to the following: the Packing Group I performance level. (1) Each fuel cell cartridge must have Transportation is authorized only by a water capacity less than or equal to private or contract carrier by motor 120 mL (4 fluid ounces). vehicle. (2) Each fuel cell cartridge must be a design type that has been subjected, § 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges con- without leakage or bursting, a pressure taining hazardous material. of at least two times the design pres- (a) Requirements for Fuel Cell Car- sure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 °F) or tridges. Fuel cell cartridges, including 200 kPa (30 psig) more than the design when contained in or packed with pressure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 equipment, must be designed and con- °F), whichever is greater. The pressure structed to prevent fuel leakage under at which the test is conducted is re- normal conditions of transportation. ferred to as the ‘‘minimum shell burst Fuel cell cartridge design types using pressure.’’ The pressure within the fuel liquids as fuels must pass an internal cell cartridge must not exceed 5 MPa pressure test at a gauge pressure of 100 (725 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F). kPa (15 psig) without leakage. Except (3) Each fuel cell cartridge must be for fuel cell cartridges containing hy- filled in accordance with the procedure drogen in metal hydride which must be provided by the manufacturer. The in conformance with paragraph (d) of manufacturer must provide the fol- this section, each fuel cell cartridge de- lowing information with each fuel cell sign type including when contained in cartridge: or packed with equipment, must pass a (i) Inspection procedures to be car- 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test onto an ried out before initial filling and before unyielding surface in the orientation refilling of the fuel cell cartridge;

573

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00583 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.230 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(ii) Safety precautions and potential (A) The internal pressure vents to hazards to be aware of; zero gauge pressure without the rup- (iii) A method of determining when ture of the cartridge; or the rated capacity has been achieved; (B) The cartridge withstands the fire (iv) Minimum and maximum pressure for a minimum of 20 minutes without range; rupture. (v) Minimum and maximum tempera- (iii) Hydrogen cycling test. A fuel cell ture range; and cartridge must be subjected to a hydro- (vi) Any other requirements to be gen cycling test to ensure that the de- met for initial filling and refilling in- sign stress limits are not exceeded dur- cluding the type of equipment to be ing use. The fuel cell cartridge must be used. cycled from not more than 5% rated (4) Each fuel cell cartridge must be hydrogen capacity to not less than 95% permanently marked with the fol- rated hydrogen capacity and back to lowing information: not more than 5% rated hydrogen ca- (i) The rated charging pressure in pacity. The rated charging pressure megapascals (MPa); must be used for charging and tempera- (ii) The manufacturer’s serial number tures must be within the operating of the fuel cell cartridges or unique temperature range. The cycling must identification number; and be continued for at least 100 cycles. (iii) The expiration date based on the Following the cycling test the fuel cell maximum service life (yyyy/mm). cartridge must be charged and the (5) Design type tests: Each fuel cell water volume displaced by the car- cartridge design type must be sub- tridge must be measured. The cartridge jected to and pass the following tests design is deemed to pass the test if the (this includes cartridges integral to a water volume displaced by the cycled fuel cell): cartridge does not exceed the water (i) Drop test. A 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop volume displaced by an uncycled car- test onto an unyielding surface must tridge charged to 95% rated capacity be performed. There must be no leak- and pressurized to 75% of its minimum age. Leakage must be determined using shell burst pressure. a soap bubble solution or other equiva- (6) Production leak test. Each fuel cell lent means on all possible leak loca- cartridge must be tested for leaks at 15 tions, when the fuel cell cartridge is °C ± 5 °C (59 °F ± 9 °F) while pressurized charged to its rated charging pressure. to its rated charging pressure. There The fuel cell cartridge must then be must be no leakage. Leakage must be hydrostatically pressurized to destruc- determined using a soap bubble solu- tion. The burst pressure must be great- tion or other equivalent means on all er than 85% of the minimum shell possible leak locations. burst pressure. The drop must be per- (e) The following packagings are au- formed in the following four different thorized provided the general pack- orientations: aging requirements subpart B of part (A) Vertically, on the end containing 173 of this subchapter are met: the shut-off valve assembly; (1) For fuel cell cartridges, rigid (B) Vertically, on the end opposite to packagings conforming to the require- the shut-off valve assembly; ments of part 178 of this subchapter at (C) Horizontally, onto a steel apex the packing group II performance level; with a diameter of 3.8 cm (9.7 in), with and the steel apex in the upward position; (2) Strong outer packagings for fuel and cell cartridges contained in equipment (D) At a 45° angle on the end con- or packed with equipment. Large taining the shut-off valve assembly. equipment containing fuel cell car- (ii) Fire test. A fuel cell cartridge tridges may be transported unpackaged filled to rated capacity (with hydrogen) if the equipment provides an equiva- must be subjected to a fire engulfment lent level of protection. test. The cartridge design (including (i) Fuel cell cartridges packed with design types with an integral vent fea- equipment must be packed with cush- ture) is deemed to pass the fire test if: ioning material or divider(s) or inner

574

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00584 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.230

packagings so that the fuel cell car- cording to this section. Each package tridges are protected against damage must conform to the packaging re- that may be caused by the shifting or quirements of subpart B of this part placement of the equipment and car- and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) tridges within the packaging. gross weight. Limited quantities of fuel (ii) Fuel cell cartridges contained in cell cartridges are not permitted for equipment must be protected against transportation by aircraft. For trans- short circuits and the entire fuel cell portation by highway, rail and vessel, system must be protected from unin- the following combination packagings tentional activation. The equipment are authorized: must be securely cushioned in the (1) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell outer packaging. cartridges containing not more than 1.0 (f) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional provisions apply: L (0.3 gallon), packed in strong outer (1) The package must comply with packaging. the applicable provisions of § 173.27 of (2) For water-reactive substances (Di- this subchapter; vision 4.3 Dangerous when wet mate- (2) For fuel cell cartridges contained rial), in fuel cell cartridges containing in equipment, fuel cell systems must not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) not charge batteries during transport; for liquids or not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) (3) For transportation aboard pas- for solids, packed in strong outer pack- senger aircraft, for fuel cell cartridges aging. contained in equipment, each fuel cell (3) For corrosive materials, in fuel system and fuel cell cartridge must cell cartridges containing not more conform to IEC PAS 62282–6–1 Ed. 1 than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) for liquids or not (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a more than 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids standard approved by the Associate Ad- packed in strong outer packaging. ministrator; (4) For liquefied (compressed) flam- (4) When packed with equipment, fuel mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not cell cartridges must be packed in an in- over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac- termediate packaging along with the ity each, packed in strong outer pack- equipment they are capable of aging. powering, and the intermediate pack- agings packed in a strong outer pack- (5) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in aging. The maximum number of fuel fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 cell cartridges in the intermediate fluid ounces) net capacity each, packed packaging may not be more than the in strong outer packaging. number required to power the equip- (h) Consumer commodities. A limited ment, plus two spares; quantity which conforms to the provi- (5) Large robust articles containing sions of paragraph (g) of this section fuel cells may be transported and is a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as de- unpackaged when approved by the As- fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter may sociate Administrator; and be renamed ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ (6) The mass of a fuel cell cartridge and reclassed as ORM–D. In addition to containing a Division 4.3 or Class 8 ma- the exceptions provided in paragraph terials must be not more than 1 kg (2.2 (g) of this section, shipments of ORM– lbs). D materials are not subject to the ship- (7) Fuel cell cartridges intended for ping paper requirements of subpart C of transportation in carry-on baggage on part 172 of this subchapter, unless the board passenger aircraft must comply material meets the definition of a haz- with paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) in this ardous substance, hazardous waste, section and the applicable provisions marine pollutant, and are eligible for prescribed in § 175.10 of this subchapter. the exceptions provided in § 173.156. (g) Limited quantities. Limited quan- tities of hazardous materials contained [74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 in fuel cell cartridges are excepted FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010] from the labeling, placarding and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged ac-

575

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00585 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.240 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; Hazardous Materials Other (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; Than Class 1 and Class 7 (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and § 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain 13M2; and low hazard solid materials. (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. When § 172.101 of this subchapter (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- specifies that a hazardous material be agings are authorized subject to the packaged under this section, only the conditions and limitations of this sec- following bulk packagings are author- tion provided the Large Packaging ized, subject to the requirements of type is authorized according to the IBC subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- packaging code specified for the spe- chapter and the special provisions spec- cific hazardous material in Column (7) ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, and the Large Packaging conforms to 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car the requirements in subpart Q of part tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank 178 of this subchapter at the Packing car tanks; and metal non-DOT speci- Group performance level as specified in fication, sift-proof tank car tanks and Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the sift-proof closed cars. material being transported. (b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC (1) Except as specifically authorized 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC in this subchapter, Large Packagings 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC may not be used for Packing Group I or 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, II hazardous materials. and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- (2) Large Packagings with paper or cles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof fiberboard inner receptacles may not cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift- be used for solids that may become liq- proof closed vehicles. uid in transportation. (c) Portable tanks and closed bulk bins. DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM amended at 56 FR 66274, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– marine portable tanks conforming to 46 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT June 21, 2001] Specification portable tanks and closed EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at bulk bins are authorized. 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject porated because of inaccurate amendatory to the conditions and limitations of instruction. this section provided the IBC type is authorized according to the IBC pack- § 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain low hazard liquid and solid mate- aging code specified for the specific rials. hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter When § 172.101 of this subchapter and the IBC conforms to the require- specifies that a hazardous material be ments in subpart O of part 178 of this packaged under this section, only the subchapter at the Packing Group per- following bulk packagings are author- formance level as specified in Column ized, subject to the requirements of (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- chapter for the material being trans- chapter and the special provisions spec- ported. ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, lowing hazardous materials: 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car (i) Packing Group I liquids; and tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank (ii) Packing Group I solids that may car tanks and AAR Class 203W, 206W, become liquid during transportation. and 211W tank car tanks. (2) The following IBCs may not be (b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC used for Packing Group II and III solids 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC that may become liquid during trans- 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC portation: 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407,

576

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00586 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.242

and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- (1) Except as specifically authorized cles; and non-DOT specification cargo in this subchapter, Large Packagings tank motor vehicles suitable for trans- may not be used for Packing Group I or port of liquids. II hazardous materials. (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification (2) Large Packagings with paper or 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO fiberboard inner receptacles may not type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 be used for solids that may become liq- portable tanks; UN portable tanks; ma- uid in transportation. rine portable tanks conforming to 46 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as CFR part 64; and non-DOT Specifica- amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. tion portable tanks suitable for trans- 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– port of liquids are authorized. For 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, transportation by vessel, also see June 21, 2001; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR § 176.340 of this subchapter. For trans- 34075, June 13, 2005; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010] portation of combustible liquids by EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at vessel, additional requirements are 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- specified in § 176.340 of this subchapter. porated because of inaccurate amendatory (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject instruction. to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the IBC type is § 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain authorized according to the IBC pack- medium hazard liquids and solids, aging code specified for the specific including solids with dual hazards. hazardous material in Column (7) of When § 172.101 of this subchapter the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be and the IBC conforms to the require- packaged under this section, only the ments in subpart O of part 178 of this following bulk packagings are author- subchapter at the Packing Group per- ized, subject to the requirements of formance level as specified in Column subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the mate- chapter and the special provisions spec- rial being transported. ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, lowing hazardous materials: 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car (i) Packing Group I liquids; and tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank (ii) Packing Group I solids that may car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car become liquid during transportation. tanks. (2) The following IBCs may not be (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, used for Packing Group II and III solids MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, that may become liquid during trans- MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, portation: MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles. (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3, (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, Packing Group I or II, or Packing 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and Group III with a flash point of less 13M2; and than 38 °C (100 °F); Class 6, Packing (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. Group I or II; and Class 8, Packing (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- Group I or II materials must conform agings are authorized subject to the to the following special requirements: conditions and limitations of this sec- (1) Pressure relief system: Except as tion provided the Large Packaging provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank type is authorized according to the IBC must be equipped with a pressure relief packaging code specified for the spe- system meeting the requirements of cific hazardous material in Column (7) § 178.346–3 or § 178.347–4 of this sub- of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter chapter. However, pressure relief de- and the Large Packaging conforms to vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 the requirements in subpart Q of part cargo tanks must meet the require- 178 of this subchapter at the Packing ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo Group performance level as specified in tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC material being transported. 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet

577

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00587 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.242 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this and 300 °F.) and at a pressure less than subchapter. the design test pressure of the tank, (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 unless this latter function is accom- and DOT 412 must be equipped with plished by a separate device; and stop-valves meeting the requirements (v) No relief device may be used of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC which would release flammable vapors 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 under normal conditions of transpor- cargo tanks must be equipped with tation (temperature up to and includ- stop-valves capable of being remotely ing 54 °C. (130 °F.).); and closed within 30 seconds of actuation (3) Venting capacity. The minimum by manual or mechanic means and (ex- venting capacity for pressure activated cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free II) by a closure activated at a tempera- air per hour (measured at 101.3 kPa ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and (14.7 psi) and 15.6 °C. (60 °F.)) at not MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped more than 34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total with internal self-closing stop-valves emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.) meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11 of each portable tank must be at least of this subchapter. that determined from the following (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification table: 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; Speci- 1,2 Cubic feet free fication IM 101, IM 102, and UN port- Total surface area square feet air per hour able tanks when a T Code is specified 20 ...... 15,800 in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous 30 ...... 23,700 Materials Table for a specific haz- 40 ...... 31,600 ardous material; and marine portable 50 ...... 39,500 60 ...... 47,400 tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are 70 ...... 55,300 authorized. DOT Specification 57 port- 80 ...... 63,300 able tanks used for the transport by 90 ...... 71,200 100 ...... 79,100 vessel of Class 3, Packaging Group II 120 ...... 94,900 materials must conform to the fol- 140 ...... 110,700 lowing: 160 ...... 126,500 (1) Minimum design pressure. Each 1 Interpolate for intermediate sizes. tank must have a minimum design 2 Surface area excludes area of legs. pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig); (4) Unless provided by § 173.32(h)(3), (2) Pressure relief devices. Each tank an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank with must be equipped with at least one a bottom outlet and used to transport pressure relief device, such as a spring- a liquid hazardous material that is a loaded valve or fusible plug, con- Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a forming to the following: flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); (i) Each pressure relief device must Division 5.1 PG I or II; or Division 6.1, communicate with the vapor space of PG I or II, must have internal valves the tank when the tank is in a normal conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) of this sub- transportation attitude. Shutoff valves chapter. may not be installed between the tank (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject opening and any pressure relief device. to the conditions and limitations of Pressure relief devices must be mount- this section provided the IBC type is ed, shielded, or drained to prevent the authorized according to the IBC pack- accumulation of any material that aging code specified for the specific could impair the operation or discharge hazardous material in Column (7) of capability of the device; the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter (ii) Frangible devices are not author- and the IBC conforms to the require- ized; ments in subpart O of part 178 of this (iii) No pressure relief device may subchapter at the Packing Group per- open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig); formance level as specified in Column (iv) If a fusible device is used for re- (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- lieving pressure, the device must have chapter for the material being trans- a minimum area of 1.25 square inches. ported. The device must function at a tempera- (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- ture between 104 °C. and 149 °C. (220 °F. lowing hazardous materials:

578

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00588 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.243

(i) Packing Group I liquids; and chapter and the special provisions spec- (ii) Packing Group I solids that may ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. become liquid during transportation. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, (2) The following IBCs may not be 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld- used for Packing Group II and III solids ed tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 that may become liquid during trans- multi-unit tank car tanks. portation: (b) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 304, (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and motor vehicles with tank design pres- 13M2; and sure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8, agings are authorized subject to the Packing Group I or II materials must conditions and limitations of this sec- conform to the following special re- tion provided the Large Packaging quirements: type is authorized according to the IBC (1) Pressure relief system: Except as packaging code specified for the spe- provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank cific hazardous material in Column (7) must be equipped with a pressure relief of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter system meeting the requirements of and the Large Packaging conforms to § 178.346–3 or 178.347–4 of this sub- the requirements in subpart Q of part chapter. However, pressure relief de- 178 of this subchapter at the Packing vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 Group performance level as specified in cargo tanks must meet the require- Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo material being transported. tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC (1) Except as specifically authorized 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet in this subchapter, Large Packagings the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this may not be used for Packing Group I or subchapter. II hazardous materials. (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT (2) Large Packagings with paper or 412 cargo tanks must be equipped with fiberboard inner receptacles may not stop-valves meeting the requirements be used for solids that may become liq- of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC uid in transportation. 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as cargo tanks must be equipped with amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. stop-valves capable of being remotely 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– closed within 30 seconds of actuation 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 by manual or mechanic means and (ex- FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and 28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33435, June 21, II) by a closure activated at a tempera- 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and May 30, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010] MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with internal self-closing stop-valves EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11 porated because of inaccurate amendatory of this subchapter. instruction. (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 51 and 60 portable tanks; UN portable § 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain tanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable high hazard liquids and dual haz- tanks when a T code is specified in Col- ard materials which pose a mod- umn (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this erate hazard. subchapter for a specific hazardous ma- When § 172.101 of this subchapter terial; and marine portable tanks con- specifies that a hazardous material be forming to 46 CFR part 64 with design packaged under this section, only the pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig) following bulk packagings are author- are authorized. Unless provided by ized, subject to the requirements of § 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN port- subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- able tank, with a bottom outlet, used

579

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00589 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.244 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

to transport a liquid hazardous mate- § 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain rial that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), III with a flash point of less than 38 °C dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) (100 °F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Di- materials, and poisonous liquids vision 6.1, PG I or II, must have inter- with inhalation hazards (Division nal valves conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) 6.1). of this subchapter. When § 172.101 of this subchapter (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject specifies that a hazardous material be to the conditions and limitations of packaged under this section, only the this section provided the IBC type is following bulk packagings are author- authorized according to the IBC pack- ized, subject to the requirements of aging code specified for the specific subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- hazardous material in Column (7) of chapter and the special provisions spec- the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. and the IBC conforms to the require- (a) Rail cars: (1) Class DOT 105, 109, ments in subpart O of part 178 of this 112, 114, or 120 fusion-welded tank car subchapter at the Packing Group per- tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit formance level as specified in Column tank car tanks. For tank car tanks (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- built prior to March 16, 2009, the fol- chapter for the material being trans- lowing conditions apply: ported. (i) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A mate- (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- rials must be transported in tank cars lowing hazardous materials: having a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 (i) Packing Group I liquids; and psig) or greater and conform to Classes (ii) Packing Group I solids that may 105J, 106 or 110. become liquid during transportation. (ii) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone B mate- (2) The following IBCs may not be rials must be transported in tank cars used for Packing Group II and III solids having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 that may become liquid during trans- psig) or greater and conform to Classes portation: 105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S. (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; (iii) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; must be transported in tank cars hav- (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, ing a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and psig) or greater and conform to Classes 13M2; and 105, 112, 114 or 120. (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. (2) For materials poisonous by inha- (e) A dual hazard material may be lation, single unit tank cars tanks packaged in accordance with § 173.242 if: built prior to March 16, 2009 and ap- (1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 proved by the Tank Car Committee for with a flash point greater than 38 °C transportation of the specified mate- (100 °F); or rial. Except as provided in (2) The subsidiary hazard is Division § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or 6.1, Packing Group III; or after March 16, 2009 used for the trans- (3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8, portation of the PIH materials listed Packaging Group, III. below, must meet the applicable au- thorized tank car specification listed [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as in the following table: amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– Authorized 238, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–243, Proper shipping name tank car 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR specification 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized (Note 1) ...... 105J500I 28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 112J500I FR 10780, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33435, June 21, Acrolein (Note 1) ...... 105J600I 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, Allyl Alcohol ...... 105J500I May 30, 2003] 112J500I Bromine ...... 105J500I EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at Chloropicrin ...... 105J500I 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- 112J500I porated because of inaccurate amendatory Chlorosulfonic acid ...... 105J500I instruction. 112J500I

580

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00590 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247

Authorized steel plate as prescribed in § 179.100–7(a) Proper shipping name tank car of this subchapter. specification (b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330 Dimethyl sulfate ...... 105J500I and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles 112J500I and, except for Division 4.2 materials, Ethyl chloroformate ...... 105J500I 112J500I MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ...... 105J500I vehicles. 112J500I (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51 portable Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutionor Hydro- gen cyanide, aqueous solutionwith not more tanks and UN portable tanks that meet than 20% hydrogen cyanide (Note 2) ...... 105J500I the requirements of this subchapter, 112J500I when a T code is specified in Column Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (Note 2) ...... 105J600I (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous ...... 105J500I 112J500I chapter for the specific hazardous ma- Poison inhalation hazard, Zone A materials not terial, are authorized. Additionally, a specifically identified in this table ...... 105J600I DOT 51 or UN portable tank used for Poison inhalation hazard, Zone B materials not Division 6.1 liquids, Hazard Zone A or specifically identified in this table ...... 105J500I 112J500I B, must be certified and stamped to the Phosphorus trichloride ...... 105J500I ASME Code as specified in § 178.273(b)(6) 112J500I of this subchapter. Sulfur trioxide, stabilized ...... 105J500I 112J500I [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as Sulfuric acid, fuming ...... 105J500I amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 112J500I 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR 28676, Titanium tetrachloride ...... 105J500I June 5, 1996; 68 FR 45037, July 31, 2003; 72 FR 112J500I 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009] Note 1: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized. § 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely Note 2: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief hazardous materials such as poi- device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 sonous gases (Division 2.3). psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized. When § 172.101 of this subchapter (3) As an alternative to the author- specifies that a hazardous material be ized tank car specification listed in the packaged under this section, only the table in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, following bulk packagings are author- a car of the same authorized tank car ized, subject to the requirements of specification but of the next lower test subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of chapter and the special provisions spec- the table at § 179.101–1 of this sub- ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. chapter, may be used provided that (a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit both of the following conditions are tank car tanks, when approved by the met: Associate Administrator. (i) The difference between the alter- native and the required minimum plate (b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and thicknesses, based on the calculation portable tanks, when approved by the prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub- Associate Administrator. chapter, must be added to the alter- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as native tank car jacket and head shield. amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR When the jacket and head shield are 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] made from steel with a minimum ten- sile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000 § 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain p.s.i., but the required minimum plate elevated temperature materials. thickness calculation is based on steel When § 172.101 of this subchapter with a minimum tensile strength of specifies that a hazardous material be 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added packaged under this section, only the to the jacket and head shield must be following bulk packagings are author- increased by a factor of 1.157. Forming ized, subject to the requirements of allowances for heads are not required subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- to be considered when calculating chapter and the special provisions in thickness differences. column 7 of the § 172.101 table. On or (ii) The tank car jacket and head after October 1, 1993, authorized pack- shield are manufactured from carbon agings must meet all requirements in

581

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00591 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.247 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

paragraph (g) of this section, unless ratus used for melting various bitu- otherwise excepted. minous products such as asphalt. Ket- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, tles used for the transport of asphalt or 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car bitumen are subject to the following tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit requirements: tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W, (1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT ratio of track-width to fully loaded specification tank car tanks equivalent center of gravity (CG) height less than in structural design and accident dam- 2.5 must meet all requirements of para- age resistance to specification pack- graph (g) of this section (track-width is agings. the distance measured between the (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, outer edge of the kettle tires; CG MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, height is measured perpendicular from MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, the road surface). MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- (2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles cles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo with a total capacity of less than 2650 tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track- specification cargo tank motor vehi- width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 cles equivalent in structural design and or more are excepted from all require- accident damage resistance to speci- ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- fication packagings. A non-DOT speci- tion and the rollover protection re- fication cargo tank motor vehicle con- quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this structed of carbon steel which is in ele- section, if closures meet the require- vated temperature material service is ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this excepted from § 178.345–7(d)(5) of this section. subchapter. (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IM 101 of track-width to fully loaded CG and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable height of 2.5 or more are excepted from tanks; marine portable tanks con- the ‘‘substantially leak tight’’ require- forming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- and non-specification portable tanks tion and the rollover protection re- equivalent in structural design and ac- quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this cident damage resistance to specifica- section if closures meet the require- tion packagings are authorized. ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this (d) Crucibles: Nonspecification cru- section. cibles designed and constructed such (iii) Closures must be securely closed that the stress in the packaging does during transportation. Closures also not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ulti- must be designed to prevent opening mate strength of the packaging mate- and the expulsion of lading in a roll- rial at any temperature within the de- over accident. sign temperature range. Stress is de- (f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk pack- termined under a load equal to the sum agings, other than those specified in of the static or working pressure in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this sec- combination with the loads developed tion, which are used for the transport from accelerations and decelerations of elevated temperature materials, incident to normal transportation. For must conform to all requirements of highway transportation, these forces paragraph (g) of this section on or after are assumed to be ‘‘1.7g’’ vertical, October 1, 1993. ‘‘0.75g’’ longitudinal, and ‘‘0.4g’’ trans- (g) General requirements. Bulk pack- verse, in reference to the axes of the agings authorized or used for transport transport vehicle. Each accelerative or of elevated temperature materials decelerative load may be considered must conform to the following require- separately. ments: (e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose (1) Pressure and vacuum control equip- of this section, is a bulk packaging ment. When pressure or vacuum control (portable tank or cargo tank) having a equipment is required on a packaging capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500 authorized in this section, such equip- gallons) with an integral heating appa- ment must be of a self-reclosing design,

582

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00592 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247

must prevent package rupture or col- must be securely closed during trans- lapse due to pressure, must prevent sig- portation. Packagings must be sub- nificant release of lading due to pack- stantially leak-tight so as not to allow aging overturn or splashing or surging any more than dripping or trickling of during normal transport conditions, a non-continuous flow when over- and may be external to the packaging. turned. Closures must be designed and (i) Pressure control equipment is not constructed to withstand, without ex- required if pressure in the packaging ceeding the yield strength of the pack- would increase less than 10 percent as a aging, twice the static loading pro- result of heating the lading from the duced by the lading in any packaging lowest design operating temperature to orientation and at all operating tem- a temperature likely to be encountered peratures. if the packaging were engulfed in a (3) Strength. Each packaging must be fire. When pressure control equipment designed and constructed to withstand, is required, it must prevent rupture of without exceeding the yield strength of the packaging from heating, including the packaging, twice the static loading fire engulfment. produced by the lading in any orienta- (ii) Vacuum control equipment is not tion and at all operating temperatures. required if the packaging is designed to (4) Compatibility. The packaging and withstand an external pressure of 100 lading must be compatible over the en- kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the tire operating temperature range. packaging would decrease less than 10 (5) Markings. In addition to any other percent as a result of the lading cool- markings required by this subchapter, ing from the highest design operating each packaging must be durably temperature to the lowest temperature marked in a place readily accessible for incurred in transport. When vacuum inspection in characters at least 4.8 control equipment is required, it must mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer’s prevent collapse of the packaging from name, date of manufacture, design a cooling-induced pressure differential. temperature range, and maximum (iii) When the regulations require a reclosing pressure relief device, the product weight (or ‘‘load limit’’ for lading must not render the devices in- tank cars) or volumetric capacity. operable (i.e. from clogging, freezing, (6) Accident damage protection. For or fouling). If the lading affects the transportation by highway, external proper operation of the device, the loading and unloading valves and clo- packaging must have: sures must be protected from impact (A) A safety relief device incor- damage resulting from collision or porating a frangible disc or a perma- overturn. Spraying equipment and the nent opening, each having a maximum road oil application portion of a pack- effective area of 22 cm2 (3.4 in.2), for aging are excepted from this require- transportation by highway; ment. (B) For transportation of asphalt by (7) New construction. Specification highway, a safety relief device incor- packagings that are being manufac- porating a frangible disc or a perma- tured for the transport of elevated tem- nent opening, each having a maximum perature materials must be authorized effective area of 48 cm 2 (7.4 in 2); or for current construction. (C) For transportation by rail, a non- (h) Exceptions—(1) General. Pack- reclosing pressure relief device incor- agings manufactured for elevated tem- porating a rupture disc conforming to perature materials service prior to Oc- the requirements of § 179.15 of this sub- tober 1, 1993, which are not in full com- chapter. pliance with the requirements in para- (iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, graph (g) of this section, may continue rupture discs or permanent openings in service if they meet the applicable must not allow the release of lading requirements of subparts A and B of during normal transportation condi- this part and meet the closure require- tions (i.e., due to splashing or surging). ments in paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- (2) Closures. All openings, except per- tion by March 30, 1995. manent vent openings authorized in (2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, October 1, 1993, which are used to

583

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00593 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.249 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

transport asphalt or bitumen, are ex- (a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W cepted from specific provisions of this tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars section as follows: may be equipped with manway cover (i) Kettles with a total capacity of plates, pressure relief valves, vent less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are valves, and loading/unloading valves not in full compliance with the re- that are required on Class 105A–300W quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- tank cars. Tank cars must conform to tion, may continue in elevated tem- the requirements in paragraphs (a) perature material service if they meet through (g) of this section. the applicable requirements of subparts (b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC A and B of this part and if, after March 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- 30, 1995, closures are secured during cles conforming with paragraphs (d) transport to resist opening in an over- through (f) of this section. Except when turn. transported as a residue, the total (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of quantity in one tank may not be less 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are than 88 percent or more than 96 percent not in full compliance with the re- of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- in bromine service built prior to Au- tion, may continue in elevated tem- gust 31, 1991, may continue in service perature material service if they meet under the requirements contained in the applicable requirements of subparts § 173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on A and B of this part and if, after March September 30, 1991. 30, 1995, closures are secured during (c) UN portable tanks conforming to transport to resist opening in an over- tank code T22 (see § 172.102 of this sub- turn and no opening exceeds 46 cm2 (7.1 chapter) or specification IM 101 port- in2). able tanks conforming with paragraphs (3) Molten metals and molten glass. (d) through (f) of this section. Except This section does not apply to pack- when transported as a residue, the agings used for transportation of mol- total quantity in one tank may not be ten metals and molten glass by rail less than 88% nor more than 92% of the when movement is restricted to oper- volume of the tank. ating speeds less than 15 miles per (d) The tank must be made from hour. (See § 172.203(g)(3) of this sub- nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate. chapter for shipping paper require- Nickel cladding or lead lining must be ments.) on the inside of the tank. Nickel clad- (4) Solid elevated temperature materials. ding must comprise at least 20 percent A material which meets the definition of the required minimum total thick- of a solid elevated temperature mate- ness. Nickel cladding must conform to rial is excepted from all requirements ASTM B 162 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- of this subchapter except § 172.325 of chapter). Lead lining must be at least this subchapter. 4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank equipment and appurtenances in con- [Amdt. 173–227, 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8, 1993, as tact with the lading must be lined or amended by Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 173–237, 59 FR 28493, June 2, 1994; 62 made from metal not subject to dete- FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; rioration by contact with lading. 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33436, June (e) Maximum filling density is 300 21, 2001; 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, percent of the tank’s water capacity. Sept. 27, 2002] Minimum filling density is 287 percent of the tank’s water capacity. Maximum § 173.249 Bromine. water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 When § 172.101 of this subchapter pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars. specifies that a hazardous material be Maximum quantity of lading in DOT packaged under this section, only the 105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000 following bulk packagings are author- pounds). Maximum water capacity is ized, subject to the requirements of 16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W chapter and the special provisions spec- tank cars equipped as described in ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum

584

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00594 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W ICC–31 tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds). 3A (f) Tank shell and head thickness for 3AA 3AL cargo tank motor vehicles and portable 3AX tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 3A480X inch) excluding lead lining. 3AAX (g) Except as provided in 3B § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or 3BN after March 16, 2009 and used for the 3E 3HT transportation of bromine must meet 3T the applicable authorized tank car 4AA480 specification listed in the table in 4B § 173.244(a)(2). 4B240ET 4BA [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as 4BW amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 4D 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 4DA 74 FR 1800, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 4DS 2010] 4E 4L 8 Subpart G—Gases; Preparation 8AL and Packaging 39

§ 173.300 [Reserved] (2) A cylinder must be filled in ac- cordance with this part. Before each § 173.301 General requirements for filling of a cylinder, the person filling shipment of compressed gases and the cylinder must visually inspect the other hazardous materials in cyl- outside of the cylinder. A cylinder that inders, UN pressure receptacles and has a crack or leak, is bulged, has a de- spherical pressure vessels. fective valve or a leaking or defective (a) General qualifications for use of cyl- pressure relief device, or bears evidence inders. Unless otherwise stated, as used of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, in this section, the term ‘‘cylinder’’ in- or detrimental rusting or corrosion, cludes a UN pressure receptacle. As may not be filled and offered for trans- used in this subpart, filled or charged portation. A cylinder may be repaired means an introduction or presence of a and requalified only as prescribed in subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter. hazardous material in a cylinder. A (3) Pressure relief devices must be cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous tested for leaks before a filled cylinder material (gas) and offered for transpor- is shipped from the cylinder filling tation must meet the requirements in plant. It is expressly forbidden to re- this section and §§ 173.301a through pair a leaking fusible plug device where 173.305, as applicable. the leak is through the fusible metal or (1) Compressed gases must be in UN between the fusible metal and the pressure receptacles built in accord- opening in the plug body, except by re- ance with the UN standards or in metal moval and replacement of the pressure cylinders and containers built in ac- relief device. cordance with the DOT and ICC speci- (4) A cylinder that previously con- fications and part 178 of this sub- tained a Class 8 material must be re- chapter in effect at the time of manu- qualified in accordance with § 180.205(e) facture, and requalified and marked as of this subchapter. prescribed in subpart C in part 180 of (5) When a cylinder with a marked this subchapter, if applicable. The DOT pressure limit is prescribed, another and ICC specifications authorized for cylinder made under the same speci- use are as follows: fication but with a higher marked pres- sure limit is authorized. For example, a Packagings

2P 1 Use of existing cylinders is authorized. 2Q New construction is not authorized.

585

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00595 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.301 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

cylinder marked ‘‘DOT-4B500’’ may be cylinder, UN non-refillable cylinder, or used when ‘‘DOT-4B300’’ is specified. a UN composite cylinder certified to (6) No person may fill a cylinder ISO–11119–3 may not be used for a toxic overdue for periodic requalification gas or toxic gas mixture meeting the with a hazardous material and then criteria for Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A offer it for transportation. The prohibi- or B. tion against offering a cylinder for (d) Gases capable of combining chemi- transportation that is overdue for peri- cally. A filled cylinder may not contain odic requalification does not apply to a any gas or material capable of com- cylinder filled prior to the requalifica- bining chemically with the cylinder’s tion due date. contents or with the cylinder’s mate- (7) A cylinder with an authorized rial of construction, so as to endanger service life may not be offered for the cylinder’s serviceability. transportation in commerce after its (e) Ownership of cylinder. A cylinder authorized service life has expired. filled with a hazardous material may However, a cylinder in transportation not be offered for transportation unless or a cylinder filled prior to the expira- it was filled by the owner of the cyl- tion of its authorized service life may inder or with the owner’s consent. be transported for reprocessing or dis- (f) Pressure relief device systems. (1) Ex- posal of the cylinder’s contents. After cept as provided in paragraphs (f)(5), emptying, the cylinder must be con- (f)(6), and (l)(2) of this section, a cyl- demned in accordance with § 180.205 of inder filled with a gas and offered for this subchapter. transportation must be equipped with (8) The pressure of the hazardous ma- one or more pressure relief devices terial at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed sized and selected as to type, location, 5/4 of the service pressure of the cyl- and quantity, and tested in accordance inder. Sufficient outage must be pro- with CGA S–1.1 (compliance with para- vided so the cylinder will not be liquid graph 9.1.1.1 is not required) and CGA full at 55 °C (131 °F). S–7. The pressure relief device must be (9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT, capable of preventing rupture of the spherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 39 normally filled cylinder when sub- cylinders must be packed in strong jected to a fire test conducted in ac- non-bulk outer packagings. The out- cordance with CGA C–14 (IBR, see side of the combination packaging § 171.7 of this subchapter), or, in the must be marked with an indication case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C–12 that the inner packagings conform to (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). the prescribed specifications. (2) After December 31, 2003, a pressure (10) Any person who installs a valve relief device, when installed, must be into an aluminum cylinder in oxygen in communication with the vapor space service must verify the valve and the of a cylinder containing a Division 2.1 cylinder have the same thread type. (flammable gas) material. (b) Cylinder markings. Required mark- (3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, ings on a cylinder must be legible and 3AL, 3AX, 3AXX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cyl- must meet the applicable requirements inder filled with gases in other than Di- of subpart C of part 180 of this sub- vision 2.2 (except oxygen and oxidizing chapter. Additional information may gases transported by aircraft, see be marked on the cylinder provided it §§ 173.302(f) and 173.304(f)), beginning does not affect the required markings with the first requalification due after prescribed in the applicable cylinder December 31, 2003, the burst pressure of specification. a CG–1, CG–4, or CG–5 pressure relief (c) Toxic gases and mixtures. Cylinders device must be at test pressure with a containing toxic gases and toxic gas tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%. An mixtures meeting the criteria of Divi- additional 5% tolerance is allowed sion 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B must con- when a combined rupture disk is placed form to the requirements of § 173.40 and inside a holder. This requirement does CGA S–1.1 (compliance with paragraph not apply if a CG–2, CG–3, or CG–9 ther- 9.1.1.1 is not required) (IBR; see § 171.7 mally activated relief device or a CG–7 of this subchapter) and CGA S–7 (IBR; reclosing pressure valve is used on the see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A DOT 39 cylinder.

586

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00596 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

(4) A pressure relief device is required lowest marked pressure limit of an in- on a DOT 39 cylinder regardless of cyl- dividual cylinder in the manifolded inder size or filled pressure. A DOT 39 unit. The pressure relief devices se- cylinder used for liquefied Division 2.1 lected for the manifolded unit must materials must be equipped with a have been tested in accordance with metal pressure relief device. Fusible CGA S–1.1 and CGA S–7. Pressure relief pressure relief devices are not author- devices on manifolded horizontal cyl- ized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a inders filled with a compressed gas liquefied gas. must be arranged to discharge unob- (5) A pressure relief device is not re- structed to the open air. In addition, quired on— for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mate- (i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or rial, the pressure relief devices (PRDs) less in length, exclusive of neck, and must be arranged to discharge upward 114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside to prevent any escaping gas from con- diameter, except when the cylinder is tacting personnel or any adjacent cyl- filled with a liquefied gas for which inders. Valves and pressure relief de- this part requires a service pressure of vices on manifolded cylinders filled 1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas with a compressed gas must be pro- to a pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21 tected from damage by framing, a cabi- °C (70 °F); net or other method. Manifolding is au- (ii) A cylinder with a water capacity thorized for cylinders containing the of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs) filled with following gases: a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300 (i) Nonliquefied (permanent) com- psig or less at 21 °C (70 °F), except for pressed gases authorized by § 173.302. a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for (ii) Liquefied compressed gases au- acetylene in solution; or thorized by § 173.304. Each manifolded (iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3 cylinder containing a liquefied com- or a Class 8 material without pressur- pressed gas must be separately filled ization, unless otherwise specified for and means must be provided to ensure the hazardous material. no interchange of cylinder contents (6) A pressure relief device is prohib- can occur during transportation. ited on a cylinder filled with a Division (iii) Acetylene as authorized by 2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. § 173.303. (iv) A UN pressure receptacle trans- ported in accordance with paragraph (2) For the checking of tare weights (k) or (l) or this section. or replacing solvent, the cylinder must be removed from the manifold. This re- (g) Manifolding cylinders in transpor- quirement is not intended to prohibit tation. (1) Cylinder manifolding is au- thorized only under conditions pre- filling acetylene cylinders while scribed in this paragraph (g). manifolded. Manifolded cylinders must be sup- (h) Cylinder valve protection. UN pres- ported and held together as a unit by sure receptacles must meet the valve structurally adequate means. Except protection requirements in § 173.301b(c). for Division 2.2 materials, each cyl- A DOT specification cylinder used to inder must be equipped with an indi- transport a hazardous material must vidual shutoff valve that must be meet the requirements specified in this tightly closed while in transit. Mani- paragraph (h). fold branch lines must be sufficiently (1) The following specification cyl- flexible to prevent damage to the inders are not subject to the cylinder valves that otherwise might result valve protection requirements in this from the use of rigid branch lines. Each paragraph (h): cylinder must be individually equipped (i) A cylinder containing only a Divi- with a pressure relief device as re- sion 2.2 material without a Division 5.1 quired in paragraph (f) of this section, subsidiary hazard; except that pressure relief devices on (ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8 manifolded horizontal cylinders that liquid corrosive only to metal; are mounted on a motor vehicle or (iii) A cylinder with a water capacity framework may be selected as to type, of 4.8 liters (293 in 3) or less containing location, and quantity according to the oxygen, compressed;

587

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00597 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.301 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, re- motor vehicles or in frames must con- frigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid); form to the requirements specified in (v) A Medical E cylinder with a water this paragraph (i). capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in 3) or less; (2) Seamless DOT specification cyl- (vi) A fire extinguisher; or inders longer than 2 m (6.5 feet) are au- (vii) A ‘‘B’’ style cylinder with a ca- thorized for transportation only when pacity of 40 ft 3 (1.13 m3) or an ‘‘MC’’ horizontally mounted on a motor vehi- style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft 3 cle or in an ISO framework or other (0.28m3) containing acetylene. framework of equivalent structural in- (2) For cylinders manufactured before tegrity in accordance with CGA TB–25 October 1, 2007, a cylinder must have (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The its valves protected by one of the fol- pressure relief device must be arranged lowing methods: to discharge unobstructed to the open (i) By equipping the cylinder with se- air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flam- curely attached metal caps of suffi- mable gas) material, the pressure relief cient strength to protect valves from devices must be arranged to discharge damage during transportation; upward to prevent any escaping gas (ii) By boxing or crating the cyl- from contacting personnel or any adja- inders so as to protect valves from cent cylinders. damage during transportation; (3) Cylinders may not be transported (iii) By constructing the cylinder so by rail in container on freight car that the valve is recessed into the cyl- (COFC) or trailer on flat car (TOFC) inder or otherwise protected to the ex- service except under conditions ap- tent that it will not be subjected to a proved by the Associate Administrator blow when the container is dropped for Safety, Federal Railroad Adminis- onto a flat surface; or tration. (iv) By loading the cylinders in an (j) Non-specification cylinders in domes- upright position and securely bracing tic use. Except as provided in §§ 171.12(a) the cylinders in rail cars or motor ve- and 173.23(g) of this subchapter, a filled hicles, when loaded by the consignor cylinder manufactured to other than a and unloaded by the consignee. DOT specification or a UN standard in (3) For cylinders manufactured on or accordance with part 178 of this sub- after October 1, 2007, each cylinder chapter, or a DOT exemption or special valve assembly must be of sufficient permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a strength or protected such that no fire extinguisher in conformance with leakage occurs when a cylinder with § 173.309(a), may not be transported to, the valve installed is dropped 1.8 m (6 from, or within the United States. ft.) or more onto a non-yielding sur- (k) Metal attachments. Metal attach- face, such as concrete or steel, impact- ments to cylinders must have rounded ing the valve assembly or protection or chamfered corners, or be otherwise device at an orientation most likely to protected, so as to prevent the likeli- cause damage. The cylinder valve as- hood of causing puncture or damage to sembly protection may be provided by other hazardous materials packages. any method meeting the performance This requirement applies to anything requirement in this paragraph (h)(3). temporarily or permanently attached Examples include: to the cylinder, such as metal skids. (i) Equipping the cylinder with a se- (o) Cylinders made of aluminum alloy curely attached metal cap. 6351–T6. A DOT 3AL cylinder manufac- (ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box, tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 may , or other strong outer packaging not be filled and offered for transpor- conforming to the requirements of tation or transported with pyrophoric § 173.25. gases. The use of UN cylinders manu- (iii) Constructing the cylinder such factured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 is that the valve is recessed into the cyl- prohibited. inder or otherwise protected. (i) Cylinders mounted in motor vehicles [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002] or in frames. (1) MEGCs must conform EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- to the requirements in § 173.312. DOT tations affecting § 173.301, see the List of CFR specification cylinders mounted on Sections Affected, which appears in the

588

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00598 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301b

Finding Aids section of the printed volume ments applicable to the gas with which and on GPO Access. it is charged. § 173.301a Additional general require- [67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 ments for shipment of specification FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24661, May 8, cylinders. 2003] (a) General. The requirements in this § 173.301b Additional general require- section are in addition to the require- ments for shipment of UN pressure ments in § 173.301 and apply to the ship- receptacles. ment of gases in specification cyl- (a) General. The requirements of this inders. section are in addition to the require- (b) Authorized cylinders not marked ments in § 173.301 and apply to the ship- with a service pressure. For authorized ment of gases in UN pressure recep- cylinders not marked with a service tacles. A UN pressure receptacle, in- pressure, the service pressure is des- cluding closures, must conform to the ignated as follows: design, construction, inspection and Service testing requirements specified in parts Specification marking Pressure 178 and 180 of this subchapter, as appli- psig cable. Bundles of cylinders must con- 3 ...... 1800 form to the requirements in § 178.70(e) 3E ...... 1800 of this subchapter. 8 ...... 250 (1) A UN pressure receptacle may not be filled and offered for transportation ° ° (c) Cylinder pressure at 21 C (70 F). when damaged to such an extent that ° The pressure in a cylinder at 21 C (70 the integrity of the UN pressure recep- ° F) may not exceed the service pressure tacle or its service equipment may be for which the cylinder is marked or affected. Prior to filling, the service designated, except as provided in equipment must be examined and found § 173.302a(b). For certain liquefied to be in good working condition (see ° ° gases, the pressure at 21 C (70 F) must § 178.70(d) of this subchapter). In addi- be lower than the marked service pres- tion, the required markings must be sure to avoid having a pressure at a legible on the pressure receptacle. ° ° temperature of 55 C (131 F) that is (2) The gases or gas mixtures must be greater than permitted. compatible with the UN pressure recep- (d) Cylinder pressure at 55 °C (131 °F). tacle and valve materials as prescribed The pressure in a cylinder at 55 °C (131 for metallic materials in ISO 11114–1 °F) may not exceed 5/4 times the serv- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and ice pressure, except: for non-metallic materials in ISO (1) For a cylinder filled with acety- 11114–2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- lene, liquefied nitrous oxide, or carbon chapter). dioxide. (3) A refillable UN pressure recep- (2) For a cylinder filled in accordance tacle may not be filled with a gas or with § 173.302a(b), the pressure in the gas mixture different from that pre- cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not ex- viously contained in the UN pressure ceed 5/4 times the filling pressure. receptacle unless the necessary oper- (3) The pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of ations for change of gas service have Hazard Zone A and, after December 31, been performed in accordance with ISO 2003, Hazard Zone B materials, may not 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- exceed the service pressure of the cyl- chapter). inder. Sufficient outage must be pro- (4) When a strong outer packaging is vided so that the cylinder will not be prescribed, for example as provided by liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this sec- (e) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in tion, the UN pressure receptacles must domestic use prior to the date on which be protected to prevent movement. Un- the specification for the cylinder was less otherwise specified in this part, first made effective may be used if the more than one UN pressure receptacle cylinder has been properly tested and may be enclosed in the strong outer otherwise conforms to the require- packaging.

589

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00599 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.302 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) Individual shut-off valves and pres- (1) The receptacles must be trans- sure relief devices. Except for Division ported as an inner package of a com- 2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure bination package; receptacle must be equipped with an (2) The receptacle must have a water individual shutoff valve that must be capacity not exceeding 1.25 L when tightly closed while in transit. Each used for a flammable or toxic gas; and UN pressure receptacle must be indi- (3) The receptacle is prohibited for vidually equipped with a pressure relief Hazard Zone A material. device as prescribed by § 173.301(f), ex- (e) Pyrophoric gases. A UN pressure cept that pressure relief devices on receptacle must have valves equipped bundles of cylinders or manifolded hor- with gas-tight plugs or caps when used izontal cylinders must have a set-to- for pyrophoric or flammable mixtures discharge pressure that is based on the of gases containing more than 1% lowest marked pressure of any cylinder pyrophoric compounds. in the bundle or manifolded unit. (f) Hydrogen bearing gases. A steel UN (c) Pressure receptacle valve require- pressure receptacle bearing an ‘‘H’’ ments. (1) When the use of a valve is mark must be used for hydrogen bear- prescribed, the valve must conform to ing gases or other embrittling gases the requirements in ISO 10297 (IBR, see that have the potential of causing hy- § 171.7 of this subchapter). drogen embrittlement. (2) A UN pressure receptacle must (g) Composite cylinders in underwater have its valves protected from damage use. A composite cylinder certified to that could cause inadvertent release of ISO–11119–2 or ISO–11119–3 may not be the contents of the UN pressure recep- used for underwater applications unless tacle by one of the following methods: the cylinder is manufactured in accord- (i) By constructing the pressure re- ance with the requirements for under- ceptacle so that the valves are recessed water use and is marked ‘‘UW’’ as pre- inside the neck of the UN pressure re- scribed in § 178.71(o)(17) of this sub- ceptacle and protected by a threaded chapter. plug or cap; [71 FR 33882, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 (ii) By equipping the UN pressure re- FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006] ceptacle with a valve cap conforming to the requirements in ISO 11117 (IBR, § 173.302 Filling of cylinders with non- see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The cap liquefied (permanent) compressed must have vent-holes of sufficient gases. cross-sectional area to evacuate the (a) General requirements. A cylinder gas if leakage occurs at the valve; filled with a non-liquefied compressed (iii) By protecting the valves by gas (except gas in solution) must be of- shrouds or guards conforming to the fered for transportation in accordance requirements in ISO 11117; with the requirements of this section (iv) By using valves designed and and § 173.301. In addition, a DOT speci- constructed with sufficient inherent fication cylinder must meet the re- strength to withstand damage in ac- quirements in §§ 173.301a, 173.302a and cordance with Annex B of ISO 10297; 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure re- (v) By enclosing the UN pressure re- ceptacles must meet the requirements ceptacles in frames, e.g., bundles of in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b, as applicable. cylinders; or Where more than one section applies to (vi) By packing the UN pressure re- a cylinder, the most restrictive re- ceptacles in a strong outer package, quirements must be followed. such as a box or crate, capable of meet- (b) Aluminum cylinders in oxygen serv- ing the drop test specified in § 178.603 of ice. Each aluminum cylinder filled with this subchapter at the Packing Group I oxygen must meet all of the following performance level. conditions: (d) Non-refillable UN pressure recep- (1) Metallic portions of a valve that tacles. Non-refillable UN pressure re- may come into contact with the oxy- ceptacles must conform to the fol- gen in the cylinder must be con- lowing requirements: structed of brass or stainless steel.

590

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00600 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302

(2) Except for UN cylinders, each cyl- 9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders inder opening must be configured with are authorized. straight threads only. (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a (3) Each UN pressure receptacle must pressure relief device in accordance be cleaned in accordance with the re- with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl- quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 inders offered for transportation after or this subchapter). Each DOT cylinder October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec- must be cleaned in accordance with the ification cylinders with the first re- requirements of GSA Federal Speci- qualification due after October 1, 2008, fication RR–C–901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 or for the UN pressure receptacles prior and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- to initial use: chapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to (i) The rated burst pressure of a rup- those specified in Federal Specification ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, and RR–C–901D may be used provided they 39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep- do not react with oxygen. One cylinder tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809– selected at random from a group of 200 3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% or fewer and cleaned at the same time of the cylinder minimum test pressure must be tested for oil contamination in with a tolerance of plus zero to minus accordance with Federal Specification 10%; and RR–C–901D, paragraph 4.3.2, and meet (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup- the specified standard of cleanliness. ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must (4) The pressure in each cylinder may be 90% of the cylinder minimum test not exceed 3000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F). pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%. (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of (3) The cylinder must be placed in a §§ 173.24(b)(1) and paragraph (f) of this rigid outer packaging that— section, an authorized cylinder con- (i) Conforms to the requirements of taining oxygen continuously fed to either part 178, subparts L and M of tanks containing live fish may be of- this subchapter at the Packing Group I fered for transportation and trans- or II performance level or the perform- ported. ance criteria in Air Transport Associa- (d) Shipment of Division 2.1 mate- tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a rials in aluminum cylinders is author- Category I ; ized for transportation only by motor (ii) After September 30, 2009, is capa- vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. ble of passing, as demonstrated by de- (e) DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of sign testing, the Flame Penetration 6351–T6 aluminum alloy. Suitable safe- Resistance Test in Appendix E to part guards should be provided to protect 178 of this subchapter; and personnel and facilities should failure (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a occur while filling cylinders manufac- visual inspection that verifies that all tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 used features of the packaging are in good in self-contained underwater breathing condition, including all latches, hinges, apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained seams, and other features, and that the breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen packaging is free from perforations, service. The cylinder filler should cracks, dents, or other abrasions that allow only those individuals essential may negatively affect the flame pene- to the filling process to be in the vicin- tration resistance and thermal resist- ity of the cylinder during the filling ance characteristics of the packaging. process. (4) After September 30, 2009, the cyl- (f) Compressed oxygen and oxidizing inder and the outer packaging must be gases by aircraft. A cylinder containing capable of passing, as demonstrated by oxygen, compressed; compressed gas, design testing, the Thermal Resistance oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrogen trifluoride Test specified in Appendix D to part 178 is authorized for transportation by air- of this subchapter. craft only when it meets the following (5) The cylinder and the outer pack- requirements: aging must both be marked and labeled (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, in accordance with part 172, subparts D 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN and E of this subchapter. The addi- pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed

591

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00601 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.302a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

to indicate that the cylinder and the liquefied gas with a minimum purity of outer packaging are capable of passing, 98.0 percent methane and commercially as demonstrated by design testing, the free of corroding components. Thermal Resistance Test specified in (5) Aluminum cylinders manufac- Appendix D to part 178 of this sub- tured in conformance with specifica- chapter. tions DOT 39 and 3AL are authorized (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen for oxygen only under the conditions that has been furnished by an aircraft specified in § 173.302(b). operator to a passenger in accordance (b) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, with 14 CFR §§ 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders. A is excepted from the outer packaging DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cyl- requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this inder may be filled with a compressed section. gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved, Division 2.1, or Division 2.3 gas, to a [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, pressure 10 percent in excess of its 2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51127, marked service pressure, provided: Aug. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007] (1) The cylinder is equipped with a frangible disc pressure relief device § 173.302a Additional requirements for (without fusible metal backing) having shipment of nonliquefied (perma- a bursting pressure not exceeding the nent) compressed gases in specifica- minimum prescribed test pressure. tion cylinders. (2) The cylinder’s elastic expansion (a) Detailed filling requirements. Non- was determined at the time of the last liquefied compressed gases (except gas test or retest by the water jacket in solution) for which filling require- method. ments are not specifically prescribed in (3) Either the average wall stress or § 173.304a must be shipped subject to the maximum wall stress does not ex- the requirements in this section and ceed the wall stress limitation shown §§ 173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, and 173.305 in in the following table: specification cylinders, as follows: (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E, 4B, Average Maximum wall wall 4BA and 4BW cylinders. Type of steel stress stress (2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cyl- limitation limitation inders are authorized for aircraft use I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 car- only and only for nonflammable gases. bon and medium manganese They have a maximum service life of 24 steels ...... 53,000 58,000 years from the date of manufacture. II. Steels of analysis and heat treat- ment specified in spec. 3AA ...... 67,000 73,000 The cylinders must be equipped with III. Steels of analysis and heat treat- frangible disc type pressure relief de- ment specified in spec. DOT-3T .... 87,000 94,000 vices that meet the requirements of IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must carbon made prior to 1920 ...... 45,000 48,000 have a rated bursting pressure not ex- (i)(A) The average wall stress must ceeding 90 percent of the minimum re- be computed from the elastic expan- quired test pressure of the cylinder. sion data using the following formula: Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Specification 3HT cyl- S = 1.7EE / KV¥0.4P inders may be offered for transpor- tation only when packaged in accord- Where: ance with § 173.301(a)(9). S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; (3) DOT 39 cylinders. When the cyl- EE = elastic expansion (total less perma- nent) in cubic centimeters; inder is filled with a Division 2.1 mate- K = factor × 10 ¥7 experimentally determined rial, the internal volume of the cyl- for the particular type of cylinder being inder may not exceed 1.23 L (75 in3). tested or derived in accordance with CGA (4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders C–5 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); are authorized for Division 2.1 and 2.2 V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 materials and for carbon monoxide. cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters); DOT 3T cylinders are not authorized P = test pressure, pounds per square inch. for hydrogen. When used in methane (B) The formula in paragraph service, the methane must be a non- (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived

592

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00602 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302b

from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) (e) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped of this section and the following: in specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or EE = (PKVD2) / (D2¥d2) 3BN400 cylinders without pressure re- lief devices and equipped with valve (ii) The maximum wall stress must protection cap. The cylinder may not be computed from the formula: be charged to over 400 psig at 21 °C (70 S = (P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)) / (D2¥d2) °F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg (6 Where: lbs) of gas. S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 P = test pressure, pounds per square inch; FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13, D = outside diameter, inches; 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 4455, d = D–2t, where t=minimum wall thickness Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007] determined by a suitable method. (iii) Compliance with average wall § 173.302b Additional requirements for stress limitation may be determined by shipment of non-liquefied (perma- computing the elastic expansion rejec- nent) compressed gases in UN pres- sure receptacles. tion limit in accordance with CGA C–5, by reference to data tabulated in CGA (a) General. A cylinder filled with a C–5, or by the manufacturer’s marked non-liquefied gas must be offered for elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) transportation in UN pressure recep- on the cylinder. tacles subject to the requirements in (4) An external and internal visual this section and § 173.302. In addition, examination made at the time of test the requirements in §§ 173.301 and or retest shows the cylinder to be free 173.301b must be met. from excessive corrosion, pitting, or (b) UN pressure receptacles filling lim- dangerous defects. its. A UN pressure receptacle is author- (5) A plus sign (+) is added following ized for the transportation of non-liq- the test date marking on the cylinder uefied compressed gases as specified in to indicate compliance with para- this section. Except where filling lim- graphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this its are specifically prescribed in this section. section, the working pressure of a UN (c) Carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- pressure receptacle may not exceed 2⁄3 oxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A, of the test pressure of the receptacle. 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cyl- Alternatively, the filling limits speci- inder having a minimum service pres- fied for non-liquefied gases in Table 1 sure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel of P200 of the UN Recommendations cylinder may not exceed 1000 psig at 21 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are °C (70 °F), except that if the gas is dry authorized. In no case may the internal and sulfur free, the cylinder may be pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the filled to 5/6 of the cylinder’s service test pressure. pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less. (c) Fluorine, compressed, UN 1045 and A DOT 3AL cylinder may be filled to Oxygen diflouride, compressed, UN 2190. its marked service pressure. A DOT Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen 3AL cylinder is authorized only when difluoride, compressed must be pack- transported by motor vehicle, rail car, aged in a UN pressure receptacle with a or cargo-only aircraft. minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures. maximum working pressure not to ex- Diborane and diborane mixed with ceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle compatible compressed gas must be of- made of aluminum alloy is not author- fered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 cyl- ized. The maximum quantity of gas au- inder. The maximum filling density of thorized in each UN pressure receptacle the diborane may not exceed 7 percent. is 5 kg. Diborane mixed with compatible com- (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN pressed gas may not have a pressure 1911. Diborane and diborane mixtures exceeding the service pressure of the must be packaged in a UN pressure re- cylinder if complete decomposition of ceptacle with a minimum test pressure the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve as- of 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio semblies must be protected in accord- dependent on the test pressure not to ance with § 173.301(h). exceed 0.07. Filling should be further

593

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00603 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.303 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

limited so that if complete decomposi- regulations and specifications applying tion of diborane occurs, the pressure of to containers for the transportation of diborane or diborane mixtures will not acetylene gas. exceed the working pressure of the cyl- (d) Verification of container pressure. inder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs (1) Each day, the pressure in a con- is not authorized. tainer representative of that day’s (e) Carbon monoxide, compressed UN compression must be checked by the 1016. Carbon monoxide, compressed is charging plant after the container has authorized in UN pressure receptacles. cooled to a settled temperature and a The settled pressure in a steel pressure record of this test kept for at least 30 receptacle containing carbon monoxide days. 1 may not exceed ⁄3 of the pressure re- (e) Prefill requirements. Before each ° ° ceptacle’s test pressure at 65 C (149 F) filling of an acetylene cylinder, the except, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free, person filling the cylinder must vis- l the settled pressure may not exceed ⁄2 ually inspect the outside of the cyl- of the marked test pressure. inder in accordance with the prefill re- [71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006] quirements contained in CGA C–13, Section 3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- § 173.303 Charging of cylinders with chapter). compressed gas in solution (acety- (f) UN cylinders. (1) UN cylinders and lene). bundles of cylinders are authorized for (a) Cylinder, filler and solvent require- the transport of acetylene gas as speci- ments. (Refer to applicable parts of fied in this section. Each UN acetylene Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene must conform to ISO 3807–2 must be shipped in Specification 8 or (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), 8AL cylinders (§ 178.59 or § 178.60 of this have a homogeneous monolithic porous subchapter). The cylinders shall con- mass filler and be charged with acetone sist of metal shells filled with a porous or a suitable solvent as specified in the material, and this material must be standard. UN acetylene cylinders must charged with a suitable solvent. The have a minimum test pressure of 52 bar cylinders containing the porous mate- and may be filled up to the pressure rial and solvent shall be successfully limits specified in ISO 3807–2. The use tested in accordance with CGA C–12 of UN tubes and MEGCs is not author- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). ized. Representative samples of cylinders (2) UN cylinders equipped with pres- charged with acetylene must be suc- sure relief devices or that are cessfully tested in accordance with manifolded together must be trans- CGA C–12. ported upright. (b) Filling limits. For DOT specifica- tion cylinders, the pressure in the cyl- [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 inder containing acetylene gas may not FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] ° exceed 250 psig at 70 F. If cylinders are EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- marked for a lower allowable charging tations affecting § 173.303, see the List of CFR pressure at 70 °F., that pressure must Sections Affected which appears in the Find- not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the ing Aids section of the printed volume and pressure in the cylinder may not ex- on GPO Access. ceed the limits specified in § 173.304b(b)(2). § 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liq- (c) Data requirements on filler and sol- uefied compressed gases. vent. Cylinders containing acetylene (a) General requirements. A cylinder gas must not be shipped unless they filled with a liquefied compressed gas were charged by or with the consent of (except gas in solution) must be offered the owner, and by a person, firm, or for transportation in accordance with company having possession of complete the requirements of this section and information as to the nature of the po- the general requirements in § 173.301. In rous filling, the kind and quantity of addition, a DOT specification cylinder solvent in the cylinders, and the mean- must meet the requirement in ing of such markings on the cylinders §§ 173.301a, 173.304a, and 173.305, as appli- as are prescribed by the Department’s cable. UN pressure receptacles must be

594

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00604 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304

shipped in accordance with the require- must be packaged in strong, tight ments in 173.301b and 173.304b, as appli- outer packagings. The pressure in the cable. container may not exceed 145 psia at 54 (1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be °C (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 145 used for any material with a primary psia at 54 °C (130 °F), a DOT 2P con- or subsidiary hazard of Class 8. tainer must be used. In either case, the (2) Shipments of Division 2.1 mate- metal container must be capable of rials in aluminum cylinders are au- withstanding, without bursting, a pres- thorized only when transported by sure of 1.5 times the pressure of the motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only contents at 54 °C (130 °F). The liquid aircraft. content of the material and gas may (b) Filling limits. Except for carbon di- not completely fill the container at 54 oxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A); °C (130 °F). Each container filled for nitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhib- shipment must have been heated until ited, the liquid portion of a liquefied its contents reach a minimum tem- gas may not completely fill the pack- perature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evi- aging at any temperature up to and in- dence of leakage, distortion, or other cluding 55 °C (131 °F). The liquid por- defect. Each outside shipping container tion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may must be plainly marked, ‘‘INSIDE completely fill the cylinder at 55 °C CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- (131 °F) provided the pressure at the SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS’’. critical temperature does not exceed (2) [Reserved] 1.25 times the service pressure of the (f) Oxidizing gases by aircraft. A cyl- cylinder. inder containing carbon dioxide and ox- (c) Mixture of compressed gas and other ygen mixture, compressed; liquefied material. A mixture of compressed gas gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrous oxide is must be shipped in accordance with authorized for transportation by air- § 173.305. craft only when it meets the following (d) Refrigerant and dispersant gases. requirements: Nontoxic and nonflammable refrig- erant or dispersant gases must be of- (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, fered for transportation in cylinders 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN prescribed in § 173.304a, or in DOT 2P pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO and 2Q containers (§§ 178.33, 178.33a of 9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders this subchapter). DOT 2P and 2Q con- are authorized. tainers must be packaged in a strong (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a wooden or fiberboard box of such de- pressure relief device in accordance sign as to protect valves from damage with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl- or accidental functioning under condi- inders offered for transportation after tions incident to transportation. Pres- October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec- sure in the inside metal containers ification cylinders with the first re- may not exceed 87 psia at 21 °C (70 °F). qualification due after October 1, 2008, Each completed metal container filled or for the UN pressure receptacles prior for shipment must be heated until its to initial use: contents reach a minimum tempera- (i) The rated burst pressure of a rup- ture of 55 °C (131 °F) without evidence ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E and of leakage, distortion, or other defect. 39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep- Each outside package must be plainly tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809– marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- 3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% PLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- of the cylinder minimum test pressure TIONS’’. with a tolerance of plus zero to minus (e) Engine starting fluid. Engine start- 10%; and ing fluid containing a flammable com- (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup- pressed gas or gases must be shipped in ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must a cylinder as prescribed in § 173.304a or be 90% of the cylinder minimum test as follows: pressure with a tolerance of plus zero (1) Inside non-refillable metal con- to minus 10%. tainers having a capacity not greater (3) The cylinder must be placed in a than 500 mL (32 in 3). The containers rigid outer packaging that—

595

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00605 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(i) Conforms to the requirements of Thermal Resistance Test specified in either part 178, subparts L and M, of Appendix D to part 178 of this sub- this subchapter at the Packing Group I chapter. or II performance level, or the perform- (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen ance criteria in Air Transport Associa- that has been furnished by an aircraft tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a operator to a passenger in accordance Category I Shipping Container; with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 is (ii) After September 30, 2009, is capa- excepted from the outer packaging re- ble of passing, as demonstrated by de- quirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this sign testing, the Flame Penetration section. Resistance Test specified in part III of [67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 Appendix E to part 178 of this sub- FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33883, June 12, chapter; and 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53188, (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a Oct. 16, 2009] visual inspection that verifies that all features of the packaging are in good § 173.304a Additional requirements for condition, including all latches, hinges, shipment of liquefied compressed seams, and other features, and the gases in specification cylinders. packaging is free from perforations, (a) Detailed filling requirements. Lique- cracks, dents, or other abrasions that fied gases (except gas in solution) must may negatively affect the flame pene- be offered for transportation, subject tration resistance and thermal resist- to the requirements in this section and ance characteristics of the container. §§ 173.301 and 173.304, in specification (4) After September 30, 2009, the cyl- cylinders, as follows: inder and the outer packaging must be (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E, capable of passing, as demonstrated by 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, except design testing, the Thermal Resistance that no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be Test specified in Appendix D to part 178 filled and shipped with a mixture con- of this subchapter. taining a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bi- (5) The cylinder and the outer pack- sulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride, aging must both be marked and labeled ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits in accordance with part 172, subparts D of nitroglycerin, or toxic material (Di- and E of this subchapter. The addi- vision 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically au- tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed thorized in this part. to indicate that the cylinder and the (2) For the gases named, the fol- outer packaging are capable of passing, lowing requirements apply (for cryo- as demonstrated by design testing, the genic liquids, see § 173.316):

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Anhydrous ammonia ...... 54 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480. Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H–1301) ...... 124 ...... DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-4B400; DOT-4BA400; DOT- 4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL400. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ...... 68 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph ...... DOT-4L. (e) of this section). Chlorine (see Note 2)...... 125 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3; DOT- 3BN480; DOT-3E1800. Chlorodifluroethane or 1-Chloro-1, 1- 100 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- difluoroethane (R–142b). 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL150. Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22) (see Note 8) ...... 105 ...... DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- 4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL240.

596

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00606 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Chloropentafluorethane (R–115) ...... 110 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13) (see Note 8)...... 100 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Cyclopropane (see Note 8) ...... 55 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X; DOT-3AA225; DOT- 3B225; DOT-4AA480; DOT4B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT- 3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12) (see Note 8) ...... 119 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane mix- Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- ture (constant boiling mixture) (R–500) (see 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- Note 8). 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39. 1,1-Difluoroethane (R–152a) (see note 8) ...... 79 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-3AL150. 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A)...... 73 ...... DOT-3A2200; DOT-3AA2200; DOT-3AX2200; DOT-3AAX2200; DOT-3T2200; DOT-39. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 59 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; ICC– 3E1800. Ethane (see Note 8)...... 35.8 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethane (see Note 8)...... 36.8 ...... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 31.0 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 32.5 ...... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 35.5 ...... DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400; DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2400. Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous ...... 65 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1800; DOT- 3E1800. Hydrogen sulfide (see Notes 10 and 14) ...... 62.5 ...... DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-3B; DOT-4A; DOT-4B; DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3AL. Insecticide, gases liquefied (see Notes 8 and 12) Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. Liquefied nonflammable gases, other than classi- Not liquid full at 131 °F Specification packaging authorized in paragraph fied flammable, corrosive, toxic & mixtures or (a)(1) of this section and DOT-3HT; DOT 4D; solution thereof filled w/nitrogen, carbon dioxide, DOT-4DA; DOT-4DS. or air (see Notes 7 and 8).. Methyl acetylene-propadiene, mixtures, stabilized; Not liquid at 131 °F ...... DOT-4B240 without brazed seams; DOT- (see Note 5).. 4BA240 without brazed seams; DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3AL240. Methyl chloride ...... 84 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240ET. Cylinders com- plying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150; and DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec. 7, 1936 are also authorized. Methyl mercaptan ...... 80 ...... DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; OT- 4B240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4BA240; DOT-4BW240. Nitrosyl chloride ...... 110 ...... DOT-3BN400 only.

597

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00607 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) ...... 68 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph ...... DOT-4L. (e) of this section.). Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. Not liquid full at 130 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- (see Notes 8 and 13). 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3AL240. Sulfur dioxide (see note 8) ...... 125 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Sulfur hexafluoride ...... 120 ...... DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000; DOT-AAX2400; DOT-3; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800. Sulfuryl fluoride ...... 106 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480. Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized ...... 90 ...... DOT-3A1200; DOT-3AA1200; DOT-3E1800. Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized ...... 115 ...... DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 57 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800. Vinyl chloride (see Note 5)...... 84 ...... DOT-4B150 without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... 62 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1800. Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized(see Note 5)...... 68 ...... DOT-4B150, without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B1800; DOT-3E1800.

NOTE 1: ‘‘Filling density’’ means the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a packaging to the weight of water that the container will hold at 16 °C (60 °F). (1 lb of water=27.737 in 3 at 60 °F.). NOTE 2: Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that pro- vided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved pressure relief device. Cylinders pur- chased after Nov. 1, 1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb) of gas. NOTE 3: [Reserved] NOTE 4: Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb) of carbon dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pres- sure in excess of 39000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and is able to withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3000 psig. Such devices must be shipped in strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely cov- ered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc pressure relief de- vice. Shipments must be described as ‘‘liquefied carbon dioxide gas (mining device)’’ and marked, labeled, and certified as pre- scribed for liquefied carbon dioxide. NOTE 5: All parts of valve and pressure relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material, suitably treated if necessary, that will not cause formation of any acetylides. NOTE 6: [Reserved] NOTE 7: Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for non- flammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the frangible disc type that meet the requirements of § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum re- quired test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Cylinders may be offered for transpor- tation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 8: See § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 9: [Reserved] NOTE 10: Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug. NOTE 11: Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in § 173.302(b). NOTE 12: For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.305(c). NOTE 13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.304(d). NOTE 14: The use of DOT specification cylinder with a marked service pressure of 480 psi is authorized until December 31, 2003.

(b) [Reserved] gas filled into a cylinder must be by (c) Verification of content in cylinder. weight or, when the gas is lower in Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of pressure than required for liquefaction, this section, the amount of liquefied a pressure-temperature chart for the

598

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00608 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

specific gas may be used to ensure that Minimum specific gravity of Maximum the filling density in the service pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) ° percent of the water-weight liquid material at 60 F capacity of the cylinder will not exceed 5/4 of the service pres- sure at 21 °C (70 °F). The weight of liq- 0.553 to 0.560 ...... 48 uefied gas filled into the cylinder also 0.561 to 0.568 ...... 49 0.569 to 0.576 ...... 50 must be checked, after disconnecting 0.577 to 0.584 ...... 51 the cylinder from the filling line, by 0.585 to 0.592 ...... 52 the use of an accurate scale. 0.593 to 0.600 ...... 53 (d) Requirements for liquefied petro- 0.601 to 0.608 ...... 54 leum gas. (1) Filling density limits are 0.609 to 0.617 ...... 55 0.618 to 0.626 ...... 56 as follows: 0.627 to 0.634 ...... 57

Maximum the filling density in Minimum specific gravity of (2) Subject to § 173.301a(d), any filling liquid material at 60 °F percent of the water-weight capacity of the cylinder density percentage prescribed in this 0.271 to 0.289 ...... 26 section is authorized to be increased by 0.290 to 0.306 ...... 27 a factor of 2 for liquefied petroleum gas 0.307 to 0.322 ...... 28 in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cyl- 0.323 to 0.338 ...... 29 0.339 to 0.354 ...... 30 inders marked for 1800 psig, or higher, 0.355 to 0.371 ...... 31 service pressure. 0.372 to 0.398 ...... 32 (3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be 0.399 to 0.425 ...... 33 0.426 to 0.440 ...... 34 shipped in specification cylinders as 0.441 to 0.452 ...... 35 follows: 0.453 to 0.462 ...... 36 (i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 0.463 to 0.472 ...... 37 0.473 to 0.480 ...... 38 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, or 39 cylinders. 0.481 to 0.488 ...... 39 Shipments of flammable gases in DOT 0.489 to 0.495 ...... 40 3AL cylinders are authorized only 0.496 to 0.503 ...... 41 0.504 to 0.510 ...... 42 when transported by motor vehicle, 0.511 to 0.519 ...... 43 rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. 0.520 to 0.527 ...... 44 (ii) Additional containers may be 0.528 to 0.536 ...... 45 0.537 to 0.544 ...... 46 used within the limits of quantity and 0.545 to 0.552 ...... 47 pressure as follows:

Maximum capacity Maximum filling pressure Type of container (cubic (psig) inches)

DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ...... 31.83 45 psig at 70 °F and 105 psig at 130 °F (see Note 2). DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ...... 31.83 35 psig at 70 °F and 100 psig at 130 °F.

NOTE 1: Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or acci- dental functioning under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- TIONS’. NOTE 2: A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous projection of a closing device when exposed to fire.

(4) Verification of content. A cylinder uid may not exceed 42 percent of the with a water capacity of 90.72 kg (200 water capacity of the container, which lb) or more and for use with a liquefied must be stamped on the cylinder. The petroleum gas with a specific gravity length of the dip tube, expressed in of 0.504 or greater at 16 °C (60 °F) may inches carried out to one decimal place have the quantity of its contents deter- and prefixed with the letters ‘‘DT’’, mined by using a fixed length dip tube must be stamped on the container and gauging device. The length of the dip on the exterior of removable type dip tube must be such that when a lique- tube. For the purpose of this require- fied petroleum gas, with a specific vol- ment, the marked length must be ex- ume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a tempera- pressed as the distance measured along ture of 40 °F, is filled into the con- the axis of a straight tube from the top tainer, the liquid just reaches the bot- of the boss through which the tube is tom of the tube. The weight of this liq-

599

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00609 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.304b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

inserted to the proper level of the liq- (i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to uid in the container. The length of the provisions of this paragraph are au- each dip tube must be checked when in- thorized. stalled by weighing each container (ii) Each cylinder must be protected after filling except when installed in with at least one pressure relief device groups of substantially identical con- and at least one frangible disc con- tainers, in which case one of each 25 forming to § 173.301(f) and paragraph containers must be weighed. The quan- (a)(2) of this section. The relieving ca- tity of liquefied gas in each container pacity of the pressure relief device sys- must be checked by means of the dip tem must be equal to or greater than tube after disconnecting from the fill- that calculated by the applicable for- ing line. The outlet from the dip tube mula in paragraph 5.8.3 of CGA S–1.1 may not be larger than 0.1016 centi- meters (0.040 inch; No. 54 drill bit size (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). orifice). A container representative of (iii) The temperature and pressure of each day’s filling at each filling plant the gas at the time the shipment is of- must have its contents checked by fered for transportation may not ex- weighing after disconnecting from the ceed ¥18 °C (0 °F) and 290 psig for car- filling line. bon dioxide and ¥15.6 °C (+4 °F) and 290 (e) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. (1) in transit may not exceed 120 hours. The following provisions apply to car- (2) The following pressure relief de- bon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and ni- vice settings, design service tempera- trous oxide, refrigerated liquid: tures and filling densities apply:

Maximum permitted filling density Pressure relief device setting maximum start—to discharge gauge (percent by weight) pressure in psig Carbon dioxide, refrigerated Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid liquid

105 psig ...... 108 104 170 psig ...... 105 101 230 psig ...... 104 99 295 psig ...... 102 97 360 psig ...... 100 95 450 psig ...... 98 83 540 psig ...... 92 87 625 psig ...... 86 80 Design service temperature °C(°F) ...... ¥196 °C(¥320 °F) ¥196 °C(¥320 °F)

[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008]

EDITORIAL NOTE: At 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005, § 173.304a was amended in the table in para- graph (a)(2) by removing the phrase ‘‘DOT–4A480’’ from the entry ‘‘Hydrogen sulfide’’; how- ever, the amendment could not be incorporated because that phrase does not exist in the entry.

§ 173.304b Additional requirements for for the transportation of liquefied com- shipment of liquefied compressed pressed gases and gas mixtures as spec- gases in UN pressure receptacles. ified in this section. When a liquefied (a) General. Liquefied gases and gas compressed gas or gas mixture is trans- mixtures must be offered for transpor- ported in a UN pressure receptacle, the tation in UN pressure receptacles sub- filling ratio may not exceed the max- ject to the requirements in this section imum filling ratio prescribed in this and § 173.304. In addition, the general section and the applicable ISO stand- requirements applicable to UN pressure ard. Compliance with the filling limits receptacles in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b may be determined by referencing the must be met. numerical values and data in Table 2 of (b) UN pressure receptacle filling limits. P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, A UN pressure receptacle is authorized

600

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00610 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Alter- must be shipped in cylinders as pre- natively, the maximum allowable fill- scribed in § 173.304(a) or as follows: ing limits may be determined as fol- (1) Specification 2P (§ 178.33 of this lows: subchapter). Inside metal containers (1) For high pressure liquefied gases, equipped with safety relief devices of a in no case may the filling ratio of the type examined by the Bureau of Explo- settled pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed sives and approved by the Associate the test pressure of the UN pressure re- Administrator, and packed in strong ceptacle. wooden or fiber boxes of such design as (2) For low pressure liquefied gases, to protect valves from damage or acci- the filling factor (maximum mass of dental functioning under conditions in- contents per liter of water capacity) cident to transportation. Pressure in must be less than or equal to 95 percent the container may not exceed 85 psia at of the liquid phase at 50 °C. In addition, 70 °F. Each completed metal container the UN pressure receptacle may not be filled for shipment must be heated liquid full at 60 °C. The test pressure of until content reaches a minimum tem- ° the pressure receptacle must be equal perature of 130 F., without evidence of to or greater than the vapor pressure of leakage, distortion or other defect. the liquid at 65 °C. Each outside shipping container must (3) For high pressure liquefied gases be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CON- or gas mixtures, the maximum filling TAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.’’ ratio may be determined using the for- (2) [Reserved] mulas in (3)(b) of P200 of the UN Rec- (d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture con- ommendations. taining any poisonous material (Divi- (4) For low pressure liquefied gases or sion 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that gas mixtures, the maximum filling the mixture would be classed as poi- ratio may be determined using the for- sonous under § 173.115 or § 173.132 must mulas in (3)(c) of P200 of the UN Rec- be shipped in packagings as authorized ommendations. for these poisonous materials. (c) Tetraflouroethylene, stabilized, UN1081 must be packaged in a pressure [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 receptacle with a minimum test pres- FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 173–70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173–94, sure of 200 bar and a working pressure 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976; 45 FR 32697, May 19, not exceeding 5 bar. 1980; Amdt. 173–224, 56 FR 66275, 66279, Dec. 20, (d) Fertilizer ammoniating solution 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, with free ammonia, UN1043 is not au- Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR thorized in UN tubes or MEGCs. 24662, May 8, 2003] [74 FR 2265, Jan. 14, 2009] § 173.306 Limited quantities of com- pressed gases. § 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a (a) Limited quantities of compressed mixture of compressed gas and other material. gases for which exceptions are per- mitted as noted by reference to this (a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of section in § 172.101 of this subchapter a compressed gas and any other mate- are excepted from labeling, except rial must be shipped as a compressed when offered for transportation or gas if the mixture is a compressed gas transported by air, and, unless required as designated in § 173.115 and when not as a condition of the exception, speci- in violation of § 173.301(a). fication packaging requirements of (b) Filling limits. (See § 173.301.) For this subchapter when packaged in ac- mixtures, the liquid portion of the liq- cordance with the following para- uefied compressed gas at 131 °F. plus graphs. For transportation by aircraft, any additional liquid or solid must not the package must also comply with the completely fill the container. applicable requirements of § 173.27 of (c) Nonpoisonous and nonflammable this subchapter and only hazardous mixtures. Mixtures containing com- materials authorized aboard passenger- pressed gas or gases including insecti- carrying aircraft may be transported cides, which mixtures are nonpoisonous as a limited quantity. In addition, ship- and nonflammable under this part ments are not subject to subpart F

601

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00611 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- (iii) Liquid content of the material chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter and gas must not completely fill the except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this container at 130 °F. subchapter except § 177.817. Each pack- (iv) The container must be packed in age may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) strong outside packagings. gross weight. (v) Each container must be subjected (1) When in containers of not more to a test performed in a hot water than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic bath; the temperature of the bath and inches or less) except cigarette light- the duration of the test must be such ers. Special exceptions for shipment of that the internal pressure reaches that certain compressed gases in the ORM-D which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F) class are provided in paragraph (i) of (50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does this section. not exceed 95% of the capacity of the (2) When in metal containers filled container at 50 °C (122 °F)). If the con- with a material that is not classed as a tents are sensitive to heat, the tem- hazardous material to not more than 90 perature of the bath must be set at be- ° ° ° ° percent of capacity at 70 °F. and then tween 20 C (68 F) and 30 C (86 F) but, charged with nonflammable, nonlique- in addition, one container in 2,000 must fied gas. Each container must be tested be tested at the higher temperature. to three times the pressure at 70 °F. No leakage or permanent deformation and, when refilled, be retested to three of a container may occur. times the pressure of the gas at 70 °F. (vi) Each outside packaging must be Also, one of the following conditions marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- must be met: PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- TIONS.’’ (i) Container is not over 0.95 L (1 (4) Gas samples must be transported quart) capacity and charged to not under the following conditions: more than 11.17 bar (482.63 kPa, 170 (i) A gas sample may only be trans- psig) at 21 °C (70 °F), and must be ported as non-pressurized gas when its packed in a strong outer packaging, or pressure corresponding to ambient at- (ii) Container is not over 30 gallons mospheric pressure in the container is capacity and charged to not more than not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22 ° 75 psig at 70 F. psia). (3) When in a metal container for the (ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or sole purpose of expelling a nonpoi- toxic and flammable) must be packed sonous (other than a Division 6.1 Pack- in hermetically sealed glass or metal ing Group III material) liquid, paste or inner packagings of not more than one powder, provided all of the following L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong conditions are met. Special exceptions outer packaging. for shipment of aerosols in the ORM-D (iii) Non-pressurized gases, flam- class are provided in paragraph (i) of mable must be packed in hermetically this section. sealed glass or metal inner packagings (i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L(61.0 of not more than 5 L (1.3 gallons) and cubic inches). overpacked in a strong outer pack- (ii) Pressure in the container must aging. not exceed 180 psig at 130 °F. If the (5) For limited quantities of Division pressure exceeds 140 psig at 130 °F., but 2.2 gases with no subsidiary risk, when does not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F., a in a for the sole pur- specification DOT 2P (§ 178.33 of this pose of expelling a liquid, paste or pow- subchapter) inside metal container der, provided all of the following condi- must be used; if the pressure exceeds tions are met. Special exceptions for 160 psig at 130 °F., a specification DOT shipment of aerosols in the ORM–D 2Q (§ 178.33a of this subchapter) inside class are provided in paragraph (i) of metal container must be used. In any this section. event, the metal container must be ca- (i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L (61.0 pable of withstanding without bursting cubic inches). a pressure of one and one-half times (ii) Pressure in the container must the equilibrium pressure of the content not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F. If the at 130 °F. pressure in the container is less than

602

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00612 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

140 psig at 130 °F, a non-DOT specifica- (B) Testing after filling. Prior to fill- tion container may be used. If the pres- ing, the filler must ensure that the sure in the container exceeds 140 psig crimping equipment is set appro- at 130 °F but does not exceed 160 psig at priately and the specified propellant is 130 °F, the container must conform to used before filling the container. Once specification DOT 2S. All non-DOT filled, each container must be weighed specification and specification DOT 2S and leak tested. The leak detection containers must be capable of with- equipment must be sufficiently sen- standing, without bursting, a pressure sitive to detect at least a leak rate of of one and one-half times the equi- 2.0 × 10¥3 mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any librium pressure of the contents at 130 filled container which shows evidence °F. of leakage, deformation, or excessive (iii) Liquid content of the material weight must be rejected. and gas must not completely fill the (vi) Each outside packaging must be container at 130 °F. marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- (iv) The container must be packed in PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- strong outside packagings. TIONS.’’ (v) Except as provided in paragraph (b) Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap, (a)(5)(vi) of this section, each container biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible . Limited quantities of must be subjected to a test performed fire alarm systems compressed gases (except Division 2.3 in a hot water bath; the temperature of gases) for which exceptions are pro- the bath and the duration of the test vided as indicated by reference to this must be such that the internal pressure section in § 172.101 of this subchapter, reaches that which would be reached at when accordance with one of the fol- 55 °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liq- lowing paragraphs, are excepted from uid phase does not exceed 95% of the labeling, except when offered for trans- capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 portation or transported by aircraft, °F). If the contents are sensitive to and the specification packaging re- heat, or if the container is made of quirements of this subchapter. For plastic material which softens at this transportation by aircraft, the package test temperature, the temperature of ° must comply with the applicable re- the bath must be set at between 20 C quirements of § 173.27 of this sub- ° ° ° (68 F) and 30 C (86 F) but, in addition, chapter; the net quantity per package one container in 2,000 must be tested at may not exceed the quantity specified the higher temperature. No leakage or in column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate- permanent deformation of a container rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub- may occur except that a plastic con- chapter; and only hazardous materials tainer may be deformed through soft- authorized aboard passenger-carrying ening provided that it does not leak. aircraft may be transported as a lim- (vi) As an alternative to the hot ited quantity. In addition, shipments water bath test in paragraph (a)(5)(v) of are not subject to subpart F this section, testing may be performed (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- as follows: chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter, (A) Pressure and leak testing before fill- except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this ing. Each empty container must be sub- subchapter, except § 177.817. Special ex- jected to a pressure equal to or in ex- ceptions for shipment of certain com- cess of the maximum expected in the pressed gases in the ORM–D class are filled containers at 55 °C (131 °F) (or 50 provided in paragraph (i) of this sec- °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not tion. exceed 95 percent of the capacity of the (1) Foodstuffs or soaps in a nonrefill- container at 50 °C (122 °F). This must be able metal or plastic container not ex- at least two-thirds of the design pres- ceeding 1 L (61.0 cubic inches), with sure of the container. If any container soluble or emulsified compressed gas, shows evidence of leakage at a rate provided the pressure in the container equal to or greater than 3.3 × 10¥2 does not exceed 140 psig at 130 °F. Plas- mbar L/s at the test pressure, distor- tic containers must only contain Divi- tion or other defect, it must be re- sion 2.2 non-flammable soluble or jected; and emulsified compressed gas. The metal

603

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00613 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

or plastic container must be capable of (5) Audible fire alarm systems pow- withstanding, without bursting, a pres- ered by a compressed gas contained in sure of one and one-half times the equi- an inside metal container when shipped librium pressure of the contents at 130 under the following conditions: °F. (i) Each inside container must have (i) Containers must be packed in contents which are not flammable, poi- strong outside packagings. sonous, or corrosive as defined under (ii) Liquid content of the material this part, and the gas must not completely fill (ii) Each inside container may not the container at 130 °F. have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic (iii) Each outside packaging must be inches (19.3 fluid ounces), marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- (iii) Each inside container may not PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at 70 TIONS.’’ °F. and the liquid portion of the gas (2) Cream in refillable metal or plas- may not completely fill the inside con- tic containers with soluble or tainer at 130 °F., and emulsified compressed gas. Plastic con- (iv) Each nonrefillable inside con- tainers must only contain Division 2.2 tainer must be designed and fabricated non-flammable soluble or emulsified with a burst pressure of not less than compressed gas. Containers must be of four times its charged pressure at 130 such design that they will hold pres- °F. Each refillable inside container sure without permanent deformation must be designed and fabricated with a up to 375 psig and must be equipped burst pressure of not less than five with a device designed so as to release times its charged pressure at 130 °F. pressure without bursting of the con- tainer or dangerous projection of its (c)–(d) [Reserved] parts at higher pressures. This excep- (e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New tion applies to shipments offered for (unused) refrigerating machines or transportation by refrigerated motor components thereof are excepted from vehicles only. the specification packaging require- (3) Nonrefillable metal or plastic con- ments of this part if they meet the fol- tainers charged with a Division 6.1 lowing conditions. In addition, ship- Packing Group III or nonflammable so- ments are not subject to subpart F of lution containing biological products part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 or a medical preparation which could of this subchapter except § 174.24 and to be deteriorated by heat, and com- part 177 of this subchapter except pressed gas or gases. Plastic containers § 177.817. must only contain 2.2 non-flammable (i) Each pressure vessel may not con- soluble or emulsified compressed gas. tain more than 5,000 pounds of Group The capacity of each container may A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/ not exceed 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than ounces). The pressure in the container 50 pounds of refrigerant other than may not exceed 140 psig at 130 °F, and Group A1. the liquid content of the product and (ii) Machines or components having gas must not completely fill the con- two or more charged vessels may not tainers at 130 °F. One completed con- contain an aggregate of more than 2,000 tainer out of each lot of 500 or less, pounds of Group I refrigerant or more filled for shipment, must be heated, than 100 pounds of refrigerant other until the pressure in the container is than Group I. equivalent to equilibrium pressure of (iii) Each pressure vessel must be the contents at 130 °F. There must be equipped with a safety device meeting no evidence of leakage, distortion, or the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15 other defect. The container must be (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). packed in strong outside packagings. (iv) Each pressure vessel must be (4) Electronic tubes, each having a equipped with a shut-off valve at each volume of not more than 30 cubic opening except openings used for safety inches and charged with gas to a pres- devices and with no other connection. sure of not more than 35 psig and These valves must be closed prior to packed in strong outside packagings. and during transportation.

604

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00614 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

(v) Pressure vessels must be manu- (3) Accumulators with a charging factured, inspected and tested in ac- pressure exceeding 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F. cordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or are excepted from labeling (except when over 6 inches internal diameter, when offered for transportation by air) in accordance with Section VIII of the and the specification packaging re- ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- quirements of this subchapter when chapter). shipped under the following conditions: (vi) All parts subject to refrigerant (i) Each accumulator must be in com- pressure during shipment must be test- pliance with the requirements stated in ed in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE paragraph (f)(2), (i), (ii), and (iii) of this 15. section, and (vii) The liquid portion of the refrig- (ii) Each accumulator must be de- erant, if any, may not completely fill signed and fabricated with a burst pres- any pressure vessel at 130 °F. sure of not less than five times its (viii) The amount of refrigerant, if charged pressure at 70 °F. when liquefied, may not exceed the filling shipped. density prescribed in § 173.304. (4) Accumulators intended to func- (f) Accumulators (Articles, pressurized tion as shock absorbers, struts, gas pneumatic or hydraulic containing non- springs, pneumatic springs or other im- The following applies to flammable gas). pact or energy-absorbing devices are accumulators, which are hydraulic ac- not subject to the requirements of this cumulators containing nonliquefied, subchapter provided each: nonflammable gas, and nonflammable liquids or pneumatic accumulators (i) Has a gas space capacity not ex- containing nonliquefied, nonflammable ceeding 1.6 L and a charge pressure not gas, fabricated from materials which exceeding 280 bar, where the product of will not fragment upon rupture. the capacity expressed in liters and (1) Accumulators installed in motor charge pressure expressed in bars does vehicles, construction equipment, and not exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas assembled machinery and designed and space and 160 bar charge pressure); fabricated with a burst pressure of not (ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of less than five times their charged pres- 4 times the charge pressure at 20°C for sure at 70 °F., when shipped, are not products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space subject to the requirements of this sub- capacity and 5 times the charge pres- chapter. sure for products greater than 0.5 L gas (2) Accumulators charged with lim- space capacity; ited quantities of compressed gas to (iii) Design type has been subjected not more than 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F. are to a fire test demonstrating that the excepted from labeling (except when of- article relieves its pressure by means fered for transportation by air) and the of a fire degradable seal or other pres- specification packaging requirements sure relief device, such that the article of this subchapter when shipped under will not fragment and that the article the following conditions. In addition, does not rocket; and shipments are not subject to subpart F (iv) Accumulators must be manufac- of part 172 of this subchapter, to part tured under a written quality assur- 174 of this subchapter except § 174.24 ance program which monitors param- and to part 177 of this subchapter ex- eters controlling burst strength, burst cept § 177.817. mode and performance in a fire situa- (i) Each accumulator must be shipped tion as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) as an inside packaging, through (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A (ii) Each accumulator may not have copy of the quality assurance program a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches must be maintained at each facility at under stored pressure, and which the accumulators are manufac- (iii) Each accumulator must be test- tured. ed, without evidence of failure or dam- (5) Accumulators not conforming to age, to at least three times its charged the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) pressure of 70 °F., but not less than 120 through (f) (4) of this section, may only p.s.i. before initial shipment and before be transported subject to the approval each refilling and reshipment. of the Associate Administrator.

605

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00615 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(g) Water pump system tank. Water subchapter at the Packing Group II pump system tanks charged with com- performance level. pressed air or limited quantities of ni- (2) Exceptions. For highway transpor- trogen to not over 40 psig for single- tation, when no more than 1,500 lighter trip shipment to installation sites are refills covered by this paragraph are excepted from labeling (transportation transported in one motor vehicle, the by air not authorized) and the speci- requirements of subparts C through H fication packaging requirements of of part 172, and Part 177 of this sub- this subchapter when shipped under the chapter do not apply. Lighter refills following conditions. In addition, ship- covered under this paragraph must be ments are not subject to subpart F of packaged in rigid, strong outer pack- this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub- agings meeting the general packaging chapter except § 174.24 and part 177 ex- requirements of subpart B of this part. cept § 177.817. Outer packagings must be plainly and (1) The tank must be of steel, welded durably marked, on two opposing sides with heads concave to pressure, having or ends, with the word ‘‘LIGHTER RE- a rated water capacity not exceeding FILLS’’ and the number of devices con- 120 gallons and with outside diameter tained therein in letters measuring at not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. No per- devices not required. son may offer for transportation or (2) The tank must be pneumatically transport the lighter refills or prepare tested to 100 psig. Test pressure must the lighter refills for shipment unless be permanently marked on the tank. that person has been specifically in- (3) The stress at prescribed pressure formed of the requirements of this sec- must not exceed 20,000 psi using for- tion. mula: (i) Consumer commodities. A limited S = Pd / 2t quantity which conforms to the provi- where: sions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(5), or (b) of this section and is a ‘‘con- S = wall stress in psi: sumer commodity’’ as defined in § 171.8 P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at least 3 times charged pressure at 70 °F or of this subchapter, may be renamed 100 psig, whichever is greater; ‘‘consumer commodity’’ and reclassed d = inside diameter in inches; as ORM–D material. Each package may t = minimum wall thickness, in inches. not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. In addition to the exceptions (4) The burst pressure must be at provided by paragraphs (a) and (b) of least 6 times the charge pressure at 70 this section— °F. (1) Outside packagings are not re- (5) Each tank must be overpacked in quired to be marked ‘‘INSIDE CON- a strong outer packaging in accordance TAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- with § 173.301(h). SCRIBED REGULATIONS’’; (h) Lighter refills. (1) Lighter refills (2) Shipments of ORM–D materials (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must not contain an ignition element but must are not subject to the shipping paper contain a release device. Lighter refills requirements of subpart C of part 172 of offered for transportation under this this subchapter, unless the material section may not exceed 4 fluid ounces meets the definition of a hazardous capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or contain substance, a hazardous waste, or a ma- more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1 rine pollutant or unless offered for fuel. For transportation by highway or transportation or transported by air- rail, lighter refills must be tightly craft; and packed and secured against movement (3) Shipments of ORM–D materials in strong outer packagings. For trans- are eligible for the exceptions provided portation by aircraft or vessel, lighter in § 173.156. refills must be tightly packed and se- (j) Aerosols and receptacles small, con- cured against movement in any rigid taining gas with a capacity of less than 50 specification outer packaging author- mL. Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of ized in Subpart L of Part 178 of this this subchapter, and receptacles small,

606

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00616 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

containing gas, with a capacity not ex- conditions in § 175.8(b)(4) of this sub- ceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.) and with a pres- chapter. sure not exceeding 970 kPa (141 psig) at (3) Balls used for sports. 55 °C (131 °F), containing no hazardous (4) Refrigerating machines, including materials other than a Division 2.2 gas, dehumidifiers and air conditioners, and are not subject to the requirements of components thereof, such as this subchapter. The pressure limit precharged tubing containing: may be increased to 2,000 kPa (290 psig) (i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a non- at 55 °C (131 °F) provided the aerosols flammable, non-toxic gas; are transported in outer packages that (ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammo- conform to the packaging require- nia solution (UN2672); ments of Subpart B of this part. This (iii) Except when offered or trans- paragraph (j) does not apply to a self- ported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) or less defense spray (e.g., pepper spray). of a flammable, non-toxic gas; (k) Aerosols for recycling or disposal. (iv) Except when offered or trans- Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of this ported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44 subchapter, containing a limited quan- pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrig- tity which conforms to the provisions erant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE of paragraph (a)(3), (a)(5), (b)(1), (b)(2), Standard 15 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- or (b)(3) of this section are not subject chapter); or to the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight (v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flam- limitation when transported by motor mable, non-toxic liquefied gas. vehicle for purposes of recycling or dis- posal under the following conditions: (5) Manufactured articles or (1) The strong outer packaging and apparatuses, each containing not more its contents must not exceed a gross than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of inert gas weight of 500 kg (1,100 pounds); and packaged so that the quantity of (2) Each aerosol container must be inert gas per package does not exceed 1 secured with a cap to protect the valve g (0.35 ounce). stem or the valve stem must be re- (b) [Reserved] moved; and [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as (3) The packaging must be offered for amended by Amdt. 173–135, 45 FR 13090, Feb. transportation or transported by— 28, 1980; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038, (i) Private or contract motor carrier; July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR or 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006; (ii) Common carrier in a motor vehi- 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009] cle under exclusive use for such serv- ice. § 173.308 Lighters. (l) For additional exceptions, also see (a) General requirements. No person § 173.307. may offer for transportation or trans- (l) For additional exceptions, also see port a lighter (see § 171.8 of this sub- § 173.307. chapter) containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material except under [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976] the following conditions: EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (1) The lighter must contain a fuel tations affecting § 173.306, see the List of CFR reservoir not exceeding 4 fluid ounces Sections Affected which appears in the Find- ing Aids section of the printed volume and capacity (7.22 cubic inches), and must on GPO Access. contain not more than 10 grams (0.35 ounce) of flammable gas. § 173.307 Exceptions for compressed (2) The maximum filling density may gases. not exceed 85 percent of the volumetric (a) The following materials are not capacity of each fluid reservoir at 15 °C subject to the requirements of this sub- (59 °F). chapter: (3) Each lighter design, including clo- (1) Carbonated beverages. sures, must be capable of withstanding, (2) Tires when inflated to pressures without leakage or rupture, an internal not greater than their rated inflation pressure of at least two times the pres- pressures. For transportation by air, sure of the flammable gas at 55 °C (131 tires and tire assemblies must meet the °F).

607

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00617 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.308 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(4) Each appropriate lighter design of this section. For transportation by must be examined and successfully aircraft, intermediate or outer pack- tested by a person or agency (author- agings must meet the pressure differen- ized testing agency) who is authorized tial requirements of § 173.27(c) of this by the Associate Administrator to per- part; form such examination and testing (iv) The outer packaging must con- under the provisions of subpart E of form to the requirements of Subpart M part 107 of this chapter and who— of Part 178 of this subchapter at the (i) Has the equipment necessary to Packing Group I performance level and perform the testing required to the to the requirements of § 173.24 of this level of accuracy required; subpart; (ii) Is able to demonstrate, upon re- (v) The word ‘‘sample’’ must appear quest, the knowledge of the testing on the shipping paper as part of the procedures and requirements of the proper shipping name or in association HMR relative to lighters; with the basic description; and (iii) Does not manufacture or market (vi) In addition to other required lighters, is not financially dependent markings and labels, the package must or owned in whole or in part, by any be marked ‘‘SAMPLE FOR EXAMINA- entity that manufactures or markets TION AND TESTING.’’ lighters; (vii) All other applicable require- (iv) Is a resident of the United ments of this subchapter must be met. States; and (3) Examination and testing of sample (v) Performs all examination and lighters by an authorized testing agency. testing in accordance with the require- Each sample lighter must be examined ments of paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this for conformance with paragraph (a) of section. this section by a person authorized by (5) The Associate Administrator will the Associate Administrator. In addi- assign an identification code to each tion, lighters must be subjected to the person who is authorized to examine following leakage test: and test lighters. This identification (i) A minimum of six lighters must be code must be incorporated into a examined and tested at one time. Store unique test report identifier for each the lighters in a desiccator for 24 successfully tested lighter design. hours. After drying, weigh each lighter (b) Examination and testing of lighter on an analytical balance capable of ac- design types—(1) Lighter design type defi- curately measuring to within 1⁄10 of a nition. A new lighter design is one that milligram (0.0001 grams). has never been examined and tested or (ii) After weighing, place the lighters one that differs from a previous design together in an explosion-proof, con- in any manner that may affect the es- trolled-temperature laboratory oven cape (leakage) of gas. Lighter charac- capable of maintaining 38 ± 1 °C (100 ± teristics that may affect the escape of 2 °F) for 96 continuous hours (4 days). gas include changes in materials of At the end of 96 hours, remove the construction, ignition mechanism, lighters from the oven and place them burner valve design, wall thickness, in the same desiccator and allow the sealing materials, and type of fuel (e.g., lighters to cool to ambient tempera- vapor pressure differences). ture. (2) Lighter samples submitted for exam- (iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter ination and testing. Samples of a new and determine the net weight dif- lighter design are excepted from the re- ferences for each lighter tested (sub- quirements of (a)(4) and (d) of this sec- tract the mass after oven exposure tion and may be offered for transpor- from the original mass before oven ex- tation and transported under the fol- posure). lowing conditions: (iv) Weight losses must be assessed to (i) The samples must be transported determine the quantity of gas that only to an authorized testing agency; leaked from the lighters and from the (ii) No more than 12 lighters may be weight change as a result of absorbed packaged in a single outer packaging; moisture. If the net weight has in- (iii) Inner packagings must conform creased, the test facility must run the to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) required test using six empty lighters

608

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00618 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

in parallel with the six filled lighters. the authorized testing agency that per- The parallel tests are conducted to de- formed the examination and testing termine the weight of moisture ab- and the manufacturer of the design. sorbed in the plastic in order to deter- For a foreign manufacturer, each test mine the weight loss of the lighters report must be maintained in accord- from gas leakage. ance with this paragraph by the foreign (v) If the net weight loss for any one manufacturer’s U.S. agent or importer. of the six lighters exceeds 20 milli- (iii) Test reports must be traceable to grams (0.020 grams), the design must be a specific lighter design and must be rejected. made available to a representative of (vi) Lighters manufactured to a re- the Department upon request. jected lighter design may not be of- (5) Transitional provisions. Until Janu- fered for transportation or transported ary 1, 2012, approval numbers issued by in commerce unless approved in writ- the Associate Administrator prior to ing by the Associate Administrator. January 1, 2007 may continue to be (4) Recordkeeping requirements. (i) Fol- marked on packages and annotated on lowing the examination of each new shipping papers, where applicable. lighter design, the person or agency After that time, previously issued ap- that conducted the examination and provals (i.e., T-***) will no longer be test must prepare a test report and valid and each lighter design currently make that test report available to the in production must be re-examined and manufacturer. At a minimum, the test tested under the provisions of this sec- report must contain the following in- tion. formation: (c) Packaging requirements—(1) Inner (A) Name and address of test facility; containment. Lighters must be placed in (B) Name and address of applicant; an inner packaging that is designed to (C) A test report identifier, that is, prevent movement of the lighters and the authorized person or agency identi- inadvertent ignition or leakage. The fier code immediately followed by an ignition device and gas control lever of alpha/numeric identifier of four or each lighter must be designed, or se- more characters assigned to the spe- curely sealed, taped, or otherwise fas- cific lighter design by the authorized tened or packaged to protect against person or agency (e.g., ‘‘LAA****,’’ accidental functioning or leakage of where, ‘‘LAA’’ is the identification the contents during transport. If light- code assigned to the authorized person ers are packed vertically in a plastic or agency by the Associate Adminis- tray, a plastic, fiberboard or paper- trator and ‘‘****’’ is replaced with the board partition must be used to pre- unique test report identifier assigned vent friction between the ignition de- to the specific lighter design by the au- vice and the inner packaging. thorized person or agency); (2) Outer packaging. Lighters and (D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For their inner packagings must be tightly a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent packed and secured against movement or importer must be identified; in any rigid specification outer pack- (E) Description of the lighter design aging authorized in Subpart L of Part type (e.g., model, dimensions, ignition 178 of this subchapter at the Packing mechanism, reservoir capacity, lot/ Group II performance level. batch number) in sufficient detail to (d) Shipping paper and marking re- ensure conformance with paragraph quirements. (1) In addition to the re- (b)(4)(iii) of this section; and quirements of subpart C of part 172, (F) A certification by the authorized shipping papers must be annotated testing agency that the lighter design with the lighter design test report conforms to paragraph (a) of this sec- identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of tion and passes or does not pass the re- this section) traceable to the test re- quired leakage test in paragraph (b) of port assigned to the lighters or, if ap- this section. plicable, the previously issued approval (ii) For as long as any lighter design number (i.e., T***), in association with is in production and for at least three the basic description. years thereafter, a copy of each light- (2) In addition to the requirements of er’s test report must be maintained by subpart D of part 172, a lighter design

609

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00619 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.309 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

test report identifier (see paragraph lighters that have been examined and (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) or, if appli- successfully tested in accordance with cable, the previously issued approval this section are not subject to any number (i.e., T***), must be marked on other requirements of this subchapter a package containing lighters. under the following conditions: (3) For transportation by vessel in a (i) No person may offer for transpor- closed transport vehicle or a closed tation or transport the lighters or pre- freight container, the following warn- pare the lighters for shipment unless ing must be affixed to the access doors: that person has been specifically in- formed of the requirements of this sec- WARNING—MAY CONTAIN EXPLO- tion; SIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR—KEEP (ii) Lighters must be placed in an IGNITION SOURCES AWAY WHEN inner packaging that is designed to OPENING prevent accidental activation of the ig- The warning must be on a con- nition device or valve, release of gas, trasting background and must be in and movement of the lighters (e.g., letters measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 tray, , etc.); inch) in height. (iii) Inner packagings must be placed (e) Exceptions—(1) Common or contract in a securely closed rigid outer pack- carriage. For highway transportation aging that limits movement of the by common or contract carrier, when inner packagings and protects them no more than 1,500 lighters covered by from damage; this section are transported in one (iv) The outer package may contain motor vehicle, the requirements of sub- not more than 300 lighters; parts C through H of part 172, and Part (v) A transport vehicle may carry not 177 of this subchapter do not apply. more than 1,500 lighters at any one Lighters transported in accordance time; with this paragraph are also excepted (vi) The lighters may not be placed in from the specification packaging, ship- an outer packaging with other haz- ping paper, and marking requirements ardous materials; and specified in §§ 173.308(c) and (d). Inner (vii) Outer packagings must be plain- packagings must conform to paragraph ly and durably marked with the words (c)(1) of this section. Lighters must be ‘‘LIGHTERS, excepted quantity.’’ further packaged in rigid, strong outer [71 FR 3427, Jan. 23, 2006, as amended at 73 packagings meeting the general pack- FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008] aging requirements of subpart B of part 173. Outer packagings must be plainly § 173.309 Fire extinguishers. and durably marked, on two opposing (a) Fire extinguishers charged with a sides or ends, with the word ‘‘LIGHT- limited quantity of compressed gas to ERS’’ and the number of devices con- not more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) at 21 tained therein in letters measuring at °C (70 °F) are excepted from labeling least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. In addi- (except when offered for transportation tion, the package must include the test by air) and the specification packaging report identifier for each lighter design requirements of this subchapter when as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of shipped under the following conditions. this section or, if applicable, the pre- In addition, shipments are not subject viously issued approval number (i.e., to subpart F of part 172 of this sub- T***). The test report identifier or ap- chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter proval number must be durable, leg- except § 174.24 or to part 177 of this sub- ible, in English, and located in, at- chapter except § 177.817. tached to, or marked directly on the (1) Each fire extinguisher must have package. No person may offer for trans- contents which are nonflammable, non- portation or transport the lighters or poisonous, and noncorrosive as defined prepare the lighters for shipment un- under this subchapter. less that person has been specifically (2) Each fire extinguisher must be informed of the requirements of this shipped as an inner packaging. section. (3) Nonspecification cylinders are au- (2) Private carriage. For highway thorized subject to the following condi- transportation by a private carrier, tions:

610

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00620 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.310

(i) The internal volume of each cyl- packaging must be used. The metal inder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 cubic packaging must be capable of with- inches). For fire extinguishers not ex- standing, without bursting, a pressure ceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capac- of one and one-half times the equi- ity, the liquid portion of the gas plus librium pressure of the contents at 55 any additional liquid or solid must not °C (130 °F); and completely fill the container at 55 °C (iii) Each completed inner packaging (130 °F). Fire extinguishers exceeding filled for shipment must have been 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity may heated until the pressure in the con- not contain any liquefied compressed tainer is equivalent to the equilibrium gas; pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130 (ii) Each fire extinguisher manufac- °F) without evidence of leakage, distor- tured on and after January 1, 1976, tion, or other defect. must be designed and fabricated with a (b) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL, burst pressure of not less than six 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (§§ 178.36, times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70 178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55 °F) when shipped; and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders (iii) Each fire extinguisher must be are authorized for use as fire extin- tested, without evidence of failure or guishers. damage, to at least three times its ° ° [Amdt. 173–235, 58 FR 50503, Sept. 27, 1993, as charged pressure at 21 C (70 F) but not amended by Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before ini- 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–258, 61 FR 51240, Oct. 1, tial shipment, and must be marked to 1996; 66 FR 45380, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 71 FR indicate the year of the test (within 90 54395, Sept. 14, 2006] days of the actual date of the original test) and with the words ‘‘MEETS DOT § 173.310 Exceptions for radiation de- REQUIREMENTS.’’ This marking is tectors. considered a certification that the fire Radiation detectors, radiation sen- extinguisher is manufactured in ac- sors, electron tube devices, or ioniza- cordance with the requirements of this tion chambers, herein referred to as section. The words ‘‘This extinguisher ‘‘radiation detectors,’’ that contain meets all requirements of 49 CFR only Division 2.2 gases, are excepted 173.306’’ may be displayed on fire extin- from the specification packaging in guishers manufactured prior to Janu- this subchapter and, except when ary 1, 1976; and transported by air, from labeling and (iv) For any subsequent shipment, placarding requirements of this sub- each fire extinguisher must be in com- chapter when designed, packaged, and pliance with the retest requirements of transported as follows: the Occupational Safety and Health (a) Radiation detectors must be sin- Administration Regulations of the De- gle-trip, hermetically sealed, welded partment of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157. metal inside containers that will not (4) Specification 2P or 2Q (§§ 178.33 fragment upon impact. and 178.33a of this subchapter) inner (b) Radiation detectors must not nonrefillable metal packagings are au- have a design pressure exceeding 4.83 thorized for use as fire extinguishers MPa (700 psig) and a capacity exceed- subject to the following conditions: ing 355 fluid ounces (641 cubic inches). (i) The liquid portion of the gas plus They must be designed and fabricated any additional liquid or solid may not with a burst pressure of not less than completely fill the packaging at 55 °C three times the design pressure if the (130 °F); radiation detector is equipped with a (ii) Pressure in the packaging shall pressure relief device, and not less than not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55 °C four times the design pressure if the (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa detector is not equipped with a pres- (141 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), but does not sure relief device. exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 (c) Radiation detectors must be °F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal shipped in a strong outer packaging ca- packaging must be used; if the pressure pable of withstanding a drop test of at exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 least 1.2 meters (4 feet) without break- °F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal age of the radiation detector or rupture

611

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00621 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.312 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

of the outer packaging. If the radiation liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the mani- detector is shipped as part of other fold must be designed so that each equipment, the equipment must be pressure receptacle can be filled sepa- packaged in strong outer packaging or rately and be kept isolated by a valve the equipment itself must provide an capable of being closed during transit. equivalent level of protection. For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure re- (d) Emergency response information ceptacles must be isolated by a valve accompanying each shipment and into assemblies of not more than 3,000 available from each emergency re- L. sponse telephone number for radiation (b) Filling. (1) A MEGC may not be detectors must identify those recep- filled to a pressure greater than the tacles that are not fitted with a pres- lowest marked working pressure of any sure relief device and provide appro- pressure receptacle. A MEGC may not priate guidance for exposure to fire. be filled above its marked maximum [75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010] permissible gross mass. (2) After each filling, the shipper § 173.312 Requirements for shipment must verify the leakproofness of the of MEGCs. closures and equipment. Each fill open- (a) General requirements. (1) Unless ing must be closed by a cap or plug. otherwise specified, a MEGC is author- (c) Damage protection. During trans- ized for the shipment of liquefied and portation, a MEGC must be protected non-liquefied compressed gases. Each against damage to the pressure recep- pressure receptacle contained in a tacles and service equipment resulting MEGC must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b, from lateral and longitudinal impact as applicable. and overturning as prescribed in § 178.75 (2) The MEGC must conform to the of this subchapter. design, construction, inspection and [71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006] testing requirements prescribed in § 178.75 of this subchapter. § 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for (3) No person may offer or accept a Liquefied Compressed Gases. hazardous material for transportation The UN Portable Tank Table for Liq- in a MEGC that is damaged to such an uefied Compressed Gases is referenced extent that the integrity of the pres- in § 172.102(c)(7)(iii) of this subchapter sure receptacles or the MEGC’s struc- for portable tanks that are used to tural or service equipment may be af- transport liquefied compressed gases. fected. The table applies to each liquefied (4) No person may fill or offer for transportation a pressure receptacle in compressed gas that is identified with a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or Special Provision T50 in Column (7) of the MEGC is due for periodic requali- the § 172.101 Table. In addition to pro- fication, as prescribed in subpart C to viding the UN identification number part 180 of this subchapter. However, and proper shipping name, the table this restriction does not preclude provides maximum allowable working transportation of pressure receptacles pressures, bottom opening require- filled and offered for transportation ments, pressure relief device require- prior to the requalification due date. ments, and degree of filling require- (5) Prior to filling and offering a ments for liquefied compressed gas per- MEGC for transportation, the MEGC’s mitted for transportation in a T50 port- structural and service equipment must able tank. In the minimum test pres- be visually inspected. Any unsafe con- sure column, ‘‘small’’ means a portable dition must be corrected before the tank with a diameter of 1.5 meters or MEGC is offered for transportation. All less when measured at the widest part required markings must be legible. of the shell, ‘‘sunshield’’ means a port- (6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent able tank with a shield covering at gases, each pressure receptacle must be least the upper third of the shell, equipped with an individual shutoff ‘‘bare’’ means no sunshield or insula- valve that must be tightly closed while tion is provided, and ‘‘insulated’’ in transit. For Division 2.1, Division 2.2 means a complete cladding of sufficient

612

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00622 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

thickness of insulating material nec- umn, the word ‘‘Normal’’ denotes that essary to provide a minimum conduct- a frangible disc as specified in ance of not more than 0.67 w/m2/k. In § 178.276(e)(3) of this subchapter is not the pressure relief requirements col- required.

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

1005 ...... Ammonia, anhydrous ...... 29.0 Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.53 25.7 22.0 19.7 1009 ...... Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant 38.0 Allowed Normal 1.13 gas R 13B1. 34.0 30.0 27.5 1010 ...... Butadienes, stabilized ...... 7.5 Allowed Normal 0.55 7.0 7.0 7.0 1011 ...... Butane ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.51 7.0 7.0 7.0 1012 ...... Butylene ...... 8.0 Allowed Normal 0.53 7.0 7.0 7.0 1017 ...... Chlorine ...... 19.0 Not § 178.276(e)(3) 1.25 17.0 Allowed 15.0 13.5 1018 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant 26.0 Allowed Normal 1.03 gas R 22. 24.0 21.0 19.0 1020 ...... Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant 23.0 Allowed Normal 1.06 gas R 115. 20.0 18.0 16.0 1021 ...... 1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or 10.3 Allowed Normal 1.2 Refrigerant gas R 124. 9.8 7.9 7.0 1027 ...... Cyclopropane ...... 18.0 Allowed Normal 0.53 16.0 14.5 13.0 1028 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant 16.0 Allowed Normal 1.15 gas R 12. 15.0 13.0 11.5 1029 ...... Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.23 gas R 21. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1030 ...... 1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 16.0 Allowed Normal 0.79 152a. 14.0 12.4 11.0 1032 ...... Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.59 7.0 7.0 7.0

613

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00623 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

1033 ...... Dimethyl ether ...... 15.5 Allowed Normal 0.58 13.8 12.0 10.6 1036 ...... Ethylamine ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.61 7.0 7.0 7.0 1037 ...... Ethyl chloride ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.8 7.0 7.0 7.0 1040 ...... Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a Only authorized Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78 total pressure of 1MPa (10 bar) at 50 in 10 bar in- °C. sulated port- able tanks— 1041 ...... Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mix- See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f) ture with more than 9% but not more inition in than 87% ethylene oxide. § 178.276(a) 1055 ...... Isobutylene ...... 8.1 Allowed Normal 0.52 7.0 7.0 7.0 1060 ...... Methyl acetylene and propadiene mix- 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43 ture, stabilized. 24.5 22.0 20.0 1061 ...... Methylamine, anhydrous ...... 10.8 Allowed Normal 0.58 9.6 7.8 7.0 1062 ...... Methyl bromide ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.51 7.0 7.0 7.0 1063 ...... Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40 14.5 Allowed Normal 0.81 12.7 11.3 10.0 1064 ...... Methyl mercaptan ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78 7.0 7.0 7.0 1067 ...... Dinitrogen tetroxide ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.3 7.0 7.0 7.0 1075 ...... Petroleum gas, liquefied ...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1077 ...... Propylene ...... 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43 24.5 22.0 20.0 1078 ...... Refrigerant gas, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1079 ...... Sulphur dioxide ...... 11.6 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.23 10.3 8.5 7.6 1082 ...... Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized or 17.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.13 Refrigerant gas R 1113. 15.0 13.1 11.6 1083 ...... Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.56 7.0

614

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00624 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

7.0 7.0 1085 ...... Vinyl bromide, stabilized ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.37 7.0 7.0 7.0 1086 ...... Vinyl chloride, stabilized ...... 10.6 Allowed Normal 0.81 9.3 8.0 7.0 1087 ...... Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.67 7.0 7.0 7.0 1581 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix- 7.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.51 ture. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1582 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mix- 19.2 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 0.81 ture. 16.9 15.1 13.1 1858 ...... Hexafluoropropylene compressed or 19.2 Allowed Normal 1.11 Refrigerant gas R 1216. 16.9 15.1 13.1 1912 ...... Methyl chloride and methylene chloride 15.2 Allowed Normal 0.081 mixture. 13.0 11.6 10.1 NA, 1954 Insecticide gases, flammable, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1958 ...... 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.3 Refrigerant gas R 114. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1965 ...... Hydrocarbon gas, mixture liquefied, See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) n.o.s.. inition in 178.276(a) 1969 ...... Isobutane ...... 8.5 Allowed Normal 0.49 7.5 7.0 7.0 1973 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane and 28.3 Allowed Normal 1.05 chloropentafluoroethane mixture with fixed boiling point, with approximately 49% chlorodifluoromethane or Refrig- erant gas R 502. 25.3 22.8 20.3 1974 ...... Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrig- 7.4 Allowed Normal 1.61 erant gas R 12B1. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1976 ...... Octafluorocyclobutane or Refrigerant 8.8 Allowed Normal 1.34 gas RC 318. 7.8 7.0 7.0 1978 ...... Propane ...... 22.5 Allowed Normal 0.42 20.4

615

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00625 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

18.0 16.5 1983 ...... 1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane or Refrig- 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.18 erant gas R 133a. 7.0 7.0 7.0 2035 ...... 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane compressed or 31.0 Allowed Normal 0.76 Refrigerant gas R 143a. 27.5 24.2 21.8 2424 ...... Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 23.1 Allowed Normal 1.07 218. 20.8 18.6 16.6 2517 ...... 1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or Refrig- 8.9 Allowed Normal 0.99 erant gas R 142b. 7.8 7.0 7.0 2602 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane and 20.0 Allowed Normal 1.01 difluoroethane azeotropic mixture with approximately 74% dichlorodifluoro- methane or Refrigerant gas R 500. 18.0 16.0 14.5 3057 ...... Trifluoroacetyl chloride 14.6 Not allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.17 12.9 11.3 9.9 3070 ...... Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoro- 14.0 Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.09 methane mixture with not more than 12.5% ethylene oxide. 12.0 11.0 9.0 3153 ...... Perfluoro (methyl vinyl ether) ...... 14.3 Allowed Normal 1.14 13.4 11.2 10.2 3159 ...... 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant 17.7 Allowed Normal 1.04 gas R 134a. 15.7 13.8 12.1 3161 ...... Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 3163 ...... Liquefied gas, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 3220 ...... Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 34.4 Allowed Normal 0.95 125. 30.8 27.5 24.5 3252 ...... Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 43.0 Allowed Normal 0.78 32. 39.0 34.4 30.5 3296 ...... Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas 16.0 Allowed Normal 1.2 R 227. 14.0 12.5 11.0

616

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00626 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES—Continued

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

3297 ...... Ethylene oxide and 8.1 Allowed Normal 1.16 chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture, with not more than 8.8% ethylene oxide. 7.0 7.0 7.0 3298 ...... Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane 25.9 Allowed Normal 1.02 mixture, with not more than 7.9% ethylene oxide. 23.4 20.9 18.6 3299 ...... Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane 16.7 Allowed Normal 1.03 mixture, with not more than 5.6% ethylene oxide. 14.7 12.9 11.2 3318 ...... Ammonia solution, relative density less See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) §173.32(f) than 0.880 at 15 °C in water, with inition in more than 50% ammonia. § 178.276(a) 3337 ...... Refrigerant gas R 404A ...... 31.6 Allowed Normal 0.84 28.3 25.3 22.5 3338 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407A ...... 31.3 Allowed Normal 0.95 28.1 25.1 22.4 3339 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407B ...... 33.0 Allowed Normal 0.95 29.6 26.5 23.6 3340 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407C ...... 29.9 Allowed Normal 0.95 26.8 23.9 21.3

[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 position and attached to car structure FR 34399, June 14, 2005] by the shipper. (4) Wherever the word ‘‘approved’’ is § 173.314 Compressed gases in tank used in this part of the regulations, it cars and multi-unit tank cars. means approval by the Association of (a) Definitions. For definitions of American Railroads Committee on compressed gases, see § 173.115. Tank Cars as prescribed in § 179.3 of (b) General requirements. (1) Tank car this subchapter. tanks containing compressed gases (5) Each tank car used for the trans- must not be shipped unless they were portation of anhydrous ammonia or loaded by or with the consent of the any material that meets the criteria of Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets owner thereof. for manway cover plates and for (2) Tank car tanks must not contain mounting of fittings designed (for tem- gases capable of combining chemically perature, application, media, pressure, and must not be loaded with any gas and size) to create a positive seal so which combines chemically with the that, under conditions normally inci- gas previously loaded therein, until all dent to transportation, there will not residue has been removed and interior be an identifiable release of the mate- of tank thoroughly cleaned. rial to the environment. The use of (3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and sealants to install gaskets is prohib- 110A class, the tanks must be placed in ited.

617

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00627 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.314 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(c) Authorized gases, filling limits for ance with § 173.31 and this section. The tank cars. A compressed gas in a tank gases listed below must be loaded and car or a multi-unit tank car must be offered for transportation in accord- offered for transportation in accord- ance with the following table:

Outage and filling lim- Authorized tank car Authorized tank car specifica- Proper shipping name its class tion (see note 1) (see note 11) (see note 12)

Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia solutions > Notes 2, 10 ...... 105, 112, 114, 120 ..... 105J500I, 112J500I 50 percent ammonia. Note 3 ...... 106. Ammonia solutions with > 35 percent, but ≤ Note 3 ...... 105, 109, 112, 114, 50 percent ammonia by mass. 120. Argon, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Boron trichloride ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 5 ...... 105. Chlorine ...... Note 6 ...... 105 ...... 105J600I 125 ...... 106. Chlorine trifluoride ...... Note 3 ...... 106, 110. Chlorine pentafluoride ...... Note 3 ...... 106, 110. Dimethyl ether ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112 ...... 105J500I Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified Notes 9, 10 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 109, 110, in this table. 112, 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically None ...... See § 173.245...... 105J600I identified in this table. Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J600I identified in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J500I identified in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 109, 110, 105J500I, 112J500I identified in this table. 112, 114, 120. Ethylamine ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Helium, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Hydrogen ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 7 ...... 105 ...... 105J600I, 112S600I Hydrogen sulfide ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J600I 114, 120. Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied ...... 68 ...... 106. Methyl bromide ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106 ...... 105J500I Methyl chloride ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Methyl mercaptan ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106 ...... 105J500I Methylamine, anhydrous ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Nitrogen, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Nitrosyl chloride ...... 124 ...... 105 ...... 105J500I 110 ...... 106. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 5 ...... 105. Oxygen, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Phosgene ...... Note 3 ...... 106. Sulfur dioxide, liquefied ...... 125 ...... 105, 106, 110 ...... 105J500I Sulfuryl fluoride ...... 120 ...... 105. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... Note 8 ...... 105.

NOTES: 1. The percent filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at 15.5 °C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60 °F in air is 8.32828 pounds). 2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incor- porating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 3. The requirements of § 173.24b(a) apply. 4. The gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed 7/10 of the marked test pressure, ex- cept that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) of each tank. 5. The liquid portion of the gas at -17.77 °C (0 °F.) must not completely fill the tank. 6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons). 7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psig). 8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psig).

618

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00628 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capac- ity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature dif- ferential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an over- all thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following reference temperatures may be used: 38 °C (100 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 32 °C (90 °F) for a tank having a thermal protec- tion system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 29 °C (85 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due to the tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures. 11. For materials poisonous by inhalation, the single unit tank car tanks authorized are only those cars approved by the Tank Car Committee for transportation of the specified material and built prior to March 16, 2009. 12. Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, for materials poisonous by inhalation, fusion-welded tank car tanks built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of the PIH materials noted, must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification and must be equipped with a head shield as prescribed in § 179.16(c)(1).

(d) Alternative tank car tanks for mate- petroleum gas, methylacetylene propa- rials poisonous by inhalation. (1) As an diene, stabilized, dimethylamine, alternative to the authorized tank car methylamine anhydrous, or specification noted in the column 4 of trimethylamine may be calculated the table in paragraph (c) of this sec- using the outage tables supplied by the tion, a car of the same authorized tank tank car owners and the specific car specification but of the next lower gravities as determined at the plant, test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 and this computation must be checked of the table at § 179.101–1, may be used by determination of specific gravity of provided both of the following condi- product after loading. Carriers may tions are met: verify calculated weights by use of (i) The difference between the alter- proper scales. The use of a fixed tube native and the required minimum plate gauge device is authorized for deter- thicknesses, based on the calculation mining the weight of methyl prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub- mercaptan in Specification 105A300W chapter, is added to the alternative tanks instead of weighing. tank car jacket and head shield. When (f) [Reserved] the jacket and head shield are made (g) Special requirements for hydro- from any authorized steel with a min- gen chloride, refrigerated liquid, and imum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. vinyl fluoride,stabilized. to 80,000 p.s.i., but the required min- (1) The shipper shall notify the Fed- imum plate thickness calculation is eral Railroad Administration whenever based on steel with a minimum tensile a tank car is not received by the con- strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness signee within 20 days from the date of to be added to the jacket and head shipment. Notification to the Federal shield must be increased by a factor of Railroad Administration may be made 1.157. Forming allowances for heads are by e-mail to [email protected] or not required to be considered when cal- telephone call to (202) 493–6229. culating thickness differences as pre- (2) A tank car containing hydrogen scribed in this paragraph. chloride, refrigerated liquid must have (ii) The tank car jacket and head the auxiliary valve on the pressure re- shield must be manufactured from car- lief device closed during transpor- bon steel plate as prescribed in tation. § 179.100–7(a) of this subchapter. (3) See § 179.102–17 of this subchapter (e) Verification of content. The amount for additional requirements. of liquefied gas loaded into each tank (4) Tank cars containing hydrogen may be determined either by measure- chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be ment or calculation of the weight. If by unloaded to such an extent that any measurement, the weight must be residue remaining in the tank at a ref- checked after disconnecting the load- erence temperature of 32 °C (90 °F) will ing line by the use of proper scales. If not actuate the reclosing pressure re- by calculation, the weight of liquefied lief device.

619

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00629 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.314 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(h)–(i) [Reserved] relief devices incorporating a fusible (j) Special requirements for materials plug having a yield temperature of having a primary or secondary Division 79.44 °C (175 °F.). Reclosing pressure re- 2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single lief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44 unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading °C (130 °F.). and unloading valves, sampling de- (n) Special requirements for hydrogen. vices, and gauging devices with an Each tank car must be equipped with opening for the passage of the lading one or more pressure relief devices. exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter The discharge outlet for each pressure must be equipped with excess flow relief device must be connected to a valves. For single unit tank cars con- manifold having a non-obstructed dis- structed before January 1, 1972, gaug- charge area of at least 1.5 times the ing devices must conform to this para- total discharge area of the pressure re- graph by no later than July 1, 2006. The lief devices connected to the manifold. protective housing cover must be pro- All manifolds must be connected to a vided with an opening, with a weather- single common header having a non-ob- proof cover, above each pressure relief structed discharge pointing upward and valve that is concentric with the dis- extending above the top of the car. The charge of the pressure relief valve and header and the header outlet must each that has an area at least equal to the have a non-obstructed discharge area valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank at least equal to the total discharge cars and tank cars manufactured from area of the manifolds connected to the aluminum or nickel plate are not au- header. The header outlet must be thorized. equipped with an ignition device that (k) Special requirements for chlorine. will instantly ignite any hydrogen dis- Tank cars built after September 30, charged through the pressure relief de- 1991, must have an insulation system vice. consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass (o) Special requirements for carbon di- fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of oxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have ex- oxide, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car cess flow valves on the interior pipes of must have an insulation system so that liquid discharge valves. Tank cars con- the thermal conductance is not more structed to a DOT 105A500W specifica- than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per tion may be marked as a DOT 105A300W square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03 specification with the size and type of B.t.u. per square foot per hour, per de- reclosing pressure relief valves re- gree Fahrenheit) temperature differen- quired by the marked specification. tial. Each tank car must be equipped (l) Special requirements for hydrogen with one reclosing pressure relief valve sulphide. Each multi-unit tank car having a start-to-discharge pressure must be equipped with adequate pres- not to exceed 75 percent of the tank sure relief devices of the fusible plug test pressure and one non-reclosing type having a yield temperature not pressure relief valve having a rupture over 76.66 °C (170 °F.), and not less than disc design to burst at a pressure less 69.44 °C (157 °F.). Each device must be than the tank test pressure. The dis- resistant to extrusion of the fusible charge capacity of each pressure relief alloy and leak tight at 55 °C (130 °F.). A device must be sufficient to prevent threaded solid plug must seal each building up of pressure in the tank in valve outlet. In addition, a metal cover excess of 82.5 percent of the test pres- must protect all valves. sure of the tank. Tanks must be (m) Special requirements for nitrosyl equipped with two regulating valves chloride. Single unit tank cars and set to open at a pressure not to exceed their associated service equipment, 24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W such as venting, loading and unloading tanks and at a pressure not to exceed valves, and reclosing pressure relief 27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W valves, must be made of metal or clad tanks. Each regulating valve and pres- with a material that is not subject to sure relief device must have its final rapid deterioration by the lading. discharge piped to the outside of the Multi-unit tank car tanks must be protective housing. nickel-clad and have reclosing pressure [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990]

620

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00630 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- ble. For cryogenic liquid in cargo tations affecting § 173.314, see the List of CFR tanks, see § 173.318. For marking re- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- quirements for portable tanks and ing Aids section of the printed volume and cargo tanks, see § 172.326 and § 172.328 of on GPO Access. this subchapter, as applicable. (1) UN portable tanks: UN portable § 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks. tanks must be loaded and offered for transportation in accordance with (a) Liquefied compressed gases that portable tank provision T50 in § 172.102 are transported in UN portable tanks, of this subchapter. DOT specification portable tanks, or (2) Cargo tanks and DOT specification cargo tanks must be prepared in ac- portable tanks: Cargo tanks and DOT cordance with this section, § 173.32, specification portable tanks must be § 173.33 and subpart E or subpart G of loaded and offered for transportation in part 180 of this subchapter, as applica- accordance with the following table:

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required Kind of gas Percent by volume Percent by weight (see par. (f) of this Type (see Note 2) Minimum design (see Note 1) section) pressure (psig)

Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solu- 56 ...... 82, See Note 5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 265; See Note 17. tions with greater than 50 percent MC–331; See ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17). Notes 12, 17 and 27. Ammonia solutions with more than 35 See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100; See par. (c) of percent but not more than 50 percent section. MC–331; see this section. ammonia. Note 12. Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H– 133 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 365. 1301); (See Note 9). MC–331. Butadiene, stabilized ...... See par. (b) of this See par. (b) of this DOT-51, MC–330, 100. section. section. MC–331. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c)(1) of 95 ...... do ...... 200; see Note 3. this section. Chlorine ...... 125 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 225; See Notes 4 MC–331. and 8. Chlorodifluoroethane (R–142b) (1- 100 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100. Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane); (See Note MC–331. 9). Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22); (See 105 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 250. Note 9). MC–331. Chloropentafluoroethane (R–115); (See See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13); (See See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12); (See 119 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. Note 9). MC–331. Difluoroethane (R–152a); (See Note 9) 79 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Dimethyl ether (see Note 16) ...... 59 ...... do ...... do ...... 200. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 59 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Division 2.1, materials not specifically See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 18. provided for in this table. section. MC–331. Division 2.2, materials not specifically See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 19. provided for in this table. section. MC–331. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 20. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 20. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 21. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 24. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 22. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 25. Ethane, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c) of this MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11. section.

621

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00631 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required Kind of gas Percent by volume Percent by weight (see par. (f) of this Type (see Note 2) Minimum design (see Note 1) section) pressure (psig)

Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated ...... See par. (c) of this MC–331, MC–338 275; see Note 11. liquid. section. Hexafluoropropylene ...... 110 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 250. MC–331. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid .... 103.0 ...... See Note 7 ...... MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11. 91.6 ...... do ...... do ...... 300; see Note 11. 86.7 ...... do ...... do ...... 450; see Note 11. Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15) See par. (b) of this See par. (b) of this DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this section. section. MC–331; See section. Note 26. Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized 53 ...... 90 ...... DOT 51, MC 330, 200. (see Note 13). MC 331. Methylamine, anhydrous ...... 60 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, MC–331.. Methyl chloride ...... 84 ...... 88.5 ...... do ...... 150. Methyl chloride (optional portable tank ...... do ...... See Note 6 ...... DOT-51 ...... 225. 2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible plug). Methyl mercaptan ...... 80 ...... 90 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100. MC–331; See Note 23. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c)(1) of 95 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 200; See Note 3. this section. MC–331. Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gal- 125 ...... 87.5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150; See Note 4. lons water capacity). MC–331; See Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons 125 ...... 87.5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 125; See Note 4. water capacity). MC–331; See Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank 125 ...... See Note 6 ...... DOT-51; See Note 225. 1,000–2,000 pounds water capacity, 24. fusible plug). Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 57 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Vinyl chloride ...... 84 (see Note 13) ... See Note 7 ...... MC–330, MC–331 150. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... 66 ...... do ...... do ...... 250; see Note 11. Vinyl methyl ether ...... 68 ...... See Notes 7 and ...... do ...... 100. 13.

NOTE 1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231 cubic inches) of water at 60 °F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds. NOTE 2: See § 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see paragraph (q) of this sec- tion. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. NOTE 3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid, are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low temperature operation (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100 psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater. NOTE 4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less, added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance. NOTE 5: Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to 87.5 percent by vol- ume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined to be not lower than 30 °F. or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared. NOTE 6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight. NOTE 7: Tanks must be filled by weight. NOTE 8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point. NOTE 9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked ‘‘DISPERSANT GAS,’’ or ‘‘REFRIGERANT GAS.’’ NOTE 10: [Reserved] NOTE 11: MC–330, MC–331 and MC–338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following require- ments. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 °F., or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmos- phere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature require- ments in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank’s holding time as loaded must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank’s holding time as loaded must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting oc- curs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to trans- port a flammable gas. NOTE 12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it comes into contact with the lading. NOTE 13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides.

622

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00632 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

NOTE 14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(NQT)’’ are authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(QT)’’ (see marking requirements of § 172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia hav- ing a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be purged of air before loading. See § 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements. NOTE 15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NQT) are authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be ‘‘noncorrosive’’ are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (QT). ‘‘Noncorro- sive’’ means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classi- fications when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1838, ‘‘Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see § 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping paper requirements, see § 172.203(h) of this subchapter.) NOTE 16: Openings, inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to § 178.337–8(a) of this sub- chapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in § 178.337–11(a) of this subchapter. NOTE 17: A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if it: (1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig; (2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufacturer’s data report; (3) Is painted white or aluminum; (4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph; (5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. (6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981; (7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this sub- chapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and (8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter. NOTE 18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less. NOTE 19: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading. NOTE 20: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 21: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 23: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. NOTE 24: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not apply until October 1, 1994. NOTE 25: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its min- imum design pressure. NOTE 26: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section. NOTE 27: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia solutions with greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this section.

(b) Maximum permitted filling den- Maximum permitted fill- sities for cargo and portable tank con- ing density in percent of the water-weight ca- tainers for transportation of butadiene, Maximum specific gravity of the pacity of the tanks (per- stabilized, and liquefied petroleum gas liquid material at 60 °F. cent) See Note 1 are as follows: 1200 gal- Over 1200 lons or gallons Maximum permitted fill- less ing density in percent of the water-weight ca- 0.553 to 0.560 ...... 48 51 Maximum specific gravity of the pacity of the tanks (per- 0.561 to 0.568 ...... 49 52 liquid material at 60 °F. cent) See Note 1 0.569 to 0.576 ...... 50 53 1200 gal- 0.577 to 0.584 ...... 51 54 lons or Over 1200 0.585 to 0.592 ...... 52 55 less gallons 0.593 to 0.600 ...... 53 56 0.601 to 0.608 ...... 54 57 0.473 to 0.480 ...... 38 41 0.609 to 0.617 ...... 55 58 0.481 to 0.488 ...... 39 42 0.618 to 0.626 ...... 56 59 0.489 to 0.495 ...... 40 43 0.627 and over ...... 57 60 0.496 to 0.503 ...... 41 44 0.504 to 0.510 ...... 42 45 NOTE 1: Filling is permitted by volume provided the same 0.511 to 0.519 ...... 43 46 filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when 0.520 to 0.527 ...... 44 47 using fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicators (paragraph (f) of this section), in which case the 0.528 to 0.536 ...... 45 48 maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent 0.537 to 0.544 ...... 46 49 of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained 0.545 to 0.552 ...... 47 50 in the table.

623

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00633 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1) Odorization. All liquefied petro- the filling line is disconnected in each leum gas shall be effectively odorized instance. The gross weight shall be cal- as required in Note 2 of this paragraph culated from the tank capacity and to indicate positively, by a distinctive tare weight set forth on the metal odor, the presence of gas down to a plate required by the specification, and concentration in air of not over one- the maximum filling density permitted fifth the lower limit of combustibility for the material being loaded into the provided, however, that odorization is tank as set forth in the table, para- not required if harmful in the use or graph (a) of this section. further processing of the liquefied pe- (e) If the loading of cargo tanks and troleum gas, or if odorization will serve portable tank containers with liquefied no useful purpose as a warning agent in gases is to be determined by adjustable such use or further processing. liquid level device, each tank and each NOTE 1: The lower limits of combustibility compartment thereof shall have a ther- of the more commonly used liquefied petro- mometer well, so that the internal liq- leum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; bu- uid temperature can easily be deter- tane, 1.55 percent. These figures represent mined, and the amount of liquid in the volumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures tank shall be corrected to a 60 °F. in each case. basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a NOTE 2: The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl level corresponding to the maximum mercaptan, 1.0 pound of thiophane, or 1.4 pounds of amyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons filling density permitted for the mate- of liquefied petroleum gas shall be consid- rial being loaded into the tank as set ered sufficient to meet the requirements of forth in the table in paragraph (a) of § 173.315(b)(1). This note does not exclude the this section. use of any other odorant in sufficient quan- (f) When the loading of cargo tanks tity to meet the requirements of and portable tank containers with liq- § 173.315(b)(1). uefied gases is determined only by (c) Except as otherwise provided, the fixed length dip tube or other fixed loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo maximum liquid level indicator, the tank or portable tank shall be deter- device shall be arranged to function at mined by weight or by a suitable liquid a level not to exceed the maximum per- level gauging device. The vapor pres- mitted volume prescribed by the table, sure (psig) at 115 °F. must not exceed paragraph (a) of this section. Loading the design pressure of the cargo tank shall be stopped when the device func- or portable tank container. The outage tions. and filling limits for liquefied gases (g) Containers, the liquid level of must be as prescribed in § 173.24b of this which has been determined by means of part, except that this requirement does a fixed length dip tube gauging device, not apply to: shall not be acceptable for stowage as (1) A tank containing carbon dioxide, cargo on vessels in commerce subject refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrig- to the jurisdiction of the United States erated liquid. Such tank is required to Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this be equipped with suitable pressure con- section shall be so construed as to pro- trol valves and may not be filled to a hibit the transportation on car floats level exceeding 95 percent of the volu- or car ferries of motor vehicles laden metric capacity of the tank. with containers nor cargo tanks the (2) A tank containing ethane, refrig- liquid level of either of which has been erated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, re- determined by means of fixed length frigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, re- dip tube devices. frigerated liquid. Such tank must be (h) Each cargo tank and portable filled to allow at least two percent out- tank, except a tank filled by weight, age below the inlet of the pressure re- must be equipped with one or more of lief valve or pressure control valve the gauging devices described in the under conditions of incipient opening, following table which indicate accu- with the tank in a level attitude. rately the maximum permitted liquid (d) If the loading of cargo tanks and level. Additional gauging devices may portable tank containers with liquefied be installed but may not be used as pri- gases is to be determined by weight, mary controls for filling of cargo tanks the gross weight shall be checked after and portable tanks. Gauge are

624

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00634 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

not permitted on any cargo tank or perature. Exterior means must be pro- portable tank. Primary gauging de- vided to indicate this adjustment. The vices used on cargo tanks of less than gauging device must be legibly and per- 3500 gallons water capacity are exempt manently marked in increments not from the longitudinal location require- exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not ments specified in paragraphs (h)(2) exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon and (3) of this section provided: The dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous tank length does not exceed three oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate times the tank diameter; and the cargo the maximum levels to which the tank tank is unloaded within 24 hours after may be filled with liquid at tempera- each filling of the tank. tures above 20 °F. However, if it is not practicable to so mark the gauging de- Gaging device permitted Kind of gas for filling purposes vice, this information must be legibly and permanently marked on a plate af- Anhydrous ammonia ...... Rotary tube; adjustable fixed to the tank adjacent to the gaug- slip tube; fixed length dip tube. ing device. Anhydrous dimethylamine ...... None. (3) A dip tube gauging device consists Anhydrous monomethylamine ...... Do. of a pipe or tube with a valve at its Anhydrous trimethylamine ...... Do. Aqua ammonia solution con- Rotary tube; adjustable outer end with its intake limited by an taining anhydrous ammonia. slip tube; fixed length orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in di- dip tube. ameter. If a fixed length dip tube is Butadiene, stabilized ...... Do. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid Do. used, the intake must be located mid- Chlorine ...... None. way of the tank both longitudinally Dichlorodifluoromethane ...... Do. and laterally and at maximum per- Difluoroethane ...... Do. mitted filling level. In tanks for lique- Difluoromonochloroethane ...... Do. Dimethyl ether ...... Do. fied petroleum gases, the intake must Ethane, refrigerated liquid ...... Rotary tube; adjustable be located at the level reached by the slip tube; fixed length lading when the tank is loaded to max- dip tube. Ethane-propane mixture, refrig- Do. imum filling density at 40 °F. erated liquid. (4) Except on a tank used exclusively Hexafluoropropylene ...... None. for the transportation of carbon diox- Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated Do. liquid. ide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous Liquefied petroleum gases ...... Rotary tube; adjustable oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening slip tube; fixed length for a pressure gauge must be restricted dip tube. Methyl chloride ...... Fixed length dip tube. at or inside the tank by an orifice no Methyl mercaptan ...... Rotary tube; adjustable larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For slip tube; fixed length carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or dip tube. nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid serv- Monochlorodifluoromethane ...... None. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid .. Rotary tube; adjustable ice, the pressure gauge need only be slip tube; fixed length used during the filling operation. dip tube. (i) Each tank must be provided with Methylacetylenepropadiene, sta- Do. bilized. one or more pressure relief devices Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispers- None. which, unless otherwise specified in ant gas, n.o.s. this part, must be of the spring-loaded Sulfur dioxide ...... Fixed length dip tube. Vinyl chloride ...... None. type. Each valve must be arranged to Vinyl fluoride, inhibited ...... Do. discharge upward and unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing to (1) The design pressure of the liquid prevent any impingement of escaping level gauging devices shall be at least gas upon the tank. For each chlorine equal to the design pressure of the tank the protective housing must be in tank. compliance with the requirements set (2) If the primary gauging device is forth in the applicable specification. adjustable, it must be capable of ad- (1) The safety relief valves on each justment so that the end of the tube tank must meet the following condi- will be in the location specified in tions: paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at (i) The total relieving capacity, as least one of the ladings to be trans- determined by the flow formulas con- ported, at the filling level cor- tained in Section 5 of CGA S–1.2 (IBR, responding to an average loading tem- see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be

625

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00635 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

sufficient to prevent a maximum pres- catalog number. The start-to-discharge sure in the tank of more than 120 per- valve marking must be visible after the cent of the design pressure; valve is installed. The rated discharge (ii) The flow capacity rating, testing capacity of the device must be deter- and marking must be in accordance mined at a pressure of 120% of the de- with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pam- sign pressure of the tank. For UN port- phlet S–1.2. able tanks, each pressure relief device (iii) For an insulated tank, the re- must be clearly and permanently quired relieving capacity of the relief marked as specified in § 178.274(f)(1) of devices must be the same as for an this subchapter. uninsulated tank, unless the insulation (5) Each safety relief valve must have will remain in place and will be effec- direct communication with the vapor tive under fire conditions. In this case, space in the tank. except for UN portable tanks, each in- (6) Each connection to a safety relief sulated tank must be covered by a valve must be of sufficient size to pro- sheet metal jacket of not less than 16 vide the required rate of discharge gauge thickness. For UN portable through the safety relief valve. tanks where the relieving capacity of (7) [Reserved] the valves has been reduced on the (8) Each pressure relief valve outlet basis of the insulation system, the in- must be provided with a protective de- sulation system must remain effective vice to prevent the entrance and accu- at all temperatures less than 649 °C mulation of dirt and water. This device (1200.2 °F) and be jacketed with a mate- must not impede flow through the rial having a melting point of 700 °C valve. Pressure relief devices must be (1292.0 °F) or greater. designed to prevent the entry of for- (iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has eign matter, the leakage of liquid and relief valves sized by Fetterly’s for- the development of any dangerous ex- mula dated November 27, 1928, may be cess pressure. continued in service. (9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, re- (2) Each safety relief valve must be frigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, re- arranged to minimize the possibility of frigerated liquid each safety relief de- tampering. If the pressure setting or vice must be installed and located so adjustment is external to the valve, that the cooling effect of the contents the safety relief valve must be provided will not prevent the effective operation with means for sealing the adjustment of the device. In addition to the re- and it must be sealed. quired safety relief valves, these tanks (3) Each safety relief valve on a port- may be equipped with one or more able tank, other than a UN portable pressure controlling devices. tank, must be set to start-to-discharge (10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, re- at pressure no higher than 110% of the frigerated liquid also may be equipped tank design pressure and no lower than with one or more non-reclosing pres- the design pressure specified in para- sure relief devices set to function at a graph (a) of this section for the gas pressure not over two times nor less transported. For UN portable tanks than 1.5 times the design pressure of used for liquefied compressed gases and the tank. constructed in accordance with the re- (11) Each portion of connected liquid quirements of § 178.276 of this sub- piping or hose that can be closed at chapter, the pressure relief device(s) both ends must be provided with a safe- must conform to § 178.276(e) of this sub- ty relief valve without an intervening chapter. shut-off valve to prevent excessive hy- (4) Except for UN portable tanks, drostatic pressure that could burst the each safety relief valve must be plainly piping or hose. and permanently marked with the (12) Subject to conditions of para- pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to graph (a) of this section for the methyl discharge, with the actual rate of dis- chloride and sulfur dioxide optional charge of the device in cubic feet per portable tanks, one or more fusible minute of the gas or of air at 60 °F (15.6 plugs examined by the Bureau of Ex- °C) and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manu- plosives and approved by the Associate facturer’s name or trade name and Administrator may be used on these

626

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00636 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

tanks in place of safety relief valves of vided it meets all of the following con- the spring-loaded type. The fusible plug ditions: or plugs must be in accordance with (1) It must have a minimum design CGA Pamphlet S–1.2, to prevent a pres- pressure no lower than 250 psig. sure rise in the tank of more than 120 (2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5 percent of the design pressure. If the L (3,500 water gallons) or less. tank is over 30 inches long, each end (3) It must have been manufactured must have the total specified safety in conformance with Section VIII of discharge area. the ASME Code prior to January 1, (13) A safety relief valve on a chlo- 1981, according to its ASME name plate rine cargo tank must conform to one of and manufacturer’s data report. the following standards of The Chlorine (4) It must conform to the applicable Institute, Inc.: Type 1 1⁄2 JQ225, Dwg. provisions of NFPA 58, except to the H51970 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- extent that provisions in NFPA 58 are chapter); or Type 1 1⁄2 JQ225, Dwg. inconsistent with requirements in H50155 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter. chapter). (5) It must be inspected, tested, and (j) Storage containers for liquefied equipped in accordance with subpart E petroleum gas for permanent installa- of part 180 of this subchapter as speci- tion on consumer premises may be fied for MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- shipped by private motor carrier only cles. under the following conditions: (6) Except as provided in this para- (1) Each container must be con- graph (k), it must be operated exclu- structed in compliance with the re- sively in intrastate commerce, includ- quirements in Section VIII of the ing its operation by a motor carrier ASME Code (containers built in com- otherwise engaged in interstate com- pliance with earlier editions starting merce, in a state where its operation with 1943 are authorized) and must be was permitted by law (not including marked to indicate compliance in the the incorporation of this subchapter) manner specified by the respective prior to January 1, 1981. A cargo tank Code. motor vehicle operating under author- (2) Each container must be equipped ity of this section may cross state lines with safety devices in compliance with to travel to and from a qualified assem- the requirements for safety devices on bly, repair, maintenance, or requali- containers as specified in NFPA 58 fication facility. The cargo tank need (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). not be cleaned and purged, but it may (3) The containers must be braced or not contain liquefied petroleum gas in otherwise secured on the vehicle to excess of five percent of the water ca- prevent relative motion while in tran- pacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle sit. Valves or other fittings must be engine is supplied fuel from the cargo adequately protected against damage tank, enough fuel in excess of five per- during transportation. (See § 177.834(a) cent of the cargo tank’s water capacity of this subchapter.) may be carried for the trip to or from (4) Except as provided in paragraph the facility. (j)(5) of this section, containers shall (7) It must have been used to trans- not be shipped when charged with liq- port liquefied petroleum gas prior to uefied petroleum gas to more than 5 January 1, 1981. percent of their water capacity. (8) It must be operated in conform- (5) Storage containers of less than ance with all other requirements of 1,042 pounds water capacity (125 gal- this subchapter. lons) may be shipped when charged (l) Anhydrous ammonia must not be with liquefied petroleum gas in compli- offered for transportation or trans- ance with DOT filling density. ported in specification MC 330 and MC (k) A nonspecification cargo tank 331 cargo tanks constructed of meeting, and marked in conformance quenched and tempered (‘‘QT’’) steel with, the edition of Section VIII of the except as provided in this paragraph. ASME Code in effect when it was fab- (1) The ammonia must have a min- ricated may be used for the transpor- imum water content of 0.2 percent by tation of liquefied petroleum gas pro- weight. Any addition of water must be

627

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00637 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

made using steam condensate, deion- or transport that ammonia without ized, or distilled water. performing the prescribed analysis for (2) Except as otherwise provided in water content provided: this paragraph, each person offering for (i) The ammonia received was cer- transportation or transporting anhy- tified as containing 0.2 percent water drous ammonia shall perform a peri- as prescribed in §§ 172.203(h)(l)(i) and odic analysis for prescribed water con- 177.817(a) of this subchapter; and tent in the ammonia. The analysis (ii) The amount of water in the am- must be performed: monia has not been reduced by any (i) From a sample of the ammonia in means. storage taken at least once every 7 (m) A cargo tank (commonly known days, or each time ammonia is added to as a nurse tank and considered an im- the storage tanks, whichever is less plement of husbandry) transporting an- frequent; or hydrous ammonia, and operated by a (ii) At the time the cargo tanks are private carrier exclusively for agricul- loaded, then a sample of the ammonia tural purposes does not have to meet taken from at least one loaded cargo the specification requirements of part tank out of each 10 loads, or from one 178 of this subchapter if it: cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is (1) Has a minimum design pressure of less frequent; or 250 psig and meets the requirements of (iii) At the same frequency as de- the edition of Section VIII of the scribed in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this ASME Code in effect at the time it was section, from a sample taken from the manufactured and is marked accord- loading line to the cargo tank. ingly; (3) If water is added at the time of (2) Is equipped with safety relief loading: valves meeting the requirements of (i) The sample for analysis must be CGA pamphlet S1.2; taken from a point in the loading line (3) Is painted white or aluminum; between the water injection equipment (4) Has capacity of 3,000 gallons or and the cargo tank; and less; (ii) Positive provisions must be made (5) Is loaded to a filling density no to assure water injection equipment is greater than 56 percent; operating. (6) Is securely mounted on a farm (4) If water injection equipment be- wagon; and comes inoperative, suitable corrective (7) Is in conformance with the re- maintenance must be performed after quirements of part 172 of this sub- which a sample from the first loaded chapter except that shipping papers are cargo tank must be analyzed for pre- not required; and it need not be scribed water content. marked or placarded on one end if that (5) The analysis method for water end contains valves, fittings, regu- content must be as prescribed in CGA lators or gauges when those appur- G–2.2, ‘‘Tentative Standard Method for tenances prevent the markings and Determining Minimum of 0.2 percent placard from being properly placed and water in Anhydrous Ammonia,’’ (IBR, visible. see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (n) Emergency discharge control for (6) Records indicating the results of cargo tank motor vehicles in liquefied the analysis taken, as required by this compressed gas service—(1) Required paragraph, must be retained for 2 years emergency discharge control equipment. and must be open to inspection by a Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liq- representative of the Department. uefied compressed gas service must (7) Each person receiving anhydrous have an emergency discharge control ammonia containing 0.2 per cent water capability as specified in the following by weight may offer for transportation table:

628

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00638 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

Required emergency discharge control § 173.315(n)(1)(*) Material Delivery service capability

(i) ...... Division 2.2 materials with no All ...... None. subsidiary hazard, excluding anhydrous ammonia.

(ii) ...... Division 2.3 materials ...... All ...... Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.

(iii) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Other than metered delivery Paragraph (n)(2) of this section. subsidiary hazard, Division service. 2.1 materials, and anhy- drous ammonia.

(iv) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Metered delivery service ...... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section. subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhy- drous ammonia in a cargo tank motor vehicle with a ca- pacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or less.

(v) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Metered delivery service ...... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for subsidiary hazard, Division obstructed view deliveries where per- 2.1 materials, and anhy- mitted by § 177.840(p) of this sub- drous ammonia in a cargo chapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of tank motor vehicle with a ca- this section. pacity greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons). (vi) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Both metered delivery and Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, pro- subsidiary hazard, Division other than metered delivery vided the system operates for both 2.1 materials, and anhy- service. metered and other than metered deliv- drous ammonia in a cargo eries; otherwise, paragraphs (n)(2) tank with a capacity of great- and (n)(3) of this section. er than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons).

(2) Cargo tank motor vehicles in other copy of the design certification must than metered delivery service. A cargo be provided to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle in other than me- tank motor vehicle on which the equip- tered delivery service must have a ment will be installed. means to automatically shut off the (iii) Installation must be performed flow of product without the need for under the supervision of a Registered human intervention within 20 seconds Inspector unless the equipment is in- of an unintentional release caused by a stalled and removed as part of regular complete separation of a liquid deliv- operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered ery hose (passive shut-down capa- Inspector must certify that the equip- bility). ment is installed and tested, if it is (i) Designed flow of product through possible to do so without damaging the a bypass in the valve is acceptable equipment, in accordance with the De- when authorized by this subchapter. sign Certifying Engineer’s certifi- (ii) The design for the means to auto- cation. The Registered Inspector must matically shut off product flow must provide the certification to the owner be certified by a Design Certifying En- of the cargo tank motor vehicle. gineer. The certification must consider (3) Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered any specifications of the original com- delivery service. When required by the ponent manufacturer and must explain table in paragraph (n)(1) of this sec- how the passive means to shut off the tion, a cargo tank motor vehicle must flow of product operates. It must also have an off-truck remote means to outline the parameters (e.g., tempera- close the internal self-closing stop ture, pressure, types of product) within valve and shut off all motive and auxil- which the passive means to shut off the iary power equipment upon activation flow of product is designed to operate. by a qualified person attending the un- All components of the discharge sys- loading of the cargo tank motor vehi- tem that are integral to the design cle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must must be included in the certification. A function reliably at a distance of 45.72

629

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00639 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shut- graph (k) of this section may be oper- off activation device must not be capa- ated after July 1, 2006, unless it has ble of reopening the internal self-clos- been equipped with emergency dis- ing stop valve after emergency activa- charge control equipment as specified tion. in this paragraph (n). (i) The emergency discharge control (iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank equipment must be installed under the motor vehicle with a capacity over supervision of a Registered Inspector. 13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered Each wireless transmitter/receiver delivery service may be operated un- must be tested to demonstrate that it less it has an appropriate discharge will close the internal self-closing stop control capability as specified in this valve and shut off all motive and auxil- paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003, iary power equipment at a distance of or the date of its first scheduled pres- 91.44 m (300 feet) under optimum condi- sure retest required after July 1, 2001, tions. Emergency discharge control whichever is earlier. equipment that does not employ a (o) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles. wireless transmitter/receiver must be Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for tested to demonstrate its functioning the transportation of chlorine must at the maximum length of the delivery meet the requirements in the fol- hose. lowing: (ii) The Registered Inspector must (1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used certify that the remote control equip- for loading or unloading that is mount- ment is installed in accordance with ed or carried on the motor vehicle may the original component manufacturer’s not be attached to any valve and must specifications and is tested in accord- be capped at all ends to prevent the ance with paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this entry of moisture, except at the time section. The Registered Inspector must of loading or unloading. Except at the provide the owner of the cargo tank time of loading and unloading, the pipe motor vehicle with this certification. connection of each angle valve must be (4) Query systems. When a trans- mitter/receiver system is used to sat- closed with a screw plug which is isfy the requirements of paragraph chained or otherwise fastened to pre- (n)(1)(v) of this section, it must close vent misplacement. the internal self-closing stop valve and (2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor shut off all motive and auxiliary power vehicle angle valve must be tested to equipment unless the qualified person be leak free at not less than 225 psig attending the unloading operation pre- using dry air or inert gas before instal- vents it from doing so at least once lation and thereafter every 2 years every five minutes. Testing and certifi- when performing the required periodic cation must be as specified in para- retest in § 180.407(c) of this subchapter. graph (n)(3) of this section. Prior to each loading, the cargo tank (5) Compliance dates. (i) Each speci- motor vehicle must be inspected and fication MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- the angle valves and gasketed joints cle with a certificate of construction must be examined and tested at a pres- issued two or more years after July 1, sure of not less than 50 psig to deter- 1999, must have an appropriate emer- mine that they are not leaking and are gency discharge control capability as in proper condition for transportation. specified in this paragraph (n). Any leaks must be corrected before the (ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspeci- cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for fication cargo tank motor vehicle au- transportation. thorized under paragraph (k) of this (3) Excess flow valves on the cargo section may be operated unless it has tank motor vehicle must meet the re- an appropriate emergency discharge quirements of paragraph (n) of this sec- control capability as specified in this tion. paragraph (n) no later than the date of (p) Fusible elements. Each MC 330, MC its first scheduled pressure retest re- 331, or nonspecification cargo tank au- quired after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC thorized under paragraph (k) of this 331 or nonspecification cargo tank section must have a thermal means of motor vehicle authorized under para- closure for each internal self-closing

630

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00640 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.316

stop valve as specified in § 178.337– (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit- 8(a)(4) of this subchapter. ting may not be installed on any cyl- (q) Manifolding is authorized for inder used to transport any flammable cargo tanks containing anhydrous am- cryogenic liquid. monia provided each individual cargo (6) Each cylinder must be provided tank is equipped with a pressure relief with one or more pressure relief de- device or valves and gauging devices as vices, which must be installed and required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of maintained in compliance with the re- this section. Each valve must be tight- quirements of this subchapter. ly closed while the cargo tank is in (7) Each pressure relief device must transit. Each cargo tank must be filled be installed and located so that the separately. cooling effect of the contents during [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 venting will not prevent effective oper- FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] ation of the device. EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (8) The maximum weight of the con- tations affecting § 173.315, see the List of CFR tents in a cylinder with a design serv- Sections Affected which appears in the Find- ice temperature colder than ¥320 °F. ing Aids section of the printed volume and may not exceed the design weight on GPO Access. marked on the cylinder (see § 178.35 of § 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cyl- this subchapter). inders. (b) Pressure control systems. Each cyl- inder containing a cryogenic liquid (a) General requirements. (1) A cyl- must have a pressure control system inder may not be loaded with a cryo- that conforms to § 173.301(f) and is de- genic liquid colder than the design service temperature of the packaging. signed and installed so that it will pre- (2) A cylinder may not be loaded with vent the cylinder from becoming liquid any material which may combine full. chemically with any residue in the (c) Specification cylinder requirements packaging to produce an unsafe condi- and filling limits. Specification DOT-4L tion. cylinders (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) (3) The jacket covering the insulation are authorized for the transportation on a cylinder used to transport any of cryogenic liquids when carried in the flammable cryogenic liquid must be vertical position as follows: made of steel. (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- (4) A valve or fitting made of alu- ing density,’’ except for hydrogen, is minum with internal rubbing or abrad- defined as the percent ratio of the ing aluminum parts that may come in weight of lading in the packaging to contact with oxygen in the cryogenic the weight of water that the packaging liquid form may not be installed on will hold at 60 °F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737 any cylinder used to transport oxygen, cubic inches at 60 °F.). cryogenic liquid unless the parts are (2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, ni- anodized in accordance with ASTM trogen, oxygen, helium and neon must Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this be loaded and shipped in accordance subchapter). with the following table:

Pressure control valve setting (maximum start- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) to-discharge pressure psig) Air Argon Nitrogen Oxygen Helium Neon

45 ...... 82.5 133 76 108 12.5 109 75 ...... 80.3 130 74 105 12.5 104 105 ...... 78.4 127 72 103 12.5 100 170 ...... 76.2 122 70 100 12.5 92 230 ...... 75.1 119 69 98 12.5 85 295 ...... 73.3 115 68 96 12.5 77 360 ...... 70.7 113 65 93 12.5 ...... 450 ...... 65.9 111 61 91 12.5 ...... 540 ...... 62.9 107 58 88 12.5 ...... 625 ...... 60.1 104 55 86 12.5 ......

Design service temperature ( °F.) ...... ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥452 ¥411

631

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00641 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent genic liquid colder than the design parahydrogen) must be loaded and service temperature of the packaging. shipped as follows: (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with any material that may combine Column 1 Column 2 chemically with any residue in the Design service temperature ...... Minus 423 °F. or packaging to produce an unsafe condi- colder. tion (see § 178.338–15). Maximum permitted filling density, based 6.7 percent. on cylinder capacity at minus 423 °F (3) The jacket covering the insulation (see Note 1). on a tank used to transport a cryogenic The pressure control valve must be de- 17 psig. liquid must be made of steel if the signed and set to limit the pressure in cryogenic liquid: the cylinder to not more than. (i) Is to be transported by vessel (see NOTE 1: The filling density for hydrogen, § 176.76(g) of this subchapter); or cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent (ii) Is oxygen or a flammable mate- ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging rial. to the weight of water that the packaging (4) A valve or fitting made of alu- will hold at minus 423 °F. The volume of the minum with internal rubbing or abrad- ° packaging at minus 423 F is determined in ing aluminum parts that may come in cubic inches. The volume is converted to pounds of water (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic contact with oxygen in the cryogenic inches). liquid form may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxy- (i) Each cylinder must be con- gen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts structed, insulated and maintained so are anodized in accordance with ASTM that during transportation the total Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF subchapter). of hydrogen per hour. (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit- (ii) In addition to the marking re- ting, external to the jacket that re- quirements in § 178.35 of this sub- tains lading during transportation may chapter, the total rate of venting in not be installed on any cargo tank used SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid on the top head or valve protection or any flammable cryogenic liquid. band in letters at least one-half inch (6) A cargo tank used to transport ox- high as follows: ‘‘VENT RATE**SCFH’’ ygen, cryogenic liquid must be pro- (with the asterisks replaced by the vided with a manhole (see § 178.338–6 of number representing the total rate of this subchapter). venting, in SCF per hour). (b) Pressure relief systems and pressure (iii) Carriage by highway is subject control valves—(1) Types of pressure relief to the conditions specified in systems—(i) Tanks in oxygen and flam- § 177.840(a) of this subchapter. mable cryogenic liquid service. Except as (d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where otherwise provided in this paragraph, charging requirements are not specifi- each tank in oxygen and flammable cally prescribed in paragraph (c) of this cryogenic liquid service must be pro- section, the cryogenic liquid must be tected by two independent pressure re- shipped in packagings and under condi- lief systems which are not connected in tions approved by the Associate Ad- series, namely: ministrator. (A) A primary system of one or more [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27695, June 16, 1983, as pressure relief valves; and amended by Amdt. 173–166, 49 FR 24314, June (B) A secondary system of one of 12, 1984; Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, more frangible discs or pressure relief 1984; Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987: valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide Amdt. 173–250, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 66 FR service, the secondary system must be 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; pressure relief valves only. 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric 7, 2004] gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv- ice. For a tank used in helium and at- § 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- tanks. genic liquid service, the tank must be (a) General requirements. (1) A cargo protected by at least one pressure re- tank may not be loaded with a cryo- lief system consisting of:

632

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00642 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

(A) One or more pressure relief temperature reasonably expected to be valves; or encountered. (B) A combination of one or more (ii) Pressure relief devices must be ei- pressure relief valves and one or more ther spring-loaded pressure relief frangible discs. valves or frangible discs. Pressure re- (2) Capacities of pressure relief sys- lief valves must be of a type that auto- tems—(i) Tanks in oxygen or flammable matically open and close at predeter- cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in ox- mined pressures. ygen or flammable cryogenic liquid (4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i) service, the primary system and the On a tank used in oxygen or flammable secondary system of pressure relief de- cryogenic liquid service, the pressure vices must each have a flow capacity relief devices must perform as follows. equal to or greater than that cal- (A) Each pressure relief valve in the culated by the applicable formula in primary relief system must be set-to- paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of discharge at a pressure no higher than CGA S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- 110 percent of the tank’s design pres- chapter). In addition: sure. (A) The primary pressure relief sys- (B) Each pressure relief device in the tem must have a total flow capacity at secondary pressure relief system must a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of be designed to commence functioning at a pressure no lower than 130 percent the tank’s design pressure. and no higher than 150 percent of the (B) The secondary pressure relief sys- tank’s design pressure. tem must have a total flow capacity at (ii) On a tank used in helium and at- a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- the tank’s design pressure. genic liquid service, the pressure relief (C) The flow capacity and rating devices in the pressure relief system must be verified and marked by the must be designed to commence func- manufacturer of the device in accord- tioning at no higher than 150 percent of ance with CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. the tank’s design pressure. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric (5) Optional pressure relief devices and gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv- pressure control valves. In addition to ice. For tanks in helium and atmos- the required pressure relief devices, a pheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except liquid service, the pressure relief sys- carbon monoxide) service may be tem must have a flow capacity equal to equipped with one or both of the fol- or greater than that calculated by the lowing: applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2 (i) One or more pressure control or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. If the valves set at a pressure below the pressure relief system consists of a tank’s design pressure. combination of pressure relief valves (ii) One or more frangible discs set to and frangible discs, the pressure relief function at a pressure not less than one valves must have a total venting ca- and one-half times or more than two pacity equal to or greater than that times the tank’s design pressure. calculated by the applicable formula in (6) Maximum filling rate. (i) For a tank paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet used in oxygen and flammable cryo- S–1.2. The pressure relief system must genic liquid service, the maximum rate have this total flow capacity at a pres- at which the tank is filled must not ex- sure not exceeding 150 percent of the ceed the liquid flow capacity of the pri- tank’s design pressure. The flow capac- mary pressure relief system rated at a ity and rating must be verified and pressure not exceeding 120 percent of marked by the manufacturer of the de- the tank’s design pressure. vice in accordance with CGA Pamphlet (ii) On a tank used in helium and at- S–1.2. mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- (3) Type and construction of pressure genic liquid service, the maximum rate relief devices. (i) Each pressure relief de- at which the tank is filled must not ex- vice must be designed and constructed ceed the liquid flow capacity of the for a pressure equal to or exceeding the pressure relief valves rated at 150 per- tank’s design pressure at the coldest cent of the tank’s design pressure.

633

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00643 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(7) Arrangement and location of pres- inch per pound of water capacity of the sure relief devices. (i) The discharge tank. This relief device must function from any pressure relief system must at a pressure not exceeding the inter- be directed upward and be unob- nal design pressure of the jacket, cal- structed to the outside of the protec- culated in accordance with Section tive housing in such a manner as to VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 prevent impingement of gas upon the of this subchapter), or 25 psig, which- jacket or any structural part of the ve- ever is less. hicle. (10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief (ii) Each pressure relief valve must device and pressure control valve mark- be arranged or protected to prevent the ings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, ex- accumulation of foreign material be- cept pressure relief devices and pres- tween the relief valve and the atmos- sure control valves, must be perma- pheric discharge opening in any relief nently marked to indicate whether it piping. The arrangement must not im- communicates with ‘‘vapor’’ or ‘‘liq- pede flow through the device. uid’’ when the tank is filled to the (iii) Each pressure relief valve must maximum permitted filling density. be designed and located to minimize (ii) Each pressure relief valve must the possibility of tampering. If the be plainly and permanently marked pressure setting or adjustment is exter- with the pressure, in psig, at which it nal to the valve, the valve adjustment is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate must be sealed. of the device in SCF per minute (iv) Each pressure relief device must (SCFM) of free air, and the manufac- have direct communication with the turer’s name or trade name and catalog vapor space of the tank at the number. The marked set-to-discharge midlength of the top centerline. pressure valve must be visible with the (v) Each pressure relief device must valve in its installed position. The be installed and located so that the rated discharge capacity of the device cooling effect of the contents during must be determined at a pressure of 120 venting will not prevent the effective percent of the design pressure of the operation of the device. tank. (8) Connections. (i) Each connection (iii) Each pressure control valve must to a pressure relief device must be of be plainly and permanently marked sufficient size to allow the required with the pressure, in psig, at which it rate of discharge through the pressure is set-to-discharge. relief device. The inlet connection (c) Weight of lading requirements. The must be not less than one-half inch weight of a cryogenic liquid in the nominal pipe size. tank must be determined by weighing (ii) A shut-off valve may be installed or by the use of a liquid level gauging in a pressure relief system only when device authorized in § 178.338–14(a) of the required relief capacity is provided this subchapter, and may not exceed at all times. the lesser of: (9) Pressure relief devices for piping (1) The weight of lading in the tank, hose and vacuum-insulated jackets. (i) based on the water capacity stamped Each portion of connected liquid piping on the nameplate (§ 178.338–18(a)(4) of or hose that can be closed at both ends this subchapter) and the appropriate must be provided with either a hydro- maximum permitted filling density static pressure relief valve without an specified in paragraph (f) of this sec- intervening shut-off valve, or a check tion; or valve permitting flow from the pipe or (2) The maximum weight of lading for hose into the tank. If used, the relief which the cargo tank was designed, as valve must be located so as to prevent marked on the specification plate (see its discharge from impinging on the § 178.338–18(b) of this subchapter). tank, piping, or operating personnel. (d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank (ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a tank the jacket must be protected by a cargo tank offered for transportation suitable relief device to release inter- must have an outage of at least two nal pressure. The discharge area of this percent below the inlet of the pressure device must be at least 0.00024 square relief device or pressure control valve,

634

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00644 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

under conditions of incipient opening, cryogenic liquids subject to the fol- with the tank in a level attitude. lowing additional requirements: (e) Temperature. A flammable cryo- (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- genic liquid in a cargo tank at the ing density’’ is defined as the percent start of travel must be at a tempera- ratio of the weight of lading in the ture sufficiently cold that the pressure tank to the weight of water that the setting of the pressure control valve or tank will hold at the design service the required pressure relief valve, temperature (one pound of water=27.737 whichever is lower, will not be reached cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gallon of in less time than the marked rated water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. and holding time for the cryogenic liquid (see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and weighs 8.32828 pounds). § 178.338–9(b) of this subchapter). (2) Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and ox- (f) Specification MC–338 (§ 178.338 of ygen, cryogenic liquids must be loaded this subchapter) cargo tanks are author- and shipped in accordance with the fol- ized for the shipment of the following lowing table:

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum set-to- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) discharge pressure (psig) Air Argon Helium Nitrogen Oxygen

26 ...... 12.5 ...... 30 ...... 80.3 ...... 129 ...... 12.5 ...... 74 ...... 105 40 ...... 79.2 ...... 12.5 ...... 50 ...... 78.0 ...... 12.5 ...... 55 ...... 77.3 ...... 125 ...... 12.5 ...... 71 ...... 102 60 ...... 76.9 ...... 12.5 ...... 80 ...... 75.3 ...... 12.5 ...... 85 ...... 75.1 ...... 121 ...... 12.5 ...... 99 100 ...... 73.0 ...... 12.5 ...... 105 ...... 73.7 ...... 12.5 ...... 67 ...... 120 ...... 72.2 ...... 12.5 ...... 140 ...... 71.4 ...... 12.5 ...... 145 ...... 70.9 ...... 115 ...... 12.5 ...... 64 ...... 94 180 ...... 68.3 ...... 12.5 ...... 200 ...... 67.3 ...... 110 ...... 12.5 ...... 61 ...... 91 250 ...... 63.3 ...... 106 ...... 12.5 ...... 57 ...... 87 275 ...... 62.3 ...... 105 ...... 12.5 ...... 56 ...... 86 325 ...... 59.4 ...... 101 ...... 53 ...... 83

Design service tem- ¥320 °F ...... ¥320 °F ...... ¥452 °F ...... ¥320 °F ...... ¥320 °F perature.

(3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (min- genic liquids must be loaded and shipped imum 95 percent para-hydrogen), ethyl- in accordance with the following table: ene, and methane or natural gas, cryo-

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum set-to-dis- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) charge pressure (psig) Carbon monoxide Ethylene Hydrogen Methane or natural gas

13 ...... 6.6 ...... 15 ...... 75.0 ...... 6.6 ...... 40.5 17 ...... 74.0 ...... 6.6 ...... 20 ...... 53.5 ...... 40.0 25 ...... 73.0 ...... 30 ...... 72.0 ...... 52.7 ...... 6.3 ...... 39.1 35 ...... 40 ...... 52.0 ...... 38.6 45 ...... 71.5 ...... 50 ...... 51.4 ...... 6.0 ...... 38.2 55 ...... 60 ...... 50.8 ...... 70 ...... 50.2 ...... 5.7 ...... 37.5 90 ...... 49.2 ......

635

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00645 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING—Continued

Maximum set-to-dis- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) charge pressure (psig) Carbon monoxide Ethylene Hydrogen Methane or natural gas

95 ...... 100 ...... 48.4 ...... 5.4 ...... 36.6 115 ...... 48.2 ...... 125 ...... 5.0 ...... 150 ...... 4.5 ...... 175 ...... 62.5 ...... 45.8 ...... 285 ...... 56.0 ......

Design service tempera- ¥320 °F ...... ¥155 °F ...... ¥423 °F ...... ¥260 °F ture.

(4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where (i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72 charging requirements are not specifi- hours or less, cally prescribed in this paragraph (f), ¥ the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in OWTT = (MRHT 24) / 2 packagings and under conditions ap- (ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater proved by the Associate Administrator. than 72 hours, (g) One-way travel time; marking. The ¥ jacket of a cargo tank to be used to OWTT = MRHT 48 transport a flammable cryogenic liquid (3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle must be marked on its right side near used to transport a flammable cryo- the front, in letters and numbers at genic liquid must be examined after least two inches high, ‘‘One-Way-Trav- each shipment to determine its actual el-Time ll hrs.’’, with the blank filled holding time. The record required by in with a number indicating the one- § 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of used for this determination. If the ex- the cargo tank for the flammable cryo- amination indicates that the actual genic liquid to be transported. A cargo holding time of the cargo tank, after tank that is partially unloaded at one adjustment to reflect an average ambi- or more locations must have additional ent temperature of 85 °F, is less than 90 marking ‘‘One-Way-Travel-Time ll hrs. ll psig to ll psig at ll per- percent of the marked rated holding cent filling density,’’ with the second time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid blank filled in with the pressure exist- marked on the specification plate or ing after partial unloading and the adjacent thereto (see § 178.338–18(b) of third blank filled in with the set-to-dis- this subchapter), the tank may not be charge pressure of the control valve or refilled with any flammable cryogenic pressure relief valve, and the fourth liquid until it is restored to its marked blank with the filling density following rated holding time value or it is re- partial unloading. Multiple OWTT marked with the actual marked rated markings for different pressure levels holding time determined by this exam- are permitted. The abbreviation ination. If the name of the flammable ‘‘OWTT’’ may be used in place of the cryogenic liquid that was transported words ‘‘One-way-travel-time’’ in the and its marked rated holding time is marking required by this paragraph. not displayed on or adjacent to the (1) OWTT is based on the marked specification plate, this requirement rated holding time (MRHT) of the may be met by deriving the MRHT of cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to the cargo tank for that flammable be transported in the cargo tank. If the cryogenic liquid and comparing that MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liq- derived MRHT with the actual holding uid is not displayed on or adjacent to time after adjustment. the specification plate, this MRHT may be derived. [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983] (2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT, EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- in hours, as follows: tations affecting § 173.318, see the List of CFR

636

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00646 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.319

Sections Affected which appears in the Find- (iii) If the average daily pressure rise ing Aids section of the printed volume and in the tank exceeded 3 psig during the on GPO Access. prior shipment, (iv) Unless it is marked with the § 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank name of contents, in accordance with cars. § 172.330 of this subchapter. (a) General requirements. (1) A tank (b) When a tank car containing a car containing a flammable cryogenic flammable cryogenic liquid is offered liquid may not be shipped unless it was for transportation: loaded by, or with the consent of, the (1) At least 0.5 percent outage must owner of the tank car. be provided below the inlet of the pres- (2) The amount of flammable cryo- sure relief or pressure control valve at genic liquid loaded into a tank car the start-to-discharge pressure setting must be determined, either by direct of the valve, with the tank car in a measurement or by calculation based level attitude, and on weight, to verify that the tank has (2) The absolute pressure in the annu- lar space must be less than 75 microns not been filled to a level in excess of of mercury. the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) (c) Temperature. A flammable cryo- of this section. The weight of any flam- genic liquid must be loaded into a tank mable cryogenic liquid loaded, except car at such a temperature that the av- hydrogen, must be checked by use of erage daily pressure rise during trans- scales after disconnecting the loading portation will not exceed 3 psig (see line. paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section). (3) The shipper shall notify the Fed- (d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is au- eral Railroad Administration whenever thorized for the shipment of the fol- a tank car containing any flammable lowing cryogenic liquids subject to the cryogenic liquid is not received by the following additional requirements: consignee within 20 days from the date (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- of shipment. Notification to the Fed- ing density’’ is defined as the percent eral Railroad Administration may be ratio of the weight of lading in the made by e-mail to [email protected] tank to the weight of water that the or telephone call to (202) 493–6229. tank will hold at the design service (4) A tank car may not be loaded temperature (one pound of water = ° with any flammable cryogenic liquid: 27.737 cubic inches at 60 F., or one gal- ° (i) That may combine chemically lon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds). with any residue in the tank to (2) Ethylene, and hydrogen (minimum produce an unsafe condition, 95 percent parahydrogen), cryogenic liq- (ii) That is colder than the design uids must be loaded and shipped in ac- service temperature of the tank, cordance with the following table:

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum start-to-discharge pressure Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) (psig) Ethylene Ethylene Ethlyene Hydrogen

17 ...... 6.60. 45 ...... 52.8 ...... 75 ...... 51.1 ...... 51.1 ...... Maximum pressure when offered for 10 psig ...... 10 psig ...... 20 psig ...... transportation. Design service temperature ...... Minus 260 °F ...... Minus 260 °F ...... Minus 155 °F ...... Minus 423 °F. Specification (see § 180.507(b)(3) of 113D60W ...... 113C120W ...... 113D120W ...... 113A175W. this subchapter). 113C60W ...... 113A60W.

(e) Special requirements for class DOT be monitored to determine the average 113 tank cars—(1) A class DOT-113 tank daily pressure rise in the tank car. If car need not be periodically pressure the average daily pressure rise during tested; however, each shipment must any shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig)

637

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00647 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.320 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

per day, the tank must be tested for car near the pressure relief valve infor- thermal integrity prior to any subse- mation. quent shipment. (5) Pressure relief valves and alter- (2) Thermal integrity test. When re- nate pressure relief valves must be quired by paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- tested every five years. The start-to- tion, either of the following thermal discharge pressure and vapor tight integrity tests may be used: pressure requirements for the pressure (i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise relief valves must be as specified in in the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5 § 179.401–1 of this subchapter. The alter- psig) in 24 hours. When the pressure nate pressure relief device values speci- rise test is performed, the absolute fied in § 179.401–1 of this subchapter for pressure in the annular space of the a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a loaded tank car may not exceed 75 mi- DOT-113D120W tank car. crons of mercury at the beginning of (49 U.S.C. 1803, 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A the test and may not increase more to part 1) than 25 microns during the 24-hour pe- riod; or [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27698, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173–245, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 (ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test. FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45184, 45379, The insulation system must be per- 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005] formance tested as prescribed in § 179.400–4 of this subchapter. When the § 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; excep- calculated heat transfer rate test is tions. performed, the absolute pressure in the (a) Atmospheric gases and helium, annular space of the loaded tank car cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, in- may not exceed 75 microns of mercury sulated cylinders, insulated portable at the beginning of the test and may tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insu- not increase more than 25 microns dur- lated tank cars, designed and con- ing the 24-hour period. The calculated structed so that the pressure in such heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig exceed: under ambient temperature conditions (A) 120 percent of the appropriate during transportation are not subject standard heat transfer rate specified in to the requirements of this subchapter § 179.401–1 of this subchapter, for DOT- when transported by motor vehicle or 113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars; railcar except as specified in para- (B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.) graphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this of inner tank car water capacity, for section. DOT-113A175W tank cars; (1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this (C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.) subchapter pertaining to the reporting of inner tank car water capacity, for of incidents, not including a release DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars; that is the result of venting through a or pressure control valve, or the neck of (D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of the Dewar flask. inner tank car water capacity, for (2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of DOT-113D120W tank cars. part 172, (§§ 174.24 for rail and 177.817 for (3) A tank car that fails a test pre- highway) and in addition, part 172 in scribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this sec- its entirety for oxygen. tion must be removed from hazardous (3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and materials service. A tank car removed §§ 174.1 and 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of from hazardous materials service be- this subchapter. cause it failed a test prescribed in (b) The requirements of this sub- paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not chapter do not apply to atmospheric be used to transport a hazardous mate- gases and helium: rial unless the tank car conforms to all (1) During loading and unloading op- applicable requirements of this sub- erations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3 chapter. psig); or (4) Each rupture disc must be re- (2) When used in operation of a proc- placed every 12 months, and the re- ess system; such as a refrigeration sys- placement date must be marked on the tem (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig).

638

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00648 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.323

(c) For transportation aboard air- lene at any concentration that will craft, see the ICAO Technical Instruc- form copper acetylene. All packaging tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- and gaskets must be constructed of chapter), Packing Instruction 202 and materials which are compatible with the packaging specifications in part 6, ethylene oxide and do not lower the chapter 5. auto-ignition temperature of ethylene oxide. [Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR (b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged 33436, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; in one of the following: 68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, (1) In hermetically sealed glass or 2003] metal inner packagings suitably cush- ioned in an outer package authorized § 173.321 Ethylamine. by § 173.201(b). The maximum quantity Ethylamine must be packaged as fol- permitted in any glass inner packaging lows: is 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the maximum (a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing quantity permitted in any metal inner Group I performance level require- packaging is 340 g (12 ounces). After ments. filling, each inner packaging shall be (b) In specification cylinders as pre- determined to be leak-tight by placing scribed for any compressed gas except the inner packaging in a hot water acetylene. bath at a temperature, and for a period of time, sufficient to ensure that an in- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990] ternal pressure equal to the vapor pres- § 173.322 Ethyl chloride. sure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is achieved. The total quantity in any Ethyl chloride must be packaged in outer packaging shall not exceed 100 g any of the following single or combina- (3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in tion non-bulk packagings which meet any outer packaging containing only Packing Group I performance level re- metal inner packagings shall not ex- quirements: ceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each com- (a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes pleted package must be capable of with glass, earthenware, or metal inner passing all Packing Group I perform- receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) ance tests. capacity each; (2) In specification cylinders or UN (b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass, pressure receptacles, as authorized for earthenware, or metal inner recep- any compressed gas except acetylene. tacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) ca- Pressurizing valves and insulation are pacity each. Outer packagings may not required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gal- exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight; lon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be (c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26 provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gal- gallons) capacity each; or lons) capacity. Cylinders must be (d) In specification cylinders as pre- seamless or welded steel (not brazed) scribed for any compressed gas except with a nominal capacity of no more acetylene. Cylinders made of alu- than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be minum alloy are not authorized. liquid full below 82 °C (180 °F). Before [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as each refilling, each cylinder must be amended at 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009] tested for leakage at no less than 103.4 kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition, § 173.323 Ethylene oxide. each cylinder must be equipped with a (a) For packaging ethylene oxide in fusible type relief device with yield non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 °F to any of its alloys or copper may not be 170 °F). The capacity of the relief de- used in any part of a packaging, valve, vice and the effectiveness of the insula- or other packaging appurtenance if tion must be such that the charged cyl- that part, during normal conditions of inder will not explode when tested by transportation, may come in contact the method described in CGA Pamphlet with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor. C–14 or other equivalent method. Copper alloys may be used only where (3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more gas mixtures do not contain free acety- than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting

639

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00649 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.323 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Packing Group I performance stand- (e) In determining outage, consider- ards. The drum must be lagged of all ation must be given to the lading tem- welded construction with the inner perature and solubility of inert gas shell having a minimum thickness of padding in ethylene oxide as well as 1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer the partial pressure exerted by the gas shell having a minimum thickness of padding. 2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be (f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must capable of withstanding a hydrostatic be padded with dry nitrogen or other test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lag- suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity ging must be of sufficient thickness so to render the vapor space of the tank that the drum, when filled with ethyl- nonflammable up to 41 °C (105 °F). The ene oxide and equipped with the re- gas used for padding must be free of quired pressure relief device, will not impurities which may cause the ethyl- rupture when exposed to fire. The drum ene oxide to polymerize, decompose or may not be liquid full below 85 °C (185 undergo other violent chemical reac- °F), and must be marked ‘‘THIS END tion. UP’’ on the top head. Before each refill- ing, each drum must be tested for leak- (g) Copper, silver, mercury, magne- age at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig) sium or their alloys may not be used in pressure. Each drum must be equipped any part of the tank or appurtenances with a fusible type relief device with that are normally in contact with the yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 lading. °F to 170 °F), and the capacity of the (h) Neoprene, natural rubber and as- relief device must be such that the bestos gaskets are prohibited. All pack- filled drum is capable of passing, with- ing and gaskets must be made of mate- out rupture, the test method described rials which do not react with or lower in CGA Pamphlet C–14 or other equiva- the autoignition temperature of the lent method. lading. (c) When § 172.101 of this subchapter (i) Each tank must be insulated with specifies that a hazardous material be cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick), packaged under this section, only the or mineral wool, fiberglass or other following bulk packagings are author- suitable insulation material of suffi- ized, subject to the requirements of cient thickness so that the thermal subparts A and B of this part, the spe- conductance at 16 °C (60 °F) is not more cial provisions specified in column 7 of than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot the § 172.101 table, and paragraphs (d) per degree F. temperature differential. through (j) of this section: Portable tanks made and in use prior (1) Tank cars. Class DOT 105 tank to December 31, 1987 equipped with fu- cars: sible plugs instead of a pressure relief (i) Each tank car built before March valve or rupture disc, must have suffi- 16, 2009 must have a tank test pressure cient insulation so that the tank as of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psig); and filled for shipment will not rupture in (ii) Except as provided in § 173.314(d), a fire. The insulation on portable tanks tank cars built on or after March 16, or cargo tank motor vehicles must be 2009 used for the transportation of protected with a steel jacket at least ethylene oxide must meet the applica- 2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as re- ble authorized tank car specification quired by the specification. listed in the table in § 173.314(c). (j) Tank car tanks built after Decem- (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330 ber 30, 1971 must be equipped with a and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles. thermometer well. (3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable tanks. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (d) The pressure relief devices must 173–236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173– be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig). 234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–145, 60 Portable tanks fitted with non-re- FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383, closing devices made and in use prior Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR to December 31, 1987, may continue to 76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006; be used in ethylene oxide service. 74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]

640

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00650 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.337

§ 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed yielding surface, such as concrete or with compressed gas. steel, impacting at the weakest point. Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion, [67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate, tetra- FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, ethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division 2010] 6.1 organic phosphates (including a EDITORIAL NOTE: At 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, compound or mixture), may be mixed 2002, § 173.334(f) was amended, however, para- with a non-flammable compressed gas. graph (f) does not exist in this section. This mixture may not contain more § 173.335 [Reserved] than 20 percent by weight of organic phosphate and must be packaged in § 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, DOT 3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240, or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. 4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meet- (a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or ing all of the following requirements: dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, must be (a) Each cylinder may be filled with packaged in specification or UN cyl- not more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of the mix- inders as prescribed in § 173.192, except ture, to a maximum filling density of valves are not authorized. UN tubes not more than 80 percent of the water and MEGCs are not authorized for use. capacity. Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel valve and valve seat (b) No cylinder may be equipped with that will not deteriorate in contact an education tube or a fusible plug. with nitrogen dioxide. Each valve open- (c) No cylinder may be equipped with ing must be closed by a solid metal any valve unless the valve is a type ap- plug with tapered thread properly luted proved by the Associate Administrator. to prevent leakage. Transportation in (d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a DOT 3AL cylinders is authorized only box, crate, or other strong outer pack- by highway and rail. aging conforming to the requirements (b) Each UN pressure receptacle must of § 173.25 and arranged to protect each be cleaned in accordance with the re- valve or other closing device from dam- quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 age. Except as provided in paragraph of this subchapter). Each DOT speci- (e) of this section, no more than four fication cylinder must be cleaned ac- cylinders may be packed in a strong cording to the requirements of GSA outer packaging. Each strong outer Federal Specification RR–C–901D, para- packaging with its closing device pro- graphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of tection must be sufficiently strong to this subchapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR–C– protect all parts of each cylinder from 901D may be used; however, any clean- deformation or leakage if the com- ing agent must not be capable of react- pleted package is dropped 1.8 m (6 feet) ing with oxygen. One cylinder selected onto a non-yielding surface, such as at random from a group of 200 or fewer concrete or steel, impacting at the and cleaned at the same time must be packaging’s weakest point. tested for oil contamination in accord- (e) Cylinders may be packed in strong ance with Specification RR–C–901D, wooden boxes with valves or other clos- paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this ing devices protected from damage, subchapter) and meet the standard of with not more than twelve cylinders in cleanliness specified therein. one outside wooden box. An outer fiber- [71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006] board box may be used when not more than four such cylinders are to be § 173.337 Nitric oxide. shipped in one packaging. Valves must (a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in be adequately protected. Box and valve cylinders conforming to the require- protection must be of sufficient ments of § 173.40 and as follows: strength to protect all parts of inner (1) DOT specification cylinder. In a packagings and valves from deforma- DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or tion or breakage resulting from a drop 3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification of at least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non- cylinder must be charged to a pressure of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at

641

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00651 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.338 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

21 °C (70 °F). Transportation of nitric this subchapter, at the time such peri- oxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is au- odic requalification becomes due. Cyl- thorized only by highway and rail. inders that undergo a complete exter- (2) UN cylinder. In a UN cylinder with nal visual inspection, in place of the a minimum test pressure of 200 bar. volumetric expansion test, must be The maximum working pressure of the condemned if removed from tungsten cylinder must not exceed 50 bar. The hexafluoride service. pressure in the cylinder at 65 °C (149 °F) [ 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 75 may not exceed the test pressure. The FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010] use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not au- thorized. § 173.340 Tear gas devices. (3) Cylinders must be Valves. (a) Packagings for tear gas devices equipped with a stainless steel valve must be approved prior to initial trans- and valve seat that will not deteriorate portation by the Associate Adminis- in contact with nitric oxide. Cylinders trator. or valves may not be equipped with (b) Tear gas devices may not be as- pressure relief devices of any type. sembled with, or packed in the same (b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned packaging with, mechanically- or in accordance with the requirements of manually-operated firing, igniting, ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- bursting, or other functioning elements chapter). Each DOT specification cyl- unless of a type and design which has inder must be cleaned in compliance been approved by the Associate Admin- with the requirements of GSA Federal istrator. Specification RR–C–901D, paragraphs (c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas can- 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this dles, and similar devices must be pack- subchapter). Cleaning agents equiva- aged in one of the following packagings lent to those specified in Federal Spec- conforming to the requirements of part ification RR–C–901D may be used; how- 178 of this subchapter at the Packing ever, any cleaning agent must not be Group II performance level: capable of reacting with oxygen. One (1) In UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal- cylinder selected at random from a strapped wooden boxes. Functioning group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the elements not assembled in grenades or same time must be tested for oil con- devices must be in a separate compart- tamination in accordance with Federal ment of these boxes, or in inner or sep- Specification RR–C–901D paragraph arate outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4.3.2 and meet the standard of cleanli- 4F, and must be so packed and cush- ness specified therein. ioned that they may not come in con- [71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006] tact with each other or with the walls of the box during transportation. Not § 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. more than 50 tear gas devices and 50 (a) Tungsten hexafluoride must be functioning elements must be packed packaged in specification 3A, 3AA, in one box, and the gross weight of the 3BN, or 3E (§§ 178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77 of this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders pounds). must be equipped with a valve protec- (2) In a UN 1A2 metal drum. Func- tion cap or be packed in a strong outer tioning elements must be packed in a packaging meeting the provisions of separate inner packaging or compart- § 173.40. Outlets of any valves must be ment. Not more than 24 tear gas de- capped or plugged. As an alternative, vices and 24 functioning elements must the cylinder opening may be closed by be packed in one outer drum, and the the use of a metal plug. Specification gross weight of the drum may not ex- 3E cylinders must be shipped in an ceed 35 kg (77 pounds). overpack that meets the provisions of (3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with in- § 173.40. side tear gas devices meeting Specifica- (b) In place of the volumetric expan- tions 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging sion test, DOT 3BN cylinders used in must be placed in fiberboard tubes exclusive service may be given a com- fitted with metal ends or a fiber box plete external visual inspection in con- with suitable padding. Not more than formance with part 180, subpart C, of 30 inner packagings must be packed in

642

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00652 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

one outer box, and the gross weight of ceed 10 times the values specified in the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35 § 173.436. pounds). [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (4) In other packagings of a type or amended at 69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004] design which has been approved by the Associate Administrator. § 173.403 Definitions. (d) Tear gas devices may be shipped For purposes of this subpart— completely assembled when offered by A1 means the maximum activity of or consigned to the U.S. Department of special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- Defense, provided the functioning ele- rial permitted in a Type A package. ments are so packed that they cannot This value is either listed in § 173.435 or accidentally function. Outer pack- may be derived in accordance with the agings must be UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F procedures prescribed in § 173.433. metal-strapped wooden boxes. A2 means the maximum activity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, other [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] than special form material, LSA mate- rial, and SCO, permitted in a Type A package. This value is either listed in Subpart H [Reserved] § 173.435 or may be derived in accord- ance with the procedures prescribed in Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) § 173.433. Materials Class 7 (radioactive) material See the definition of Radioactive material in this section. SOURCE: Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, unless otherwise noted. Closed transport vehicle means a trans- port vehicle or conveyance equipped § 173.401 Scope. with a securely attached exterior en- closure that during normal transpor- (a) This subpart sets forth require- tation restricts the access of unauthor- ments for the packaging and transpor- ized persons to the cargo space con- tation of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- taining the Class 7 (radioactive) mate- rials by offerors and carriers subject to rials. The enclosure may be either tem- this subchapter. The requirements pre- porary or permanent, and in the case of scribed in this subpart are in addition packaged materials may be of the ‘‘see- to, not in place of, other requirements through’’ type, and must limit access set forth in this subchapter for Class 7 from top, sides, and bottom. (radioactive) materials and those of Consignment means a package or the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in group of packages or load of radio- 10 CFR part 71. active material offered by a person for (b) This subpart does not apply to: transport in the same shipment. (1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials Containment system means the assem- produced, used, transported, or stored bly of components of the packaging in- within an establishment other than tended to retain the Class 7 (radio- during the course of transportation, in- active) material during transport. cluding storage in transportation. Contamination means the presence of (2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials a radioactive substance on a surface in that have been implanted or incor- quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm2 for porated into, and are still in, a person beta and gamma emitters and low tox- or live animal for diagnosis or treat- icity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm2 for ment. all other alpha emitters. Contamina- (3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that tion exists in two phases. is an integral part of the means of (1) Fixed radioactive contamination transport. means radioactive contamination that (4) Natural material and ores con- cannot be removed from a surface dur- taining naturally occurring radio- ing normal conditions of transport. nuclides which are not intended to be (2) Non-fixed radioactive contamination processed for use of these radio- means radioactive contamination that nuclides, provided the activity con- can be removed from a surface during centration of the material does not ex- normal conditions of transport.

643

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00653 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Conveyance means: the shipping paper information pro- (1) For transport by public highway vided to the carrier by the consignor. or rail: any transport vehicle or large Exemption value means either an ex- freight container; empt material activity concentration (2) For transport by water: any ves- or an exempt consignment activity sel, or any hold, compartment, or de- limit listed in the table in § 173.436, or fined deck area of a vessel including determined according to the proce- any transport vehicle on board the ves- dures described in § 173.433, and used to sel; and determine whether a given physically (3) For transport by aircraft, any air- radioactive material is sufficiently ra- craft. dioactive to be subject to the HMR (see Criticality Safety Index (CSI) means a definition of radioactive material). An number (rounded up to the next tenth) exemption value is different from an which is used to provide control over exemption, as specified under the defi- the accumulation of packages, over- nition for special permit in § 171.8 of packs or freight containers containing this subchapter. fissile material. The CSI for packages Fissile material means plutonium239, containing fissile material is deter- plutonium241, uranium233, uranium235, mined in accordance with the instruc- or any combination of these radio- tions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23, nuclides. This term does not apply to and 71.59. The CSI for an overpack, material containing fissile nuclides, freight container, or consignment con- unirradiated natural uranium and taining fissile material packages is the unirradiated depleted uranium, or to arithmetic sum of the criticality safe- natural uranium or depleted uranium ty indices of all the fissile material that has been irradiated in thermal re- packages contained within the over- actors only. pack, freight container, or consign- Freight container means a reusable ment. container having a volume of 1.81 cubic Design means the description of a meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- rial, a package, packaging, or LSA-III, and constructed to permit it being lift- that enables those items to be fully ed with its contents intact and in- identified. The description may include tended primarily for containment of specifications, engineering drawings, packages in unit form during transpor- reports showing compliance with regu- tation. A ‘‘small freight container’’ is latory requirements, and other rel- one which has either one outer dimen- evant documentation. sion less than 1.5 m (4.9 feet) or an in- ternal volume of not more than 3.0 Deuterium means, for the purposes of § 173.453, deuterium and any deuterium cubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other compound, including heavy water, in freight containers are designated as which the ratio of deuterium atoms to ‘‘large freight containers.’’ hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000. Graphite means, for the purposes of Exclusive use means sole use by a sin- § 173.453, graphite with a boron equiva- gle consignor of a conveyance for lent content less than 5 parts per mil- which all initial, intermediate, and lion and density greater than 1.5 grams final loading and unloading are carried per cubic centimeter. out in accordance with the direction of Highway route controlled quantity the consignor or consignee. The con- means a quantity within a single pack- signor and the carrier must ensure that age which exceeds: any loading or unloading is performed (1) 3,000 times the A1 value of the by personnel having radiological train- radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for ing and resources appropriate for safe special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- handling of the consignment. The con- rial; signor must provide to the initial car- (2) 3,000 times the A2 value of the rier specific written instructions for radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for maintenance of exclusive use shipment normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma- controls, including the vehicle survey terial; or requirement of § 173.443 (c) as applica- (3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is ble, and include these instructions with least.

644

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00654 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) contained in a relatively insoluble ma- material means a quantity of Class 7 terial, so that, even under loss of pack- (radioactive) material not exceeding aging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive) the material’s package limits specified material per package by leaching when in § 173.425 and conforming with re- placed in water for seven days would quirements specified in § 173.421. not exceed 0.1 A2; and Low Specific Activity (LSA) material (iii) The estimated average specific means Class 7 (radioactive) material activity of the solid, excluding any with limited specific activity which shielding material, does not exceed 2 × satisfies the descriptions and limits set 10¥3 A /g. forth below. Shielding material sur- 2 Low toxicity alpha emitters means nat- rounding the LSA material may not be ural uranium; depleted uranium; nat- considered in determining the esti- ural thorium; uranium-235 or uranium- mated average specific activity of the 238; thorium-232; thorium-228 and tho- package contents. LSA material must be in one of three groups: rium-230 when contained in ores or (1) LSA-I: physical and chemical concentrates; (i) Uranium and thorium ores, con- and alpha emitters with a half-life of centrates of uranium and thorium ores, less than 10 days. and other ores containing naturally oc- Maximum normal operating pressure curring radionuclides which are in- means the maximum gauge pressure tended to be processed for the use of that would develop in a containment these radionuclides; or system during a period of one year, in (ii) Solid unirradiated natural ura- the absence of venting or cooling, nium or depleted uranium or natural under the heat conditions specified in thorium or their solid or liquid com- 10 CFR 71.71(c)(1). pounds or mixtures; or Multilateral approval means approval (iii) Radioactive material other than of a package design or shipment by the fissile material, for which the A2 value relevant Competent Authority of the is unlimited; or country of origin and of each country (iv) Other radioactive material, ex- through or into which the package or cluding fissile material in quantities shipment is to be transported. This def- not excepted under § 173.453, in which inition does not include approval from the activity is distributed throughout a country over which Class 7 (radio- and the estimated average specific ac- active) materials are carried in air- tivity does not exceed 30 times the val- craft, if there is no scheduled stop in ues for activity concentration specified that country. in § 173.436, or 30 times the default val- Natural thorium means thorium with ues listed in Table 8 of § 173.433. the naturally occurring distribution of (2) LSA-II: thorium isotopes (essentially 100 per- (i) Water with tritium concentration cent by weight of thorium-232). up to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L); or Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- (ii) Other radioactive material in rial means Class 7 (radioactive) which which the activity is distributed has not been demonstrated to qualify throughout and the average specific ac- ¥4 as ‘‘special form Class 7 (radioactive) tivity does not exceed 10 A2/g for sol- ¥5 material.’’ ids and gases, and 10 A2/g for liquids. (3) LSA-III. Solids (e.g., consolidated Package means the packaging to- wastes, activated materials), excluding gether with its radioactive contents as powders, that meet the requirements of presented for transport. § 173.468 and in which: (1) ‘‘Excepted package’’ means a (i) The radioactive material is dis- packaging together with its excepted tributed throughout a solid or a collec- Class 7 (radioactive) materials as speci- tion of solid objects, or is essentially fied in §§ 173.421–173.426 and 173.428. uniformly distributed in a solid com- (2) ‘‘Industrial package’’ means a pact binding agent (such as concrete, packaging that, together with its low bitumen, ceramic, etc.); specific activity (LSA) material or sur- (ii) The radioactive material is rel- face contaminated object (SCO) con- atively insoluble, or it is intrinsically tents, meets the requirements of

645

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00655 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§§ 173.410 and 173.411. Industrial pack- 71. A fissile material package may be a ages are categorized in § 173.411 as ei- Type AF package, a Type B(U)F pack- ther: age, or a Type B(M)F package. (i) ‘‘Industrial package Type 1 (IP– Packaging means, for Class 7 (radio- 1)’’; active) materials, the assembly of com- (ii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 2 (IP– ponents necessary to ensure compli- 2)’’; or ance with the packaging requirements (iii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 3 (IP– of this subpart. It may consist of one 3)’’. or more receptacles, absorbent mate- (3) ‘‘Type A package’’ means a pack- rials, spacing structures, thermal insu- aging that, together with its radio- lation, radiation shielding, service active contents limited to A or A as 1 2 equipment for filling, emptying, vent- appropriate, meets the requirements of §§ 173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to ing and pressure relief, and devices for retain the integrity of containment cooling or absorbing mechanical and shielding required by this part shocks. The conveyance, tie-down sys- under normal conditions of transport tem, and auxiliary equipment may as demonstrated by the tests set forth sometimes be designated as part of the in § 173.465 or § 173.466, as appropriate. A packaging. Type A package does not require Com- Quality assurance means a systematic petent Authority approval. program of controls and inspections ap- (4) ‘‘Type B package’’ means a pack- plied by each person involved in the aging designed to transport greater transport of radioactive material than an A1 or A2 quantity of radio- which provides confidence that a stand- active material that, together with its ard of safety prescribed in this sub- radioactive contents, is designed to re- chapter is achieved in practice. tain the integrity of containment and Radiation level means the radiation shielding required by this part when dose-equivalent rate expressed in subjected to the normal conditions of millisieverts per hour or mSv/h transport and hypothetical accident (millirems per hour or mrem/h). Neu- test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part tron flux densities may be converted 71. into radiation levels according to (i) ‘‘Type B(U) package’’ means a Table 1: Type B packaging that, together with its radioactive contents, for inter- TABLE 1—NEUTRON FLUENCE RATES TO BE RE- national shipments requires unilateral GARDED AS EQUIVALENT TO A RADIATION approval only of the package design LEVEL OF 0.01 MSV/H (1MREM/H) 1 and of any stowage provisions that may be necessary for heat dissipation. Flux density (ii) ‘‘Type B(M) package’’ means a equivalent to 0.01 mSv/h (1 mrem/h) Type B packaging, together with its ra- Energy of neutron neutrons per dioactive contents, that for inter- square centimeter per second (n/ national shipments requires multilat- cm 2/s) eral approval of the package design, and may require approval of the condi- Thermal (2.510E–8) MeV ...... 272.0 tions of shipment. Type B(M) packages 1 keV ...... 272.0 10 keV ...... 281.0 are those Type B package designs 100 keV ...... 47.0 which have a maximum normal oper- 500 keV ...... 11.0 ating pressure of more than 700 kPa/ 1 MeV ...... 7.5 cm2 (100 lb/in2) gauge or a relief device 5 MeV ...... 6.4 which would allow the release of Class 10 MeV ...... 6.7 7 (radioactive) material to the environ- 1Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed ment under the hypothetical accident in this table may be obtained by linear interpolation. conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71. Radioactive contents means a Class 7 (5) ‘‘Fissile material package’’ means (radioactive) material, together with a packaging, together with its fissile any contaminated or activated solids, material contents, which meets the re- liquids and gases within the packaging. quirements for fissile material pack- ages described in subpart E of 10 CFR

646

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00656 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

Radioactive instrument or article means cm2 (or the area of the surface if less any manufactured instrument or arti- than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm2 cle such as an instrument, clock, elec- (10¥4 microcurie/cm2 ) for beta and tronic tube or apparatus, or similar in- gamma and low toxicity alpha strument or article having Class 7 (ra- emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm2 (10¥5 dioactive) material in gaseous or non- microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha dispersible solid form as a component emitters; part. (ii) The fixed contamination on the Radioactive material means any mate- accessible surface averaged over 300 rial containing radionuclides where cm2 (or the area of the surface if less both the activity concentration and than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 × 104 Bq/ the total activity in the consignment cm2 (1.0 microcurie/cm2) for beta and exceed the values specified in the table gamma and low toxicity alpha in § 173.436 or values derived according emitters, or 4 × 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1 to the instructions in § 173.433. microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha Special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- emitters; and rial means either an indispersible solid (iii) The non-fixed contamination radioactive material or a sealed cap- plus the fixed contamination on the in- sule containing radioactive material accessible surface averaged over 300 which satisfies the following condi- cm2 (or the area of the surface if less tions: than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 × 104 Bq/ (1) It is either a single solid piece or cm2 (1 microcurie/cm2) for beta and a sealed capsule containing radioactive gamma and low toxicity alpha material that can be opened only by emitters, or 4 × 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1 destroying the capsule; microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha (2) The piece or capsule has at least emitters. one dimension not less than 5 mm (0.2 (2) SCO-II: A solid object on which in); and the limits for SCO-I are exceeded and (3) It satisfies the test requirements on which: of § 173.469. Special form encapsulations (i) The non-fixed contamination on designed in accordance with the re- the accessible surface averaged over 300 quirements of § 173.389(g) in effect on cm2 (or the area of the surface if less June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, re- than 300 cm2) does not exceed 400 Bq/ vised as of October 1, 1982), and con- cm2 (10¥2 microcurie/cm2) for beta and structed prior to July 1, 1985 and spe- gamma and low toxicity alpha cial form encapsulations designed in emitters, or 40 Bq/cm2 (10¥3 microcurie/ accordance with the requirements of cm2) for all other alpha emitters; § 173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see (ii) The fixed contamination on the 49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1, accessible surface averaged over 300 1995), and constructed prior to April 1, cm2 (or the area of the surface if less 1997, may continue to be used. Any than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 × 105 Bq/ other special form encapsulation must cm2 (20 microcurie/cm2) for beta and meet the requirements of this para- gamma and low toxicity alpha graph (3). emitters, or 8 × 104 Bq/cm2 (2 micro- Specific activity of a radionuclide curies/cm2) for all other alpha means the activity of the radionuclide emitters; and per unit mass of that nuclide. The spe- (iii) The non-fixed contamination cific activity of a material in which plus the fixed contamination on the in- the radionuclide is essentially uni- accessible surface averaged over 300 formly distributed is the activity per cm2 (or the area of the surface if less unit mass of the material. than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 × 105 Bq/ Surface Contaminated Object (SCO) cm2 (20 microcuries/cm2) for beta and means a solid object which is not itself gamma and low toxicity alpha radioactive but which has radioactive emitters, or 8 × 104 Bq/cm2 (2 micro- material distributed on its surface. curies/cm2) for all other alpha SCO exists in two phases: emitters. (1) SCO-I: A solid object on which: Transport index (TI) means the (i) The non-fixed contamination on dimensionless number (rounded up to the accessible surface averaged over 300 the next tenth) placed on the label of a

647

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00657 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.410 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

package, to designate the degree of § 173.410 General design requirements. control to be exercised by the carrier In addition to the requirements of during transportation. The transport subparts A and B of this part, each index is determined by multiplying the package used for the shipment of Class maximum radiation level in 7 (radioactive) materials must be de- millisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3 signed so that— ft) from the external surface of the (a) The package can be easily han- package by 100 (equivalent to the max- dled and properly secured in or on a imum radiation level in millirem per conveyance during transport. hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)). (b) Each lifting attachment that is a Type A quantity means a quantity of structural part of the package must be Class 7 (radioactive) material, the ag- designed with a minimum safety factor gregate radioactivity which does not of three against yielding when used to exceed A1 for special form Class 7 (ra- lift the package in the intended man- dioactive) material of A2 for normal ner, and it must be designed so that form Class 7 (radioactive) material, failure of any lifting attachment under where A1 and A2 values are given in excessive load would not impair the § 173.435 or are determined in accord- ability of the package to meet other ance with § 173.433. requirements of this subpart. Any Type B quantity means a quantity of other structural part of the package material greater than a Type A quan- which could be used to lift the package tity. must be capable of being rendered inop- erable for lifting the package during Unilateral approval means approval of transport or must be designed with a package design solely by the Com- strength equivalent to that required petent Authority of the country of ori- for lifting attachments. gin of the design. (c) The external surface, as far as Unirradiated thorium means thorium practicable, will be free from pro- ¥ containing not more than 10 7 grams truding features and will be easily de- uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232. contaminated. Unirradiated uranium means uranium (d) The outer layer of packaging will containing not more than 2 × 103 Bq of avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or plutonium per gram of uranium-235, crevices where water might collect. not more than 9 × 106 Bq of fission prod- (e) Each feature that is added to the ucts per gram of uranium-235 and not package will not reduce the safety of more than 5 × 10¥3 g of uranium-236 per the package. gram of uranium-235. (f) The package will be capable of Uranium—natural, depleted or enriched withstanding the effects of any accel- means the following: eration, vibration or vibration reso- (1)(i) ‘‘Natural uranium’’ means nance that may arise under normal chemically separated uranium con- conditions of transport without any de- taining the naturally occurring dis- terioration in the effectiveness of the tribution of uranium isotopes (approxi- closing devices on the various recep- mately 99.28% uranium-238 and 0.72% tacles or in the integrity of the pack- uranium-235 by mass). age as a whole and without loosening (ii) ‘‘Depleted uranium’’ means ura- or unintentionally releasing the nuts, nium containing a lesser mass percent- bolts, or other securing devices even age of uranium-235 than in natural ura- after repeated use (see §§ 173.24, 173.24a, nium. and 173.24b). (g) The materials of construction of (iii) ‘‘Enriched uranium’’ means ura- the packaging and any components or nium containing a greater mass per- structure will be physically and chemi- centage of uranium-235 than 0.72%. cally compatible with each other and (2) In all cases listed in this defini- with the package contents. The behav- tion, a very small mass percentage of ior of the packaging and the package uranium-234 is present. contents under irradiation will be [69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55116, Sept. taken into account. 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, (h) All valves through which the Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005] package contents could escape will be

648

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00658 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.411

protected against unauthorized oper- of the United Nations Recommenda- ation. tions on the Transport of Dangerous (i) For transport by air— Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (1) The temperature of the accessible chapter), ‘‘Requirements for the De- surfaces of the package will not exceed sign, Construction, Inspection and 50 °C (122 °F) at an ambient tempera- Testing of Portable Tanks and Mul- ° ° ture of 38 C (100 F) with no account tiple-Element Gas Containers taken for insulation; (MEGCs),’’ or other requirements at (2) The integrity of containment will least equivalent to those standards; not be impaired if the package is ex- (iii) They are capable of withstanding posed to ambient temperatures ranging a test pressure of 265 kPa (37.1 psig); from ¥40 °C (¥40 °F) to +55 °C (131 °F); and and (3) Packages containing liquid con- (iv) They are designed so that any ad- tents will be capable of withstanding, ditional shielding which is provided without leakage, an internal pressure shall be capable of withstanding the that produces a pressure differential of static and dynamic stresses resulting not less than 95 kPa (13.8 lb/in2). from handling and routine conditions of transport and of preventing a loss of [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May shielding integrity which would result 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999] in more than a 20% increase in the ra- diation level at any external surface of § 173.411 Industrial packagings. the tank containers. (a) General. Each industrial pack- (5) Tanks, other than tank con- aging must comply with the require- tainers, including DOT Specification ments of this section which specifies IM 101 or IM 102 steel portable tanks, packaging tests, and record retention may be used as Industrial package applicable to Industrial Packaging Types 2 or 3 (Type IP–2) or (Type IP–3) Type 1 (IP–1), Industrial Packaging for transporting LSA–I and LSA–II liq- Type 2 (IP–2), and Industrial Packaging uids and gases as prescribed in Table 6, Type 3 (IP–3). provided that they conform to stand- (b) Industrial packaging certification ards at least equivalent to those pre- and tests. (1) Each IP–1 must meet the scribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec- general design requirements prescribed tion. in § 173.410. (6) Freight containers may be used as (2) Each IP–2 must meet the general Industrial packages Types 2 or 3 (Type design requirements prescribed in § 173.410 and when subjected to the tests IP–2) or (Type IP–3) provided that: specified in § 173.465(c) and (d) or evalu- (i) The radioactive contents are re- ated against these tests by any of the stricted to solid materials; methods authorized by § 173.461(a), (ii) They satisfy the requirements for must prevent: Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1); (i) Loss or dispersal of the radio- and active contents; and (iii) They are designed to conform to (ii) A significant increase in the radi- the standards prescribed in the Inter- ation levels recorded or calculated at national Organization for Standardiza- the external surfaces for the condition tion document ISO 1496–1: ‘‘Series 1 before the test. Freight Containers—Specifications and (3) Each IP–3 packaging must meet Testing—Part 1: General Cargo Con- the requirements for an IP–1 and an tainers; excluding dimensions and rat- IP–2, and must meet the requirements ings (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). specified in § 173.412(a) through (j). They shall be designed such that if sub- (4) Tank containers may be used as jected to the tests prescribed in that Industrial package Types 2 or 3 (Type document and the accelerations occur- IP–2 or Type IP–3) provided that: (i) They satisfy the requirements for ring during routine conditions of trans- Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1); port they would prevent: (ii) They are designed to conform to (A) Loss or dispersal of the radio- the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.7, active contents; and

649

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00659 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.412 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(B) Loss of shielding integrity which age has not been opened. In the case of would result in more than a 20% in- packages shipped in closed transport crease in the radiation level at any ex- vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo ternal surface of the freight containers. compartment, instead of the individual (7) Metal intermediate bulk con- packages, may be sealed. tainers may also be used as Industrial (b) The smallest external dimension package Type 2 or 3 (Type IP–2 or Type of the package is not less than 10 cm (4 IP–3), provided that: inches). (i) They satisfy the requirements for (c) Containment and shielding is Type IP–1 specified in paragraph (b)(1); maintained during transportation and and storage in a temperature range of ¥40 (ii) They are designed to conform to °C (¥40 °F) to 70 °C (158 °F). Special at- the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.5 tention shall be given to liquid con- of the United Nations Recommenda- tents and to the potential degradation tions on the Transport of Dangerous of the packaging materials within the Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- temperature range. chapter), ‘‘Requirements for the Con- (d) The packaging must include a struction and Testing of Intermediate containment system securely closed by Bulk Containers,’’ for Packing Group I a positive fastening device that cannot or II, and if they were subjected to the be opened unintentionally or by pres- tests prescribed in that document, but sure that may arise within the package with the drop test conducted in the during normal transport. Special form most damaging orientation, they would Class 7 (radioactive) material, as dem- prevent: onstrated in accordance with § 173.469, (A) Loss or dispersal of the radio- may be considered as a component of active contents; and the containment system. If the con- (B) Loss of shielding integrity which tainment system forms a separate unit would result in more than a 20% in- of the package, it must be securely crease in the radiation level at any ex- closed by a positive fastening device ternal surface of the intermediate bulk that is independent of any other part of containers. the package. (c) Except for IP–1 packagings, each (e) For each component of the con- offeror of an industrial package must tainment system account is taken, maintain on file for at least one year where applicable, of radiolytic decom- after the latest shipment, and shall position of materials and the genera- provide to the Associate Administrator tion of gas by chemical reaction and on request, complete documentation of radiolysis. tests and an engineering evaluation or (f) The containment system will re- comparative data showing that the tain its radioactive contents under the construction methods, packaging de- reduction of ambient pressure to 25 sign, and materials of construction kPa (3.6 psi). comply with that specification. (g) Each valve, other than a pressure relief device, is provided with an enclo- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as sure to retain any leakage. amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45379, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR (h) Any radiation shield that encloses 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; a component of the packaging specified 69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, as part of the containment system will 2004; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007] prevent the unintentional escape of that component from the shield. § 173.412 Additional design require- (i) Failure of any tie-down attach- ments for Type A packages. ment that is a structural part of the In addition to meeting the general packaging, under both normal and ac- design requirements prescribed in cident conditions, must not impair the § 173.410, each Type A packaging must ability of the package to meet other be designed so that— requirements of this subpart. (a) The outside of the packaging in- (j) When evaluated against the per- corporates a feature, such as a seal, formance requirements of this section that is not readily breakable, and that, and the tests specified in § 173.465 or while intact, is evidence that the pack- using any of the methods authorized by

650

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00660 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.416

§ 173.461(a), the packaging will pre- § 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. vent— The following packages are author- (1) Loss or dispersal of the radio- ized for shipment if they do not con- active contents; and tain quantities exceeding A1 or A2 as (2) A significant increase in the radi- appropriate: ation levels recorded or calculated at (a) DOT Specification 7A (see § 178.350 the external surfaces for the condition of this subchapter) Type A general before the test. packaging. Each offeror of a Specifica- (k) Each packaging designed for liq- tion 7A package must maintain on file uids will— for at least one year after the latest (1) Be designed to provide for ullage shipment, and shall provide to DOT on to accommodate variations in tempera- request, complete documentation of ture of the contents, dynamic effects tests and an engineering evaluation or comparative data showing that the and filling dynamics; construction methods, packaging de- (2) Meet the conditions prescribed in sign, and materials of construction paragraph (j) of this section when sub- comply with that specification. jected to the tests specified in § 173.466 (b) Any other Type A packaging that or evaluated against these tests by any also meets the applicable standards for of the methods authorized by fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and § 173.461(a); and is used in accordance with § 173.471. (3) Either— (c) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) (i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent packaging authorized pursuant to material to absorb twice the volume of § 173.416. the liquid contents. The absorbent ma- (d) Any foreign-made packaging that terial must be compatible with the meets the standards in ‘‘IAEA Regula- package contents and suitably posi- tions for the Safe Transport of Radio- tioned to contact the liquid in the active Material No. TS-R-1’’ (IBR, see event of leakage; or § 171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the marking ‘‘Type A’’. Such packagings (ii) Have a containment system com- may be used for domestic and export posed of primary inner and secondary shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) ma- outer containment components de- terials provided the offeror obtains the signed to assure retention of the liquid applicable documentation of tests and contents within the secondary outer engineering evaluations and maintains component in the event that the pri- the documentation on file in accord- mary inner component leaks. ance with paragraph (a) of this section. (l) Each package designed for gases, These packagings must conform with other than tritium not exceeding 40 requirements of the country of origin TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceed- (as indicated by the packaging mark- ing the A2 value appropriate for the ing) and the IAEA regulations applica- noble gas, will be able to prevent loss ble to Type A packagings. or dispersal of contents when the pack- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as age is subjected to the tests prescribed amended at 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR in § 173.466 or evaluated against these 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; tests by any of the methods authorized 69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004] by § 173.461(a). § 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as Each of the following packages is au- amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR thorized for shipment of quantities ex- 57633, Oct. 6, 2003] ceeding A1 or A2, as appropriate: (a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) § 173.413 Requirements for Type B packaging that meets the applicable packages. requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and Except as provided in § 173.416, each that has been approved by the U.S. Nu- Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must clear Regulatory Commission may be be designed and constructed to meet shipped pursuant to § 173.471. the applicable requirements specified (b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging in 10 CFR part 71. that meets the applicable requirements

651

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00661 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.417 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

in ‘‘IAEA Regulations for the Safe (ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or Transport of Radioactive Material, No. Type B(M)F packaging that meets the TS-R-1’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- applicable standards for fissile mate- chapter) and for which the foreign rial packages in 10 CFR part 71; or Competent Authority Certificate has (iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or been revalidated by DOT pursuant to Type B(M)F packaging that meets the § 173.473. These packagings are author- applicable requirements for fissile ma- ized only for export and import ship- terial packages in Section VI of the ments. International Atomic Energy Agency (c) Continued use of an existing Type ‘‘Regulations for the Safe Transport of B packaging constructed to DOT Speci- Radioactive Material, No. TS-R-1 (IBR, fication 6M, 20WC, or 21WC is author- see § 171.7 of this subchapter),’’ and for ized until October 1, 2008 if it conforms which the foreign Competent Author- in all aspects to the requirements of ity certificate has been revalidated by this subchapter in effect on October 1, the U.S. Competent Authority, in ac- 2003. cordance with § 173.473. These packages are authorized only for export and im- [69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004] port shipments. (2) A residual ‘‘heel’’ of enriched solid § 173.417 Authorized fissile materials uranium hexafluoride may be trans- packages. ported without a protective overpack (a) Except as provided in § 173.453, in any metal cylinder that meets both fissile materials containing not more the requirements of § 173.415 and than A1 or A2 as appropriate, must be § 178.350 of this subchapter for Speci- packaged in one of the following pack- fication 7A Type A packaging, and the agings: requirements of § 173.420 for packagings (1)(i) Any packaging listed in containing greater than 0.1 kg of ura- § 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radio- nium hexafluoride. Any such shipment active) materials specified in 10 CFR must be made in accordance with Table part 71, subpart C; 2, as follows:

TABLE 2—ALLOWABLE CONTENT OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE (UF6 ‘‘HEEL’’ IN A SPECIFICATION 7A CYLINDER)

Maximum cylinder di- Cylinder volume Maximum Ura- Maximum ‘‘Heel’’ weight per cylinder ameter nium 235-en- richment UF6 Uranium-235 Centi- Liters Cubic feet (weight) meters Inches percent kg lb kg lb

12.7 5 8.8 0.311 100.0 0.045 0.1 0.031 0.07 20.3 8 39.0 1.359 12.5 0.227 0.5 0.019 0.04 30.5 12 68.0 2.410 5.0 0.454 1.0 0.015 0.03 76.0 30 725.0 25.64 5.0 11.3 25.0 0.383 0.84 122.0 48 3,084.0 1 108.9 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 122.0 48 4,041.0 2 142.7 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 1 10 ton. 2 14 ton

(3) DOT Specification 20PF–1, 20PF–2, N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- or 20PF–3 (see § 178.356 of this sub- chapter); and chapter), or Specification 21PF–1A, (ii) Quantities of uranium 21PF–1B, or 21PF–2 (see § 178.358 of this hexafluoride are authorized as shown subchapter) phenolic-foam insulated in Table 3 of this section, with each overpack with snug fittings inner package assigned a minimum criti- metal cylinders, meeting all require- cality safety index as also shown. ments of §§ 173.24, 173.410, 173.412, and (b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) mate- 173.420 and the following: rials with radioactive content exceed- (i) Handling procedures and pack- ing A1 or A2 must be packaged in one of aging criteria must be in accordance the following packagings: with United States Enrichment Cor- (1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) pack- poration Report No. USEC–651 or ANSI aging that meets the standards for

652

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00662 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.418

packaging of fissile materials in 10 chapter), for DOT Specifications 21PF– CFR part 71, and is approved by the 1A or 21PF–1B (see § 178.356 of this sub- U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission chapter) phenolic-foam insulated over- and used in accordance with § 173.471; pack with snug fitting inner metal cyl- (2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) pack- inders, meeting all requirements of aging that also meets the applicable §§ 173.24, 173.410, and 173.412, and the fol- requirements for fissile material pack- lowing: aging in Section VI of the Inter- (i) Handling procedures and pack- national Atomic Energy Agency ‘‘Reg- aging criteria must be in accordance ulations for the Safe Transport of Ra- dioactive Material, No. TS-R-1,’’ and with United States Enrichment Cor- for which the foreign Competent Au- poration Report No. USEC–651 or ANSI thority certificate has been revalidated N14.1; and by the U.S. Competent Authority in ac- (ii) Quantities of uranium cordance with § 173.473. These pack- hexafluoride are authorized as shown agings are authorized only for import in Table 3, with each package assigned and export shipments; or a minimum criticality safety index as (3) DOT Specifications 20PF–1, 20PF– also shown: 2, or 20PF–3 (see § 178.356 of this sub-

TABLE 3—AUTHORIZED QUANTITIES OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE

Maximum inner cyclinder Maximum weight of UF6 Maximum U– Protective overpack diameter contents 235 enrich- Minimum criti- specification number ment (weight/ cality safety Centimeters Inches Kilograms Pounds percent) index

20PF–1 ...... 12.7 5 25 55 100.0 0.1 20PF–2 ...... 20.3 8 116 255 12.5 0.4 20PF–3 ...... 30.5 12 209 460 5.0 1.1 21PF–1A 1 or 21PF– 1B 1,276.0 ...... 230 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0 21PF–1A1 or 21PF–1B1 376.0 330 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0 21PF–21 ...... 276.0 230 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0 21PF–21 ...... 376.0 330 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0 1 For 76 cm (30 in) cylinders, the maximum H/U atomic ratio is 0.088. 2 Model 30A inner cylinder (reference USEC–651). 3 Model 30B inner cylinder (reference USEC–651).

(c) Continued use of an existing (a) In solid form and must not be fissile material packaging constructed fissile unless excepted by § 173.453; to DOT Specification 6L, 6M, or 1A2, is (b) Contained in sealed and corrosion authorized until October 1, 2008 if it resistant receptacles with positive clo- conforms in all respects to the require- sures (friction or slip-fit covers or stop- ments of this subchapter in effect on pers are not authorized); October 1, 2003. (c) Free of water and contaminants [69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. that would increase the reactivity of 13, 2004] the material; and (d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition § 173.418 Authorized packages— during transport by either— pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) (1) Mixing with large volumes of materials. inerting materials, such as graphite, Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) ma- dry sand, or other suitable inerting terials, as referenced in the § 172.101 material, or blended into a matrix of table of this subchapter, in quantities hardened concrete; or not exceeding A2 per package must be (2) Filling the innermost receptacle transported in DOT Specification 7A with an appropriate inert gas or liquid. packagings constructed of materials that will not react with, nor be decom- posed by, the contents. Contents of the package must be—

653

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00663 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.419 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) (iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code materials transported by aircraft must (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), be packaged in Type B packages. provided the packaging— (A) Was manufactured on or before [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 70 FR June 30, 1987; 56098, Sept. 23, 2005] (B) Conforms to the edition of the ASME Code in effect at the time the § 173.419 Authorized packages—oxi- packaging was manufactured; dizing Class 7 (radioactive) mate- (C) Is used within its original design rials. limitations; and (a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) (D) Has shell and head thicknesses material, as referenced in the § 172.101 that have not decreased below the min- table of this subchapter, is authorized imum value specified in the following table: in quantities not exceeding an A2 per package, in a DOT Specification 7A Minimum thick- package provided that— Packaging model ness; millimeters (1) The contents are: (inches) (i) Not fissile; 1S, 2S ...... 1.58 (0.062) (ii) Packed in inside packagings of 5A, 5B, 8A ...... 3.17 (0.125) 12A, 12B ...... 4.76 (0.187) glass, metal or compatible plastic; and 30B ...... 7.93 (0.312) (iii) Cushioned with a material that 48A, F, X, and Y ...... 12.70 (0.500) will not react with the contents; and 48T, O, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G ... 6.35 (0.250) (2) The outside packaging is made of wood, metal, or plastic. (3) Each package shall be designed so that it will: (b) The package must be capable of (i) withstand a hydraulic test at an meeting the applicable test require- internal pressure of at least 1.4 MPa ments of § 173.465 without leakage of (200 psi) without leakage; contents. (ii) withstand the test specified in (c) For shipment by air, the max- § 173.465(c) without loss or dispersal of imum quantity in any package may the uranium hexafluoride; and not exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds). (iii) withstand the test specified in 10 [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as CFR 71.73(c)(4) without rupture of the amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] containment system. (4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in § 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride solid form. (fissile, fissile excepted and non- (5) The volume of solid uranium fissile). hexafluoride, except solid depleted ura- (a) In addition to any other applica- nium hexafluoride, at 20 °C (68 °F) may ble requirements of this subchapter, not exceed 61% of the certified volu- quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile, metric capacity of the packaging. The fissile excepted or non-fissile uranium volume of solid depleted uranium hexafluoride must be offered for trans- hexafluoride at 20 °C (68 °F) may not portation as follows: exceed 62% of the certified volumetric (1) Before initial filling and during capacity of the packaging. periodic inspection and test, pack- (6) The pressure in the package at 20 agings must be cleaned in accordance °C (68 °F) must be less than 101.3 kPa with American National Standard (14.8 psig). N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (b) Each packaging for uranium chapter). hexafluoride must be periodically in- (2) Packagings must be designed, fab- spected, tested, marked and otherwise ricated, inspected, tested and marked conform with the American National in accordance with— Standard N14.1. (i) American National Standard N14.1 (c) Each repair to a packaging for in effect at the time the packaging was uranium hexafluoride must be per- manufactured; formed in accordance with the Amer- (ii) Specifications for Class DOT-106A ican National Standard N14.1. multi-unit tank car tanks (see §§ 179.300 (d) Non-fissile uranium hexafluoride, and 179.301 of this subchapter); or in quantities of less than 0.1 kg, may

654

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00664 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.424

be shipped in packaging that meets ments of this subchapter, except for §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.410. the following: [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. (a) The outside of each package must 13, 2004] be marked with the four digit UN iden- tification number for the material pre- § 173.421 Excepted packages for lim- ceded by the letters UN, as shown in ited quantities of Class 7 (radio- column (4) of the Hazardous Materials active) materials. Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter; (a) A Class 7 (radioactive) material (b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this with an activity per package which subchapter, pertaining to the reporting does not exceed the limited quantity of incidents; package limits specified in Table 4 in (c) Sections 174.750, 175.700(b), and § 173.425, and its packaging, are ex- 176.710 of this subchapter (depending on cepted from requirements in this sub- the mode of transportation), pertaining chapter for specification packaging, la- to the reporting of decontamination; beling, marking (except for the UN (d) The training requirements of sub- identification number marking re- part H of part 172 of this subchapter; quirement described in § 173.422(a)), and and if not a hazardous substance or haz- (e) For materials that meet the defi- ardous waste, shipping papers, and the nition of a hazardous substance or a requirements of this subpart if: hazardous waste, the shipping paper re- (1) Each package meets the general quirements of subpart C of part 172 of design requirements of § 173.410; this subchapter. (2) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of the package [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004] does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/ hour); § 173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity Class 7 (ra- (3) The nonfixed (removable) radio- dioactive) materials. active surface contamination on the external surface of the package does (a) Except as provided in § 173.4, when not exceed the limits specified in a limited quantity radioactive mate- § 173.443(a); rial meets the definition of another (4) The outside of the inner pack- hazard class or division, it must be— aging or, if there is no inner packaging, (1) Classed for the additional hazard; the outside of the packaging itself (2) Packaged to conform with the re- bears the marking ‘‘Radioactive’’; quirements specified in § 173.421(a)(1) (5) The package does not contain through (a)(5) or § 173.424(a) through fissile material unless excepted by (g), as appropriate; and § 173.453. (3) Offered for transportation in ac- (6) The material is otherwise pre- cordance with the requirements appli- pared for shipment as specified in ac- cable to the hazard for which it is cordance with § 173.422. classed. (b) A limited quantity of Class 7 (ra- (b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radio- dioactive) material that is a hazardous active) material which is classed other substance or a hazardous waste, is not than Class 7 in accordance with this subject to the provisions in § 172.203(d) subchapter is excepted from the re- or § 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter. quirements of §§ 173.422(a), 172.203(d), and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR the entry ‘‘Limited quantity radio- 56098, Sept. 23, 2005] active material’’ appears on the ship- ping paper in association with the § 173.422 Additional requirements for basic description. excepted packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. § 173.424 Excepted packages for radio- An excepted package of Class 7 (ra- active instruments and articles. dioactive) material that is prepared for A radioactive instrument or article shipment under the provisions of and its packaging are excepted from re- § 173.421, § 173.424, § 173.426, or § 173.428 is quirements in this subchapter for spec- not subject to any additional require- ification packaging, labeling, marking

655

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00665 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.425 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(except for the UN identification num- (f) The radiation level at any point ber marking requirement described in on the external surface of a package § 173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous sub- bearing the article or instrument does stance or hazardous waste, shipping pa- not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/ pers and the requirements of this sub- hour), or, for exclusive use domestic part if: shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour (2 mrem/ (a) Each package meets the general hour); design requirements of § 173.410; (g) The nonfixed (removable) radio- (b) The activity of the instrument or active surface contamination on the article does not exceed the relevant external surface of the package does limit listed in Table 4 in § 173.425; not exceed the limits specified in (c) The total activity per package § 173.443(a); does not exceed the relevant limit list- (h) Except as provided in § 173.426, the ed in Table 4 in § 173.425; package does not contain more than 15 (d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in) g of uranium-235; and from any point on the external surface (i) The package is otherwise prepared of any unpackaged instrument or arti- for shipment as specified in § 173.422. cle does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10 [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004] mrem/hour); (e) The active material is completely § 173.425 Table of activity limits—ex- enclosed by non-active components (a cepted quantities and articles. device performing the sole function of The limits applicable to instruments, containing radioactive material shall articles, and limited quantities subject not be considered to be an instrument to exceptions under §§ 173.421 and 173.424 or manufactured article); are set forth in table 4 as follows:

TABLE 4—ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR LIMITED QUANTITIES, INSTRUMENTS, AND ARTICLES

Instruments and articles 1 Nature of contents Limits for each instru- Limited quantity package limits Package limits 1 ment or article 1

Solids: ¥2 ¥3 Special form ...... 10 A1 A1 10 A1 ¥2 ¥3 Normal form ...... 10 A2 A2 10 A2 Liquids: Tritiated water: <0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/L) ...... 37 TBq (1,000 Ci) 0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L 3.7 TBq (100 Ci) (0.1 Ci to 1.0 Ci/L). >0.037 TBq/L (1.0 Ci/L) ...... 0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci) ¥3 ¥1 ¥4 Other Liquids ...... 10 A2 10 A2 10 A2 Gases: 2 ¥2 ¥1 ¥2 Tritium ...... 2 × 10 A2 2 × 10 A2 2 × 10 A2 ¥3 ¥2 ¥3 Special form ...... 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 ¥3 ¥2 ¥3 Normal form ...... 10 A2 10 A2 10 A2 1 For mixtures of radionuclides see § 173.433(d). 2 These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20751, May 8, 1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.426 Excepted packages for arti- specification packaging, labeling, cles containing natural uranium or marking (except for the UN identifica- thorium. tion number marking requirement de- A manufactured article in which the scribed in § 173.422(a)), and if not a haz- sole Class 7 (radioactive) material con- ardous substance or hazardous waste, tent is natural uranium, unirradiated shipping papers and the requirements depleted uranium or natural thorium, of this subpart if: and its packaging, are excepted from (a) Each package meets the general the requirements in this subchapter for design requirements of § 173.410;

656

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00666 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.427

(b) The outer surface of the uranium (iv) Specific instructions for mainte- or thorium is enclosed in an inactive nance of exclusive use shipment con- sheath made of metal or other durable trols shall be provided by the offeror to protective material; the carrier. Such instructions must be (c) The conditions specified in included with the shipping paper infor- § 173.421(a) (2), (3) and (4) are met; and mation; (d) The article is otherwise prepared (v) Except for shipments of for shipment as specified in § 173.422. unconcentrated uranium or thorium ores, the transport vehicle must be [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May placarded in accordance with subpart F 8, 1996; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004] of part 172 of this subchapter; (vi) For domestic transportation § 173.427 Transport requirements for only, packaged and unpackaged Class 7 low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) materials containing less (radioactive) materials and surface than an A2 quantity are excepted from contaminated objects (SCO). the marking and labeling requirements (a) In addition to other applicable re- of this subchapter. However, the exte- quirements specified in this sub- rior of each package or unpackaged chapter, LSA materials and SCO, un- Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be less excepted by paragraph (c) or (d) of stenciled or otherwise marked ‘‘RA- this section, must be packaged in ac- DIOACTIVE—LSA’’ or ‘‘RADIO- cordance with paragraph (b) of this sec- ACTIVE—SCO’’, as appropriate, and tion and must be transported in ac- packages or unpackaged Class 7 (radio- cordance with the following conditions: active) materials that contain a haz- (1) The external dose rate may not ardous substance must be stenciled or exceed an external radiation level of 10 otherwise marked with the letters mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m from the ‘‘RQ’’ in association with the descrip- unshielded material; tion in this paragraph (a)(6)(vi); and (2) The quantity of LSA and SCO ma- (vii) Transportation by aircraft is terial in any single conveyance may prohibited except when transported in not exceed the limits specified in Table an industrial package in accordance 5; with Table 6 of this section, or in an (3) LSA material and SCO that are or authorized Type A or Type B package. contain fissile material must conform (b) Except as provided in paragraph to the applicable requirements of (c) of this section, LSA material and § 173.453; SCO must be packaged as follows: (4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (1) In an industrial package (IP–1, IP– (radioactive) materials must conform 2 or IP–3; § 173.411), subject to the limi- to the contamination control limits tations of Table 6; specified in § 173.443; (2) In a DOT Specification 7A (5) External radiation levels may not (§ 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A exceed those specified in § 173.441; and package; (6) For LSA material and SCO con- (3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) pack- signed as exclusive use: aging authorized pursuant to § 173.416; (i) Shipments shall be loaded by the (4) In a packaging which meets the consignor and unloaded by the con- requirements of §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and signee from the conveyance or freight 173.410, but only for domestic transpor- container in which originally loaded; tation of an exclusive use shipment (ii) There may be no loose radio- that is less than an A2 quantity. active material in the conveyance; (5) For exclusive use transport of liq- however, when the conveyance is the uid LSA-I only, in either: packaging, there may not be any leak- (i) Specification 103CW, 111A60W7 age of radioactive material from the (§§ 173.31, and 179.201–1 to 179.201–11 of conveyance; this subchapter) tank cars. Bottom (iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class openings in tanks are prohibited; or 7 (radioactive) materials must be (ii) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC braced so as to prevent shifting of lad- 312, MC 331 or DOT 412 (§ 178.348 or ing under conditions normally incident § 178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank to transportation; motor vehicles. Bottom outlets are not

657

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00667 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.428 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

authorized. Trailer-on-flat-car service TABLE 6—INDUSTRIAL PACKAGE INTEGRITY RE- is not authorized. QUIREMENTS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO— (c) LSA material and SCO in groups Continued LSA-I and SCO-I may be transported Industrial pack- unpackaged under the following condi- aging type tions: Non (1) All unpackaged material, other Contents Exclu- exclu- than ores containing only naturally oc- sive sive use use curring radionuclides, shall be trans- ship- ship- ported in such a manner that under ment ment normal conditions of transport there Liquid ...... IP–1 ... IP–2 will be no escape of the radioactive 2. LSA-II: contents from the conveyance nor will Solid ...... IP–2 ... IP–2 there be any loss of shielding; Liquid and gas ...... IP–2 ... IP–3 3. LSA-III ...... IP–2 ... IP–3 (2) Each conveyance must be under 4. SCO-I ...... IP–1 ... IP–1 exclusive use, except when only trans- 5. SCO-II ...... IP–2 ... IP–2 porting SCO-I on which the contamina- tion on the accessible and the inacces- [69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. sible surfaces is not greater than 4.0 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, Bq/cm2 for beta and gamma emitters Sept. 23, 2005] and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4 Bq/cm2 for all other alpha emitters; § 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) and materials packaging. (3) For SCO-I where it is suspected A packaging which previously con- that non-fixed contamination exists on tained Class 7 (radioactive) materials inaccessible surfaces in excess of the and has been emptied of contents as far values specified in paragraph (c)(2) of as practical, is excepted from the ship- this section, measures shall be taken ping paper and marking (except for the to ensure that the radioactive material UN identification number marking re- is not released into the conveyance or quirement described in § 173.422(a)) re- to the environment. quirements of this subchapter, pro- (d) LSA and SCO that exceed the vided that— packaging limits in this section must (a) The packaging meets the require- be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR ments of § 173.421(a) (2), (3), and (5) of part 71. this subpart; (e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows: (b) The packaging is in unimpaired condition and is securely closed so that TABLE 5—CONVEYANCE ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR there will be no leakage of Class 7 (ra- LSA MATERIAL AND SCO dioactive) material under conditions Activity normally incident to transportation; Nature of material limit for (c) The outer surface of any uranium convey- ances or thorium in its structure is covered with an inactive sheath made of metal 1. LSA-I ...... No limit. or some other substantial material; 2. LSA-II and LSA-III; Non-combustible solids .... No limit. (d) Internal contamination does not 3. LSA-II and LSA-III; Combustible solids and all 100 A2 liquids and gases. exceed 100 times the limits in 4. SCO ...... 100 A2 § 173.443(a); (e) Any labels previously applied in TABLE 6—INDUSTRIAL PACKAGE INTEGRITY conformance with subpart E of part 172 REQUIREMENTS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO of this subchapter are removed, obliter- ated, or covered and the ‘‘Empty’’ label Industrial pack- aging type prescribed in § 172.450 of this subchapter is affixed to the packaging; and Exclu- Non (f) The packaging is prepared for Contents sive exclu- use sive shipment as specified in § 173.422. ship- use ship- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as ment ment amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May 1. LSA-I: 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3677, Solid ...... IP–1 ... IP–1 Jan. 26, 2004]

658

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00668 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.433

§ 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and tions, and in which no daughter nuclide Type B packages. has a half life either longer than 10 (a) Except for LSA material and SCO, days or longer than that of the parent a Type A package may not contain a nuclide, will be considered as a single quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- radionuclide, and the activity to be rials greater than A1 for special form taken into account and the A1 or A2 Class 7 (radioactive) material or A2 for value to be applied will be those cor- normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma- responding to the parent nuclide of terial as listed in § 173.435, or, for Class that chain. Otherwise, the parent and 7 (radioactive) materials not listed in daughter nuclides will be considered as § 173.435, as determined in accordance a mixture of different nuclides. with § 173.433. (d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose (b) The limits on activity contained identities and respective activities are in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package known must conform to the following are those prescribed in §§ 173.416 and conditions: 173.417, or in the applicable approval certificate under §§ 173.471, 173.472 or (1) For special form Class 7 (radio- 173.473. active) material, the activity which may be transported in a Type A pack- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as age must satisfy: amended at 69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004] B(i) § 173.433 Requirements for deter- ∑ ≤ 1 mining basic radionuclide values, A (i) and for the listing of radionuclides i 1 on shipping papers and labels. Where: (a) For individual radionuclides list- B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in spe- ed in the table in § 173.435 and § 173.436: cial form; and A (i) is the A value for radionuclide i. (1) A1 and A2 values are given in the 1 1 table in § 173.435; and (2) For normal form Class 7 (radio- (2) Activity concentration exemption active) material, the activity which values and consignment activity ex- may be transported in a Type A pack- emption values are given in the table age must satisfy: in § 173.436. (b) For individual radionuclides C(j) which are not listed in the tables in ∑ ≤ 1 § 173.435 or § 173.436: j A2 (j) (1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7 Where: or 8 of this section may be used; or (2) other basic radionuclide values C(j) is the activity of radionuclide j in nor- may be used provided they are first ap- mal form; and proved by the Associate Administrator A2(j) is the A2 value for radionuclide j. or, for international transport, multi- (3) If the package contains both spe- lateral approval is obtained from the cial and normal form Class 7 (radio- pertinent Competent Authorities. active) material, the activity which (c) In calculating A1 or A2 values for may be transported in a Type A pack- a radionuclide not listed in the table in age must satisfy: § 173.435: (1) Where the chemical form of each B(i) C(j) radionuclide is known, it is permissible ∑ + ∑ ≤ 1 A (i) A (j) to use the A2 value related to its solu- i 12j bility class as recommended by the Where: International Commission on Radio- The symbols are defined as in paragraphs logical Protection, if the chemical (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section. forms under both normal and accident conditions of transport are taken into (4) Alternatively, the A1 value for a consideration. mixture of special form material may (2) A single radioactive decay chain be determined as follows: in which the radionuclides are present in their naturally-occurring propor-

659

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00669 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER26JA04.001 ER26JA04.002 ER26JA04.003 § 173.433 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

1 1 A for mixture = A for mixture = 1 ∑ f(i) 2 ∑ f(i) i A1()i i A2 ()i Where: Where: f(i) is the fraction of activity for radio- f(i) is the fraction of activity for normal nuclide i in the mixture; and form radionuclide i in the mixture; and A1(i) is the appropriate A1 value for radio- A2(i) is the appropriate A2 value for radio- nuclide i. nuclide i.

(5) Alternatively, the A2 value for (6) The exempt activity concentra- mixtures of normal form material may tion for mixtures of nuclides may be be determined as follows: determined as follows:

1 Exempt activity concentration limit for mixture = ∑ fi() i []()Ai

Where: (7) The activity limit for an exempt f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration consignment for mixtures of nuclides of nuclide i in the mixture; and [A](i) is the may be determined as follows: activity concentration for exempt material containing nuclide i.

1 Exempt consignment activity limit for mixture = ∑ f(i) i Ai()

Where: concentration for exempt material) or f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in A (activity limit for exempt consign- the mixture; and ment) value, as appropriate, for the A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consign- radionuclides in each group may be ments for nuclide i. used in applying the formulas in para- (e) When the identity of each nuclide graphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section. is known but the individual activities Groups may be based on the total alpha of some of the radionuclides are not activity and the total beta/gamma ac- known, the radionuclides may be tivity when these are known, using the grouped and the lowest A1 or A2 value, lowest [A] or A values for the alpha as appropriate, for the radionuclides in emitters or beta/gamma emitters, re- each group may be used in applying the spectively. formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through (g) Shipping papers and labeling. For (d)(5) of this section. Groups may be mixtures of radionuclides, the radio- based on the total alpha activity and nuclides (n) that must be shown on the total beta/gamma activity when shipping papers and labels in accord- these are known, using the lowest A1 or ance with §§ 172.203 and 172.403 of this A2 values for the alpha emitters or subchapter, respectively, must be de- beta/gamma emitters, respectively. termined on the basis of the following (f) When the identity of each nuclide formula: is known but the individual activities n a n+m a of some of the radionuclides are not (i) ≥ (i) known, the radionuclides may be ∑ 095. ∑ grouped and the lowest [A] (activity i=1 A(i) i=1 A(i)

660

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00670 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER26JA04.004 ER26JA04.005 ER13se04.013 ER26JA04.007 ER26JA04.008 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Where: a(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in the n + m represents all the radionuclides in the mixture; and mixture; A(i) is the A1 or A2 value, as appropriate for radionuclide i. m are the radionuclides that do not need to be considered; (h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:

TABLE 7—GENERAL VALUES FOR A1 AND A2

A1 A2 Radioactive contents (TBq) (Ci) (TBq) (Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 100 2 × 10¥2 5.4 × 10¥1 2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present .... 2 × 10¥1 5.4 × 100 9 × 10¥5 2.4 × 10¥3 3. No relevant data are available ...... 1 × 10¥3 2.7 × 10¥2 9 × 10¥5 2.4 × 10¥3

TABLE 8—GENERAL EXEMPTION VALUES

Activity concentration for ex- Activity limits for exempt con- Radioactive contents empt material signments (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ...... 1 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present .... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 3. No relevant data are available ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8

[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004]

§ 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium. The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are as follows:

Specific activity Thorium and uranium enrichment 1(Wt% 235 U present) TBq/gram Grams/Tbq Ci/gram Grams/Ci

0.45 (depleted) ...... 1.9×10¥8 5.4×107 5.0×10¥7 2.0×106 0.72 (natural) ...... 2.6×10¥8 3.8×107 7.1×10¥7 1.4×106 1.0 ...... 2.8×10¥8 3.6×107 7.6×10¥7 1.3×106 1.5 ...... 3.7×10¥8 2.7×107 1.0×10¥6 1.0×106 5.0 ...... 1.0×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥6 3.7×105 10.0 ...... 1.8×10¥7 5.6×106 4.8×10¥6 2.1×105 20.0 ...... 3.7×10¥7 2.7×106 1.0×10¥5 1.0×105 35.0 ...... 7.4×10¥7 1.4×106 2.0×10¥5 5.0×104 50.0 ...... 9.3×10¥7 1.1×106 2.5×10¥5 4.0×104 90.0 ...... 2.1×10¥6 4.7×105 5.8×10¥5 1.7×104 93.0 ...... 2.6×10¥6 3.9×105 7.0×10¥5 1.4×104 95.0 ...... 3.4×10¥6 3.0×105 9.1×10¥5 1.1×104 Natural thorium ...... 8.1×10¥9 1.2×108 2.2×10¥7 4.6×106 1 The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrich- ment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998]

§ 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides.

The table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides is as follows:

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ac-225 (a) ...... Actinium (89) ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 2.1×103 5.8×104 Ac-227 (a) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥5 2.4×10¥3 2.7 7.2×101 Ac-228 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 8.4×104 2.2×106 Ag-105 ...... Silver (47) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.1×103 3.0×104 Ag-108m (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 9.7×10¥1 2.6×101 Ag-110m (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.8×102 4.7×103 Ag-111 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.8×103 1.6×105 Al-26 ...... Aluminum (13) ...... 1.0×10¥1 2.7 1.0×10¥1 2.7 7.0×10¥4 1.9×10¥2

661

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00671 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Am-241 ...... Americium (95) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.3×10¥1 3.4 Am-242m (a) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.6×10¥1 1.0×101 Am-243 (a) ...... 5.0 1.4×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 7.4×10¥3 2.0×10¥1 Ar-37 ...... Argon (18) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.7×103 9.9×104 Ar-39 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.3 3.4×101 Ar-41 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.5×106 4.2×107 As-72 ...... Arsenic (33) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 6.2×104 1.7×106 As-73 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 8.2×102 2.2×104 As-74 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 3.7×103 9.9×104 As-76 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 5.8×104 1.6×106 As-77 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 3.9×104 1.0×106 At-211 (a) ...... Astatine (85) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 7.6×104 2.1×106 Au-193 ...... Gold (79) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 2.0 5.4×101 3.4×104 9.2×105 Au-194 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.5×104 4.1×105 Au-195 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0 1.6×102 1.4×102 3.7×103 Au-198 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.0×103 2.4×105 Au-199 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 7.7×103 2.1×105 Ba-131 (a) ...... Barium (56) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 3.1×103 8.4×104 Ba-133 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 9.4 2.6×102 Ba-133m ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.2×104 6.1×105 Ba-140 (a) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.7×103 7.3×104 Be-7 ...... Beryllium (4) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.3×104 3.5×105 Be-10 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 8.3×10¥4 2.2×10¥2 Bi-205 ...... Bismuth (83) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.5×103 4.2×104 Bi-206 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.8×103 1.0×105 Bi-207 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.9 5.2×101 Bi-210 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.6×103 1.2×105 Bi-210m (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.1×10¥5 5.7×10¥4 Bi-212 (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.4×105 1.5×107 Bk-247 ...... Berkelium (97) ...... 8.0 2.2×102 8.0×10¥4 2.2×10¥2 3.8×10¥2 1.0 Bk-249 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×10¥1 8.1 6.1×101 1.6×103 Br-76 ...... Bromine (35) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 9.4×104 2.5×106 Br-77 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 2.6×104 7.1×105 Br-82 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×104 1.1×106 C-11 ...... Carbon (6) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.1×107 8.4×108 C-14 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0 8.1×101 1.6×10¥1 4.5 Ca-41 ...... Calcium (20)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.1×10¥3 8.5×10¥2 Ca-45 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 6.6×102 1.8×104 Ca-47 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.3×104 6.1×105 Cd-109 ...... Cadmium (48) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 9.6×101 2.6×103 Cd-113m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 8.3 2.2×102 Cd-115 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.9×104 5.1×105 Cd-115m ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 9.4×102 2.5×104 Ce-139 ...... Cerium (58) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 2.0 5.4×101 2.5×102 6.8×103 Ce-141 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.1×103 2.8×104 Ce-143 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×104 6.6×105 Ce-144 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 1.2×102 3.2×103 Cf-248 ...... Californium (98) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 5.8×101 1.6×103 Cf-249 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 8.0×10¥4 2.2×10¥2 1.5×10¥1 4.1 Cf-250 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 4.0 1.1×102 Cf-251 ...... 7.0 1.9×102 7.0×10¥4 1.9×10¥2 5.9×10¥2 1.6 Cf-252 (h) ...... 5.0×10¥2 1.4 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 2.0×101 5.4×102 Cf-253 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×10¥2 1.1 1.1×103 2.9×104 Cf-254 ...... 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.1×102 8.5×103 Cl-36 ...... Chlorine (17) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.2×10¥3 3.3×10¥2 Cl-38 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 4.9×106 1.3×108 Cm-240 ...... Curium (96) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 7.5×102 2.0×104 Cm-241 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.1×102 1.7×104 Cm-242 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×10¥2 2.7×10¥1 1.2×102 3.3×103 Cm-243 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.9 5.2×101 Cm-244 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 3.0 8.1×101 Cm-245 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 9.0×10¥4 2.4×10¥2 6.4×10¥3 1.7×10¥1 Cm-246 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 9.0×10¥4 2.4×10¥2 1.1×10¥2 3.1×10¥1 Cm-247 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.4×10¥6 9.3×10¥5 Cm-248 ...... 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 3.0×10¥4 8.1×10¥3 1.6×10¥4 4.2×10¥3 Co-55 ...... Cobalt (27) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.1×105 3.1×106 Co-56 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.1×103 3.0×104 Co-57 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 3.1×102 8.4×103 Co-58 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.2×103 3.2×104 Co-58m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.2×105 5.9×106 Co-60 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.2×101 1.1×103 Cr-51 ...... Chromium (24) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.4×103 9.2×104

662

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00672 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Cs-129 ...... Cesium (55) ...... 4.0 1.1×102 4.0 1.1×102 2.8×104 7.6×105 Cs-131 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.8×103 1.0×105 Cs-132 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 5.7×103 1.5×105 Cs-134 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.8×101 1.3×103 Cs-134m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×105 8.0×106 Cs-135 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 4.3×10¥5 1.2×10¥3 Cs-136 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.7×103 7.3×104 Cs-137 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.2 8.7×101 Cu-64 ...... Copper (29) ...... 6.0 1.6×102 1.0 2.7×101 1.4×105 3.9×106 Cu-67 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.8×104 7.6×105 Dy-159 ...... Dysprosium (66) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.1×102 5.7×103 Dy-165 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×105 8.2×106 Dy-166 (a) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 8.6×103 2.3×105 Er-169 ...... Erbium (68) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 3.1×103 8.3×104 Er-171 ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 9.0×104 2.4×106 Eu-147 ...... Europium (63) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.4×103 3.7×104 Eu-148 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.0×102 1.6×104 Eu-149 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 3.5×102 9.4×103 Eu-150 (short lived) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.1×104 1.6×106 Eu-150 (long lived) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.1×104 1.6×106 Eu-152 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.5 1.8×102 Eu-152m ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 8.2×104 2.2×106 Eu-154 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.8 2.6×102 Eu-155 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 3.0 8.1×101 1.8×101 4.9×102 Eu-156 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.0×103 5.5×104 F-18 ...... Fluorine (9) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.5×106 9.5×107 Fe-52 (a) ...... Iron (26) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.7×105 7.3×106 Fe-55 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 8.8×101 2.4×103 Fe-59 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 1.8×103 5.0×104 Fe-60 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥1 5.4 7.4×10¥4 2.0×10¥2 Ga-67 ...... Gallium (31) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 3.0 8.1×101 2.2×104 6.0×105 Ga-68 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.5×106 4.1×107 Ga-72 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.1×105 3.1×106 Gd-146 (a) ...... Gadolinium (64) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.9×102 1.9×104 Gd-148 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 1.2 3.2×101 Gd-153 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.0 2.4×102 1.3×102 3.5×103 Gd-159 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.9×104 1.1×106 Ge-68 (a) ...... Germanium (32) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.6×102 7.1×103 Ge-71 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.8×103 1.6×105 Ge-77 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.3×105 3.6×106 Hf-172 (a) ...... Hafnium (72) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.1×101 1.1×103 Hf-175 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 3.9×102 1.1×104 Hf-181 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.3×102 1.7×104 Hf-182 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1×10¥6 2.2×10¥4 Hg-194 (a) ...... Mercury (80) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.3×10¥1 3.5 Hg-195m (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.5×104 4.0×105 Hg-197 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.2×103 2.5×105 Hg-197m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.5×104 6.7×105 Hg-203 ...... 5.0 1.4×102 1.0 2.7×101 5.1×102 1.4×104 Ho-166 ...... Holmium (67) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.6×104 7.0×105 Ho-166m ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.6×10¥2 1.8 I-123 ...... Iodine (53) ...... 6.0 1.6×102 3.0 8.1×101 7.1×104 1.9×106 I-124 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 9.3×103 2.5×105 I-125 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 3.0 8.1×101 6.4×102 1.7×104 I-126 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 1.0 2.7×101 2.9×103 8.0×104 I-129 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.5×10¥6 1.8×10¥4 I-131 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.6×103 1.2×105 I-132 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.8×105 1.0×107 I-133 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.2×104 1.1×106 I-134 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 9.9×105 2.7×107 I-135 (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.3×105 3.5×106 In-111 ...... Indium (49) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 1.5×104 4.2×105 In-113m ...... 4.0 1.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 6.2×105 1.7×107 In-114m (a) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 8.6×102 2.3×104 In-115m ...... 7.0 1.9×102 1.0 2.7×101 2.2×105 6.1×106 Ir-189 (a) ...... Iridium (77) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.9×103 5.2×104 Ir-190 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.3×103 6.2×104 Ir-192 (c) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.4×102 9.2×103 Ir-194 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.1×104 8.4×105 K-40 ...... Potassium (19) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 2.4×10¥7 6.4×10¥6 K-42 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.2×105 6.0×106 K-43 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.2×105 3.3×106

663

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00673 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Kr-81 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 7.8×10¥4 2.1×10¥2 Kr-85 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.5×101 3.9×102 Kr-85m ...... 8.0 2.2×102 3.0 8.1×101 3.0×105 8.2×106 Kr-87 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 1.0×106 2.8×107 La-137 ...... Lanthanum (57) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 6.0 1.6×102 1.6×10¥3 4.4×10¥2 La-140 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.1×104 5.6×105 Lu-172 ...... Lutetium (71) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.2×103 1.1×105 Lu-173 ...... 8.0 2.2×102 8.0 2.2×102 5.6×101 1.5×103 Lu-174 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 9.0 2.4×102 2.3×101 6.2×102 Lu-174m ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 2.0×102 5.3×103 Lu-177 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.1×103 1.1×105 Mg-28 (a) ...... Magnesium (12) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.0×105 5.4×106 Mn-52 ...... Manganese (25) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.6×104 4.4×105 Mn-53 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.8×10¥5 1.8×10¥3 Mn-54 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 2.9×102 7.7×103 Mn-56 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 8.0×105 2.2×107 Mo-93 ...... Molybdenum (42) ..... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×101 5.4×102 4.1×10¥2 1.1 Mo-99 (a) (i) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.8×104 4.8×105 N-13 ...... Nitrogen (7) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.4×107 1.5×109 Na-22 ...... Sodium (11) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.3×102 6.3×103 Na-24 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 3.2×105 8.7×106 Nb-93m ...... Niobium (41) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 8.8 2.4×102 Nb-94 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.9×10¥3 1.9×10¥1 Nb-95 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.5×103 3.9×104 Nb-97 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.9×105 2.7×107 Nd-147 ...... Neodymium (60) ...... 6.0 1.6×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×103 8.1×104 Nd-149 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.5×105 1.2×107 Ni-59 ...... Nickel (28)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.0×10¥3 8.0×10¥2 Ni-63 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 2.1 5.7×101 Ni-65 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 7.1×105 1.9×107 Np-235 ...... Neptunium (93) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.2×101 1.4×103 Np-236 (short-lived) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0 5.4×101 4.7×10¥4 1.3×10¥2 Np-236 (long-lived) ...... 9.0×100 2.4×102 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 4.7×10¥4 1.3×10¥2 Np-237 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×10¥3 5.4×10¥2 2.6×10¥5 7.1×10¥4 Np-239 ...... 7.0 1.9×102 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 8.6×103 2.3×105 Os-185 ...... Osmium (76) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 2.8×102 7.5×103 Os-191 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 2.0 5.4×101 1.6×103 4.4×104 Os-191m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 4.6×104 1.3×106 Os-193 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.0×104 5.3×105 Os-194 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.1×101 3.1×102 P-32 ...... Phosphorus (15) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.1×104 2.9×105 P-33 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 5.8×103 1.6×105 Pa-230 (a) ...... Protactinium (91) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 7.0×10¥2 1.9 1.2×103 3.3×104 Pa-231 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 4.0×10¥4 1.1×10¥2 1.7×10¥3 4.7×10¥2 Pa-233 ...... 5.0 1.4×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.7×102 2.1×104 Pb-201 ...... Lead (82) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.2×104 1.7×106 Pb-202 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.2×10¥4 3.4×10¥3 Pb-203 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 3.0 8.1×101 1.1×104 3.0×105 Pb-205 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.5×10¥6 1.2×10¥4 Pb-210 (a) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 5.0×10¥2 1.4 2.8 7.6×101 Pb-212 (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 2.0×10¥1 5.4 5.1×104 1.4×106 Pd-103 (a) ...... Palladium (46) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.8×103 7.5×104 Pd-107 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.9×10¥5 5.1×10¥4 Pd-109 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 7.9×104 2.1×106 Pm-143 ...... Promethium (61) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 1.3×102 3.4×103 Pm-144 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 9.2×101 2.5×103 Pm-145 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.2 1.4×102 Pm-147 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0 5.4×101 3.4×101 9.3×102 Pm-148m (a) ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 7.9×102 2.1×104 Pm-149 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.5×104 4.0×105 Pm-151 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.7×104 7.3×105 Po-210 ...... Polonium (84) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 1.7×102 4.5×103 Pr-142 ...... Praseodymium (59) .. 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.3×104 1.2×106 Pr-143 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×103 6.7×104 Pt-188 (a) ...... Platinum (78) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 2.5×103 6.8×104 Pt-191 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 3.0 8.1×101 8.7×103 2.4×105 Pt-193 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.4 3.7×101 Pt-193m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.8×103 1.6×105 Pt-195m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.2×103 1.7×105 Pt-197 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.2×104 8.7×105 Pt-197m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.7×105 1.0×107 Pu-236 ...... Plutonium (94) ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 2.0×101 5.3×102

664

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00674 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Pu-237 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 2.0×101 5.4×102 4.5×102 1.2×104 Pu-238 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 6.3×10¥1 1.7×101 Pu-239 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 2.3×10¥3 6.2×10¥2 Pu-240 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 8.4×10¥3 2.3×10¥1 Pu-241 (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥2 1.6 3.8 1.0×102 Pu-242 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 1.5×10¥4 3.9×10¥3 Pu-244 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 6.7×10¥7 1.8×10¥5 Ra-223 (a) ...... Radium (88) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 7.0×10¥3 1.9×10¥1 1.9×103 5.1×104 Ra-224 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 5.9×103 1.6×105 Ra-225 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 4.0×10¥3 1.1×10¥1 1.5×103 3.9×104 Ra-226 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 3.7×10¥2 1.0 Ra-228 (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 1.0×101 2.7×102 Rb-81 ...... Rubidium (37) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.1×105 8.4×106 Rb-83 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 6.8×102 1.8×104 Rb-84 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.8×103 4.7×104 Rb-86 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.0×103 8.1×104 Rb-87 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.2×10¥9 8.6×10¥8 Rb(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.7×106 1.8×108 Re-184 ...... Rhenium (75) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 6.9×102 1.9×104 Re-184m ...... 3.0 8.1×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.6×102 4.3×103 Re-186 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.9×103 1.9×105 Re-187 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.4×10¥9 3.8×10¥8 Re-188 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.6×104 9.8×105 Re-189 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×104 6.8×105 Re(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 0.0 2.4×10¥8 Rh-99 ...... Rhodium (45) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 3.0×103 8.2×104 Rh-101 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 3.0 8.1×101 4.1×101 1.1×103 Rh-102 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.5×101 1.2×103 Rh-102m ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 2.3×102 6.2×103 Rh-103m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.2×106 3.3×107 Rh-105 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.1×104 8.4×105 Rn-222 (a) ...... Radon (86) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 4.0×10¥3 1.1×10¥1 5.7×103 1.5×105 Ru-97 ...... Ruthenium (44) ...... 5.0 1.4×102 5.0 1.4×102 1.7×104 4.6×105 Ru-103 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.2×103 3.2×104 Ru-105 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.5×105 6.7×106 Ru-106 (a) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 1.2×102 3.3×103 S-35 ...... Sulphur (16) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0 8.1×101 1.6×103 4.3×104 Sb-122 ...... Antimony (51) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.5×104 4.0×105 Sb-124 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.5×102 1.7×104 Sb-125 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 1.0 2.7×101 3.9×101 1.0×103 Sb-126 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.1×103 8.4×104 Sc-44 ...... Scandium (21) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 6.7×105 1.8×107 Sc-46 ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.3×103 3.4×104 Sc-47 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 3.1×104 8.3×105 Sc-48 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 5.5×104 1.5×106 Se-75 ...... Selenium (34) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 5.4×102 1.5×104 Se-79 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0 5.4×101 2.6×10¥3 7.0×10¥2 Si-31 ...... Silicon (14) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.4×106 3.9×107 Si-32 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.9 1.1×102 Sm-145 ...... Samarium (62) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.8×101 2.6×103 Sm-147 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.5×10¥1 2.3×10¥8 Sm-151 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×101 2.7×102 9.7×10¥1 2.6×101 Sm-153 ...... 9.0 2.4×102 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.6×104 4.4×105 Sn-113 (a) ...... Tin (50) ...... 4.0 1.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 3.7×102 1.0×104 Sn-117m ...... 7.0 1.9×102 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.0×103 8.2×104 Sn-119m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×101 8.1×102 1.4×102 3.7×103 Sn-121m (a) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 Sn-123 ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 3.0×102 8.2×103 Sn-125 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×103 1.1×105 Sn-126 (a) ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.0×10¥3 2.8×10¥2 Sr-82 (a) ...... Strontium (38) ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.3×103 6.2×104 Sr-85 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 8.8×102 2.4×104 Sr-85m ...... 5.0 1.4×102 5.0 1.4×102 1.2×106 3.3×107 Sr-87m ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 4.8×105 1.3×107 Sr-89 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.1×103 2.9×104 Sr-90 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 5.1 1.4×102 Sr-91 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.3×105 3.6×106 Sr-92 (a) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 4.7×105 1.3×107 T(H-3) ...... Tritium (1) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.6×102 9.7×103 Ta-178 (long-lived) ...... Tantalum (73) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 4.2×106 1.1×108 Ta-179 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 4.1×101 1.1×103 Ta-182 ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 2.3×102 6.2×103

665

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00675 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Tb-157 ...... Terbium (65) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 5.6×10¥1 1.5×101 Tb-158 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 5.6×10¥1 1.5×101 Tb-160 ...... 1.0 2.7×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 4.2×102 1.1×104 Tc-95m (a) ...... Technetium (43) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 8.3×102 2.2×104 Tc-96 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.2×104 3.2×105 Tc-96m (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.4×106 3.8×107 Tc-97 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 5.2×10¥5 1.4×10¥3 Tc-97m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0 2.7×101 5.6×102 1.5×104 Tc-98 ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 3.2×10¥5 8.7×10¥4 Tc-99 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.3×10¥4 1.7×10¥2 Tc-99m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 4.0 1.1×102 1.9×105 5.3×106 Te-121 ...... Tellurium (52) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 2.4×103 6.4×104 Te-121m ...... 5.0 1.4×102 3.0 8.1×101 2.6×102 7.0×103 Te-123m ...... 8.0 2.2×102 1.0 2.7×101 3.3×102 8.9×103 Te-125m ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.7×102 1.8×104 Te-127 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 9.8×104 2.6×106 Te-127m (a) ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.5×102 9.4×103 Te-129 ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 7.7×105 2.1×107 Te-129m (a) ...... 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.1×103 3.0×104 Te-131m (a) ...... 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 3.0×104 8.0×105 Te-132 (a) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 1.1×104 3.0×105 Th-227 ...... Thorium (90) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 5.0×10¥3 1.4×10¥1 1.1×103 3.1×104 Th-228 (a) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 3.0×101 8.2×102 Th-229 ...... 5.0 1.4×102 5.0×10¥4 1.4×10¥2 7.9×10¥3 2.1×10¥1 Th-230 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 7.6×10¥4 2.1×10¥2 Th-231 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.0×104 5.3×105 Th-232 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.0×10¥9 1.1×10¥7 Th-234 (a) ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 8.6×102 2.3×104 Th(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1×10¥9 2.2×10¥7 Ti-44 (a) ...... Titanium (22) ...... 5.0×10¥1 1.4×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 6.4 1.7×102 Tl-200 ...... Thallium (81) ...... 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 2.2×104 6.0×105 Tl-201 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 4.0 1.1×102 7.9×103 2.1×105 Tl-202 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 2.0×103 5.3×104 Tl-204 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 1.7×101 4.6×102 Tm-167 ...... Thulium (69) ...... 7.0 1.9×102 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.1×103 8.5×104 Tm-170 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.2×102 6.0×103 Tm-171 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 U-230 (fast lung absorp- Uranium (92) ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×10¥1 2.7 1.0×103 2.7×104 tion) (a)(d). U-230 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×10¥3 1.1×10¥1 1.0×103 2.7×104 sorption) (a)(e). U-230 (slow lung absorp- ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×10¥3 8.1×10¥2 1.0×103 2.7×104 tion) (a)(f). U-232 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 1.0×10¥2 2.7×10¥1 8.3×10¥1 2.2×101 tion) (d). U-232 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 7.0×10¥3 1.9×10¥1 8.3×10¥1 2.2×101 sorption) (e). U-232 (slow lung absorp- ...... 1.0×101 2.7×102 1.0×10¥3 2.7×10¥2 8.3×10¥1 2.2×101 tion) (f). U-233 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥2 2.4 3.6×10¥4 9.7×10¥3 tion) (d). U-233 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 3.6×10¥4 9.7×10¥3 sorption) (e). U-233 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 3.6×10¥4 9.7×10¥3 tion) (f). U-234 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 9.0×10¥2 2.4 2.3×10¥4 6.2×10¥3 tion) (d). U-234 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.3×10¥4 6.2×10¥3 sorption) (e). U-234 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 2.3×10¥4 6.2×10¥3 tion) (f). U-235 (all lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.0×10¥8 2.2×10¥6 tion types) (a),(d),(e),(f). U-236 (fast lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.4×10¥6 6.5×10¥5 tion) (d). U-236 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 2.0×10¥2 5.4×10¥1 2.4×10¥6 6.5×10¥5 sorption) (e). U-236 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 6.0×10¥3 1.6×10¥1 2.4×10¥6 6.5×10¥5 tion) (f). U-238 (all lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.2×10¥8 3.4×10¥7 tion types) (d),(e),(f).

666

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00676 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

U (nat)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.6×10¥8 7.1×10¥7 U (enriched to 20% or ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see see less)(g). § 173.434 § 173.434 U (dep)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see see § 173.434 § 173.434 V-48 ...... Vanadium (23) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 6.3×103 1.7×105 V-49 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.0×102 8.1×103 W-178 (a) ...... Tungsten (74) ...... 9.0 2.4×102 5.0 1.4×102 1.3×103 3.4×104 W-181 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 3.0×101 8.1×102 2.2×102 6.0×103 W-185 ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 3.5×102 9.4×103 W-187 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 2.6×104 7.0×105 W-188 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.7×102 1.0×104 Xe-122 (a) ...... Xenon (54) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.8×104 1.3×106 Xe-123 ...... 2.0 5.4×101 7.0×10¥1 1.9×101 4.4×105 1.2×107 Xe-127 ...... 4.0 1.1×102 2.0 5.4×101 1.0×103 2.8×104 Xe-131m ...... 4.0×101 1.1×103 4.0×101 1.1×103 3.1×103 8.4×104 Xe-133 ...... 2.0×101 5.4×102 1.0×101 2.7×102 6.9×103 1.9×105 Xe-135 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 2.0 5.4×101 9.5×104 2.6×106 Y-87 (a) ...... Yttrium (39) ...... 1.0 2.7×101 1.0 2.7×101 1.7×104 4.5×105 Y-88 ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 5.2×102 1.4×104 Y-90 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 2.0×104 5.4×105 Y-91 ...... 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 9.1×102 2.5×104 Y-91m ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 1.5×106 4.2×107 Y-92 ...... 2.0×10¥1 5.4 2.0×10¥1 5.4 3.6×105 9.6×106 Y-93 ...... 3.0×10¥1 8.1 3.0×10¥1 8.1 1.2×105 3.3×106 Yb-169 ...... Ytterbium (70) ...... 4.0 1.1×102 1.0 2.7×101 8.9×102 2.4×104 Yb-175 ...... 3.0×101 8.1×102 9.0×10¥1 2.4×101 6.6×103 1.8×105 Zn-65 ...... Zinc (30) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 2.0 5.4×101 3.0×102 8.2×103 Zn-69 ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.8×106 4.9×107 Zn-69m (a) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 6.0×10¥1 1.6×101 1.2×105 3.3×106 Zr-88 ...... Zirconium (40) ...... 3.0 8.1×101 3.0 8.1×101 6.6×102 1.8×104 Zr-93 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 9.3×10¥5 2.5×10¥3 Zr-95 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4×101 8.0×10¥1 2.2×101 7.9×102 2.1×104 Zr-97 (a) ...... 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 4.0×10¥1 1.1×101 7.1×104 1.9×106

a A1 and/or A2 values include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-lives less than 10 days. b The values of A1 and A2 in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only; the regulatory standard units are Terabecquerels (TBq), (see § 171.10). c The quantity may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a measurement of the radiation level at a pre- scribed distance from the source. d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal and accident conditions of transport. e These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport. f These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table. g These values apply to unirradiated uranium only. h A1 = 0.1 TBq (2.7 Ci) and A2 = 0.001 TBq (0.027 Ci) for Cf-252 for domestic use. i A2 = 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.

[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. § 173.436 Exempt material activity con- 13, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, centrations and exempt consign- 2006] ment activity limits for radio- nuclides. The Table of Exempt material activ- ity concentrations and exempt consign- ment activity limits for radionuclides is as follows:

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ac-225 ...... Actinium (89) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ac-227 ...... 1.0×10¥1 2.7×10¥12 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Ac-228 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ag-105 ...... Silver (47) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ag-108m (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ag-110m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5

667

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00677 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ag-111 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Al-26 ...... Aluminum (13) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Am-241 ...... Americium (95) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Am-242m (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Am-243 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Ar-37 ...... Argon (18) ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ar-39 ...... 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ar-41 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 As-72 ...... Arsenic (33) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 As-73 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 As-74 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 As-76 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 As-77 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 At-211 ...... Astatine (85) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Au-193 ...... Gold (79) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Au-194 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Au-195 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Au-198 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Au-199 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-131 ...... Barium (56) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-133 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-133m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ba-140 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Be-7 ...... Beryllium (4) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Be-10 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-205 ...... Bismuth (83) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-206 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Bi-207 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-210 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Bi-210m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Bi-212 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Bk-247 ...... Berkelium (97) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Bk-249 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Br-76 ...... Bromine (35) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Br-77 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Br-82 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 C-11 ...... Carbon (6) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 C-14 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ca-41 ...... Calcium (20) ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ca-45 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ca-47 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-109 ...... Cadmium (48) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-113m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-115 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cd-115m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ce-139 ...... Cerium (58) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ce-141 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ce-143 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ce-144 (b) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cf-248 ...... Californium (98) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cf-249 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cf-250 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cf-251 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cf-252 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cf-253 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cf-254 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cl-36 ...... Chlorine (17) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cl-38 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cm-240 ...... Curium (96) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cm-241 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cm-242 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cm-243 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cm-244 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cm-245 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cm-246 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Cm-247 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cm-248 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Co-55 ...... Cobalt (27) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Co-56 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Co-57 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Co-58 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5

668

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00678 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Co-58m ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Co-60 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cr-51 ...... Chromium (24) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Cs-129 ...... Cesium (55) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-131 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cs-132 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-134 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cs-134m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-135 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Cs-136 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Cs-137 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Cu-64 ...... Copper (29) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Cu-67 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Dy-159 ...... Dysprosium (66) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Dy-165 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Dy-166 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Er-169 ...... Erbium (68) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Er-171 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-147 ...... Europium (63) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-148 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-149 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Eu-150 (short lived) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-150 (long lived) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-152 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-152m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-154 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Eu-155 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Eu-156 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 F-18 ...... Fluorine (9) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-52 ...... Iron (26) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-55 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-59 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Fe-60 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ga-67 ...... Gallium (31) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ga-68 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ga-72 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Gd-146 ...... Gadolinium (64) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Gd-148 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Gd-153 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Gd-159 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ge-68 ...... Germanium (32) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ge-71 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ge-77 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Hf-172 ...... Hafnium (72) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hf-175 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hf-181 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hf-182 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-194 ...... Mercury (80) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-195m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-197 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Hg-197m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Hg-203 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ho-166 ...... Holmium (67) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ho-166m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-123 ...... Iodine (53) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 I-124 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-125 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-126 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-129 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 I-131 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-132 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 I-133 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 I-134 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 I-135 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-111 ...... Indium (49) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-113m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-114m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 In-115m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ir-189 ...... Iridium (77) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ir-190 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ir-192 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7

669

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00679 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ir-194 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 K-40 ...... Potassium (19) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 K-42 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 K-43 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Kr-81 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Kr-85 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Kr-85m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×1010 2.7×10¥1 Kr-87 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 La-137 ...... Lanthanum (57) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 La-140 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Lu-172 ...... Lutetium (71) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Lu-173 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Lu-174 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Lu-174m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Lu-177 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Mg-28 ...... Magnesium (12) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Mn-52 ...... Manganese (25) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Mn-53 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Mn-54 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Mn-56 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Mo-93 ...... Molybdenum (42) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Mo-99 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 N-13 ...... Nitrogen (7) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Na-22 ...... Sodium (11) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Na-24 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Nb-93m ...... Niobium (41) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Nb-94 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nb-95 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nb-97 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nd-147 ...... Neodymium (60) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Nd-149 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ni-59 ...... Nickel (28) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ni-63 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ni-65 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Np-235 ...... Neptunium (93) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Np-236 (short-lived) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Np-236 (long-lived) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Np-237 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Np-239 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Os-185 ...... Osmium (76) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Os-191 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Os-191m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Os-193 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Os-194 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 P-32 ...... Phosphorus (15) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 P-33 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Pa-230 ...... Protactinium (91) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pa-231 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Pa-233 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pb-201 ...... Lead (82) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pb-202 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pb-203 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pb-205 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pb-210 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pb-212 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Pd-103 ...... Palladium (46) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Pd-107 ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Pd-109 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-143 ...... Promethium (61) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-144 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-145 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pm-147 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pm-148m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-149 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pm-151 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Po-210 ...... Polonium (84) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pr-142 ...... Praseodymium (59) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Pr-143 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-188 ...... Platinum (78) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-191 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-193 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4

670

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00680 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Pt-193m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pt-195m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-197 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pt-197m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Pu-236 ...... Plutonium (94) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-237 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Pu-238 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-239 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-240 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Pu-241 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Pu-242 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Pu-244 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ra-223 (b) ...... Radium (88) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ra-224 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ra-225 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Ra-226 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Ra-228 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Rb-81 ...... Rubidium (37) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rb-83 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rb-84 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rb-86 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Rb-87 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Rb(nat) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Re-184 ...... Rhenium (75) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re-184m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re-186 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re-187 ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Re-188 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Re-189 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Re(nat) ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Rh-99 ...... Rhodium (45) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rh-101 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Rh-102 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rh-102m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Rh-103m ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Rh-105 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Rn-222 (b) ...... Radon (86) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Ru-97 ...... Ruthenium (44) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ru-103 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ru-105 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ru-106 (b) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 S-35 ...... Sulphur (16) ...... 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Sb-122 ...... Antimony (51) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Sb-124 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sb-125 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sb-126 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sc-44 ...... Scandium (21) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sc-46 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sc-47 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sc-48 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Se-75 ...... Selenium (34) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Se-79 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Si-31 ...... Silicon (14) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Si-32 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sm-145 ...... Samarium (62) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sm-147 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Sm-151 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Sm-153 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sn-113 ...... Tin (50) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sn-117m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sn-119m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sn-121m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sn-123 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sn-125 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sn-126 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sr-82 ...... Strontium (38) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sr-85 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sr-85m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Sr-87m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sr-89 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Sr-90 (b) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7

671

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00681 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Sr-91 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Sr-92 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 T(H-3) ...... Tritium (1) ...... 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Ta-178 (long-lived) ...... Tantalum (73) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Ta-179 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Ta-182 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Tb-157 ...... Terbium (65) ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tb-158 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tb-160 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-95m ...... Technetium (43) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-96 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-96m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tc-97 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 Tc-97m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tc-98 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tc-99 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Tc-99m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-121 ...... Tellurium (52) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-121m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Te-123m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-125m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-127 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-127m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Te-129 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-129m ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-131m ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Te-132 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Th-227 ...... Thorium (90) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-228 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-229 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Th-230 ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-231 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Th-232 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Th-234 (b) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Th (nat) (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 Ti-44 ...... Titanium (22) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Tl-200 ...... Thallium (81) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tl-201 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tl-202 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tl-204 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Tm-167 ...... Thulium (69) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tm-170 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Tm-171 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×108 2.7×10¥3 U-230 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ..... Uranium (92) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-230 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-230 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-232 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-235 (all lung absorption types) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 (b),(d),(e),(f). U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-236 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 U-236 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 U-238 (all lung absorption types) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 (b),(d),(e),(f). U (nat) (b) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 U (enriched to 20% or less)(g) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 U (dep) ...... 1.0 2.7×10¥11 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 V-48 ...... Vanadium (23) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 V-49 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 W-178 ...... Tungsten (74) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 W-181 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 W-185 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 W-187 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5

672

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00682 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.441

Activity con- Activity con- centration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

W-188 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Xe-122 ...... Xenon (54) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Xe-123 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×109 2.7×10¥2 Xe-127 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Xe-131m ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Xe-133 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 Xe-135 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×1010 2.7×10¥1 Y-87 ...... Yttrium (39) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-88 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-90 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Y-91 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-91m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Y-92 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Y-93 ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 Yb-169 ...... Ytterbium (70) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Yb-175 ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Zn-65 ...... Zinc (30) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zn-69 ...... 1.0×104 2.7×10¥7 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zn-69m ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zr-88 ...... Zirconium (40) ...... 1.0×102 2.7×10¥9 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zr-93 (b) ...... 1.0×103 2.7×10¥8 1.0×107 2.7×10¥4 Zr-95 ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×106 2.7×10¥5 Zr-97 (b) ...... 1.0×101 2.7×10¥10 1.0×105 2.7×10¥6 a [Reserved] b Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed in the following: Sr-90 Y-90 Zr-93 Nb-93m Zr-97 Nb-97 Ru-106 Rh-106 Cs-137 Ba-137m Ce-134 La-134 Ce-144 Pr-144 Ba-140 La-140 Bi-212 Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210 Pb-212 Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Rn-220 Po-216 Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214 Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207 Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208(0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210 Ra-228 Ac-228 Th-226 Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214 Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209 Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Th-234 Pa-234m U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214 U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) U-235 Th-231 U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210 U-240 Np-240m Np-237 Pa-233 Am-242 mAm-242 Am-243 Np-239 c [Reserved] d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal and accident conditions of transport. e These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport. f These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table. g These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.

[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004] for transportation must be designed and prepared for shipment, so that § 173.441 Radiation level limitations under conditions normally incident to and exclusive use provisions. transportation, the radiation level does (a) Except as provided in paragraph not exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour) (b) of this section, each package of at any point on the external surface of Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered

673

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00683 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.442 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the package, and the transport index will cause the carrier to avoid actions does not exceed 10. that will unnecessarily delay delivery (b) A package which exceeds the radi- or unnecessarily result in increased ra- ation level limits specified in para- diation levels or radiation exposures to graph (a) of this section must be trans- transport workers or members of the ported by exclusive use shipment, and general public. the radiation levels for such shipment (d) Conveyance limits on the sum of may not exceed the following during package transport indices are as fol- transportation: lows: (1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the exter- (1) Except for shipments by cargo air- nal surface of the package unless the craft only or by seagoing vessel, the following conditions are met, in which case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/ sum of transport indices for a non-ex- h): clusive use shipment may not exceed (i) The shipment is made in a closed 50. transport vehicle; (2) Where a consignment is trans- (ii) The package is secured within the ported under exclusive use, there is no vehicle so that its position remains limit on the sum of the transport indi- fixed during transportation; and ces aboard a single conveyance. The (iii) There are no loading or unload- conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), ing operations between the beginning (b)(4) and (c) must be met. and end of the transportation; (3) Provisions for shipments of Class (2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point 7 (radioactive) materials by air are de- on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, in- scribed in §§ 175.700–175.705 of this sub- cluding the top and underside of the ve- chapter. hicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style (4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7 vehicle, at any point on the vertical (radioactive) materials by vessel are planes projected from the outer edges described in §§ 176.700–176.720 of this of the vehicle, on the upper surface of subchapter. the load or enclosure if used, and on (e) A package exceeding the max- the lower external surface of the vehi- imum surface radiation level or max- cle; (3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point imum transport index prescribed in 2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral paragraph (a) of this section may not surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the be transported by aircraft. top and underside of the vehicle); or in [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at amended at 63 FR 48568, Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] vertical planes projected by the outer edges of the vehicle (excluding the top § 173.442 Thermal limitations. and underside of the vehicle); and A package of Class 7 (radioactive) (4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any nor- material must be designed, con- mally occupied space, except that this structed, and loaded so that— provision does not apply to carriers if (a) The heat generated within the they operate under the provisions of a State or federally regulated radiation package by the radioactive contents protection program and if personnel will not, during conditions normally under their control who are in such an incident to transport, affect the integ- occupied space wear radiation dosim- rity of the package; and etry devices. (b) The temperature of the accessible (c) For shipments made under the external surfaces of the loaded package provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- will not, assuming still air in the shade tion, the offeror shall provide specific at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100 written instructions for maintenance °F), exceed either— of the exclusive use shipment controls (1) 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an ex- to the carrier. The instructions must clusive use shipment; or be included with the shipping paper in- (2) 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use formation. The instructions must be shipment. sufficient so that, when followed, they

674

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00684 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.447

§ 173.443 Contamination control. ceed the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. (a) The level of non-fixed (removable) radioactive contamination on the ex- (c) Except as provided in paragraph ternal surfaces of each package offered (d) of this section, each transport vehi- for transport must be kept as low as cle used for transporting Class 7 (radio- reasonable achievable. The level of active) materials as an exclusive use non-fixed radioactive contamination shipment that utilizes the provisions of may not exceed the limits set forth in paragraph (b) of this section must be Table 9 and must be determined by ei- surveyed with appropriate radiation ther: detection instruments after each use. A vehicle may not be returned to service (1) Wiping an area of 300 cm2 of the until the radiation dose rate at each surface concerned with an absorbent accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour material, using moderate pressure, and (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is measuring the activity on the wiping no significant removable (non-fixed) material. Sufficient measurements radioactive surface contamination as must be taken in the most appropriate specified in paragraph (a) of this sec- locations to yield a representative as- tion. sessment of the non-fixed contamina- tion levels. The amount of radioac- (d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- tivity measured on any single wiping tion do not apply to any closed trans- material, divided by the surface area port vehicle used solely for the trans- wiped and divided by the efficiency of portation by highway or rail of Class 7 the wipe procedure (the fraction of re- (radioactive) material packages with movable contamination transferred contamination levels that do not ex- from the surface to the absorbent ma- ceed 10 times the levels prescribed in terial), may not exceed the limits set paragraph (a) of this section if— forth in Table 9 at any time during (1) A survey of the interior surfaces transport. For this purpose the actual of the empty vehicle shows that the ra- wipe efficiency may be used, or the diation dose rate at any point does not wipe efficiency may be assumed to be exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per 0.10; or hour) at the surface or 0.02 mSv per (2) Alternatively, the level of non- hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m (3.3 feet) fixed radioactive contamination may from the surface; be determined by using other methods (2) Each vehicle is stenciled with the of equal or greater efficiency. words ‘‘For Radioactive Materials Use Table 9 is as follows: Only’’ in letters at least 76 millimeters (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place TABLE 9—NON-FIXED EXTERNAL RADIOACTIVE on both sides of the exterior of the ve- CONTAMINATION LIMITS FOR PACKAGES hicle; and (3) Each vehicle is kept closed except Maximum permissible lim- for loading or unloading. its Contaminant uCi/ dpm/ [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as Bq/cm2 cm2 cm2 amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, 1. Beta and gamma emitters Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004] and low toxicity alpha emitters 4 10¥4 220 2. All other alpha emitting radio- ¥ § 173.447 Storage incident to transpor- nuclides ...... 0.4 10 5 22 tation—general requirements. (b) Except as provided in paragraph The following requirements apply to (d) of this section, in the case of pack- temporary storage during the course of ages transported as exclusive use ship- transportation but not to Nuclear Reg- ments by rail or public highway only, ulatory Commission or Agreement the removable (non-fixed) radioactive State-licensed facilities or U.S. Gov- contamination on any package at any ernment-owned or contracted facili- time during transport may not exceed ties. ten times the levels prescribed in para- (a) The number of packages and over- graph (a) of this section. The levels at packs bearing FISSILE labels stored in the beginning of transport may not ex- any one storage area, such as a transit

675

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00685 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.448 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

area, terminal building, storeroom, wa- (f) No person shall offer for transpor- terfront pier, or assembly yard, must tation or transport aboard a passenger- be limited so that the total sum of the carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radio- criticality safety indices in any indi- active) material unless that material is vidual group of such packages and intended for use in, or incident to, re- overpacks does not exceed 50. Groups of search, medical diagnosis or treatment. such packages and overpacks must be (g) If an overpack is used to consoli- stored so as to maintain a spacing of at date individual packages or to enclose least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups a single package of Class 7 (radio- of such packages and overpacks. active) materials, the package(s) must (b) Storage requirements for Class 7 comply with the packaging, marking, (radioactive) material transported in and labeling requirements of this sub- vessels are described in subpart M of chapter, and: part 176 of this subchapter. (1) The overpack must be labeled as [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as prescribed in § 172.403(h) of this sub- amended by 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR chapter; 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] (2) The overpack must be marked as prescribed in subpart D of part 172 of § 173.448 General transportation re- quirements. this subchapter and § 173.25(a); and (3) The transport index of the over- (a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radio- pack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger- active) materials must be secured to carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for prevent shifting during normal trans- cargo-aircraft shipments. portation conditions. (b) Except as provided in §§ 174.81, [69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] 176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or as otherwise required by the Com- § 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions. petent Authority in the applicable cer- Fissile materials meeting the re- tificate, a package or overpack of Class quirements of at least one of the para- 7 (radioactive) materials may be car- graphs (a) through (f) of this section ried among packaged general cargo are excepted from the requirements of without special stowage provisions, if— this subpart for fissile materials, in- (1) The heat output in watts does not cluding the requirements of §§ 173.457 exceed 0.1 times the minimum package and 173.459, but are subject to all other dimension in centimeters; or requirements of this subpart, except as (2) The average surface heat flux of noted. the package or overpack does not ex- (a) An individual package containing ceed 15 watts per square meter and the 2 grams or less of fissile material. immediately surrounding cargo is not (b) An individual or bulk packaging in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form containing 15 grams or less of fissile that would seriously impede air cir- culation for heat removal. material provided the package has at least 200 grams of solid nonfissile ma- (c) Packages or overpacks bearing la- terial for every gram of fissile mate- bels prescribed in § 172.403 of this sub- chapter may not be carried in compart- rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy- ments occupied by passengers, except drogenous material enriched in deute- in those compartments exclusively re- rium may be present in the package served for couriers accompanying those but must not be included in deter- packages. mining the required mass for solid (d) Mixing of different kinds of pack- nonfissile material. ages that include fissile packages is au- (c) Low concentrations of solid fissile thorized only in accordance with material commingled with solid § 173.459. nonfissile material, provide that: (e) No person shall offer for transpor- (1) There is at least 2000 grams of tation or transport aboard a passenger- nonfissile material for every gram of carrying aircraft any single package or fissile material, and overpack with a transport index great- (2) There is no more than 180 grams er than 3.0. of fissile material distributed within

676

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00686 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.461

360 kg of contiguous nonfissile mate- vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy- freight container or on a conveyance drogenous material enriched in deute- may not exceed 100. rium may be present in the package (f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile but must not be included in deter- material packages must satisfy the ra- mining the required mass of solid diation level and administrative re- nonfissile material. quirements of § 173.441(b). (d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235 (g) The number of packages, over- to a maximum of 1 percent by weight, packs and freight containers con- and with total plutonium and uranium- taining fissile material stored in tran- 233 content of up to 1 percent of the sit in any one storage area must be so mass of uranium-235, provided that the limited that the total sum of the CSI’s mass of any beryllium, graphite, and in any group of packages, overpacks or hydrogenous material enriched in deu- freight containers does not exceed 50. terium constitute less than 5 percent of Groups of packages shall be stored so the uranium mass. as to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m (e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate (20 ft) between the closest surfaces of enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum any two groups. of 2 percent by mass, with a total plu- (h) Provisions for shipment by vessel tonium and uranium-233 content not of Class 7 (radioactive) material pack- exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of ages, including fissile material pack- uranium, and with a minimum nitro- ages by vessel are described in gen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2. §§ 176.700–176.720 of this subchapter. The material must be contained in at least a DOT Type A package. [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] (f) Packages containing, individually, a total plutonium mass of not more § 173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile- than 1000 grams, of which not more excepted material packages. than 20 percent by mass may consist of plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any Mixing of fissile material packages combination of these radionuclides. with other types of Class 7 (radio- active) materials in any conveyance or [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] storage location is authorized only if the TI of any single package does not § 173.457 Transportation of fissile ma- exceed 10, the CSI of any single pack- terial packages—specific require- ments. age does not exceed 50, and the provi- sions of §§ 173.441 and 173.457 are satis- (a) Packages containing fissile radio- fied. active material which are not excepted under § 173.453 must be assigned by the [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] offeror, in accordance with their defini- tions in § 173.403, a criticality safety § 173.461 Demonstration of compliance index (CSI) and a transport index (TI). with tests. (b) Fissile material packages and (a) Compliance with the design re- conveyances transporting fissile mate- quirements in § 173.412 and the test re- rial packages must satisfy the radi- quirements in §§ 173.465 through 173.469 ation level restrictions of § 173.441. must be shown by any of the methods (c) Except for consignments under ex- prescribed in this paragraph, or by a clusive use, the CSI of any package or combination of these methods appro- overpack may not exceed 50. A fissile priate for the particular feature being material package with CSI greater evaluated: than 50 must be transported by exclu- (1) Performance of tests with proto- sive use. types or samples of the specimens rep- (d) For non-exclusive use shipments resenting LSA-III, special form Class 7 of fissile material packages, except on (radioactive) material, or packaging, in vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a which case the contents of the pack- freight container or on a conveyance aging for the test must simulate as may not exceed 50. closely as practicable the expected (e) For exclusive use shipments of range of physical properties of the ra- fissile material packages, except on dioactive contents or packaging to be

677

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00687 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.462 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

tested, must be prepared as normally § 173.465 Type A packaging tests. presented for transport. The use of (a) The packaging, with contents, non-radioactive substitute contents is must be capable of withstanding the encouraged provided that the results of water spray, free drop, stacking and the testing take into account the ra- penetration tests prescribed in this sec- dioactive characteristics of the con- tion. One prototype may be used for all tents for which the package is being tests if the requirements of paragraph tested; (b) of this section are met. (2) Reference to a previous, satisfac- tory demonstration of compliance of a (b) Water spray test. The water spray sufficiently similar nature; test must precede each test or test se- (3) Performance of tests with models quence prescribed in this section. The of appropriate scale incorporating water spray test must simulate expo- those features that are significant with sure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm respect to the item under investiga- (2 inches) per hour for at least one tion, when engineering experience has hour. The time interval between the shown results of those tests to be suit- end of the water spray test and the be- able for design purposes. When a scale ginning of the next test must be such model is used, the need for adjusting that the water has soaked in to the certain test parameters, such as the maximum extent without appreciable penetrator diameter or the compres- drying of the exterior of the specimen. sive load, must be taken into account; In the absence of evidence to the con- or trary, this interval may be assumed to (4) Calculations or reasoned evalua- be two hours if the water spray is ap- tion, using reliable and conservative plied from four different directions si- procedures and parameters. multaneously. However, no time inter- (b) With respect to the initial condi- val may elapse if the water spray is ap- tions for the tests under §§ 173.465 plied from each of the four directions through 173.469, except for the water consecutively. immersion tests, compliance must be (c) Free drop test. The specimen must based upon the assumption that the drop onto the target so as to suffer package is in equilibrium at an ambi- maximum damage to the safety fea- ent temperature of 38 °C (100 °F). tures being tested, and: (1) The height of the drop measured [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as from the lowest point of the specimen amended by 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998] to the upper surface of the target may § 173.462 Preparation of specimens for not be less than the distance specified testing. in table 10, for the applicable package mass. The target must be as specified (a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, pro- in § 173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as follows: totype or scale model) must be exam- ined before testing to identify and TABLE 10—FREE DROP DISTANCE FOR TESTING record faults or damage, including: PACKAGES TO NORMAL CONDITIONS OF (1) Divergence from the specifica- TRANSPORT tions or drawings; (2) Defects in construction; Package mass Free drop distance (3) Corrosion or other deterioration; Kilograms (pounds) Meters (Feet) and (4) Distortion of features. < Mass 5000 (11,000) ...... 1.2 (4) (b) Any deviation found under para- 5,000 (11,000) Mass to 10,000 (22,000) 0.9 (3) 10,000 (22,000) Mass to 15,000 graph (a) of this section from the speci- (33,000) ...... 0.6 (2) fied design must be corrected or appro- > 15,000 (33,000) Mass ...... 0.3 (1) priately taken into account in the sub- sequent evaluation. (2) For packages containing fissile (c) The containment system of the material, the free drop test specified in packaging must be clearly specified. paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be (d) The external features of the speci- preceded by a free drop from a height men must be clearly identified so that of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in reference may be made to any part of the case of cylindrical packages, onto it. each of the quarters of each rim.

678

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00688 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.468

(3) For fiberboard or wood rectan- § 173.466 Additional tests for Type A gular packages with a mass of 50 kg packagings designed for liquids and (110 pounds) or less, a separate speci- gases. men must be subjected to a free drop (a) In addition to the tests prescribed onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m in § 173.465, Type A packagings designed (1 foot). for liquids and gases must be capable of (4) For cylindrical fiberboard pack- withstanding the following tests: ages with a mass of 100 kg (220 pounds) (1) Free drop test. The packaging spec- or less, a separate specimen must be imen must drop onto the target so as subjected to a free drop onto each of to suffer the maximum damage to its the quarters of each rim from a height containment. The height of the drop of 0.3 m (1 foot). measured from the lowest part of the (5) The target for the free drop test packaging specimen to the upper sur- must be a flat, horizontal surface of face of the target must be 9 m (30 feet) such mass and rigidity that any in- or greater. The target must be as speci- crease in its resistance to displacement fied in § 173.465(c)(5). or deformation upon impact by the (2) Penetration test. The specimen specimen would not significantly in- must be subjected to the test specified crease the damage to the specimen. in § 173.465(e) except that the height of (d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen the drop must be 1.7 m (5.5 feet). must be subjected for a period of at (b) [Reserved] least 24 hours to a compressive load equivalent to the greater of the fol- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as lowing: amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] (i) Five times the mass of the actual § 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the package; or ability of Type B and fissile mate- (ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals rials packagings to withstand acci- (1.9 psi) multiplied by the vertically dent conditions in transportation. projected area of the package. Each Type B packaging or packaging (2) The compressive load must be ap- for fissile material must meet the test plied uniformly to two opposite sides of requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part the specimen, one of which must be the 71 for ability to withstand accident base on which the package would nor- conditions in transportation. mally rest. (e) Penetration test. For the penetra- § 173.468 Test for LSA-III material. tion test, the specimen must be placed (a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) ma- on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that terial must meet the test requirement will not move significantly while the of paragraph (b) of this section. Any test is being performed. differences between the material to be (1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in di- transported and the test material must ameter with a hemispherical end and a be taken into account in determining mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be whether the test requirements have dropped and directed to fall with its been met. longitudinal axis vertical, onto the (b) Test method. (1) The specimen rep- center of the weakest part of the speci- resenting no less than the entire con- men, so that, if it penetrates far tents of the package must be immersed enough, it will hit the containment for 7 days in water at ambient tem- system. The bar may not be signifi- perature. cantly deformed by the test; and (2) The volume of water to be used in (2) The height of the drop of the bar the test must be sufficient to ensure measured from its lower end to the in- that at the end of the test period the tended point of impact on the upper free volume of the unabsorbed and surface of the specimen must be 1 m unreacted water remaining will be at (3.3 feet) or greater. least 10% of the volume of the speci- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as men itself. amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May (3) The water must have an initial pH 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692, of 6–8 and a maximum conductivity of Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005] 10 micromho/cm at 20 °C (68 °F).

679

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00689 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.469 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(4) The total activity of the free vol- ardization document ISO 9978–1992(E): ume of water must be measured fol- ‘‘Radiation protection—Sealed radio- lowing the 7 day immersion test and active sources—Leakage test methods’’ must not exceed 0.1 A2. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (b) Test methods—(1) Impact Test. The § 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 specimen must fall onto the target (radioactive) materials. from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or great- (a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive) er. The target must be as specified in materials must meet the test require- § 173.465(c)(5). ments of paragraph (b) of this section. (2) Percussion Test. (i) The specimen Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) mate- must be placed on a sheet of lead that rial or capsule specimen to be tested is supported by a smooth solid surface, must be manufactured or fabricated so and struck by the flat face of a steel that it is representative of the actual billet so as to produce an impact equiv- solid material or capsule that will be alent to that resulting from a free drop transported with the proposed radio- of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3 active content duplicated as closely as feet). practicable. Any differences between (ii) The flat face of the billet must be the material to be transported and the 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the test material, such as the use of non- edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm radioactive contents, must be taken ±0.3 mm (0.12 inch ±0.012 inch). into account in determining whether (iii) The lead must be of hardness the test requirements have been met. number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale The following additional conditions and thickness 2.5 cm (1 inch) or great- apply: er, and must cover an area greater (1) A different specimen may be used than that covered by the specimen. for each of the tests; (iv) A fresh surface of lead must be (2) The specimen may not break or used for each impact. shatter when subjected to the impact, (v) The billet must strike the speci- percussion, or bending tests; men so as to cause maximum damage. (3) The specimen may not melt or disperse when subjected to the heat (3) Bending test. (i) This test applies test; and only to long, slender sources with a (4) After each test, leaktightness or length of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater indispersibility of the specimen must and a length to width ratio of 10 or be determined by— greater. (i) A method no less sensitive than (ii) The specimen must be rigidly the leaching assessment prescribed in clamped in a horizontal position so paragraph (c) of this section. For a cap- that one half of its length protrudes sule resistant to corrosion by water, from the face of the clamp. and which has an internal void volume (iii) The orientation of the specimen greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alter- must be such that the specimen will native to the leaching assessment is a suffer maximum damage when its free demonstration of leaktightness of 10¥4 end is struck by the flat face of a steel torr-1/s (1.3 × 10¥4 atm-cm3/s) based on billet. air at 25 °C (77 °F) and one atmosphere (iv) The billet must strike the speci- differential pressure for solid radio- men so as to produce an impact equiva- active content, or 10¥6 torr-1/s (1.3 × lent to that resulting from a free 10¥6 atm-cm3/s) for liquid or gaseous vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) radioactive content; or through 1 m (3.3 feet). (ii) A specimen that comprises or (v) The flat face of the billet must be simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate- 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the rial contained in a sealed capsule need edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm not be subjected to the leaching assess- ±0.3 mm (.12 inch ±0.012 inch). ment specified in paragraph (c) of this (4) Heat test. The specimen must be section provided it is alternatively sub- heated in air to a temperature of not jected to any of the volumetric leakage less than 800 °C (1475 °F), held at that assessment tests prescribed in the temperature for a period of 10 minutes, International Organization for Stand- and then allowed to cool.

680

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00690 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.471

(c) Leaching assessment methods. (1) exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 For indispersible solid material— microcurie). (i) The specimen shall be immersed (d) A specimen that comprises or for seven days in water at ambient simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate- temperature. The volume of water to rial contained in a sealed capsule need be used in the test shall be sufficient to not be subjected to— ensure that at the end of the seven day (1) The impact test and the percus- test period the free volume of the sion test of this section provided that unabsorbed and unreacted water re- the mass of the special form radio- maining shall be at least 10% of the active material is less than 200 g and it volume of the solid test sample itself. is alternatively subjected to the Class 4 The water shall have an initial pH of 6– impact test prescribed in ISO 2919, 8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/ ‘‘Sealed Radioactive Sources—Classi- m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F). fication’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (ii) The water with specimen must chapter); and then be heated to a temperature of 50 (2) The heat test of this section, pro- °C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at vided the specimen is alternatively this temperature for four hours. subjected to the Class 6 temperature (iii) The activity of the water must test specified in the International Or- then be determined. ganization for Standardization docu- (iv) The specimen shall then be kept ment ISO 2919–1980(e), ‘‘Sealed Radio- for at least seven days in still air at active Sources-Classification.’’ (see not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative § 171.7 of this subchapter) humidity not less than 90%. [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (v) The specimen must then be im- amended at 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR mersed in water under the same condi- 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381, tions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; section, and the water with specimen 69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] must be heated to 50 C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) § 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nu- and maintained at that temperature clear Regulatory Commission ap- for four hours. proved packages. (vi) The activity of the water must In addition to the applicable require- then be determined. The activities de- ments of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory termined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this Commission (NRC) and other require- section and this paragraph, (c)(1)(vi), ments of this subchapter, any offeror of may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 a Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile ma- microcurie). terial package that has been approved (2) For encapsulated material— by the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR (i) The specimen shall be immersed part 71 must also comply with the fol- in water at ambient temperature. The lowing requirements: water shall have an initial pH of 6–8 (a) The offeror shall be registered and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/ with the USNRC as a party to the ° ° m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 C (68 F). packaging approval, and make the (ii) The water and specimen must be shipment in compliance with the terms heated to a temperature of 50 °C ±5° (122 of the packaging approval; °F ±9°) and maintained at this tempera- (b) The outside of each package must ture for four hours. be durably and legibly marked with the (iii) The activity of the water must package identification marking indi- then be determined. cated in the USNRC packaging ap- (iv) The specimen shall then be kept proval; for at least seven days in still air at (c) Each shipping paper related to the not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative shipment of the package must bear the humidity not less than 90%. package identification marking indi- (v) The process in paragraphs cated in the USNRC packaging ap- (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this proval; section must be repeated. (d) Before export shipment of the (vi) The activity determined in para- package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. graph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not Competent Authority Certificate for

681

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00691 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.472 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

that package design, or if one has al- ceived at least 90 days before the re- ready been issued, the offeror shall reg- quested effective date. ister in writing (including a description [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as of the quality assurance program re- amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR quired by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S. 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; Competent Authority as a user of the 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, certificate. (NOTE: The person who 2007] originally applies for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate will be registered § 173.472 Requirements for exporting automatically.) The registration re- DOT Specification Type B and quest must be sent to the Associate fissile packages. Administrator for Hazardous Materials (a) Any offeror who exports a DOT Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- Specification Type B or fissile material portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- package authorized by § 173.416 or sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590– § 173.417 shall comply with paragraphs 0001. Alternatively, the application (b) through (f) of this section. with any attached supporting docu- (b) The shipment must be made in ac- mentation in an appropriate format cordance with the conditions of the may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to U.S. Certificate of Competent Author- (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by ity. electronic mail (e-mail) to (c) The outside of each package must ‘‘[email protected].’’ Upon registration, be durably and legibly marked with the the offeror will be furnished with a package identification marking indi- copy of the certificate. The offeror cated in the U.S. Competent Authority shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Certificate. Competent Authority Certificate ap- (d) Each shipping paper related to the plying to that package design to the shipment of the package must bear the national competent authority of each package identification marking indi- country into or through which the cated in the U.S. Competent Authority package will be transported, unless the Certificate. offeror has documentary evidence that (e) Before export of the package, the a copy has already been furnished; and offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent (e) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package Authority Certificate as required by design, or if one has already been the IAEA regulations must be sub- issued, the offeror shall register in mitted in writing to the Associate Ad- writing (including a description of the ministrator. The request must be in quality assurance program required by triplicate and include copies of the ap- 10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR plicable USNRC packaging approval, 173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Com- USNRC Quality Assurance Program ap- petent Authority as a user of the cer- proval number, and a reproducible 22 tificate. Upon registration, the offeror cm × 30 cm (8.5″×11″) drawing showing will be furnished with a copy of the the make-up of the package. The re- certificate. The offeror shall then sub- quest and accompanying documenta- mit a copy of the U.S. Competent Au- tion must be sent to the Associate Ad- thority Certificate applying to that ministrator for Hazardous Materials package design to the national com- Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- petent authority of each country into portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- or through which the package will be sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590– transported, unless the offeror has doc- 0001. Alternatively, the application umentary evidence that a copy has al- with any attached supporting docu- ready been furnished. mentation in an appropriate format (f) Each request for a U.S. Competent may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to Authority Certificate as required by (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by the IAEA regulations must be sub- electronic mail (e-mail) to mitted in writing to the Associate Ad- ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- ministrator. The request must be in sidered in the order in which it is re- triplicate and must include a descrip- ceived. To allow sufficient time for tion of the quality assurance program consideration, requests must be re- required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H,

682

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00692 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.474

or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a re- by electronic mail to producible 22 cm × 30 cm (8.5″×11″) draw- ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- ing showing the make-up of the pack- sidered in the order in which it is re- age. A copy of the USNRC quality as- ceived. surance program approval will satisfy To allow sufficient time for consider- the requirement for describing the ation, requests must be received at quality assurance program. The re- least 90 days before the requested effec- quest and accompanying documenta- tive date; tion may be sent by mail or other de- (2) Register in writing with the U.S. livery service. Alternatively, the re- Competent Authority as a user of the quest with any attached supporting package covered by the foreign com- documentation submitted in an appro- petent authority certificate and its priate format may be sent by facsimile U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or registration request with any attached by electronic mail (e-mail) to supporting documentation submitted ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- in an appropriate format may be sent sidered in the order in which it is re- by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or ceived. To allow sufficient time for (202) 366–3650, or by electronic mail (e- consideration, requests must be re- mail) to ‘‘[email protected].’’ If the offer- ceived at least 90 days before the re- or is requesting the revalidation, reg- quested effective date. istration is automatic; and [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (3) Supply to the carrier, upon re- amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR quest, the applicable competent au- 61014, Sept. 27, 2002] thority certificates. However, the com- petent authority certificates are not § 173.473 Requirements for foreign- required to accompany the packages to made packages. which they apply. In addition to other applicable re- (b) The outside of each package must quirements of this subchapter, each of- be durably and legibly marked with the feror of a foreign-made Type B(U), competent authority identification Type B(M), Type C, Type CF, Type marking indicated on the Competent H(U), Type H(M), or fissile material Authority Certificate and revalidation. package for which a Competent Au- (c) Each shipping paper for a ship- thority Certificate is required by ment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials IAEA’s ‘‘Regulations for the Safe must bear a notation of the package Transport of Radioactive Material, No. identification marking indicated on TS-R-1, ’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- the competent authority certificate or chapter) shall also comply with the fol- revalidation. lowing requirements: (d) All requirements of the foreign (a) Prior to the shipment of such a competent authority certificate and package of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- the U.S. Competent Authority re- rials into or from the U.S., the offeror validation must be fulfilled. shall— [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (1) Have the foreign competent au- amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR thority certificate revalidated by the 16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. U.S. Competent Authority, unless this 31, 2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004] has been done previously. Each request for revalidation must be submitted to § 173.474 Quality control for construc- the Associate Administrator. The re- tion of packaging. quest must be in triplicate, contain all Prior to the first use of any pack- the information required by Section aging for the shipment of Class 7 (ra- VII of the IAEA regulations in Safety dioactive) material, the offeror shall Series No. 6, and include a copy in determine that— English of the foreign competent au- (a) The packaging meets the quality thority certificate. Alternatively, the of design and construction require- request with any attached supporting ments as specified in this subchapter; documentation submitted in an appro- and priate format may be sent by facsimile (b) The effectiveness of the shielding, (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or containment and, when required, the

683

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00693 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 173.475 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

heat transfer characteristics of the onstrating that the special form mate- package, are within the limits specified rial meets the requirements of § 173.469. for the package design. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Au- thority issued for the special form ma- § 173.475 Quality control requirements terial may be used to satisfy this re- prior to each shipment of Class 7 quirement. (radioactive) materials. (b) Prior to the first export shipment Before each shipment of any Class 7 of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) (radioactive) materials package, the of- material from the United States, each feror must ensure, by examination or offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent appropriate tests, that— Authority Certificate for the specific (a) The packaging is proper for the material. For special form material contents to be shipped; manufactured outside the United (b) The packaging is in unimpaired States, an IAEA Certificate of Com- physical condition, except for super- petent Authority from the country of ficial marks; origin may be used to meet this re- (c) Each closure device of the pack- quirement. aging, including any required gasket, is (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent properly installed, secured, and free of Authority Certificate as required by defects; the IAEA regulations must be sub- (d) For fissile material, each moder- mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail ator and neutron absorber, if required, or other delivery service to the Asso- is present and in proper condition; ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the (e) Each special instruction for fill- request with any attached supporting ing, closing, and preparation of the documentation submitted in an appro- packaging for shipment has been fol- priate format may be sent by facsimile lowed; (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or (f) Each closure, valve, or other open- by electronic mail (e-mail) to ing of the containment system through ‘‘[email protected].’’. Each request is which the radioactive content might considered in the order in which it is escape is properly closed and sealed; received. To allow sufficient time for (g) Each packaging containing liquid consideration, requests must be re- in excess of an A2 quantity and in- ceived at least 90 days before the re- tended for air shipment has been tested quested effective date. Each petition to show that it will not leak under an for a U.S. Competent Authority Certifi- ambient atmospheric pressure of not cate must include the following infor- more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia). mation: The test must be conducted on the en- (1) A detailed description of the ma- tire containment system, or on any re- terial, or if a capsule, a detailed de- ceptacle or vessel within the contain- scription of the contents. Particular ment system, to determine compliance reference must be made to both phys- with this requirement; ical and chemical states; (h) The internal pressure of the con- (2) A detailed statement of the cap- tainment system will not exceed the sule design and dimensions, including design pressure during transportation; complete engineering drawings [22cm × and 30cm (81⁄2 inches × 11 inches)] and sched- (i) External radiation and contamina- ules of material, and methods of con- tion levels are within the allowable struction; limits specified in this subchapter. (3) A statement of the tests that have been made and their results; or evi- § 173.476 Approval of special form dence based on calculative methods to Class 7 (radioactive) materials. show that the material is able to pass (a) Each offeror of special form Class the tests; or other evidence that the 7 (radioactive) materials must main- special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- tain on file for at least one year after rial complies with § 173.469; the latest shipment, and provide to the (4) For the original request for a Associate Administrator on request, a Competent Authority Certificate, evi- complete safety analysis, including dence of a quality assurance program documentation of any tests, dem- based on international, national or

684

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00694 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. B

other standards, for the design, manu- by electronic mail (e-mail) to facture, testing, documentation, use, [email protected]. Each request is con- maintenance and inspection, as appro- sidered in the order in which it is re- priate, of all special form material of- ceived. To allow sufficient time for fered for transport by the requester; consideration, requests must be re- and ceived at least 90 days before the re- (5) A description of any proposed pre- quested effective date. Each request for shipment actions, such as leak testing, a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for use in the consignment of special must include the following informa- form radioactive material for trans- tion: port. (1) A safety analysis report which, at (d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec- a minimum, provides a detailed de- tion do not apply in those cases where scription of the packaging and con- A1 equals A2 and the material is not re- tents; a description of the manufac- quired to be described on the shipping turing process used for the packaging; papers as ‘‘Radioactive Material, Spe- and details of the tests conducted and cial Form, n.o.s.’’ copy of their results, evidence based on [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as calculative methods to show that the amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR package is able to pass the tests, or 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004] other evidence that the package com- plies with § 173.420; and § 173.477 Approval of packagings con- (2) For the original request for a taining greater than 0.1 kg of non- Competent Authority Certificate, evi- fissile or fissile-excepted uranium dence of a quality assurance program. hexafluoride. (a) Each offeror of a package con- [69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004] taining more than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride must maintain on file for Subparts J–O [Reserved] at least one year after the latest ship- ment, and provide to the Associate Ad- APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] ministrator on request, a complete safety analysis, including documenta- APPENDIX B TO PART 173—PROCEDURE tion of any tests, demonstrating that FOR TESTING CHEMICAL COMPAT- the package meets the requirements of IBILITY AND RATE OF PERMEATION IN § 173.420. An IAEA Certificate of Com- PLASTIC PACKAGING AND RECEP- petent Authority issued for the design TACLES of the packaging containing greater 1. The purpose of this procedure is to deter- than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or fissile-ex- mine the chemical compatibility and perme- cepted uranium hexafluoride may be ability of liquid hazardous materials pack- used to satisfy this requirement. aged in plastic packaging and receptacles. (b) Prior to the first export shipment Alternatives for this procedure are permitted of a package containing greater than as specified in § 173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this sub- 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from chapter. the United States, each offeror shall 2. Compatibility and rate of permeation are determined by subjecting full size plastic obtain a U.S. Competent Authority containers (or smaller containers as per- Certificate for the packaging design. mitted in paragraph 4 of this appendix) and For packagings manufactured outside hazardous material lading to one of the fol- the United States, each offeror shall lowing combinations of time and tempera- comply with § 173.473. ture: (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature Authority Certificate as required by no lower than 18 °C. (64 °F.) the IAEA regulations must be sub- b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail no lower than 50 °C. (122 °F.) or other delivery service to the Asso- c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature no lower than 60 °C. (140 °F.) ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the 3. Regardless of which test method is used, request with any attached supporting at least three sample containers shall be documentation submitted in an appro- tested for each combination of hazardous priate format may be sent by facsimile material and size and design of container. (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or Fill containers to rated capacity with the

685

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00695 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 173, App. C 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

specific hazardous material (at the con- ble-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) centration to be transported) and close as for of one inch. The packages should be con- shipment. For the first and last 24 hours of strained horizontally to prevent them from storage under the selected test method, place falling off the platform, but must be left free the containers with closures downward, ex- to move vertically, bounce and rotate. cept that containers fitted with a vent are so 3. The test must be performed continu- placed on each occasion for five minutes ously for one hour at a frequency that causes only. each package to be raised from the vibrating 4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in platform to such a degree that a piece of ma- those instances where it is not practicable to terial of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) use full size containers, smaller containers thickness (such as steel or paper- may be used. The small container shall be manufactured by the same process as the board) can be passed between the bottom of larger container (for example, using the any package and the platform. same method of molding and processing tem- 4. Immediately following the period of vi- peratures) and be made of identical resins, bration, each package shall be removed from pigments and additives. the platform, turned on its side and observed 5. Determine filled container weight or net for any evidence of leakage. weight of contents both before and after 5. Rupture or leakage from any of the storage under the selected test method. Rate packages constitutes failure of the test. of permeation is determined from loss of haz- ardous materials contents, during the con- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990] duct of the test, expressed as a percentage of the original weight. APPENDIX D TO PART 173—TEST METH- 6. After storage under the selected test ODS FOR DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, method, the container shall be drained, BLASTING, TYPE A) rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water and, with filled container at ambient tem- 1. TEST METHOD D–1—LEAKAGE TEST perature, dropped from a height determined A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long in accordance with § 178.603(e) of this sub- chapter onto a rigid non-resilient, flat and and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch in diameter, with horizontal surface. a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in 7. Each of the following constitute test one end of the wrapper of a dynamite car- failure: tridge. A cork stopper is placed on the bot- a. Visible evidence of permanent deforma- tom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dy- tion due to vapor pressure build-up or col- namite cartridge is placed, perforated end lapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, craz- down, resting on the cork stopper in the cyl- ing, cracking, excessive corrosion, inder. The entire assembly is placed in an oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, rupture oven at 38 °C (100 °F) for 48 hours and then or other defects likely to cause premature examined visually for evidence of leakage. failure or a hazardous condition. b. For materials meeting the definition of 2. TEST METHOD D–2—Centrifugal Exudation a poison according to this subchapter, a rate Test of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined The test apparatus consists of a glass tube, over the test period. For all other hazardous materials, a rate of permeation in excess of 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in di- 2.0% determined over the test period. ameter, with both ends open, and is assem- bled in the following manner: [Amdt. 173–176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as (a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52670 Dec. diameter equal to the inner diameter of the 21, 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– glass tube; 234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45379, Aug. (b) Place a small amount of absorbent cot- 28, 2001] ton on top of the plug; APPENDIX C TO PART 173—PROCEDURE (c) Place a plastic disk that matches the inner diameter to the glass tube and has FOR BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING seven small perforations on top of the cot- Base-level vibration testing shall be con- ton; and ducted as follows: (d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite 1. Three sample packagings, selected at sample on top of the disk. random, must be filled and closed as for ship- The assembled glass tube is then placed in a ment. A non-hazardous material may be used hand-operated centrifuge and spun for one in place of the hazardous material if it has minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute). essentially the same physical characteris- tics. The dynamite sample is then removed from 2. The three packages must be placed on a the glass tube and weighed to determine the vibrating platform that has a vertical dou- percent of weight loss.

686

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00696 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. H

3. TEST METHOD D–3—Compression Exudation (e) A plastic disk that matches the inner Test diameter of the glass tube and has seven small perforations is placed on top of the The entire apparatus for this test is shown in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is con- cotton; ducted using the following procedures: (f) A plastic plug matching the inner di- (a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long ameter of the glass tube is then placed on and one inch in diameter, is held on a wood- top of the disk; en base; (g) The glass tube assembly is placed under (b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is the compression rod, and compression is ap- placed into the bottom of the glass tube; plied by means of the weight on the metal (c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample lever rod. The sample is compressed for one are placed on top of the cotton in the glass minute; and tube; (h) The dynamite sample is then removed (d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is from the glass tube and weighed to deter- placed on top of the dynamite sample; mine the percent of weight loss.

APPENDIXES E–G TO PART 173 2. PRINCIPLE OF THE METHOD [RESERVED] A metal block with a concave depression (test portion well) is heated to a specified APPENDIX H TO PART 173—METHOD OF temperature. A specified volume of the ma- TESTING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUS- terial under test is transferred to the well, TIBILITY and its ability to sustain combustion is noted after application and subsequent re- 1. METHOD moval of a standard flame under specified The method describes a procedure for de- conditions. termining if the material when heated under 3. APPARATUS the test conditions and exposed to an exter- nal source of flame applied in a standard A combustibility tester consisting of a manner sustains combustion. block of aluminum alloy or other corrosion- resistant metal of high thermal conductivity is used. The block has a concave well and a

687

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00697 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC02MR91.067 Pt. 173, App. H 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

pocket drilled to take a thermometer. A (101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature small gas jet assembly on a swivel is at- for a higher pressure or lowering the test tached to the block. The handle and gas inlet temperature for a lower pressure by 1.0 °C for for the gas jet may be fitted at any conven- each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of ient angle to the gas jet. A suitable appa- the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use ratus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 of the UN the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see (171.7 above the top of the well when in the test po- of this subchapter), and the essential dimen- sition. sions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1 and 32.5.2.2 (c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet of the UN Manual and Tests and Criteria. away from the test position (i.e. in the ‘‘off’’ The following equipment is needed: position, away from the well). Adjust the (a) Gauge, for checking that the height of size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm the center of the gas jet above the top of the high and approximately 5 mm wide. test portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure (d) Using the syringe, take from the sam- 32.5.2.1); ple container at least 2 mL of the sample and (b) Thermometer, mercury in glass, for hori- rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL ±0.1 zontal operation, with a sensitivity not less mL to the well of the combustibility tester ° than 1 mm/ C, or other measuring device of and immediately start the timing device. equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at (e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s), 0.5 °C intervals. When in position in the by which time the test portion is deemed to block, the thermometer bulb must be sur- have reached its equilibrium temperature, rounded with thermally conducting thermo- and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing plastic compound; the test flame into the test position over the (c) Hotplate, fitted with a temperature-con- edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this trol device. (Other types of apparatus with position for 15 s and then return it to the suitable temperature-control facilities may ‘‘off’’ position while observing the behavior be employed to heat the metal block); of the test portion. The test flame must re- (d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing de- main lighted throughout the test. vice; (e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 mL to (f) For each test observe and record: an accuracy of ±0.1 mL; and (i) whether there is ignition and sustained (f) Fuel source, butane test fuel. combustion or flashing, or neither, of the test portion before the test flame is moved 4. SAMPLING into the test position; The sample must be representative of the (ii) whether the test portion ignites while material to be tested and must be supplied the test flame is in the test position, and, if and kept in a tightly closed container prior so, how long combustion is sustained after to test. Because of the possibility of loss of the test flame is returned to the ‘‘off’’ posi- volatile constituents, the sample must re- tion. ceive only the minimum treatment nec- (g) If sustained combustion interpreted in essary to ensure its homogeneity. After re- accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen- moving each test portion, the sample con- dix is not found, repeat the complete proce- tainer must be immediately closed tightly to dure with new test portions, but with a heat- ensure that no volatile components escape ing time of 30 s. from the container; if this closure is incom- (h) If sustained combustion interpreted in plete, an entirely new sample must be taken. accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen- dix is not found at a test temperature of 60 5. PROCEDURE °C (140 °F), repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test tem- Carry out the determination in triplicate. perature of 75 °C (167 °F). In the case of a ma- WARNING—Do not carry out the test in a terial which has a flash point above 60 °C (140 small confined area (for example a glove box) °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), if sustained com- because of the hazard of explosions. bustion interpreted in accordance with para- (a) It is essential that the apparatus be set graph 6. of this appendix is not found at a up in a completely draft-free area (see warn- test temperature of 5 °C (9 °F) above its flash ing) and in the absence of strong light to fa- point, repeat the complete procedure with cilitate observation of flash, flame, etc. new test portions, but at a test temperature (b) Place the metal block on the hotplate of 20 °C (36 °F) above its flash point. or heat the metal block by other suitable means so that its temperature, as indicated 6. INTERPRETATION OF OBSERVATIONS by the thermometer placed in the metal block, is maintained at the specified tem- The material must be assessed either as perature within a tolerance of ±1 °C. For the not sustaining combustion or as sustaining appropriate test temperature, see paragraph combustion. Sustained combustion must be 5.(h) of this appendix. Correct this tempera- reported at either of the heating times if one ture for the difference in barometric pressure of the following occurs with either of the from the standard atmospheric pressure test portions:

688

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00698 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 174

(a) When the test flame is in the ‘‘off’’ posi- hicles, freight containers, and bulk pack- tion, the test portion ignites and sustains ages. combustion; 174.83 Switching placarded rail cars, trans- (b) The test portion ignites while the test port vehicles, freight containers, and flame is in the test position for 15 s, and sus- bulk packagings. tains combustion for more than 15 s after the 174.84 Position in train of loaded placarded test flame has been returned to the ‘‘off’’ po- rail cars, transport vehicles, freight con- sition. tainers or bulk packagings when accom- panied by guards or technical escorts. NOTE TO PARAGRAPH 6 OF THIS APPENDIX: 174.85 Position in train of placarded cars, Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted transport vehicles, freight containers, as sustained combustion. Normally, at the and bulk packagings. end of 15 s, the combustion has either clearly 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. ceased or continues. In cases of doubt, the material must be deemed to sustain combus- Subpart E—Class I (Explosive) Materials tion. [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67517, Dec. 29, 1994, as 174.101 Loading Class 1 (explosive) mate- amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. rials. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, 174.102 Forbidden mixed loading and stor- Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR age. 78634, Dec. 29, 2006] 174.103 Disposition of damaged or astray shipments. 174.104 Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) mate- PART 174—CARRIAGE BY RAIL rials; car selection, preparation, inspec- tion, and certification. Subpart A—General Requirements 174.105 Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials. Sec. 174.106 ‘‘Order-Notify’’ or ‘‘C.O.D.’’ ship- 174.1 Purpose and scope. ments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma- 174.2 Limitation on actions by states, local terials. governments, and Indian tribes. 174.110 Car magazine. 174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials 174.112 Loading Division 1.3 and Division 1.2 shipments. (explosive) materials (Also see § 174.101). 174.5 Carrier’s materials and supplies. 174.114 Record to be made of change of seals 174.9 Safety and security inspection and ac- on ‘‘Cars loaded with Division 1.1 or 1.2 ceptance. (explosive) materials’’. 174.14 Movements to be expedited. 174.115 Loading Division 1.4 (explosive) ma- 174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous terials. materials at destination. 174.20 Local or carrier restrictions. Subpart F—Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Gases) Materials Subpart B—General Operating Requirements 174.200 Special handling requirements. 174.201 Class 2 (gases) material cylinders. 174.24 Shipping papers. 174.204 Tank car delivery of gases, including 174.26 Notice to train crews. cryogenic liquids. 174.50 Nonconforming or leaking packages. 174.290 Materials extremely poisonous by inhalation shipped by, for, or to the De- Subpart C—General Handling and Loading partment of Defense. Requirements Subpart G—Detailed Requirements for 174.55 General requirements. Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials 174.57 Cleaning cars. 174.59 Marking and placarding of rail cars. 174.300 Special handling requirements. 174.61 Transport vehicles and freight con- 174.304 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials tainers on flat cars. in tank cars. 174.63 Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, IBCs, Large Packagings, cargo tanks, Subparts H–I [Reserved] and multi-unit tank car tanks. 174.67 Tank car unloading. Subpart J—Detailed Requirements for 174.81 Segregation of hazardous materials. Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials Subpart D—Handling of Placarded Rail 174.600 Special handling requirements for Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight materials extremely poisonous by inha- Containers lation. 174.615 Cleaning cars. 174.82 General requirements for the han- 174.680 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials dling of placarded rail cars, transport ve- with foodstuffs.

689

VerDate Mar<15>2010 15:30 Dec 30, 2010 Jkt 220213 PO 00000 Frm 00699 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\X49\220213.XXX ofr150 PsN: PC150